Longer Rules (Asceticon, Regulae fusius tractatae)

The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.

Show

Longer Rules (Prooemium)

0PG 31:889

ΠΡΟΟΙΜΙΟΝ Ἐπειδὴ Θεοῦ χάριτι ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ συνεληλύθαμεν εἰς ταυτὸν οἱ ἕνα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν σκοπὸν τοῦ βίου τοῦ κατ᾿ εὐσέβειαν ἐνστησάμενοι· καὶ ὑμεῖς μὲν εὔδηλοί ἐστε μαθεῖν τι τῶν πρὸς σωτηρίαν ἐπιποθοῦντες, ἐμοὶ δὲ ἀνάγκη ἀναγγέλλειν τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ Θεοῦ, νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας μεμνημένῳ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου λέγοντος, ὅτι Τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην μετὰ δακρύων νουθετῶν ἕνα ἕκαστον· καιρὸς δὲ ἐπιτηδειότατος ἡμῖν ὁ παρὼν, καὶ τόπος οὗτος ἡσυχίαν παρέχων καὶ σχολὴν πᾶσαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἔξωθεν θορύβων, συνευξώμεθα ἀλλήλοις, ὥστε ἡμᾶς μὲν ἐν καιρῷ τοῖς συνδούλοις ἡμῶν δοῦναι τὸ σιτομέτριον· ὑμᾶς δὲ, λαβόντας τὸν λόγον, ὡς τὴν ἀγαθὴν γῆν, τέλειον καὶ πολυπλασίονα τὸν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ καρπὸν ἀποδοῦναι, καθὼς γέγραπται. Παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ δόντος ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν, ἁψώμεθά ποτε τῆς φροντίδος τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν· λυπηθῶμεν ἐπὶ τῇ ματαιώσει τοῦ προλαβόντος βίου· ἀγωνισώμεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν μελλόντων εἰς δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ προσκυνητοῦ καὶ ἁγίου Πνεύματος. Μὴ τῇ ῥαθυμίᾳ καὶ τῇ ἐκλύσει ταύτῃ ἐναπομείνωμεν καὶ τὸ μὲν παρὸν ἀεὶ διὰ ῥαθυμίας προϊέμενοι, πρὸς δὲ τὸ αὔριον καὶ τὸ ἐφεξῆς τὴν ἀρχὴν τῶν ἔργων ὑπερτιθέμενοι, εἶτα καταληφθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀπαιτοῦντὸς τὰς ψυχὰς ἡμῶν, ἀπαρασκεύαστοι τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔργων, τῆς μὲν χαρᾶς τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἀποβληθῶμεν, ἀργὰ δὲ καὶ ἀνόνητα μετακλαίω ἐπιφανῆ, ἐν ᾗ τοὺς μὲν τῇ δεξιᾷ τοῦ Κυρίου διὰ μεν, τὸν κακῶς παρεθέντα τοῦ βίου χρόνον ὀδυρόμενοι τότε, ὅτε πλέον οὐδὲν ἐξέσται τοῖς μεταμελομένοις. Νῦν καιρὸς εὐπρόσδεκτος, φησὶν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, νῦν ἡμέρα σωτηρίας. Οὗτος ὁ αἰῶν τῆς μετανοίας, ἐκεῖνος τῆς ἀνταποδόσεως· οὗτος τῆς ὑπομονῆς, ἐκεῖνος τῆς παρακλήσεως. Νῦν βοηθός τῶν ἐπιστρεφόντων ἀπὸ ὁδοῦ κακῆς ὁ Θεὸς, τότε φοβερὸς καὶ ἀπαραλόγιστος τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων τε καὶ ῥημάτων καὶ ἐνθυμημάτων ἐξεταστής. Νῦν τῆς μακροθυμίας ἀπολαύομεν, τότε τὴν δικαιοκρισίαν γνωρίσομεν, ὅταν ἀναστῶμεν, οἱ μὲν εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον, οἱ δὲ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον, καὶ ἀπολάβῃ ἕκαστος κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ. Πρὸς τίνα καιρὸν ὑπερτιθέμεθα τὴν ὑπακοὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ καλέσαντος ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν ἐπουράνιον ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείαν; Οὐκ ἐκνήψομεν; οὐκ ἀνακαλεσόμεθα ἑαυτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ κατὰ συνήθειαν βίου πρὸς τὴν ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου; Οὐκ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ληψό μεθα τὴν ἡμέραν Κυρίου τὴν φοβερὰν ἐκείνην καὶ ἐρημίαν τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔργων ἀπεωσμένους, γέεννα ἔσται, φησὶν, ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμός τῶν ταδεχόμενοι, τῶν ἴσων τιμῶν τεύξεσθαι τοῖς μέτῶν πράξεων προσεγγίζοντας βασιλεία οὐρανῶν ὑποδέξεται· τοὺς δὲ πρὸς τὴν ἀριστερὰν διὰ τὴν πυρὸς καὶ σκότος αἰώνιον κατακρύψει; Ἐκεῖ ὀδόντων. Ἡμεῖς δὲ βασιλείας μὲν οὐρανῶν ἐπιθυμεῖν λέγομεν, ἐξ ὧν δὲ ἔστιν αὐτῆς ἐπιτυχεῖν οὐ φροντίζο μεν· ἀλλὰ μηδένα πόνον ὑπὲρ ἐντολῆς Κυρίου και χρι θανάτου πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀντικαταστᾶσιν ἐν τῇ ματαιότητι τοῦ νοὸς ἡμῶν ὑποτιθέμεθα. Τίς ἐν καιρῷ τῆς σπορᾶς οἴκοι καθήμενος ἢ καθεύδων, ἐνστάντος τοῦ θερισμοῦ, τὸν κόλπον ἐπλήρωσε τῶν δραγμάτων; τίς ἐτρύγησεν ἀμπελῶνα τὸν μὴ παρ' αὐτοῦ πεφυτευμένον καὶ πεπονημένον; Ἐκείνων οἱ καρποὶ, ὧν καὶ οἱ πόνοι· αἱ τιμαὶ καὶ οἱ στέφανοι τῶν νενικηκότων εἰσί. Τίς ποτε στεφανοῖ τὸν μηδὲ ἀποδύντα πρὸς τὸν ἀντίπαλον; ὁπότε οὐ νικῆσαι δεῖ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ νομίμως ἀθλῆσαι, κατά τὸν ᾿Απόστολον· τοῦτο δὲ ἐστι τὸ μηδὲ μικρὸν μὲν παριέναι τι τῶν διατεταγμένων· οὕτω δὲ ἕκαστον ποιῆσαι, ὡς προστετάγμεθα. Μακάριος γὰρ, φησὶν, ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος, ὃν ἐλθὼν ὁ Κύριος εὑρήσει, οὐχὶ ποιοῦντα ὡς ἔτυχεν, ἀλλὰ ποιοῦντα οὕτως· πεποιηκέναι νομίσαντες (οὐ γὰρ ἂν φαίην, ὅτι ποιήσαντες· πᾶσαι γὰρ ἀλλήλων ἔχονται κατὰ τὸν ὑγιῆ τοῦ λόγου σκοπὸν, ὡς ἐν τῇ λύσει τῆς μιᾶς καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς ἐξ ἀνάγκης συγκαταλύεσθαι), οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῖς παρεθεῖσι τὴν ὀργὴν ἐκδεχόμεθα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τῷ κατορθωθέντι δῆθεν τὰς τιμὰς ἀναμένομεν. Ὁ ἐκ τῶν δέκα ταλάντων τῆς παρακαταθήκης ἕν, που ἢ δύο παρακατασχὼν, τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ ἀποτίσας, οὐχὶ εὐγνώμων διὰ τὴν τῶν πλειόνων ἀπότισιν γνωρίζεται, ἀλλὰ ἄδικος καὶ πλεονέκτης ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ἐλαττόνων ἀποστερήσει ἐλέγχεται. Τί δὲ λέγω, ἀποστερήσει; ὁπότε ὁ τὸ ἓν τάλαντον πιστευθεὶς, εἶτα ἀποδοὺς αὐτὸ ἐκεῖνο ὁλόκληρον καὶ ἀκέραιον ὁ ὑπεδέξατο, ὅτι μὴ προσειργάσατο τῷ δοθέντι, κατακρίνεται. Ὁ δέκα ἔτη τὸν πατέρα τιμήσας, μίαν δὲ πληγὴν ὕστερον ἐμβαλὼν μόνην, οὐχ ὡς εὐεργέτης τιμᾶται, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς πατραλοίας καταδικάζεται. Πορευθέντες, φησὶν ὁ Κύριος, μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, διδάσκοντες αὐτοὺς, οὐχὶ τὰ μὲν τηρεῖν, τῶν δὲ ἀμελεῖν,, ἀλλὰ τηρεῖν πάντα ὅσα ἐνετειλάμην ὑμῖν. Καὶ ὁ ᾿Απόστολος ἀκολούθως γράφει· Μηδεμίαν ἐν μηδενὶ διδόντες προσκοπὴν, ἵνα μὴ μωμηθῇ ἡ διακονία, ἀλλ' ἐν παντὶ συνιστῶντες ἑαυτοὺς ὡς Θεοῦ διάκονοι. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ πάντα ἡμῖν πρὸς τὸν τῆς σωτηρίας σκοπὸν ἀναγκαῖα ἦν, οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἐγράφησαν πᾶσαι αἱ ἐντολαὶ, οὐδ᾽ ἂν πᾶσαι φυλαχθῆναι ἀναγκαίως διηγορεύθησαν. Τί μοι τὸ ὄφελος τῶν ἄλλων κατορθωμάτων, εἰ μέλλοιμι, μωρὸν εἰπὼν τὸν ἀδελφὸν, ἔνοχος ἔσεσθαι τῇ γεέννη; Τί γὰρ ὄφελος τῆς ἀπὸ τῶν πολλῶν ἐλευθερίας τῷ ὑφ᾽ ἑνὸς κρατουμένῳ εἰς δουλείαν; Ὁ γὰρ ποιῶν, φησὶ, τὴν ἁμαρτίαν δοῦλός ἐστι τῆς ἁμαρτίας. Τί δὲ τὸ κέρδος τῆς ἐν πολλοῖς ἀπαθείας τῷ ὑφ᾽ ἑνὸς πάθους. φθειρομένῳ τὸ σῶμα; ῎Αρα οὖν, φησί τις, τὰ πλήθη τῶν Χριστιανῶν μὴ φυλάσσοντα πάσας τὰς ἐντολὰς, ἀνόνητον ἕξει τήν τινων φυλακήν; Πρὸς τοῦτο τοῦ μακαρίου Πέτρου μνημονεῦσαι καλὸν, τοῦ μετὰ τοσαῦτα μὲν κατορθώματα, τοιούτους δὲ τοὺς μακαρισμοὺς, ἐφ᾽ ἑνὶ μόνῳ ἀκούοντος· Ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ. Ἐῶ δὲ λέγειν, ὅτι οὐδὲ αὐτὸ ἐκεῖνο ῥαθυμίας οὐδὲ καταφρονήσεως εἶχεν ἔνδειξιν, ἀλλὰ τιμῆς καὶ εὐλαβείας ἦν ἔμφασις. Καὶ μὴν, εἴποι τις ἂν, γέγραπται· Πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται· ὥστε ἀρκεῖ καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ ἐπίκλησις τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου σῶσαι τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον. Ἀλλ᾿ ἀκουέτω καὶ οὗτος τοῦ Ἀποστο λου λέγοντος· Πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσονται, εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν; Εἰ δὲ πιστεύεις, ἄκουε τοῦ Κυρίου λέγοντος· Οὐ πᾶς ὁ λέγων μοι, Κύριε, Κύριε, εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. "Οπου γε καὶ ὁ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Κυρίου ἐργαζόμενος, μὴ καθὼς θέλει δὲ ὁ Θεὸς, μηδὲ ἐν διαθέσει τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν ἀγάπης τοῦτο ποιῶν, ἀνόνητον ἔχει τὴν τοῦ ἔργου σπουδὴν, κατὰ τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰπόντος, ὅτε Ποιοῦσι πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις· ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἀπέχουσι τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν. "Οθεν Παῦλος ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐπαιδεύθη εἰπεῖν, ὅτι Κἂν ψωμίσω πάντα τὰ ὑπάρχοντά μου, καὶ ἐὰν παραδῶ τὸ σῶμά μου, ἵνα καυθήσωμαι, ἀγάπην δὲ μὴ ἔχω, οὐδὲν ὠφελοῦμαι. "Ὅλως δὲ τρεῖς ταύτας ἐγὼ διαφορὰς τῆς διαθέσεως πρὸς τὴν ἀπαραίτητὸν ἀνάγκην τῆς ὑπακοῆς καθορῶ. Ἢ γὰρ φοβούμενοι τὰς κολάσεις ἐκκλίνομεν ἀπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, και ἐσμεν ἐν τῇ διαθέσει τῇ δουλικῇ· ἢ, τὰ ἐκ τοῦ μισθοῦ κέρδη διώκοντες, τῆς ἑαυτῶν ἕνεκεν ὠφελείας πληροῦμεν τὰ προστάγματα, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο προσεοίκαμεν τοῖς μισθίοις· ἢ δι' αὐτὸ τὸ καλὸν, καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸν δεδωκότα ἡμῖν τὸν νόμον ἀγάπην, χαίροντες, ὅτι οὕτως ἐνδόξῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ Θεῷ δουλεύειν κατηξιώθημεν, καί ἐσμεν οὕτως ἐν τῇ τῶν υἱῶν διαθέσει. Οὔτε οὖν ὁ ἐν φόβῳ τὰς ἐντολὰς κατορθῶν, καὶ ἀεὶ τὸ τῆς ῥαθυμίας ἐπιτίμιον ὑφορώμενος, τὰ μὲν ποιήσει τῶν προστεταγμένων αὐτῷ, τὰ δὲ παρόψεται ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐπὶ πάσῃ παρακοῇ ἐκδίκησιν ὁμοίως ἑαυτῷ φοβερὰν ὑπολήψεται. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μακαρίζεται μὲν ὁ πάντα καταπτήσσων δι' εὐλάβειαν· στήκει δὲ ἑδραῖος ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, δυνάμενος εἰπεῖν· Προωρώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διαπαντὸς, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ· ὡς οὐδὲν αἱρούμενος παριδεῖν τῶν δεόντων· καὶ, Μακάριος ἀνὴρ ὁ φοβούμενος τὸν Κύριον. Διὰ τί; Ὅτι Ἐν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς αὐτοῦ θελήσει σφόδρα. Οὐ τοίνυν ἐστὶ τῶν φοβουμένων τὸ παριέναι τι τῶν ἐντεταλμέ νων, ἢ ἀμελῶς ποιεῖν· ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ὁ μισθωτὸς παραβῆναί τι τῶν διατεταγμένων αἱρήσεται. Πῶς γὰρ κομίσεται τὸν μισθὸν τῆς ἐργασίας τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος, μὴ πάντα πληρώσας τὰ συμπεφωνημένα; Καὶ γὰρ ἐὰν ἕν τι ἐλλείπῃ τῶν ἀναγκαίων, ἄχρηστον αὐτὸν ἔχων τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς εὐαρέστησιν, ἐπὶ τοῖς μείζοσιν αὐτὸν εὐφραίνων, τῶν μικροτάτων ἕνεκεν λυπεῖν αἱρήσεται; Πολὺ δὲ πλέον, καὶ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου μεμνημένος, εἰπόντος· Καὶ μὴ λυπεῖτε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἐν ᾧ ἐσφραγίσθητε. Οἱ τοίνυν τὰς πλείστας τῶν ἐντολῶν παραβαίνοντες ἐν ποίῳ μέρει τετάχθαι βούλονται; μήτε ὡς Πατρὶ ὑπηρετοῦντες τῷ Θεῷ, μήτε ὡς μεγάλα ἐπαγγελλομένῳ πειθόμενοι, μήτε ὡς Δεσπότη δουλεύοντες. Εἰ γὰρ Πατήρ εἰμι, φησὶν, ἐγὼ, ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα μου; καὶ εἰ Κύριός εἰμι ἐγὼ, ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ φόβος μου; Ὁ μὲν γὰρ φοβούμενος τὸν Κύριον, ἐν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς αὐτοῦ θελήσει σφόδρα· διὰ δὲ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου τὸν Θεὸν, φησὶν, ἀτιμάζεις. Πῶς οὖν, τὸν καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν βίον τοῦ Β κατ' ἐντολὴν προτιμήσαντες, ζωῆς μακαριότητα, καὶ ἰσοπολιτείαν τῶν ἁγίων, καὶ τὰς μετ᾿ ἀγγέλων εὐφροσύνας ἐν προσώπῳ Χριστοῦ ἑαυτοῖς ὑποθώμεθα; Νηπίας ὄντως φρενὸς τὰ τοιαῦτα φαντάσματα. Πῶς ἔσομαι μετὰ Ἰὼβ, ὁ μηδὲ τὴν τυχοῦσαν θλίψιν μετὰ εὐχαριστίας δεξάμενος; Πῶς μετὰ τοῦ Δαβίδ, ὁ μὴ πρὸς τὸν πολέμιον μακροθύμως διατεθείς; Πῶς μετὰ τοῦ Δανιήλ, ὁ μὴ μετ' ἐγκρατείας διηνεκοῦς καὶ δεήσεως φιλοπόνου τὸν Θεὸν ἐκζητήσας; Πῶς μεθ᾽ ἑκάστου τῶν ἁγίων, ὁ μὴ τοῖς ἴχνεσιν αὐτῶν περιπατήσας; Τίς οὕτως ἄκριτος ἀθλοθέτης, ὡς τῶν ἴσων ἀξιῶσαι στεφάνων τὸν νικητὴν καὶ τὸν μηδὲν ἠγωνισμένον; Τίς στρατηγὸς εἰς τὴν μερίδα τῶν σκύλων ἐξίσου ποτὲ τοῖς νενικηκόσι τοὺς μηδὲ φανέντας ἐπὶ τῆς μάχης ἐκάλεσεν; Αγαθὸς ὁ Θεὸς, ἀλλὰ καὶ δίκαιος. Δικαίου δὲ, ἡ πρὸς ἀξίαν ἀντίδοσις, καθὼς γέγραπται· Ἀγάθυνον, Κύριε, τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ τοῖς εὐθέσι τῇ καρδίᾳ. Τοὺς δὲ ἐκκλίνοντας εἰς τὰς στραγγαλιὰς ἀπάξει Κύριος μετὰ τῶν ἐργαζομένων τὴν ἀνομίαν. Ἐλεήμων, ἀλλὰ καὶ κριτής. ᾿Αγαπᾷ γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐλεημοσύνην καὶ κρίσιν ὁ Κύριος. Διὸ λέγει· Ἔλεον καὶ κρίσιν ᾄσομαί σοι, Κύριε. Ἐμάθομεν ἐπὶ τίνας τὸ ἔλεος· Μακάριοι γὰρ, φησὶν, οἱ ἐλεήμονες, ὅτι αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθήσονται. Ὁρᾶς πῶς κεκριμένως κέχρηται τῷ ἐλέῳ; οὔτε ἀκρίτως ἐλεῶν, οὔτε ἀνηλεῶς κρίνων. Ἐλεήμων γὰρ ὁ Κύριος, καὶ δίκαιος. Μὴ οὖν ἐξ ἡμισείας τὸν Θεὸν γνωρίζωμεν, μηδὲ ἀφορμὴν ῥαθυμίας τὴν αὐτοῦ φιλανθρωπίαν λαμβάνωμεν. Διὰ τοῦτο βρονταὶ, διὰ τοῦτο κεραυνοὶ, ἵνα μὴ καταφρονῆται ἡ ἀγαθότης. Ὁ τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατέλλων, καὶ ἀβλεψίαν καταδικάζει. Ὁ τὸν ὄμβρον διδοὺς, Α καὶ τὸ πῦρ βρέχει. Ἐκεῖνα τῆς χρηστότητος, ταῦτα τῆς ἀποτομίας· ἢ δι᾽ ἐκεῖνα ἀγαπήσωμεν, ἢ διὰ ταῦτα φοβηθῶμεν, ἵνα μὴ ῥηθῇ καὶ ἡμῖν· Ἢ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς, ἀγνοῶν, ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει; Κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητά σου, καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν, θησαυρίζεις ἑαυτῷ ὀργὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς. Ἐπεὶ τοίνυν οὔτε δυνατὸν σωθῆναι, μὴ ποιοῦντας τὰ κατ' ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔργα, οὔτε τὸ παριδεῖν τι τῶν προστεταγμένων ἀκίνδυνον (δεινὴ γὰρ ἡ ἔπαρσις κριτὰς ἡμᾶς τοῦ νομοθέτου καθέζεσθαι, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἐγκρίνειν τῶν νόμων, τοὺς δὲ παραπέμπεσθαι), φέρε δὴ οἱ τῆς εὐσεβείας ἀγωνισταὶ, οἱ τὸν ἡσύχιον καὶ ἀπράγμονα βίον, ὡς συνεργὸν τῆς φυλακῆς τῶν εὐαγγελικῶν δογμάτων τιμήσαντες, κοινὴν φροντίδα καὶ βουλὴν προθώμεθα, ὅπως ἂν μηδὲν ἡμᾶς διαφύγῃ τῶν ἐντεταλμένων. Εἰ γὰρ δεῖ τέλειον εἶναι τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωπον (καθὼς γέγραπται, καὶ ὁ λόγος ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων ἀπέδειξεν), ἀνάγκη πᾶσα διὰ πάσης ἐντολῆς καθαρισθῆναι εἰς μέτρον ἡλικίας τοῦ πληρώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἐπεὶ καὶ κατὰ τὸν θεῖον νόμον, κἂν καθαρὸν ἢ τὸ λελωβημένον, ἀπρόσδεκτον εἰς θυσίαν τῷ Θεῷ. Οὗπερ ἂν οὖν ἕκαστος ἐνδεῶς ἔχειν ἡγῆται, τοῦτο εἰς κοινὴν προτιθέτω διάσκεψιν. Ῥᾷον γὰρ ἂν ἐν τῇ φιλοπόνῳ τῶν πλειόνων διερευνήσει τὸ λανθάνον ἐξευρεθείη, Θεοῦ, δηλονότι, κατά τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, χαριζομένου ἡμῖν τοῦ ζητουμένου τὴν εὔρεσιν διδασκαλίᾳ καὶ ὑπομνήσει τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος. "Ωσπερ οὖν ἐμοὶ ἀνάγκη ἐπίκειται, καὶ οὐαί μοἱ ἐστιν, ἐὰν μὴ εὐαγγελίζωμαι· οὕτω καὶ ὑμῖν ἴσος ἀγὼν ἀποῤῥαθυμήσασι πρὸς τὴν ἐξέτασιν, ἢ ἀτόνως καὶ ἐκλελυμένως πρός τε τὴν φυλακὴν τῶν παραδεδομένων καὶ τὴν διὰ τῶν ἔργων πλήρωσιν διατεθεῖσιν. Διότι φησὶν ὁ Κύριος· ῾Ο λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησα, ἐκεῖνος κρινεῖ αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ· καὶ, Δοῦλος ὁ μὲν μὴ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Κυρίου ἑαυτοῦ ποιήσας δὲ ἄξια πληγῶν, δαρήσεται ὀλίγας· ὁ δὲ γνοὺς, καὶ μὴ ποιήσας, μηδὲ ἑτοιμάσας ἑαυτὸν πρὸς τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς. Εὐξώ μεθα οὖν ἐμοὶ τὴν οἰκονομίαν τοῦ λόγου ἄμεμπτον, καὶ ὑμῖν ἔγκαρπον τὴν διδασκαλίαν γενέσθαι. Ὡς οὖν εἰδότες, ὅτι ἀντιπρόσωποι ἡμῖν οἱ τῆς θεο πνεύστου Γραφῆς λόγοι στήσονται ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος οὕτω καὶ πρόσχωμεν νηφόντως τοῖς λεγομένοις, καὶ εἰς ἔργον προαγαγεῖν τὰ θεῖα διδάγματα σπουδαίως ἐπειχθῶμεν, ὅτι οὐκ οἴδαμεν ποίᾳ ἡμέρᾳ ἢ ὥρᾳ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν ἔρχεται. ΤΟΥ ΕΝ ΑΓΙΟΙΣ ΠΑΤΡΟΣ ΗΜΩΝ ΒΑΣΙΛΕΙΟΥ ΑΡΧΙΕΠΙΣΚΟΠΟΥ ΚΑΙΣΑΡΕΙΑΣ ΚΑΠΠΑΔΟΚΙΑΣ ΟΡΟΙ ΚΑΤΑ ΠΛΑΤΟΣ ΚΑΤ' ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΝ ΚΑΙ ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΝ

PROOIMION Epeidē Theou chariti en onomati tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou synelēlythamen eis tauton hoi hena kai ton auton skopon tou biou tou kat᾿ eusebeian enstēsamenoi; kai hymeis men eudēloi este mathein ti tōn pros sōtērian epipothountes, emoi de anankē anangellein ta dikaiōmata tou Theou, nyktos kai hēmeras memnēmenǭ tou Apostolou legontos, hoti Trietian nykta kai hēmeran ouk epausamēn meta dakryōn nouthetōn hena hekaston; kairos de epitēdeiotatos hēmin ho parōn, kai topos houtos hēsychian parechōn kai scholēn pasan apo tōn exōthen thorybōn, syneuxōmetha allēlois, hōste hēmas men en kairǭ tois syndoulois hēmōn dounai to sitometrion; hymas de, labontas ton logon, hōs tēn agathēn gēn, teleion kai polyplasiona ton en dikaiosynę̄ karpon apodounai, kathōs gegraptai. Parakalō oun hymas dia tēs agapēs tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, tou dontos heauton hyper tōn hamartiōn hēmōn, hapsōmetha pote tēs phrontidos tōn psychōn hēmōn; lypēthōmen epi tę̄ mataiōsei tou prolabontos biou; agōnisōmetha hyper tōn mellontōn eis doxan tou Theou, kai tou Christou autou, kai tou proskynētou kai hagiou Pneumatos. Mē tę̄ rhathymią kai tę̄ eklysei tautę̄ enapomeinōmen kai to men paron aei dia rhathymias proïemenoi, pros de to aurion kai to ephexēs tēn archēn tōn ergōn hypertithemenoi, eita katalēphthentes hypo tou apaitountos tas psychas hēmōn, aparaskeuastoi tōn agathōn ergōn, tēs men charas tou nymphōnos apoblēthōmen, arga de kai anonēta metaklaiō epiphanē, en hę̄ tous men tę̄ dexią tou Kyriou dia men, ton kakōs parethenta tou biou chronon odyromenoi tote, hote pleon ouden exestai tois metamelomenois. Nyn kairos euprosdektos, phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, nyn hēmera sōtērias. Houtos ho aiōn tēs metanoias, ekeinos tēs antapodoseōs; houtos tēs hypomonēs, ekeinos tēs paraklēseōs. Nyn boēthos tōn epistrephontōn apo hodou kakēs ho Theos, tote phoberos kai aparalogistos tōn anthrōpinōn pragmatōn te kai rhēmatōn kai enthymēmatōn exetastēs. Nyn tēs makrothymias apolauomen, tote tēn dikaiokrisian gnōrisomen, hotan anastōmen, hoi men eis kolasin aiōnion, hoi de eis zōēn aiōnion, kai apolabę̄ hekastos kata tēn praxin autou. Pros tina kairon hypertithemetha tēn hypakoēn tou Christou, tou kalesantos hēmas eis tēn epouranion heautou basileian? Ouk eknēpsomen? ouk anakalesometha heautous apo tou kata synētheian biou pros tēn akribeian tou Euangeliou? Ouk en ophthalmois lēpso metha tēn hēmeran Kyriou tēn phoberan ekeinēn kai erēmian tōn agathōn ergōn apeōsmenous, geenna estai, phēsin, ho klauthmos kai ho brygmos tōn tadechomenoi, tōn isōn timōn teuxesthai tois metōn praxeōn prosengizontas basileia ouranōn hypodexetai; tous de pros tēn aristeran dia tēn pyros kai skotos aiōnion katakrypsei? Ekei odontōn. Hēmeis de basileias men ouranōn epithymein legomen, ex hōn de estin autēs epitychein ou phrontizo men; alla mēdena ponon hyper entolēs Kyriou kai chri thanatou pros tēn hamartian antikatastasin en tę̄ mataiotēti tou noos hēmōn hypotithemetha. Tis en kairǭ tēs sporas oikoi kathēmenos ē katheudōn, enstantos tou therismou, ton kolpon eplērōse tōn dragmatōn? tis etrygēsen ampelōna ton mē par' autou pephyteumenon kai peponēmenon? Ekeinōn hoi karpoi, hōn kai hoi ponoi; hai timai kai hoi stephanoi tōn nenikēkotōn eisi. Tis pote stephanoi ton mēde apodynta pros ton antipalon? hopote ou nikēsai dei monon, alla kai nomimōs athlēsai, kata ton ᾿Apostolon; touto de esti to mēde mikron men parienai ti tōn diatetagmenōn; houtō de hekaston poiēsai, hōs prostetagmetha. Makarios gar, phēsin, ho doulos ekeinos, hon elthōn ho Kyrios heurēsei, ouchi poiounta hōs etychen, alla poiounta houtōs; pepoiēkenai nomisantes (ou gar an phaiēn, hoti poiēsantes; pasai gar allēlōn echontai kata ton hygiē tou logou skopon, hōs en tę̄ lysei tēs mias kai tas loipas ex anankēs synkatalyesthai), ouk epi tois paretheisi tēn orgēn ekdechometha, all᾽ epi tǭ katorthōthenti dēthen tas timas anamenomen. Ho ek tōn deka talantōn tēs parakatathēkēs hen, pou ē dyo parakataschōn, ta de loipa apotisas, ouchi eugnōmōn dia tēn tōn pleionōn apotisin gnōrizetai, alla adikos kai pleonektēs epi tę̄ tōn elattonōn aposterēsei elenchetai. Ti de legō, aposterēsei? hopote ho to hen talanton pisteutheis, eita apodous auto ekeino holoklēron kai akeraion ho hypedexato, hoti mē proseirgasato tǭ dothenti, katakrinetai. Ho deka etē ton patera timēsas, mian de plēgēn hysteron embalōn monēn, ouch hōs euergetēs timatai, all᾽ hōs patraloias katadikazetai. Poreuthentes, phēsin ho Kyrios, mathēteusate panta ta ethnē, didaskontes autous, ouchi ta men tērein, tōn de amelein,, alla tērein panta hosa eneteilamēn hymin. Kai ho ᾿Apostolos akolouthōs graphei; Mēdemian en mēdeni didontes proskopēn, hina mē mōmēthę̄ hē diakonia, all' en panti synistōntes heautous hōs Theou diakonoi. Ei gar mē panta hēmin pros ton tēs sōtērias skopon anankaia ēn, oud᾽ an egraphēsan pasai hai entolai, oud᾽ an pasai phylachthēnai anankaiōs diēgoreuthēsan. Ti moi to ophelos tōn allōn katorthōmatōn, ei melloimi, mōron eipōn ton adelphon, enochos esesthai tę̄ geennē? Ti gar ophelos tēs apo tōn pollōn eleutherias tǭ hyph᾽ henos kratoumenǭ eis douleian? Ho gar poiōn, phēsi, tēn hamartian doulos esti tēs hamartias. Ti de to kerdos tēs en pollois apatheias tǭ hyph᾽ henos pathous. phtheiromenǭ to sōma? ᾿Ara oun, phēsi tis, ta plēthē tōn Christianōn mē phylassonta pasas tas entolas, anonēton hexei tēn tinōn phylakēn? Pros touto tou makariou Petrou mnēmoneusai kalon, tou meta tosauta men katorthōmata, toioutous de tous makarismous, eph᾽ heni monǭ akouontos; Ean mē nipsō se, ouk echeis meros met᾿ emou. Eō de legein, hoti oude auto ekeino rhathymias oude kataphronēseōs eichen endeixin, alla timēs kai eulabeias ēn emphasis. Kai mēn, eipoi tis an, gegraptai; Pas hos an epikalesētai to onoma Kyriou, sōthēsetai; hōste arkei kai autē hē epiklēsis tou onomatos tou Kyriou sōsai ton epikaloumenon. All᾿ akouetō kai houtos tou Aposto lou legontos; Pōs oun epikalesontai, eis hon ouk episteusan? Ei de pisteueis, akoue tou Kyriou legontos; Ou pas ho legōn moi, Kyrie, Kyrie, eiseleusetai eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn, all᾽ ho poiōn to thelēma tou Patros mou tou en ouranois. "Opou ge kai ho to thelēma tou Kyriou ergazomenos, mē kathōs thelei de ho Theos, mēde en diathesei tēs pros Theon agapēs touto poiōn, anonēton echei tēn tou ergou spoudēn, kata tēn phōnēn autou tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, eipontos, hote Poiousi pros to theathēnai tois anthrōpois; amēn legō hymin, hoti apechousi ton misthon autōn. "Othen Paulos ho apostolos epaideuthē eipein, hoti Kan psōmisō panta ta hyparchonta mou, kai ean paradō to sōma mou, hina kauthēsōmai, agapēn de mē echō, ouden ōpheloumai. "Holōs de treis tautas egō diaphoras tēs diatheseōs pros tēn aparaitēton anankēn tēs hypakoēs kathorō. Ē gar phoboumenoi tas kolaseis ekklinomen apo tou kakou, kai esmen en tę̄ diathesei tę̄ doulikę̄; ē, ta ek tou misthou kerdē diōkontes, tēs heautōn heneken ōpheleias plēroumen ta prostagmata, kai kata touto proseoikamen tois misthiois; ē di' auto to kalon, kai tēn pros ton dedōkota hēmin ton nomon agapēn, chairontes, hoti houtōs endoxǭ kai agathǭ Theǭ douleuein katēxiōthēmen, kai esmen houtōs en tę̄ tōn huiōn diathesei. Oute oun ho en phobǭ tas entolas katorthōn, kai aei to tēs rhathymias epitimion hyphorōmenos, ta men poiēsei tōn prostetagmenōn autǭ, ta de paropsetai alla tēn epi pasę̄ parakoę̄ ekdikēsin homoiōs heautǭ phoberan hypolēpsetai. Kai dia touto makarizetai men ho panta kataptēssōn di' eulabeian; stēkei de hedraios en tę̄ alētheią, dynamenos eipein; Proōrōmēn ton Kyrion enōpion mou diapantos, hoti ek dexiōn mou estin, hina mē saleuthō; hōs ouden hairoumenos paridein tōn deontōn; kai, Makarios anēr ho phoboumenos ton Kyrion. Dia ti? Hoti En tais entolais autou thelēsei sphodra. Ou toinyn esti tōn phoboumenōn to parienai ti tōn entetalme nōn, ē amelōs poiein; all᾽ oude ho misthōtos parabēnai ti tōn diatetagmenōn hairēsetai. Pōs gar komisetai ton misthon tēs ergasias tou ampelōnos, mē panta plērōsas ta sympephōnēmena? Kai gar ean hen ti elleipę̄ tōn anankaiōn, achrēston auton echōn tēn tou patros euarestēsin, epi tois meizosin auton euphrainōn, tōn mikrotatōn heneken lypein hairēsetai? Poly de pleon, kai tou Apostolou memnēmenos, eipontos; Kai mē lypeite to Pneuma to hagion tou Theou, en hǭ esphragisthēte. Hoi toinyn tas pleistas tōn entolōn parabainontes en poiǭ merei tetachthai boulontai? mēte hōs Patri hypēretountes tǭ Theǭ, mēte hōs megala epangellomenǭ peithomenoi, mēte hōs Despotē douleuontes. Ei gar Patēr eimi, phēsin, egō, pou estin hē doxa mou? kai ei Kyrios eimi egō, pou estin ho phobos mou? Ho men gar phoboumenos ton Kyrion, en tais entolais autou thelēsei sphodra; dia de tēs parabaseōs tou nomou ton Theon, phēsin, atimazeis. Pōs oun, ton kath᾽ hēdonēn bion tou B kat' entolēn protimēsantes, zōēs makariotēta, kai isopoliteian tōn hagiōn, kai tas met᾿ angelōn euphrosynas en prosōpǭ Christou heautois hypothōmetha? Nēpias ontōs phrenos ta toiauta phantasmata. Pōs esomai meta Iōb, ho mēde tēn tychousan thlipsin meta eucharistias dexamenos? Pōs meta tou Dabid, ho mē pros ton polemion makrothymōs diatetheis? Pōs meta tou Daniēl, ho mē met' enkrateias diēnekous kai deēseōs philoponou ton Theon ekzētēsas? Pōs meth᾽ hekastou tōn hagiōn, ho mē tois ichnesin autōn peripatēsas? Tis houtōs akritos athlothetēs, hōs tōn isōn axiōsai stephanōn ton nikētēn kai ton mēden ēgōnismenon? Tis stratēgos eis tēn merida tōn skylōn exisou pote tois nenikēkosi tous mēde phanentas epi tēs machēs ekalesen? Agathos ho Theos, alla kai dikaios. Dikaiou de, hē pros axian antidosis, kathōs gegraptai; Agathynon, Kyrie, tois agathois kai tois euthesi tę̄ kardią. Tous de ekklinontas eis tas strangalias apaxei Kyrios meta tōn ergazomenōn tēn anomian. Eleēmōn, alla kai kritēs. ᾿Agapą gar, phēsin, eleēmosynēn kai krisin ho Kyrios. Dio legei; Eleon kai krisin ąsomai soi, Kyrie. Emathomen epi tinas to eleos; Makarioi gar, phēsin, hoi eleēmones, hoti autoi eleēthēsontai. Horas pōs kekrimenōs kechrētai tǭ eleǭ? oute akritōs eleōn, oute anēleōs krinōn. Eleēmōn gar ho Kyrios, kai dikaios. Mē oun ex hēmiseias ton Theon gnōrizōmen, mēde aphormēn rhathymias tēn autou philanthrōpian lambanōmen. Dia touto brontai, dia touto keraunoi, hina mē kataphronētai hē agathotēs. Ho ton hēlion anatellōn, kai ablepsian katadikazei. Ho ton ombron didous, A kai to pyr brechei. Ekeina tēs chrēstotētos, tauta tēs apotomias; ē di᾽ ekeina agapēsōmen, ē dia tauta phobēthōmen, hina mē rhēthę̄ kai hēmin; Ē tou ploutou tēs chrēstotētos autou, kai tēs anochēs, kai tēs makrothymias kataphroneis, agnoōn, hoti to chrēston tou Theou eis metanoian se agei? Kata de tēn sklērotēta sou, kai ametanoēton kardian, thēsaurizeis heautǭ orgēn en hēmerą orgēs. Epei toinyn oute dynaton sōthēnai, mē poiountas ta kat' entolēn tou Theou erga, oute to paridein ti tōn prostetagmenōn akindynon (deinē gar hē eparsis kritas hēmas tou nomothetou kathezesthai, kai tous men enkrinein tōn nomōn, tous de parapempesthai), phere dē hoi tēs eusebeias agōnistai, hoi ton hēsychion kai apragmona bion, hōs synergon tēs phylakēs tōn euangelikōn dogmatōn timēsantes, koinēn phrontida kai boulēn prothōmetha, hopōs an mēden hēmas diaphygę̄ tōn entetalmenōn. Ei gar dei teleion einai ton tou Theou anthrōpon (kathōs gegraptai, kai ho logos en tois pro toutōn apedeixen), anankē pasa dia pasēs entolēs katharisthēnai eis metron hēlikias tou plērōmatos tou Christou, epei kai kata ton theion nomon, kan katharon ē to lelōbēmenon, aprosdekton eis thysian tǭ Theǭ. Houper an oun hekastos endeōs echein hēgētai, touto eis koinēn protithetō diaskepsin. Rhąon gar an en tę̄ philoponǭ tōn pleionōn diereunēsei to lanthanon exeuretheiē, Theou, dēlonoti, kata tēn epangelian tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, charizomenou hēmin tou zētoumenou tēn euresin didaskalią kai hypomnēsei tou hagiou Pneumatos. "Ōsper oun emoi anankē epikeitai, kai ouai moi estin, ean mē euangelizōmai; houtō kai hymin isos agōn aporrhathymēsasi pros tēn exetasin, ē atonōs kai eklelymenōs pros te tēn phylakēn tōn paradedomenōn kai tēn dia tōn ergōn plērōsin diatetheisin. Dioti phēsin ho Kyrios; ῾O logos hon elalēsa, ekeinos krinei auton en tę̄ eschatę̄ hēmerą; kai, Doulos ho men mē gnous to thelēma tou Kyriou heautou poiēsas de axia plēgōn, darēsetai oligas; ho de gnous, kai mē poiēsas, mēde hetoimasas heauton pros to thelēma autou, darēsetai pollas. Euxō metha oun emoi tēn oikonomian tou logou amempton, kai hymin enkarpon tēn didaskalian genesthai. Hōs oun eidotes, hoti antiprosōpoi hēmin hoi tēs theo pneustou Graphēs logoi stēsontai epi tou bēmatos houtō kai proschōmen nēphontōs tois legomenois, kai eis ergon proagagein ta theia didagmata spoudaiōs epeichthōmen, hoti ouk oidamen poią hēmerą ē hōrą ho Kyrios hēmōn erchetai. TOU EN AGIOIS PATROS ĒMŌN BASILEIOU ARChIEPISKOPOU KAISAREIAS KAPPADOKIAS OROI KATA PLATOS KAT' ERŌTĒSIN KAI APOKRISIN

Preface. Since by the grace of God we have come together in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, we who have set before ourselves one and the same aim of life, the life according to godliness; and since you are plainly longing to learn something of what bears on salvation, while on me lies the necessity of declaring the ordinances of God, as I remember night and day the Apostle, who says: “For three years I did not cease night and day to admonish every one with tears”; and since the present is a most fitting time for us, and this place offers quiet and full freedom from the noise outside: let us pray together for one another, that we may give our fellow servants their portion of food in due season, and that you, receiving the word like the good ground, may yield the fruit of righteousness, perfect and manifold, as it is written.

I beseech you, then, by the love of our Lord Jesus Christ, who gave himself for our sins: let us at last take in hand the care of our souls; let us grieve over the vanity of our past life; let us strive for what is to come, to the glory of God and of his Christ and of the adorable and Holy Spirit. Let us not remain in this sloth and slackness, always letting the present slip by through sloth and putting off the beginning of our works to tomorrow and the day after, and then, overtaken by him who demands our souls, unprepared with good works, be cast out from the joy of the bridal chamber and weep idle and useless tears, lamenting then the time of life so badly let pass, when repentance will avail nothing any more. “Now is the acceptable time,” says the Apostle, “now is the day of salvation.” This age is the age of repentance, that one of recompense; this of endurance, that of consolation. Now God is the helper of those who turn from the evil way; then he will be the fearful examiner, who cannot be deceived, of human deeds and words and thoughts. Now we enjoy his long-suffering; then we shall know his just judgment, when we rise, some to eternal punishment and some to eternal life, and each receives according to his deeds.

To what time are we putting off obedience to Christ, who has called us into his heavenly kingdom? Shall we not sober up? Shall we not call ourselves back from the life of habit to the exactness of the Gospel? Shall we not set before our eyes that fearful and manifest day of the Lord, on which the kingdom of heaven will receive those who have drawn near to the Lord's right hand by their deeds, while those thrust away to the left for want of good works the Gehenna of fire and the eternal darkness will hide? “There,” he says, “will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.” We say we desire the kingdom of heaven, but we take no thought for the means by which it may be attained; and, accepting no labour for the Lord's commandment, in the vanity of our mind we suppose that we shall obtain the same honours as those who have stood firm against sin even to death. Who that sat at home or slept in the time of sowing has filled his lap with sheaves when harvest came? Who has gathered the grapes of a vineyard he did not plant and toil over? The fruits belong to those whose labours they were; the honours and the crowns belong to those who have conquered. Who ever crowns a man who has not even stripped to face his opponent? For one must not only win but also “compete according to the rules,” as the Apostle says; that is, not to neglect even a little of what has been commanded, but to do each thing as we have been ordered. For “blessed,” he says, “is that servant whom the Lord when he comes will find,” not doing as he happens to please, but “so doing.” … [we,] supposing that we have done [the commandments] (for I would not say “having done” them: all of them hang together, according to the sound purpose of the word, so that when one is broken the rest are necessarily broken with it), do not expect wrath for what we have left undone, but look for honours for what we have supposedly done right.

The man who out of ten talents entrusted to him keeps back one or two and repays the rest is not recognized as honest for repaying the greater part, but is convicted as unjust and grasping for defrauding of the smaller. Why do I say “defrauding”? When the one who was entrusted with one talent and then returned that very talent whole and intact, just as he received it, is condemned because he did not trade further with what was given him. The one who has honoured his father for ten years and afterward strikes him a single blow is not honoured as a benefactor but is condemned as a parricide. “Go,” says the Lord, “make disciples of all the nations, teaching them,” not to observe some things and neglect others, but “to observe all that I have commanded you.” And the Apostle writes in agreement: “Giving no offence in anything, that the ministry may not be blamed, but in everything commending ourselves as ministers of God.” For if all of them were not necessary to us for the goal of salvation, all the commandments would not have been written, nor would it have been declared that all must of necessity be kept. What profit to me are my other good deeds, if for calling my brother a fool I am to be liable to Gehenna? What is the good of freedom from many masters to one held in slavery by one? “For whoever commits sin,” he says, “is a slave of sin.” And what is the gain of being free from many diseases to one whose body is being destroyed by one disease?

“Will, then,” someone says, “the multitudes of Christians who do not keep all the commandments have no profit from keeping some?” In answer it is good to remember blessed Peter, who after so many good deeds and such blessings heard, for one thing alone: “If I do not wash you, you have no part with me.” I pass over the point that this very thing showed no sloth or contempt in him, but was a sign of honour and reverence. “And yet,” someone might say, “it is written: Everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved; so that the mere calling on the name of the Lord is enough to save the one who calls on it.” But let him too hear the Apostle saying: “How then will they call on him in whom they have not believed?” And if you believe, hear the Lord saying: “Not everyone who says to me, Lord, Lord, will enter the kingdom of heaven, but he who does the will of my Father who is in heaven.” Even the one who does the will of the Lord, if he does it not as God wills, nor in the disposition of love for God, has no profit from his zeal for the work, according to the voice of our Lord Jesus Christ himself, who said: “They do it to be seen by men; truly I say to you, they have their reward.” Hence Paul the apostle was taught to say: “And if I give away all I have to feed the poor, and if I hand over my body to be burned, but have not love, I gain nothing.”

In general I see three different dispositions in which the unavoidable necessity of obedience is met. Either we turn away from evil because we fear punishment, and we are in the disposition of slaves; or we pursue the gains of the wage and fulfil the commands for our own advantage, and in this we resemble hirelings; or we obey for the sake of the good itself and of love for him who gave us the law, rejoicing that we have been counted worthy to serve so glorious and so good a God, and so we are in the disposition of sons. Now the one who keeps the commandments out of fear, and is always wary of the penalty for sloth, will not do some of the things commanded him and overlook others, but will consider the punishment for every disobedience equally fearful for himself. And for this reason he is called blessed who is in awe of all things out of reverence; and he stands firm in the truth and can say: “I saw the Lord always before me, for he is at my right hand, that I may not be shaken,” as one who chooses to overlook nothing of what he ought to do; and: “Blessed is the man who fears the Lord.” Why? Because “he will delight greatly in his commandments.” So it is not the way of those who fear to leave aside any of the commands, or to do it carelessly. Nor will the hireling choose to transgress any of the things laid down. For how will he receive the wage for his work in the vineyard if he has not done all that was agreed? Indeed, if one of the necessary tasks is left undone, … [what son, though he] has his father's good pleasure [as his aim] and gladdens him in the greater things, will choose to grieve him for the sake of the smallest? All the more if he remembers the Apostle, who said: “And do not grieve the Holy Spirit of God, by whom you were sealed.”

In which rank, then, do those who transgress most of the commandments wish to be placed? They neither serve God as a Father, nor obey him as one who promises great things, nor serve him as a Master. “If I am a father,” he says, “where is my glory? And if I am a Lord, where is my fear?” For the one who fears the Lord “will delight greatly in his commandments”; but “by transgressing the law,” he says, “you dishonour God.” How then, having preferred a life of pleasure to a life according to the commandment, can we promise ourselves the blessedness of life, citizenship with the saints, and the joys with the angels in the presence of Christ? Such fancies belong to a truly childish mind. How shall I be with Job, I who have not received even an ordinary affliction with thanksgiving? How with David, I who have not been long-suffering toward my enemy? How with Daniel, I who have not sought God with constant self-control and laborious prayer? How with each of the saints, I who have not walked in their footsteps? What judge of the games is so undiscerning as to think the victor and the man who has not competed at all worthy of the same crowns? What general ever called those who did not even appear at the battle to an equal share of the spoils with those who won?

God is good, but he is also just. And it belongs to the just to repay according to desert, as it is written: “Do good, O Lord, to those who are good and to the upright in heart. But those who turn aside into crooked ways the Lord will lead away with the workers of iniquity.” He is merciful, but he is also a judge. “For the Lord loves mercy and judgment,” he says. That is why he says: “Of mercy and judgment I will sing to you, O Lord.” We have learned on whom mercy falls: “Blessed,” he says, “are the merciful, for they shall obtain mercy.” Do you see how discerningly he uses mercy? Neither showing mercy without judgment nor judging without mercy. “For the Lord is merciful and just.” Let us not, then, know God by halves, nor take his love for mankind as an occasion for sloth. For this reason there are thunders, for this reason thunderbolts, so that his goodness may not be despised. He who makes the sun rise also condemns to blindness. He who gives the rain also rains down fire. The former belong to his kindness, the latter to his severity: let us either love him for the former or fear him for the latter, lest it be said to us too: “Or do you despise the riches of his kindness and forbearance and long-suffering, not knowing that God's kindness leads you to repentance? But by your hardness and impenitent heart you are storing up wrath for yourself on the day of wrath.”

Since, then, it is not possible to be saved without doing the works commanded by God, and it is not without danger to overlook any of the things enjoined (for it is a dreadful arrogance for us to sit as judges of the lawgiver and accept some of his laws while dismissing others), come, let us, champions of godliness, who have honoured the quiet and undistracted life as a help toward keeping the precepts of the Gospel, set before ourselves a common care and counsel, so that nothing of what has been commanded may escape us. For if the man of God must be perfect (as it is written, and as the argument has shown above), he must of all necessity be cleansed through every commandment “to the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ”; since by the divine law, too, a victim with a blemish, even if it is clean, is unacceptable as a sacrifice to God. Whatever, then, each one thinks he is lacking, let him put it forward for common examination. For what is hidden is more easily discovered when many search diligently together, God, that is, granting us the finding of what we seek through the teaching and reminding of the Holy Spirit, according to the promise of our Lord Jesus Christ. Just as necessity is laid upon me, and woe is me if I do not preach the Gospel, so there is an equal danger for you if you grow slack about the inquiry, or are disposed feebly and listlessly toward keeping what has been handed down and fulfilling it in works. For the Lord says: “The word that I have spoken will judge him on the last day”; and: “The servant who did not know his master's will, but did what deserved a beating, will receive a light beating; but the one who knew it and did not do it, nor prepare himself for his will, will receive a severe beating.” Let us pray, then, that my stewardship of the word may be blameless and your instruction fruitful. Knowing, therefore, that the words of the God-inspired Scripture will stand against us before the judgment seat, let us attend soberly to what is said and press on earnestly to bring the divine teachings into action, for we do not know on what day or at what hour our Lord is coming.

[Title:] Of our father among the saints, Basil, archbishop of Caesarea in Cappadocia: The Rules Treated at Length, by Question and Answer.

Chapter 1

1PG 31:889

Περὶ τάξεως καὶ ἀκολουθίας τῆς ἐν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς τοῦ Κυρίου Ἐπειδὴ ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος εξουσίαν τοῦ ἐπερωτᾶν, πρῶτον πάντων διδαχθῆναι δεόμεθα, εἰ τάξις τίς ἐστι καὶ ἀκολουθία ἐν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὥστε τὴν μὲν εἶναι πρώτην, τὴν δὲ δευτέραν, καὶ καθεξῆς· ἢ πᾶσαι ἀλλήλων ἔχονται, καὶ πᾶσαι ἀλλήλαις ὁμότιμοι πρὸς τὸν τῆς ἀρχῆς λόγον τυγχάνουσιν, ὡς ἄδειαν εἶναι τῷ βουλομένῳ, καθάπερ ἐν κύκλῳ, ἀρχὴν λαμβάνειν επόθεν βούλεται. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὸ ἐρώτημα ὑμῶν ἀρχαῖόν ἐστι, καὶ πάλαι προεκδεδομένον ἐν τοῖς Εὐαγγελίοις, ἡνίκα προσελθὼν τῷ Κυρίῳ ὁ νομικὸς, Διδάσκαλε, φησὶ, ποία πρώτη ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ἐστὶν ἐντολή; Καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἀπεκρίνατο· Ἀγαπήσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεὸν σου ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου. Αὕτη ἐστὶ πρώτη καὶ μεγάλη ἐντολή. Δευτέρα δὲ ὁμοία αὕτη· Ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν. Αὐτὸς οὖν ἐπέθηκε ταῖς ἑαυτοῦ ἐντολαῖς τὴν τάξιν ὁ Κύριος πρώτην μὲν καὶ μεγίστην περὶ τῆς εἰς τὸν Θεὸν ἀγάπης τὴν ἐντολὴν ὁρισάμενος· δευτέραν δὲ τῇ τάξει, καὶ ὁμοίαν ἐκείνῃ, μᾶλλον δὲ συμπληρωτικήν τῆς προτέρας, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῆς ἠρτημένην, τὴν περὶ τοῦ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον· ὥστε ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων, καὶ ἐξ ἑτέρων δὲ τοιούτων, ἐν ταῖς θεοπνεύστοις Γραφαῖς φερομένων, τὴν ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς τοῦ Κυρίου τάξιν τε καὶ ἀκολουθίαν ἔστι καταμαθεῖν

Peri taxeōs kai akolouthias tēs en tais entolais tou Kyriou Epeidē edōken hēmin ho logos exousian tou eperōtan, prōton pantōn didachthēnai deometha, ei taxis tis esti kai akolouthia en tais entolais tou Theou, hōste tēn men einai prōtēn, tēn de deuteran, kai kathexēs; ē pasai allēlōn echontai, kai pasai allēlais homotimoi pros ton tēs archēs logon tynchanousin, hōs adeian einai tǭ boulomenǭ, kathaper en kyklǭ, archēn lambanein epothen bouletai. APOKRISIS. To erōtēma hymōn archaion esti, kai palai proekdedomenon en tois Euangeliois, hēnika proselthōn tǭ Kyriǭ ho nomikos, Didaskale, phēsi, poia prōtē en tǭ nomǭ estin entolē? Kai ho Kyrios apekrinato; Agapēseis Kyrion ton Theon sou ex holēs tēs kardias sou, kai ex holēs tēs psychēs sou, kai ex holēs tēs ischyos sou, kai ex holēs tēs dianoias sou. Hautē esti prōtē kai megalē entolē. Deutera de homoia hautē; Agapēseis ton plēsion sou hōs seauton. Autos oun epethēke tais heautou entolais tēn taxin ho Kyrios prōtēn men kai megistēn peri tēs eis ton Theon agapēs tēn entolēn horisamenos; deuteran de tę̄ taxei, kai homoian ekeinę̄, mallon de symplērōtikēn tēs proteras, kai ex autēs ērtēmenēn, tēn peri tou agapan ton plēsion; hōste ek tōn eirēmenōn, kai ex heterōn de toioutōn, en tais theopneustois Graphais pheromenōn, tēn en pasais tais entolais tou Kyriou taxin te kai akolouthian esti katamathein

On order and sequence in the commandments of the Lord.

Question. Since the word has given us leave to ask questions, we need first of all to be taught whether there is any order and sequence in the commandments of God, so that one is first, another second, and so on; or whether they all hang together and are all of equal rank with respect to which comes first, so that anyone who wishes is free to begin wherever he likes, as in a circle.

Answer. Your question is an old one, put forward long ago in the Gospels, when the lawyer came to the Lord and said: “Teacher, which is the first commandment in the law?” And the Lord answered: “You shall love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your strength and with all your mind. This is the first and great commandment. And the second is like it: You shall love your neighbour as yourself.” The Lord himself, then, set an order on his own commandments, defining the commandment about love toward God as the first and greatest, and the one about loving one's neighbour as second in order and like the first, or rather as completing the former and depending on it. So from what has been said, and from other such passages found in the God-inspired Scriptures, one may learn the order and sequence in all the commandments of the Lord.

Chapter 2

2PG 31:907

Περὶ τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν ἀγάπης, καὶ ὅτι κατὰ φύσιν ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἡ πρὸς τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ Κυρίου ῥοπὴ καὶ δύναμις. Οὐκοῦν περὶ τῆς εἰς Θεὸν ἀγάπης πρῶτον ἡμῖν διαλέχθητι. Ὅτι μὲν γὰρ χρὴ ἀγαπᾶν, ἀκηκόαμεν· πῶς δ᾽ ἂν τοῦτο κατορθωθείη, μαθεῖν ἐπιζητοῦμεν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. ᾿Αδίδακτος μὲν ἡ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀγάπη. Οὔτε γὰρ φωτὶ χαίρειν, καὶ ζωῆς ἀντιποιεῖσθαι παρ' ἄλλου μεμαθήκαμεν, οὔτε τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τοὺς τεκόντας ἢ θρε ψαμένους ἕτερος ἐδίδαξεν. Οὕτως οὖν, ἢ καὶ πολὺ μάθησις· ἀλλ᾽ ὁμοῦ τῇ συστάσει τοῦ ζώου τοῦ ἀνθρώπου φημὶ, σπερματικός τις λόγος ἡμῖν ἐγκαταβέβληται, οἴκοθεν ἔχων τὰς ἀφορμὰς τῆς πρὸς τὸ ἀγαπᾶν οἰκειώσεως. Ὅνπερ τὸ διδασκαλεῖον τῶν ἐντολῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ παραλαβὸν, γεωργεῖν μετ' ἐπιμελείας, καὶ ἐκτρέφειν μετ' ἐπιστήμης, καὶ εἰς τελείωσιν ἄγειν Θεοῦ χάριτι πέφυκεν. Διὸ καὶ ἡμεῖς, τὴν σπουδὴν ὑμῶν ὡς ἀναγκαίαν τῷ σκοπῷ ἀποδεξά μενοι, Θεοῦ διδόντος, καὶ ὑμῶν ἐν ταῖς προσευχαῖς συναντιλαμβανομένων ἡμῖν, τὸν ἐγκεκρυμμένον ὑμῖν σπινθῆρα τοῦ θείου πόθου κατὰ τὴν ἐνδεδομένην ἡμῖν διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος δύναμιν διεγείραι σπουδάσομεν. Εἰδέναι μέντοι χρὴ, ὅτι τοῦτο ἓν μὲν ἔστι τὸ κατόρθωμα· δυνάμει δὲ πάσης ἐνεργητικὸν καὶ περιεκτικόν ἐστιν ἐντολῆς. Ὁ γὰρ ἀγαπῶν με, φησὶν ὁ Κύριος, τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐμὰς τηρήσει· καὶ πάλιν, ὅτι Ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς ὅλος ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται κρέμανται. Καὶ οὐχὶ νῦν δι᾽ ἀκριβείας ἐφοδεύειν τὸν λόγον ἐπιχειρήσομεν (οὕτω γὰρ ἂν λάθοιμεν πάντα τὸν περὶ ἐντολῶν λόγον ἐπικυκλοῦντες τῷ μέρει), ἀλλ᾿ ὅσον σύμμετρον ἡμῖν καὶ οἰκεῖον τῷ παρόντι σκοπῷ, ὑπομνήσομεν ὑμᾶς περὶ τῆς ὀφειλομένης τῷ Θεῷ παρ᾿ ἡμῶν ἀγάπης, ἐκεῖνο πρότερον εἰπόντες, ὅτι πασῶν τῶν δοθεισῶν ἡμῖν ἐντολῶν παρὰ Θεοῦ, τούτων καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις παρ' αὐτοῦ προειλήφαμεν, ἵνα μήτε δυσχε ραίνωμεν, ὡς τι καινότερον ἀπαιτούμενοι, μήτε ἐπαιρώμεθα, ὡς πλέον τι τοῦ δεδομένου συνεισφερόμενοι. Καὶ διὰ τούτων τῶν δυνάμεων, ὀρθῶς μὲν καὶ προσηκόντως ἐνεργοῦντες, τὸν κατ' ἀρετὴν εὐσεβῶς συμπληροῦμεν βίον· παραφθείροντες δὲ αὐτῶν τὴν ἐνέργειαν, πρὸς τὴν κακίαν ὑποφερόμεθα. Καὶ ἔστιν οὗτος κακίας ὅρος, ἡ πονηρὰ, καὶ παρ᾽ ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου χρῆσις τῶν ἐπ᾿ ἀγαθῷ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ δεδομένων ἡμῖν· ὥσπερ οὖν, τῆς παρὰ Θεοῦ ἐπιζητουμένης ἀρετῆς, ἡ ἐξ ἀγαθοῦ τοῦ συνειδότος κατ᾿ ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου χρῆσις αὐτῶν. Τούτου δὲ οὕτως ἔχοντος, τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ περὶ τῆς ἀγάπης ἐροῦμεν. Ἐντολὴν τοίνυν λαβόντες ἀγαπᾶν τὸν Θεὸν, τὴν ἀγαπητικὴν δύναμιν εὐθὺς τῇ πρώτη κατασκευῇ συγκαταβληθεῖσαν κεκτήμεθα· καὶ ἡ ἀπόδειξις οὐκ ἔξωθεν, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς ἄν τις τοῦτο παρ' ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἐν ἑαυτῷ καταμάθοι. Τῶν τε γὰρ καλῶν ἐσμεν ἐπιθυμητικοὶ φυσικῶς, εἰ καὶ ὅτι μάλιστα ἄλλῳ ἄλλο φαίνεται καλόν· καὶ στοργὴν πρὸς τὸ οἰκεῖον καὶ συγγενὲς ἔχομεν ἀδιδάκτως, καὶ τοῖς εὐεργέταις ἑκουσίως πᾶσαν εὔνοιαν ἐκπληροῦμεν. Τί οὖν κάλλους θείου θαυμασιώτερον; Τίς ἔννοια τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ μεγαλοπρεπείας χαριεστέρα; Ποῖος πόθος ψυχῆς οὕτω δριμὺς καὶ ἀφόρητος, ὡς ὁ ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἐγγινόμενος τῇ ἀπὸ πάσης κακίας κεκαθαρμένῃ ψυχῇ, καὶ ἀπὸ ἀληθινῆς διαθέσεως λεγούσῃ, ὅτι Τετρωμένη ἀγάπης ἐγώ εἰμι; ῎Αῤῥητοι παντελῶς καὶ ἀνεκδιἡγητοι τοῦ θείου κάλλους αἱ ἀστραπαί· οὐ παρίστησι λόγος, οὐ δέχεται ἀκοή. Κἂν ἑωσφόρου αὐγὰς εἴπῃς, κἂν σελήνης λαμπρότητα, κἂν ἡλίου φῶς, πάντα ἄτιμα πρὸς εἰκασίαν τῆς δόξης, καὶ πλέον ἀπολειπόμενα πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς σύγκρισιν, ἢ καθόσον βαθεῖα νὺξ, καὶ στυγνή σκοτομήνη μεσημβρίας καθαρωτάτης. Τοῦτο τὸ κάλλος σαρκίνοις μὲν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἀθεώρητον, ψυχῇ δὲ μόνῃ καὶ διανοίᾳ καταληπτὸν, εἴπου τινα περιέλαμψε τῶν ἁγίων, καὶ ἀφόρητον τοῦ πόθου τὸ κέντρον αὐτοῖς ἐγκατἐλιπεν, οἱ ἀλύοντες πρὸς τὴν ἐνταῦθα ζωὴν ἔλεγον· Οἴμοι, ὅτι ἡ παροικία μου ἐμακρύνθη. Πότε ἥξω καὶ ὀφθήσομαι τῷ προσώπῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ; καὶ τὸ, Ἀναλῦσαι καὶ σὺν Χριστῷ εἶναι πολλῷ μᾶλλον κρεῖσσον· καὶ τὸ, Ἐδίψησεν ἡ ψυχή μου πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν τὸν ἰσχυρὸν τὸν ζῶντα· καὶ, Νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου, Δέσποτα. Ὡς δεσμωτήριον τὴν ζωὴν ταύτην βαρυνόμενοι, οὕτω δυσκάθεκτοι ἦσαν ταῖς ὁρμαῖς, ὧν ὁ θεῖος πόθος τῶν ψυχῶν ἥψατο. Οἱ γε, διὰ τὸ ἀκορέστως ἔχειν τῆς θεωρίας τοῦ θείου κάλλους, εὐχὴν ἐποιοῦντο πάσῃ τῇ αἰωνίᾳ ζωῇ συμπαρεκτείνεσθαι τὴν θεωρίαν τῆς τερπνότητος τοῦ Κυρίου. Οὕτω μὲν οὖν φυσικῶς ἐπιθυμητι κοὶ τῶν καλῶν οἱ ἄνθρωποι. Κυρίως δὲ καλὸν καὶ ἀγαπητὸν τὸ ἀγαθόν. Ἀγαθὸς δὲ ὁ Θεός· ἀγαθοῦ δὲ πάντα ἐφίεται· Θεοῦ ἄρα πάντα ἐφίεται. ὑπερβαλλόντως ὀφείλομεν, καὶ ἀποκρέμασθαι τῆς Ὥστε τὸ ἐκ προαιρέσεως κατορθούμενον καὶ φυσικῶς ἡμῖν ἐνυπάρχει, τοῖς γε μὴ ἐκ πονηρίας τοὺς λογισμοὺς διαστραφεῖσιν. Ἀναγκαῖον οὖν ὄφλημα τὴν εἰς Θεὸν ἀγάπην ἀπαιτούμεθα, ὃ τῇ ἐλλειπούσῃ ψυχῇ πάντων κακῶν ἐστιν ἀφορητότατον. Θεοῦ γὰρ ἀλλοτρίωσις καὶ ἀποστροφὴ καὶ τῶν ἐν γεέννῃ προσδοκωμένων κολάσεων ἀφορητότερόν ἐστι, καὶ βαρύτερον τῷ παθόντι, ὡς ὀφθαλμῷ φωτὸς στέρησις, κἂν μὴ ὀδύνη προσῇ, καὶ τῷ ζώῳ τοῦ ζῇν. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τοῖς γεννήσασι φυσική στοργή παρὰ τῶν γεννηθέντων ὑπάρχει, καὶ δηλοῖ τοῦτό τε ἡ τῶν ἀλόγων σχέσις, καὶ ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων παρὰ τὴν πρώτην ἡλικίαν πρὸς τὰς μητέρας διάθεσις, μὴ φανῶμεν ἀλογώτεροι τῶν νηπίων, μηδὲ τῶν θηρίων ἀγριώτεροι, ἀστόργως καὶ ἀλλοτρίως πρὸς τὸν ποιήσαντα ἡμᾶς διακείμενοι· ὃν εἰ καὶ μὴ ἐκ τῆς ἀγαθότητος ὁποῖος ἐστιν ἠπιστάμεθα, ἐξ αὐτοῦ μόνου τοῦ παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ γεγενῆσθαι ἀγαπᾶν καὶ στέργειν μνήμης αὐτοῦ διηνεκῶς, καθάπερ τῶν μητέρων τὰ νήπια. Κρείττων δὲ τῶν φυσικῶς ἀγαπωμένων ὁ εὐεργέτης. Καὶ τοῦτο οὐκ ἀνθρώπων ἴδιόν ἐστι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντων σχεδὸν ζώων πάθος, ἡ πρὸς τοὺς ἀγαθόν τι δεδωκότας οἰκείωσις. Ἔγνω, φησὶ, βοῦς τὸν κτησάμενον, καὶ ὄνος τὴν φάτνην τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ. Ἀπείη δὲ λεχθῆναι περὶ ἡμῶν τὰ ἑξῆς· ὅτι Ἰσραὴλ δέ με οὐκ ἔγνω, καὶ ὁ λαός με οὐ συνῆκε. Περὶ γὰρ κυνὸς, καὶ πολλῶν ἄλλων τοιούτων, τί χρὴ καὶ λέγειν, ὅσην πρὸς τοὺς τρέφοντας τὴν εὔνοιαν ἐπιδείκνυνται; Εἰ δὲ τὴν πρὸς τοὺς εὐεργέτας εὔνοιαν καὶ τὸ φίλτρον φυσικῶς αἱρούμεθα, καὶ πάντα πόνον εἰς ἀντίδοσιν τῶν προγενομένων ἡμῖν ὑπομένομεν, τίς λόγος ἀξίως ἐφικέσθαι τῶν δωρεῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ δύναται; αἱ τοσαῦται μὲν εἰσι τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς καὶ ἀριθμὸν διαφεύγειν· τηλικαῦται δὲ τὸ μέγεθος καὶ τοιαῦται, ὥστε ἐξαρκεῖν καὶ μίαν εἰς τὸ ὑπευθύνους ἡμᾶς εἰς πᾶσαν χάριν τῷ δεδωκότι ποιῆσαι. Τὰς μὲν οὖν ἄλλας παρἡσω, αϊ, εἰ καὶ καθ' ἑαυτὰς ὑπερβάλλουσι μεγέθει καὶ χάριτι, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὸ τῶν μειζόνων, ὥσπερ ἀστέρες ἡλιακαῖς ἀκτῖσιν, ὑπερλαμπόμεναι, τὴν καθ' ἑαυτὰς χάριν ἀμυδροτέραν παρέχονται. Οὐ γὰρ σχολὴ καταλιπόντι τὰ ὑπερβάλλοντα, ἐκ τῶν ἐλαττόνων μετρεῖν τοῦ εὐεργέτου τὴν ἀγαθότητα. Σιωπάσθωσαν τοίνυν ἡλίου ἀνατολαὶ, καὶ σελήνης περίοδοι, κράσεις ἀέρων, ὡρῶν ἐναλλαγαὶ, ὕδωρ ἀπὸ νεφῶν, καὶ ἀπὸ γῆς ἕτερον, αὐτὴ ἡ θάλασσα, ἡ γῆ σύμπασα, τὰ ἐκ γῆς φυόμενα, τὰ ἐν τοῖς ὕδασι διαιτώμενα, τὰ ἐν ἀέρι γένη, αἱ μυρίαι τῶν ζώων διαφοραὶ, πάντα τὰ πρὸς ὑπηρεσίαν τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν τεταγμένα. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνο οὐδὲ βουλομένοις παρελθεῖν δυνατὸν, καὶ σιωπῆσαι μὲν τὴν χάριν τῷ γε νοῦν ὑγιᾶ καὶ λόγον ἔχοντι παντελῶς ἀμήχανον· εἰπεῖν δὲ τι πρὸς ἀξίαν πλέον ἀδυνατώτερον, ὅτι κατ' εἰκόνα Θεοῦ καὶ ὁμοίωσιν ποιήσας τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ γνώσεως ἀξιώσας, καὶ λόγῳ παρὰ πάντα τὰ ζῶα κατακοσμήσας, καὶ τοῖς ἀμηχάνοις τοῦ παραδείσου κάλλεσιν ἐντρυφᾷν παρασχόμενος, καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ἁπάντων ἄρχοντα καταστήσας, εἶτα κατασοφισθέντα ὑπὸ τοῦ ὄφεως καὶ καταπεσόντα εἰς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας εἰς τὸν θάνατον, καὶ τὰ τούτου ἄξια, οὐ περιεῖδεν· ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν πρῶτα νόμον ἔδωκεν εἰς βοήθειαν, ἀγγέλους ἐπέστησεν εἰς φυλακὴν καὶ ἐπιμέλειαν, προφήτας ἀπέστειλεν εἰς ἔλεγχον κακίας καὶ διδασκαλίαν ἀρετῆς, τὰς ὁρμὰς τῆς κακίας ταῖς ἀπειλαῖς ἐνέκοψε, τῶν ἀγαθῶν τὴν προθυμίαν ἐπαγγελίαις διήγειρε, τὸ πέρας ἑκατέρου πολλάκις ἐν διαφόροις προσώποις εἰς νουθεσίαν τῶν ἄλλων προλαβὼν ἐφανέρωσε, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις ἅπασιν ἐπιμένοντας τῇ ἀπειθείᾳ οὐκ ἀπεστράφη. Οὐ γὰρ ἀφείθημεν ὑπὸ τῆς ἀγαθότητος τοῦ Δεσπότου, οὐδὲ ἐνεκόψαμεν αὐτοῦ τὴν εἰς ἡμᾶς ἀγάπην, ἀναισθησίᾳ τῶν τιμῶν τὸν εὐεργέτην παρυβρίσαντες· ἀλλὰ ἀνεκλήθημεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου, καὶ ἐζωοποιήθημεν πάλιν ὑπ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ. Ἐν ᾧ καὶ ὁ τρόπος τῆς εὐεργεσίας μεῖζον ἔχει τὸ θαῦμα· Ἐν μορφῇ γὰρ Θεοῦ ὑπάρχων, οὐχ ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγήσατο τὸ εἶναι ἴσα Θεῷ, ἀλλ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσε, Καὶ τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἀνέλαβε, καὶ τὰς καὶ ἐγκαυχήσεται τῇ ἀπειθείᾳ καὶ ἀποστασίᾳ ἡμῶν· νόσους ἐβάστασε, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐτραυματίσθη, ἵνα τῷ μώλωπι αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς ἰαθῶμεν· καὶ τῆς κατἀρας ἡμᾶς ἐξηγόρασε, γενόμενος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν κατάρα, καὶ τὸν ἀτιμότατον ὑπέστη θάνατον, ἵνα ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν ἔνδοξον ζωὴν ἐπαναγάγῃ. Καὶ οὐκ ἠρκέσθη μόνον νεκροὺς ὄντας ζωοποιῆσαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ θεότητος ἀξίωμα ἐχαρίσατο, καὶ ἀναπαύσεις ἡτοίμασεν αἰωνίους, πᾶσαν ἔννοιαν ἀνθρωπίνην τῷ μεγέθει τῆς εὐφροσύνης ὑπερβαινούσας. Τί οὖν ἀνταποδῶμεν τῷ Κυρίῳ περὶ πάντων ὧν ἀνταπέδωκεν ἡμῖν; Ὁ δὲ οὕτως ἐστὶν ἀγαθὸς, ὥστε οὔτε ἀντίδοσιν ἀπαιτεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ἀρκεῖται μόνον ἀγαπώμενος ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἔδωκεν. Ὧν ἁπάντων ὅταν εἰς ἔννοιαν ἔλθω (ἵνα τὸ ἐμὸν πάθος ἐξείπω), εἰς φρίκην τινὰ καὶ ἔκστασιν φοβερὰν καταπίπτω, μήποτε ἐξ ἀπροσεξίας τοῦ νοῦ, ἢ τῆς περὶ τὰ μάταια ἀσχολίας, τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκπεσὼν ὄνειδος γένωμαι τῷ Χριστῷ. Ὁ γὰρ νῦν ἀπατῶν ἡμᾶς, καὶ διὰ τῶν κοσμικῶν δελεασμάτων λήθην ἐμποιεῖν ἡμῖν τοῦ εὐεργέτου μηχανῇ πάσῃ σπουδάζων, ἐπ' ὀλέθρῳ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν ἐναλλόμενος ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐπεμβαίνων, εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν τότε προσοίσει τῷ Κυρίῳ τὴν ἡμετέραν καταφρόνησιν, ὅς γε οὔτε κτίσας ἡμᾶς, οὔτε ἀποθανὼν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἔσχεν ἡμᾶς ἀκολουθοῦντας αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ ἀπειθείᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀμελείᾳ τῶν ἐντολῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ. Τοῦτο τὸ ὄνειδος, τὸ κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ τοῦτο τὸ καύχημα τοῦ ἐχθροῦ, βαρύτερον ἐμοὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ γεέννῃ κολάσεων φαίνεται, τῷ ἐχθρῷ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὕλην γενέσθαι καυχήματος καὶ ἀφορμὴν ἐπάρσεως κατ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀποθανόντος, καὶ ἐγερθέντος, ᾧ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο περισσοτέρως ὀφειλέται ἐσμὲν, καθώς γέγραπται. Καὶ περὶ μὲν τῆς εἰς Θεὸν ἀγάπης τοσαῦτα. Σκοπὸς γὰρ, ὡς προείπον, οὐχὶ πάντα εἰπεῖν· ἀδύνατον γάρ· ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ κεφαλαίων σύντομον ὑπόμνησιν ἀνακινοῦσαν ἀεὶ τὸν θεῖον πόθον ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἐμποιῆσαι.

Peri tēs pros Theon agapēs, kai hoti kata physin en anthrōpois hē pros tas entolas tou Kyriou rhopē kai dynamis. Oukoun peri tēs eis Theon agapēs prōton hēmin dialechthēti. Hoti men gar chrē agapan, akēkoamen; pōs d᾽ an touto katorthōtheiē, mathein epizētoumen. APOKRISIS. ᾿Adidaktos men hē pros ton Theon agapē. Oute gar phōti chairein, kai zōēs antipoieisthai par' allou memathēkamen, oute to agapan tous tekontas ē thre psamenous heteros edidaxen. Houtōs oun, ē kai poly mathēsis; all᾽ homou tę̄ systasei tou zōou tou anthrōpou phēmi, spermatikos tis logos hēmin enkatabeblētai, oikothen echōn tas aphormas tēs pros to agapan oikeiōseōs. Honper to didaskaleion tōn entolōn tou Theou paralabon, geōrgein met' epimeleias, kai ektrephein met' epistēmēs, kai eis teleiōsin agein Theou chariti pephyken. Dio kai hēmeis, tēn spoudēn hymōn hōs anankaian tǭ skopǭ apodexa menoi, Theou didontos, kai hymōn en tais proseuchais synantilambanomenōn hēmin, ton enkekrymmenon hymin spinthēra tou theiou pothou kata tēn endedomenēn hēmin dia tou Pneumatos dynamin diegeirai spoudasomen. Eidenai mentoi chrē, hoti touto hen men esti to katorthōma; dynamei de pasēs energētikon kai periektikon estin entolēs. Ho gar agapōn me, phēsin ho Kyrios, tas entolas tas emas tērēsei; kai palin, hoti En tautais tais dysin entolais holos ho nomos kai hoi prophētai kremantai. Kai ouchi nyn di᾽ akribeias ephodeuein ton logon epicheirēsomen (houtō gar an lathoimen panta ton peri entolōn logon epikyklountes tǭ merei), all᾿ hoson symmetron hēmin kai oikeion tǭ paronti skopǭ, hypomnēsomen hymas peri tēs opheilomenēs tǭ Theǭ par᾿ hēmōn agapēs, ekeino proteron eipontes, hoti pasōn tōn dotheisōn hēmin entolōn para Theou, toutōn kai tas dynameis par' autou proeilēphamen, hina mēte dysche rainōmen, hōs ti kainoteron apaitoumenoi, mēte epairōmetha, hōs pleon ti tou dedomenou syneispheromenoi. Kai dia toutōn tōn dynameōn, orthōs men kai prosēkontōs energountes, ton kat' aretēn eusebōs symplēroumen bion; paraphtheirontes de autōn tēn energeian, pros tēn kakian hypopherometha. Kai estin houtos kakias horos, hē ponēra, kai par᾽ entolēn tou Kyriou chrēsis tōn ep᾿ agathǭ para tou Theou dedomenōn hēmin; hōsper oun, tēs para Theou epizētoumenēs aretēs, hē ex agathou tou syneidotos kat᾿ entolēn tou Kyriou chrēsis autōn. Toutou de houtōs echontos, to auto kai peri tēs agapēs eroumen. Entolēn toinyn labontes agapan ton Theon, tēn agapētikēn dynamin euthys tę̄ prōtē kataskeuę̄ synkatablētheisan kektēmetha; kai hē apodeixis ouk exōthen, all᾽ autos an tis touto par' heautou kai en heautǭ katamathoi. Tōn te gar kalōn esmen epithymētikoi physikōs, ei kai hoti malista allǭ allo phainetai kalon; kai storgēn pros to oikeion kai syngenes echomen adidaktōs, kai tois euergetais hekousiōs pasan eunoian ekplēroumen. Ti oun kallous theiou thaumasiōteron? Tis ennoia tēs tou Theou megaloprepeias chariestera? Poios pothos psychēs houtō drimys kai aphorētos, hōs ho apo Theou enginomenos tę̄ apo pasēs kakias kekatharmenę̄ psychę̄, kai apo alēthinēs diatheseōs legousę̄, hoti Tetrōmenē agapēs egō eimi? ᾿Arrhētoi pantelōs kai anekdiēgētoi tou theiou kallous hai astrapai; ou paristēsi logos, ou dechetai akoē. Kan heōsphorou augas eipę̄s, kan selēnēs lamprotēta, kan hēliou phōs, panta atima pros eikasian tēs doxēs, kai pleon apoleipomena pros tēn tou alēthinou phōtos synkrisin, ē kathoson batheia nyx, kai stygnē skotomēnē mesēmbrias katharōtatēs. Touto to kallos sarkinois men ophthalmois atheōrēton, psychę̄ de monę̄ kai dianoią katalēpton, eipou tina perielampse tōn hagiōn, kai aphorēton tou pothou to kentron autois enkatelipen, hoi alyontes pros tēn entautha zōēn elegon; Oimoi, hoti hē paroikia mou emakrynthē. Pote hēxō kai ophthēsomai tǭ prosōpǭ tou Theou? kai to, Analysai kai syn Christǭ einai pollǭ mallon kreisson; kai to, Edipsēsen hē psychē mou pros ton Theon ton ischyron ton zōnta; kai, Nyn apolyeis ton doulon sou, Despota. Hōs desmōtērion tēn zōēn tautēn barynomenoi, houtō dyskathektoi ēsan tais hormais, hōn ho theios pothos tōn psychōn hēpsato. Hoi ge, dia to akorestōs echein tēs theōrias tou theiou kallous, euchēn epoiounto pasę̄ tę̄ aiōnią zōę̄ symparekteinesthai tēn theōrian tēs terpnotētos tou Kyriou. Houtō men oun physikōs epithymēti koi tōn kalōn hoi anthrōpoi. Kyriōs de kalon kai agapēton to agathon. Agathos de ho Theos; agathou de panta ephietai; Theou ara panta ephietai. hyperballontōs opheilomen, kai apokremasthai tēs Hōste to ek proaireseōs katorthoumenon kai physikōs hēmin enyparchei, tois ge mē ek ponērias tous logismous diastrapheisin. Anankaion oun ophlēma tēn eis Theon agapēn apaitoumetha, ho tę̄ elleipousę̄ psychę̄ pantōn kakōn estin aphorētotaton. Theou gar allotriōsis kai apostrophē kai tōn en geennę̄ prosdokōmenōn kolaseōn aphorētoteron esti, kai baryteron tǭ pathonti, hōs ophthalmǭ phōtos sterēsis, kan mē odynē prosę̄, kai tǭ zōǭ tou zę̄n. Ei de kai tois gennēsasi physikē storgē para tōn gennēthentōn hyparchei, kai dēloi touto te hē tōn alogōn schesis, kai hē tōn anthrōpōn para tēn prōtēn hēlikian pros tas mēteras diathesis, mē phanōmen alogōteroi tōn nēpiōn, mēde tōn thēriōn agriōteroi, astorgōs kai allotriōs pros ton poiēsanta hēmas diakeimenoi; hon ei kai mē ek tēs agathotētos hopoios estin ēpistametha, ex autou monou tou par᾿ autou gegenēsthai agapan kai stergein mnēmēs autou diēnekōs, kathaper tōn mēterōn ta nēpia. Kreittōn de tōn physikōs agapōmenōn ho euergetēs. Kai touto ouk anthrōpōn idion esti monon, alla kai pantōn schedon zōōn pathos, hē pros tous agathon ti dedōkotas oikeiōsis. Egnō, phēsi, bous ton ktēsamenon, kai onos tēn phatnēn tou kyriou autou. Apeiē de lechthēnai peri hēmōn ta hexēs; hoti Israēl de me ouk egnō, kai ho laos me ou synēke. Peri gar kynos, kai pollōn allōn toioutōn, ti chrē kai legein, hosēn pros tous trephontas tēn eunoian epideiknyntai? Ei de tēn pros tous euergetas eunoian kai to philtron physikōs hairoumetha, kai panta ponon eis antidosin tōn progenomenōn hēmin hypomenomen, tis logos axiōs ephikesthai tōn dōreōn tou Theou dynatai? hai tosautai men eisi to plēthos, hōs kai arithmon diapheugein; tēlikautai de to megethos kai toiautai, hōste exarkein kai mian eis to hypeuthynous hēmas eis pasan charin tǭ dedōkoti poiēsai. Tas men oun allas parēsō, aï, ei kai kath' heautas hyperballousi megethei kai chariti, all᾽ hypo tōn meizonōn, hōsper asteres hēliakais aktisin, hyperlampomenai, tēn kath' heautas charin amydroteran parechontai. Ou gar scholē kataliponti ta hyperballonta, ek tōn elattonōn metrein tou euergetou tēn agathotēta. Siōpasthōsan toinyn hēliou anatolai, kai selēnēs periodoi, kraseis aerōn, hōrōn enallagai, hydōr apo nephōn, kai apo gēs heteron, autē hē thalassa, hē gē sympasa, ta ek gēs phyomena, ta en tois hydasi diaitōmena, ta en aeri genē, hai myriai tōn zōōn diaphorai, panta ta pros hypēresian tēs zōēs hēmōn tetagmena. ᾿All᾽ ekeino oude boulomenois parelthein dynaton, kai siōpēsai men tēn charin tǭ ge noun hygia kai logon echonti pantelōs amēchanon; eipein de ti pros axian pleon adynatōteron, hoti kat' eikona Theou kai homoiōsin poiēsas ton anthrōpon ho Theos, kai tēs heautou gnōseōs axiōsas, kai logǭ para panta ta zōa katakosmēsas, kai tois amēchanois tou paradeisou kallesin entryphąn paraschomenos, kai tōn epi gēs hapantōn archonta katastēsas, eita katasophisthenta hypo tou opheōs kai katapesonta eis tēn hamartian, kai dia tēs hamartias eis ton thanaton, kai ta toutou axia, ou perieiden; alla ta men prōta nomon edōken eis boētheian, angelous epestēsen eis phylakēn kai epimeleian, prophētas apesteilen eis elenchon kakias kai didaskalian aretēs, tas hormas tēs kakias tais apeilais enekopse, tōn agathōn tēn prothymian epangeliais diēgeire, to peras hekaterou pollakis en diaphorois prosōpois eis nouthesian tōn allōn prolabōn ephanerōse, kai epi toutois kai tois toioutois hapasin epimenontas tę̄ apeitheią ouk apestraphē. Ou gar apheithēmen hypo tēs agathotētos tou Despotou, oude enekopsamen autou tēn eis hēmas agapēn, anaisthēsią tōn timōn ton euergetēn parybrisantes; alla aneklēthēmen ek tou thanatou, kai ezōopoiēthēmen palin hyp' autou tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou. En hǭ kai ho tropos tēs euergesias meizon echei to thauma; En morphę̄ gar Theou hyparchōn, ouch harpagmon hēgēsato to einai isa Theǭ, all᾽ heauton ekenōse, Kai tas astheneias hēmōn anelabe, kai tas kai enkauchēsetai tę̄ apeitheią kai apostasią hēmōn; nosous ebastase, kai hyper hēmōn etraumatisthē, hina tǭ mōlōpi autou hēmeis iathōmen; kai tēs kataras hēmas exēgorase, genomenos hyper hēmōn katara, kai ton atimotaton hypestē thanaton, hina hēmas eis tēn endoxon zōēn epanagagę̄. Kai ouk ērkesthē monon nekrous ontas zōopoiēsai, alla kai theotētos axiōma echarisato, kai anapauseis hētoimasen aiōnious, pasan ennoian anthrōpinēn tǭ megethei tēs euphrosynēs hyperbainousas. Ti oun antapodōmen tǭ Kyriǭ peri pantōn hōn antapedōken hēmin? Ho de houtōs estin agathos, hōste oute antidosin apaitei, all᾽ arkeitai monon agapōmenos eph᾽ hois edōken. Hōn hapantōn hotan eis ennoian elthō (hina to emon pathos exeipō), eis phrikēn tina kai ekstasin phoberan katapiptō, mēpote ex aprosexias tou nou, ē tēs peri ta mataia ascholias, tēs agapēs tou Theou ekpesōn oneidos genōmai tǭ Christǭ. Ho gar nyn apatōn hēmas, kai dia tōn kosmikōn deleasmatōn lēthēn empoiein hēmin tou euergetou mēchanę̄ pasę̄ spoudazōn, ep' olethrǭ tōn psychōn hēmōn enallomenos hēmin, kai epembainōn, eis oneidismon tote prosoisei tǭ Kyriǭ tēn hēmeteran kataphronēsin, hos ge oute ktisas hēmas, oute apothanōn hyper hēmōn, all᾽ homōs eschen hēmas akolouthountas autǭ en tę̄ apeitheią kai en tę̄ ameleią tōn entolōn tou Theou. Touto to oneidos, to kata tou Kyriou, kai touto to kauchēma tou echthrou, baryteron emoi tōn en tę̄ geennę̄ kolaseōn phainetai, tǭ echthrǭ tou Christou hylēn genesthai kauchēmatos kai aphormēn eparseōs kat' autou tou hyper hēmōn apothanontos, kai egerthentos, hǭ kai dia touto perissoterōs opheiletai esmen, kathōs gegraptai. Kai peri men tēs eis Theon agapēs tosauta. Skopos gar, hōs proeipon, ouchi panta eipein; adynaton gar; all᾽ epi kephalaiōn syntomon hypomnēsin anakinousan aei ton theion pothon tais psychais empoiēsai.

On love toward God, and that the inclination and the power to keep the Lord's commandments are in human beings by nature.

Question. Speak to us first, then, about love toward God. That we must love, we have heard; how this may be achieved, we seek to learn.

Answer. Love toward God is not taught. We did not learn from another to rejoice in light and to cling to life, nor did anyone else teach us to love those who bore us or brought us up. So, then, or much more, … [the love of God does not come] from instruction outside us; but together with the making of the living being (I mean the human being) a kind of seminal principle has been implanted in us, which has within itself the starting points of an inclination to love. The school of God's commandments takes this up and by its nature cultivates it with care, nurtures it with skill, and brings it to perfection by the grace of God. Therefore we too, welcoming your zeal as necessary to the goal, will strive, God granting it and you helping us with your prayers, to stir up the spark of divine longing hidden in you, according to the power given us through the Spirit.

We must know, however, that this is one achievement, but in its power it accomplishes and contains every commandment. “For whoever loves me,” says the Lord, “will keep my commandments”; and again: “On these two commandments hang the whole law and the prophets.” We shall not now try to go through the subject in detail (for so we should find ourselves bringing the whole account of the commandments round into this part); but as far as is fitting for us and suited to the present purpose, we shall remind you of the love we owe to God. First we say this: for all the commandments given us by God, we have received beforehand from him the powers to keep them as well, so that we may neither be vexed as though something strange were demanded of us, nor be puffed up as though we were contributing something beyond what was given. By these powers, when we use them rightly and fittingly, we complete the life of virtue in godliness; when we corrupt their working, we slide into vice. And this is the definition of vice: the evil use, against the Lord's commandment, of what God has given us for good; just as the definition of the virtue God requires is the use of the same things from a good conscience according to the Lord's commandment.

This being so, we shall say the same about love. Having received the commandment to love God, we possess the power of loving, implanted together with us at our first making; and the proof is not from outside, but anyone can learn it from himself and in himself. For we naturally desire beautiful things, however much one thing seems beautiful to one person and another to another; we have an untaught affection for what is our own and akin to us; and we freely show every goodwill to our benefactors. What, then, is more wonderful than the divine beauty? What thought is more delightful than the majesty of God? What longing of the soul is so keen and unbearable as that which God produces in a soul cleansed of all vice, which says from a true disposition: “I am wounded with love”? Wholly unspeakable and indescribable are the lightning flashes of the divine beauty; speech does not convey them, the ear does not receive them. Speak of the rays of the morning star, of the brightness of the moon, of the light of the sun: all are without honour as images of that glory, and fall further short of comparison with the true light than deep night and gloomy moonless darkness fall short of the clearest noon. This beauty, invisible to eyes of flesh and grasped only by the soul and the mind, whenever it shone around any of the saints, left in them the unbearable goad of longing; and, weary of life here, they said: “Woe is me, that my sojourning is prolonged!” and “When shall I come and appear before the face of God?” and “To depart and be with Christ is far better”; and “My soul thirsted for God, the mighty, the living”; and “Now, Master, you let your servant depart.” Burdened with this life as with a prison, those whose souls the divine longing had touched were so hard to hold back in their yearning. Indeed, because they could not have enough of the contemplation of the divine beauty, they prayed that the contemplation of the Lord's delightfulness might extend through all eternal life.

So, then, human beings naturally desire beautiful things. But what is properly beautiful and lovable is the good. And God is good; and all things desire the good; therefore all things desire God. So what is achieved by free choice is also in us by nature, at least in those whose thoughts have not been twisted by wickedness. We are therefore required to pay love toward God as a necessary debt, and for the soul that fails in it this is the most unbearable of all evils. For estrangement and turning away from God is more unbearable even than the punishments expected in Gehenna, and heavier for the one who suffers it, as the loss of light is to the eye, even if no pain comes with it, or the loss of life to a living creature. And if those who are born have a natural affection for those who begot them, as is shown by the behaviour of irrational animals and by the disposition of human beings in earliest childhood toward their mothers, let us not show ourselves more irrational than infants or more savage than wild beasts by being without affection and estranged toward him who made us. Even if we did not know from his goodness what he is like, from the mere fact of having been made by him we ought to love and cherish him exceedingly and hang continually on the remembrance of him, as infants do on their mothers.

But a benefactor ranks above those who are loved by nature. And this attachment to those who have given us some good is not peculiar to human beings; it is felt by almost all living creatures. “The ox knows his owner,” he says, “and the ass his master's crib.” But far be it that what follows should be said of us: “But Israel has not known me, and my people has not understood.” As for the dog and many other such creatures, what need is there to say how much goodwill they show to those who feed them? If, then, we naturally show goodwill and affection to our benefactors and endure every labour to repay what has been done for us, what words can worthily reach the gifts of God? They are so many in number that they escape counting, and so great and of such a kind that even one is enough to make us debtors of every thanks to the giver. I shall pass over the rest, which, though in themselves surpassing in greatness and grace, are outshone by the greater, like stars by the sun's rays, and so give a dimmer sense of their own grace. For one who has left the surpassing gifts aside has no leisure to measure the benefactor's goodness by the lesser. Let silence, then, cover the risings of the sun, the circuits of the moon, the temperings of the air, the changes of the seasons, water from the clouds and water from the earth, the sea itself, the whole earth, the things that grow from the earth, those that live in the waters, the kinds in the air, the countless varieties of living creatures, all that has been appointed to serve our life.

But this one cannot pass over even if one wished; for anyone with a sound mind and reason it is wholly impossible to keep silent about this grace, and still more impossible to say anything worthy of it: that God made the human being after the image and likeness of God, counted him worthy of knowledge of himself, adorned him with reason above all the living creatures, gave him the indescribable beauties of paradise to delight in, and set him as ruler of all things on earth; and then, when he had been beguiled by the serpent and had fallen into sin, and through sin into death and what death deserves, God did not disregard him. First he gave the law as a help, set angels over him for protection and care, sent prophets to rebuke vice and teach virtue; he checked the impulses of vice with threats, roused eagerness for good with promises, and often revealed beforehand the end of each in various persons for the warning of others; and when, in spite of all these and the like, we persisted in disobedience, he did not turn away. We were not abandoned by the goodness of the Master, nor did we cut off his love for us, though we had insulted our benefactor by our insensibility to his honours; but we were called back from death and made alive again by our Lord Jesus Christ himself. And in him the manner of the benefit is the more wonderful: “For though he was in the form of God, he did not count equality with God a thing to be grasped, but emptied himself,” … “And he took our weaknesses and bore our diseases,” and “was wounded for us, that by his stripes we might be healed”; and he redeemed us from the curse, becoming a curse for us, and underwent the most shameful death, to lead us back to the glorious life. And he was not content only to make us alive when we were dead, but bestowed on us the dignity of divinity as well, and prepared eternal rest, surpassing every human thought by the greatness of its joy. “What, then, shall we render to the Lord for all that he has rendered to us?” But he is so good that he does not even ask for a return; he is content only to be loved for what he has given.

When I come to think of all these things (to tell you what I feel), I fall into a kind of shuddering and a fearful dismay, lest through inattention of mind or preoccupation with vain things I fall from the love of God and become a reproach to Christ. For the one who now deceives us, and strives by every device to make us forget our benefactor through the lures of the world, leaping upon us and trampling on us for the destruction of our souls, will then bring our contempt before the Lord as a reproach, and will boast of our disobedience and apostasy: he who neither created us nor died for us, yet had us following him in disobedience and in neglect of God's commandments. This reproach against the Lord and this boast of the enemy seem to me heavier than the punishments in Gehenna: that we should become matter for boasting to the enemy of Christ and an occasion for exalting himself against him who died and rose for us, to whom for this reason we are all the more debtors, as it is written. So much, then, about love toward God. For the aim, as I said before, is not to say everything (that is impossible), but by a brief reminder of the main points to produce in souls what will constantly stir up the divine longing.

Chapter 3

3PG 31:915

Περὶ τῆς εἰς τὸν πλησίον ἀγάπης ᾿Ακόλουθον δ᾽ ἂν εἴη περὶ τῆς δευτέρας καὶ τάξει καὶ δυνάμει ἐντολῆς διελθεῖν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. χουσῶν ἡμῖν δυνάμεων γεωργός ἐστι καὶ τροφεὺς, εἴρηται ἡμῖν ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν λόγοις· ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀγαπᾶν προστετάγμεθα τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτοὺς, καταμάθωμεν, εἰ καὶ δύναμιν πρὸς τὴν ἐκπλήρωσιν τῆς ἐντολῆς ταύτης ἔχομεν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ. Τίς οὖν οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅτι ἥμερον καὶ κοινωνικὸν ζῶον ὁ ἄνθρωπος, καὶ οὐχὶ μοναστικὸν, οὐδὲ ἄγριον; Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως ἴδιον τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν, ὡς τὸ κοινωνεῖν ἀλλήλοις, καὶ χρήζειν ἀλλήλων, καὶ ἀγαπᾶν τὸ ὁμόφυλον. Ὧν οὖν αὐτὸς ἔδωκεν ὁ Κύριος ἡμῖν προλαβὼν τὰ σπέρματα, τούτων ἀκολούθως καὶ τοὺς καρποὺς ἐπιζητεῖ, λέγων· Ἐντολὴν καινὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους. Καὶ πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν διεγείραι βουλόμενος ἡμῶν τὴν ψυχὴν, ἀπόδειξιν τῶν αὐτοῦ μαθητῶν, οὐ σημεῖα καὶ δυνάμεις παραδόξους ἀπῄτησεν (καίτοι καὶ τούτων ἐν Πνεύματι ἁγίῳ χαρισάμενος τὴν ἐνέργειαν)· ἀλλὰ τί φησιν; Ἐν τούτῳ γνώσονται πάντες, ὅτι ἐμοὶ μαθηταί ἐστε, ἐὰν ἀγάπην ἔχητε ἐν ἀλλήλοις Καὶ οὕτω πανταχοῦ τὰς ἐντολὰς ταύτας συνάπτει, ὥστε τὴν εἰς τὸν πλησίον εὐποιίαν εἰς ἑαυτὸν μετατίθησιν. Ἐπείνασα γὰρ, φησὶ, καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Εἶτα ἐπάγει, ὅτι Ἐφ' ὅσον ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου τῶν ἐλαχίστων, ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. Οὐκοῦν διὰ μὲν τῆς πρώτης ἔστι κατορθῶσαι καὶ τὴν δευτέραν· διὰ δὲ τῆς δευτέρας ἐπανελθεῖν αὖθις ἐπὶ τὴν πρώτην· καὶ ἀγαπῶντα μὲν τὸν Κύριον, ἀγαπᾶν ἀκολούθως καὶ τὸν πλησίον. Ὁ γὰρ ἀγαπῶν με, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος, τὰς ἐντολάς μου τηρήσει. Αὕτη δὲ ἐστι, φησὶν, ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ ἐμὴ, ἵνα ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους, καθὼς ἐγὼ ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς· ἀγαπῶντα δὲ πάλιν τὸν πλησίον, τὴν εἰς τὸν Θεὸν ἀγάπην ἀποπληροῦν, αὐτοῦ εἰς ἑαυτὸν ὑποδεχομένου τὴν χάριν. Διόπερ ὁ μὲν πιστὸς θεράπων τοῦ Θεοῦ Μωσῆς τοσαύτην ἐπεδείκνυτο τὴν εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἀγάπην, ὥστε καὶ ἐξαλειφθῆναι ἡρεῖτο ἐκ τῆς βίβλου τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς ἣν ἐγέγραπτο, εἰ μὴ συγχωρηθείη τῷ λαῷ τὸ ἁμάρτημα. Παῦλος δὲ ἀνάθεμα εἶναι ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτοῦ τῶν συγγενῶν κατὰ σάρκα ἀπετόλμησεν εὔξασθαι, τῆς πάντων σωτηρίας ἑαυτὸν ἀντάλλαγμα, κατὰ μίμησιν τοῦ Κυρίου, γενέσθαι βουλόμενος· ἅμα δὲ καὶ εἰδὼς, ὅτι ἀμήχανον ἦν ἀλλοτριωθῆναι Θεοῦ τὸν διὰ τὴν εἰς αὐτὸν ἀγάπην ὑπὲρ τῆς μεγίστης τῶν ἐντολῶν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ χάριν προϊέμενον, καὶ ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο πολυπλασίονα ἔμελλεν ὧν ἔδωκεν ἀντιλήψεσθαι. Πλήν γε ὅτι μέχρι τούτου τοῦ μέτρου τῆς πρὸς τὸν πλησίον ἀγάπης ἔφθασαν οἱ ἅγιοι, ἱκανὴν ἀπόδειξιν ἔχει τὰ εἰρημένα.

Peri tēs eis ton plēsion agapēs ᾿Akolouthon d᾽ an eiē peri tēs deuteras kai taxei kai dynamei entolēs dielthein. APOKRISIS. chousōn hēmin dynameōn geōrgos esti kai tropheus, eirētai hēmin en tois emprosthen logois; epeidē de agapan prostetagmetha ton plēsion hōs heautous, katamathōmen, ei kai dynamin pros tēn ekplērōsin tēs entolēs tautēs echomen para tou Theou. Tis oun ouk oiden, hoti hēmeron kai koinōnikon zōon ho anthrōpos, kai ouchi monastikon, oude agrion? Ouden gar houtōs idion tēs physeōs hēmōn, hōs to koinōnein allēlois, kai chrēzein allēlōn, kai agapan to homophylon. Hōn oun autos edōken ho Kyrios hēmin prolabōn ta spermata, toutōn akolouthōs kai tous karpous epizētei, legōn; Entolēn kainēn didōmi hymin, hina agapate allēlous. Kai pros tautēn tēn entolēn diegeirai boulomenos hēmōn tēn psychēn, apodeixin tōn autou mathētōn, ou sēmeia kai dynameis paradoxous apę̄tēsen (kaitoi kai toutōn en Pneumati hagiǭ charisamenos tēn energeian); alla ti phēsin? En toutǭ gnōsontai pantes, hoti emoi mathētai este, ean agapēn echēte en allēlois Kai houtō pantachou tas entolas tautas synaptei, hōste tēn eis ton plēsion eupoiian eis heauton metatithēsin. Epeinasa gar, phēsi, kai edōkate moi phagein, kai ta hexēs. Eita epagei, hoti Eph' hoson epoiēsate heni toutōn tōn adelphōn mou tōn elachistōn, emoi epoiēsate. Oukoun dia men tēs prōtēs esti katorthōsai kai tēn deuteran; dia de tēs deuteras epanelthein authis epi tēn prōtēn; kai agapōnta men ton Kyrion, agapan akolouthōs kai ton plēsion. Ho gar agapōn me, eipen ho Kyrios, tas entolas mou tērēsei. Hautē de esti, phēsin, hē entolē hē emē, hina agapate allēlous, kathōs egō ēgapēsa hymas; agapōnta de palin ton plēsion, tēn eis ton Theon agapēn apoplēroun, autou eis heauton hypodechomenou tēn charin. Dioper ho men pistos therapōn tou Theou Mōsēs tosautēn epedeiknyto tēn eis tous adelphous agapēn, hōste kai exaleiphthēnai hēreito ek tēs biblou tou Theou, eis hēn egegrapto, ei mē synchōrētheiē tǭ laǭ to hamartēma. Paulos de anathema einai apo Christou hyper tōn adelphōn autou tōn syngenōn kata sarka apetolmēsen euxasthai, tēs pantōn sōtērias heauton antallagma, kata mimēsin tou Kyriou, genesthai boulomenos; hama de kai eidōs, hoti amēchanon ēn allotriōthēnai Theou ton dia tēn eis auton agapēn hyper tēs megistēs tōn entolōn tēn para tou Theou charin proïemenon, kai hoti dia touto polyplasiona emellen hōn edōken antilēpsesthai. Plēn ge hoti mechri toutou tou metrou tēs pros ton plēsion agapēs ephthasan hoi hagioi, hikanēn apodeixin echei ta eirēmena.

On love toward one's neighbour.

Question. It would follow to discuss the commandment that is second both in order and in importance.

Answer. [That the law is the cultivator and nurturer of the powers] present in us was said in what we said before. But since we have been commanded to love our neighbour as ourselves, let us learn whether we have from God the power to fulfil this commandment as well. Who, then, does not know that the human being is a gentle and social animal, not solitary or savage? For nothing is so proper to our nature as to share with one another, to need one another, and to love those of our own kind. So of the things whose seeds the Lord himself gave us beforehand, he consistently seeks the fruits as well, saying: “A new commandment I give you, that you love one another.” And wishing to stir our soul up to this commandment, he did not ask, as the proof of his disciples, for signs and extraordinary wonders (though he granted the working of these too in the Holy Spirit); but what does he say? “By this all will know that you are my disciples, if you have love for one another.” And everywhere he joins these commandments together in such a way that he transfers to himself the good done to one's neighbour. “For I was hungry,” he says, “and you gave me food,” and so on. Then he adds: “As you did it to one of the least of these my brothers, you did it to me.”

So through the first it is possible to achieve the second as well, and through the second to come back again to the first: the one who loves the Lord consequently loves his neighbour too. “For whoever loves me,” said the Lord, “will keep my commandments.” “And this,” he says, “is my commandment, that you love one another as I have loved you.” And again, the one who loves his neighbour fulfils his love toward God, since God receives the kindness as done to himself. Therefore Moses, the faithful servant of God, showed such love for his brothers that he chose to be blotted out of the book of God in which he had been written, if the people's sin were not forgiven. And Paul dared to pray to be accursed from Christ for the sake of his brothers, his kinsmen according to the flesh, wishing, in imitation of the Lord, to become the ransom for the salvation of all; and at the same time he knew that it was impossible for one who, out of love for God, gave up God's favour for the sake of the greatest of the commandments to be estranged from God, and that for this reason he would receive many times over what he gave. That the saints reached this measure of love for their neighbour, what has been said gives sufficient proof.

Chapter 4

4PG 31:919

Περὶ φόβου Θεοῦ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῖς μὲν οὖν ἄρτι εἰσαγομένοις εἰς τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἡ διὰ τοῦ φόβου στοιχείωσις χρησιμωτέρα, κατὰ τὴν ὑποθήκην τοῦ σοφωτάτου Σολομῶντος, εἰπόντος Ἀρχὴ σοφίας, φόβος Κυρίου· ὑμῖν δὲ, ὡς διαβεβηκόσι τὴν ἐν Χριστῷ νηπιότητα, καὶ οὐκέτι δεομένοις γάλακτος, ἀλλὰ δυναμένοις τῇ στερεᾷ τῶν δογμάτων τροφῇ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον τελειοῦσθαι, τῶν κεφαλαιωδεστέρων ἐντολῶν χρεία, ἐν αἷς πᾶσα ἀλήθεια τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ ἀγαπης κατορθοῦται, φυλασσομένοις δηλονότι, μήποτε ἡ περιουσία τῶν δωρεῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ βαρυτέρας αἰτία ὑμῖν κατακρίσεως γένηται, ἀχαρίστως πρὸς τὸν εὐεργέτην διατεθεῖσιν. Ὧ γὰρ παρέθεντο, φησὶ, πολύ, περισσότερον ἀπαιτήσουσιν αὐτόν.

Peri phobou Theou. APOKRISIS. Tois men oun arti eisagomenois eis tēn eusebeian hē dia tou phobou stoicheiōsis chrēsimōtera, kata tēn hypothēkēn tou sophōtatou Solomōntos, eipontos Archē sophias, phobos Kyriou; hymin de, hōs diabebēkosi tēn en Christǭ nēpiotēta, kai ouketi deomenois galaktos, alla dynamenois tę̄ stereą tōn dogmatōn trophę̄ ton esō anthrōpon teleiousthai, tōn kephalaiōdesterōn entolōn chreia, en hais pasa alētheia tēs en Christǭ agapēs katorthoutai, phylassomenois dēlonoti, mēpote hē periousia tōn dōreōn tou Theou baryteras aitia hymin katakriseōs genētai, acharistōs pros ton euergetēn diatetheisin. Hō gar parethento, phēsi, poly, perissoteron apaitēsousin auton.

On the fear of God.

Answer. For those who are just being brought into godliness, a first schooling through fear is the more useful, according to the counsel of the most wise Solomon, who said: “The beginning of wisdom is the fear of the Lord.” But you, who have passed beyond infancy in Christ and no longer need milk, but can be perfected in the inner man by the solid food of doctrine, have need of the more fundamental commandments, in which the whole truth of love in Christ is achieved; taking care, that is, lest the abundance of God's gifts become the cause of a heavier condemnation for you, if you are ungrateful toward your benefactor. “For to whom they have entrusted much,” he says, “of him they will demand the more.”

Chapter 5

5PG 31:919

Περὶ τοῦ κατὰ διάνοιαν ἀμετεωρίστου. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐκεῖνο μέντοι γε γινώσκειν χρὴ, ὅτι οὔτε ἄλλης τινὸς ἐντολῆς τήρησιν, οὔτε αὐτὴν τὴν πρὸς Θεὸν ἀγάπην, οὔτε τὴν πρὸς τοὺς πλησίον δυνάμεθα κατορθῶσαι, ἄλλοτε περὶ ἄλλα ταῖς διανοίαις ἀποπλανώμενοι. Οὔτε γὰρ τέχνην ἢ ἐπιστήμην ἀκριβῶσαι δυνατὸν, ἄλλοτε ἐπ᾿ ἄλλην μεταβαίνοντα· μήτε μὴν μιᾶς περιγενέσθαι, μὴ τὰ οἰκεῖα τοῦ τέλους γνωρίσαντα. Δεῖ γὰρ ἀκολούθους εἶναι τῷ σκοπῷ τὰς πράξεις, ὡς οὐδενὸς τῶν κατὰ λόγον διὰ τῶν ἀνοικείων κατορθουμένου. Ἐπεὶ οὔτε τὸ χαλκευτικῆς τέλος διὰ τῶν ἔργων τῆς κεραμείας περιγενέσθαι πέφυκεν, οὔτε ἀθλητικοὶ στέφανοι ἐκ τῆς περὶ τὸ αὐλεῖν σπουδῆς κατορθοῦνται· ἀλλὰ ἑκάστῳ τέλει οἰκεῖος ὁ πόνος καὶ συναρμόζων ἐπιζητεῖται Ὥστε καὶ ἡ ἄσκησις τῆς κατὰ τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ πρὸς Θεὸν εὐαρεστήσεως ἐν τῇ ἀναχωρήσει τῶν μεριμνῶν τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τῇ παντελεῖ ἀλλο τριώσει τῶν περισπασμῶν ἡμῖν κατορθοῦται. Διόπερ ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, καὶ ταῦτα συγκεχωρημένου τοῦ γάμου, καὶ εὐλογίας ἠξιωμένου, τὰς ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἀσχολίας ταῖς περὶ Θεὸν μερίμναις ἀντέθηκεν, ὡς οὐ δυναμένων τούτων ἀλλήλοις συμβῆναι, εἰπών· ο ἄγαμος μεριμνᾷ τὰ τοῦ Κυρίου, πῶς ἀρέσει τῷ Κυρίῳ· ὁ δὲ γαμήσας μεριμνᾷ τὰ τοῦ κόσμου, πῶς ἀρέσει τῇ γυναικί. Οὕτω καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς ὁ Κύριος μετὰ τὴν εἰλικρινῆ καὶ ἀμετεώριστον διάθεσιν ἐμαρτύρει, λέγων· Ὑμεῖς οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου. Καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐναντίου, τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπίγνωσιν τὸν κόσμον ἀδύνατον εἶναι δέξασθαι, μηδὲ Πνεῦμα ἅγιον χωρῆσαι διεμαρτύρατο· Πάτερ γὰρ, φησὶ, δίκαιε, ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω' καὶ, Τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας, ὁ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν. Λυθῆναι οὖν δεῖ τῶν δεσμῶν τῆς προσπαθείας τοῦ βίου τὸν γε ἀληθινῶς τῷ Θεῷ ἀκολουθήσειν μέλλοντα· τοῦτο δὲ διὰ παντελοῦς ἀναχωρήσεως καὶ λήθης τῶν παλαιῶν ἐθῶν κατορθοῦται. Ὡς εἰ μή γε ἀποξενώσοιμεν ἑαυτοὺς, καὶ συγγενείας σαρκικῆς, καὶ κοινωνίας βίου, οἱονεὶ πρὸς ἕτερον κόσμον διὰ τῆς σχέσεως μεταβαίνοντες, κατὰ τὸν εἰπόντα. Ἡμῶν γὰρ τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς ὑπάρχει ἀμήχανον ἡμᾶς περιγενέσθαι τοῦ σκοποῦ τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν εὐαρεστήσεως, τοῦ Κυρίου ὁριστικῶς εἰπόντος, ὅτι Οὕτω πᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν, ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσι τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν ἑαυτοῦ, οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής. Τοῦτο δὲ ποιήσαντας, πάσῃ φυλακῇ τηρεῖν προσήκει τὴν ἑαυτῶν καρδίαν, ὡς μήποτε τὴν περὶ Θεοῦ ἔννοιαν ἐκβαλεῖν, ἢ τὴν μνήμην τῶν θαυμασίων αὐτοῦ φαντασίαις τῶν ματαίων καταῤῥυπαίνειν· ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς διηνεκοῦς καὶ καθαρᾶς μνήμης ἐντετυπωμένην ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡμῶν, ὥσπερ σφραγίδα ἀνεξάλειπτον, τὴν ὁσίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔννοιαν περιφέρειν. Οὕτω γὰρ ἡμῖν περιγίνεται ἡ πρὸς Θεὸν ἀγάπη, ἅμα τε διεγείρουσα πρὸς τὴν ἐργασίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν πάλιν αὐτὴ συντηρουμένη πρὸς τὸ διαρκὲς καὶ ἀδιάπτωτον. Καὶ τοῦτο δείκνυσιν ὁ Κύριος, ποτὲ μὲν λέγων· Ἐὰν ἀγαπᾶτέ με, τὰς ἐντολάς μου τηρήσατε, ποτὲ δὲ, ὅτι Ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολάς μου τηρήσητε, μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου, καὶ ἔτι δυσωπητικώτερον· Καθὡς ἐγὼ τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ Πατρός μου τετήρηκα, καὶ μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπη. Ἐξ ὧν παιδεύει ἡμᾶς, ἀεὶ τοῦ προκειμένου ἔργου τὸ θέλημα τοῦ προστάξαντος ὥσπερ σκοπὸν προτιθεμένους, πρὸς αὐτὸν τὰ τῆς σπουδῆς κατευθύνειν, καθὰ καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ φησιν, ὅτι Καταβέβηκα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, οὐχ ἵνα ποιῶ τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός. Ὥσπερ γὰρ αἱ κατὰ τὸν βίον τέχναι, σκοπούς τινας οἰκείους ἑαυταῖς προστησάμεναι, ἀκολούθως ἐκείνοις τὰς κατὰ μέρος συναρμόζουσιν ἐνεργείας· οὕτω καὶ τοῖς ἡμετέροις ἔργοις ἑνὸς ὅρου καὶ κανόνος ἐπικειμένου, τοῦ εὐαρέστως τῷ Θεῷ ποιῆσαι τὰς ἐντολὰς, ἀδύνατον ἄλλως τὸ ἀκριβὲς τοῦ ἔργου κατορθωθῆναι μὴ κατὰ τὸ βούλημα τοῦ ἐκδεδωκότος ἐπιτελούμενον. Ἐν δὲ τῇ ἀκριβεῖ πρὸς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ περὶ τὸ ἔργον σπουδῇ συνάπτεσθαι τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τῆς μνήμης ὑπάρξει. Ωσπερ γὰρ ὁ χαλκεὺς ἐν τῇ ἐργασίᾳ, εἰ τύχοι, τῆς ἀξίνης, τοῦ ἐκδεδωκότος αὐτῷ μεμνημένος, καὶ ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ φέρων αὐτὸν, καὶ σχῆμα ἐκεῖνο καὶ μέγεθος ἐννοεῖ, καὶ πρὸς τὸ βούλημα τοῦ ὑποθεμένου τὴν ἐργασίαν εὐθύνει (ἐὰν γὰρ ἐπιλάθηται, ἄλλο τι, ἢ ἀλλοῖον ποιήσει παρ' δ προ ἔθετο)· οὕτω καὶ ὁ Χριστιανὸς, πᾶσαν ἐνέργειαν καὶ μικρὰν καὶ μείζονα πρὸς τὸ βούλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ κατευθύνων, ὁμοῦ τε τὴν πρᾶξιν τῇ ἀκριβείᾳ κατακοσμεῖ, καὶ τὴν τοῦ προστάξαντος ἔννοιαν διασώζει, καὶ πληροῖ τὸ εἰρημένον· Προωρώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διαπαντὸς, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ. Καὶ κατορθοῖ τὸ προστεταγμένου ἐκεῖνο· Εἴτε ἐσθίετε, εἴτε πίνετε, εἴτε τι ποίε τε, πάντα εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ ποιεῖτε. Παραφθείρων δὲ ἐν τῇ ἐργασίᾳ τὴν ἀκρίβειαν τῆς ἐντολῆς, δῆλός ἐστι περὶ τὴν μνήμην τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀσθενῶν. Μεμνημένους οὖν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ εἰπόντος· Οὐχὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν ἐγὼ πληρῶ; λέγει Κύριος· καὶ τὸ, Θεὸς ἐγγίζων ἐγώ εἰμι, καὶ οὐ Θεὸς πόῤῥωθεν· καὶ τὸ, Ὅπου ὑπὸ κοινῆς προλήψεως κρατηθήσεται, ἢ καὶ ὑπὸ εἰσὶ δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα, ἐκεῖ εἰμι ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν· πᾶσαν ἐνέργειαν, ὡς ὑπὸ ταῖς ὄψεσι τοῦ Κυρίου γινομένην, καὶ πᾶσαν ἔννοιαν, ὡς παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἐποπτευομένην, ἐπιτελεῖν χρή. Ούτω γὰρ καὶ ὁ φόβος διαρκὴς ἐνυπάρξει, μισῶν ἀδικίαν, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον, ὕβριν τε καὶ ὑπερηφανίαν καὶ ὁδοὺς πονηρῶν, καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη τελειοῦται, πληροῦσα τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου εἰρημένον, ὅτι οὐ ζητῶ τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρὸς, ἐν πληροφορίᾳ διηνεκεῖ τῆς ψυχῆς οὔσης τοῦ καὶ τὰς ἀγαθὰς πράξεις ἀποδεκτὰς εἶναι τῷ κριτῇ καὶ ἀθλοθέτῃ τοῦ ἡμετέρου βίου, καὶ τὰς ἐναντίως ἐχούσας αὐτόθεν δέχεσθαι τὴν κατάκρισιν. Οἶμαι δὲ τούτῳ συγκατορθοῦσθαι καὶ τὸ μηδὲ αὐτὰς τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ Κυρίου πρὸς ἀνθρωπαρέσκειαν γίνεσθαι. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἐν πληροφορίᾳ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ κρείττονος πρὸς τὸν ἐλάττονα ἐπιστρέφεται· ἀλλὰ, κἂν συμβῇ τὸ γινόμενον τῷ μὲν ἐνδοξοτέρῳ προσώπῳ ἀπόδεκτον καὶ εὐάρεστον εἶναι, τῷ δὲ ὑποδεεστέρῳ ἀβούλητον καὶ ψεκτὸν καταφαίνεσθαι, πλείονος ἀξίαν τιθέμενος τὴν τοῦ ὑπερέχοντος ἀποδοχὴν, καταφρονεῖ τῆς τοῦ ἐλάττονος μέμψεως. Εἰ δὲ ἐπ᾿ ἀνθρώπων οὕτως, ἢ γε ὡς ἀληθῶς νήφουσα καὶ ὑγιαίνουσα ψυχὴ ἐν πληροφορίᾳ τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ παρουσίας, ποτὲ ἀφεμένη τοῦ πρὸς εὐαρέστησιν Θεοῦ ποιεῖν τι, πρὸς τὰς παρὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων δό ξας ἐπιστραφήσεται· ποτὲ δὲ ἀμελήσασα τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ προσταγμάτων, ἀνθρωπίνῳ ἔθει δουλεύσει, ἢ ἀξιωμάτων δυσωπηθήσεται. Τοιαύτη διάθεσις ἦν τοῦ εἰπόντος· Διηγήσαντό μοι παράνομοι ἀδολεσχίας, ἀλλ' οὐχ ὡς ὁ νόμος σου, Κύριε· καὶ πάλιν· Καὶ ἐλάλουν ἐν τοῖς μαρτυρίοις σου ἐναντίον βασιλέων, καὶ οὐκ ἠσχυνόμην.

Peri tou kata dianoian ameteōristou. APOKRISIS. Ekeino mentoi ge ginōskein chrē, hoti oute allēs tinos entolēs tērēsin, oute autēn tēn pros Theon agapēn, oute tēn pros tous plēsion dynametha katorthōsai, allote peri alla tais dianoiais apoplanōmenoi. Oute gar technēn ē epistēmēn akribōsai dynaton, allote ep᾿ allēn metabainonta; mēte mēn mias perigenesthai, mē ta oikeia tou telous gnōrisanta. Dei gar akolouthous einai tǭ skopǭ tas praxeis, hōs oudenos tōn kata logon dia tōn anoikeiōn katorthoumenou. Epei oute to chalkeutikēs telos dia tōn ergōn tēs kerameias perigenesthai pephyken, oute athlētikoi stephanoi ek tēs peri to aulein spoudēs katorthountai; alla hekastǭ telei oikeios ho ponos kai synarmozōn epizēteitai Hōste kai hē askēsis tēs kata to Euangelion tou Christou pros Theon euarestēseōs en tę̄ anachōrēsei tōn merimnōn tou kosmou kai tę̄ pantelei allo triōsei tōn perispasmōn hēmin katorthoutai. Dioper ho ᾿Apostolos, kai tauta synkechōrēmenou tou gamou, kai eulogias ēxiōmenou, tas ap᾿ autou ascholias tais peri Theon merimnais antethēken, hōs ou dynamenōn toutōn allēlois symbēnai, eipōn; o agamos merimną ta tou Kyriou, pōs aresei tǭ Kyriǭ; ho de gamēsas merimną ta tou kosmou, pōs aresei tę̄ gynaiki. Houtō kai tois mathētais ho Kyrios meta tēn eilikrinē kai ameteōriston diathesin emartyrei, legōn; Hymeis ouk este ek tou kosmou toutou. Kai apo tou enantiou, tēn tou Theou epignōsin ton kosmon adynaton einai dexasthai, mēde Pneuma hagion chōrēsai diemartyrato; Pater gar, phēsi, dikaie, ho kosmos se ouk egnō' kai, To Pneuma tēs alētheias, ho ho kosmos ou dynatai labein. Lythēnai oun dei tōn desmōn tēs prospatheias tou biou ton ge alēthinōs tǭ Theǭ akolouthēsein mellonta; touto de dia pantelous anachōrēseōs kai lēthēs tōn palaiōn ethōn katorthoutai. Hōs ei mē ge apoxenōsoimen heautous, kai syngeneias sarkikēs, kai koinōnias biou, hoionei pros heteron kosmon dia tēs scheseōs metabainontes, kata ton eiponta. Hēmōn gar to politeuma en ouranois hyparchei amēchanon hēmas perigenesthai tou skopou tēs pros Theon euarestēseōs, tou Kyriou horistikōs eipontos, hoti Houtō pas ex hymōn, hos ouk apotassetai pasi tois hyparchousin heautou, ou dynatai einai mou mathētēs. Touto de poiēsantas, pasę̄ phylakę̄ tērein prosēkei tēn heautōn kardian, hōs mēpote tēn peri Theou ennoian ekbalein, ē tēn mnēmēn tōn thaumasiōn autou phantasiais tōn mataiōn katarrhypainein; alla dia tēs diēnekous kai katharas mnēmēs entetypōmenēn tais psychais hēmōn, hōsper sphragida anexaleipton, tēn hosian tou Theou ennoian peripherein. Houtō gar hēmin periginetai hē pros Theon agapē, hama te diegeirousa pros tēn ergasian tōn entolōn tou Kyriou, kai hyp᾿ autōn palin autē syntēroumenē pros to diarkes kai adiaptōton. Kai touto deiknysin ho Kyrios, pote men legōn; Ean agapate me, tas entolas mou tērēsate, pote de, hoti Ean tas entolas mou tērēsēte, meneite en tę̄ agapę̄ mou, kai eti dysōpētikōteron; Kathōs egō tas entolas tou Patros mou tetērēka, kai menō autou en tę̄ agapē. Ex hōn paideuei hēmas, aei tou prokeimenou ergou to thelēma tou prostaxantos hōsper skopon protithemenous, pros auton ta tēs spoudēs kateuthynein, katha kai allachou phēsin, hoti Katabebēka ek tou ouranou, ouch hina poiō to thelēma to emon, alla to thelēma tou pempsantos me Patros. Hōsper gar hai kata ton bion technai, skopous tinas oikeious heautais prostēsamenai, akolouthōs ekeinois tas kata meros synarmozousin energeias; houtō kai tois hēmeterois ergois henos horou kai kanonos epikeimenou, tou euarestōs tǭ Theǭ poiēsai tas entolas, adynaton allōs to akribes tou ergou katorthōthēnai mē kata to boulēma tou ekdedōkotos epiteloumenon. En de tę̄ akribei pros to thelēma tou Theou peri to ergon spoudę̄ synaptesthai tǭ Theǭ dia tēs mnēmēs hyparxei. Ōsper gar ho chalkeus en tę̄ ergasią, ei tychoi, tēs axinēs, tou ekdedōkotos autǭ memnēmenos, kai en tę̄ dianoią pherōn auton, kai schēma ekeino kai megethos ennoei, kai pros to boulēma tou hypothemenou tēn ergasian euthynei (ean gar epilathētai, allo ti, ē alloion poiēsei par' d pro etheto); houtō kai ho Christianos, pasan energeian kai mikran kai meizona pros to boulēma tou Theou kateuthynōn, homou te tēn praxin tę̄ akribeią katakosmei, kai tēn tou prostaxantos ennoian diasōzei, kai plēroi to eirēmenon; Proōrōmēn ton Kyrion enōpion mou diapantos, hoti ek dexiōn mou estin, hina mē saleuthō. Kai katorthoi to prostetagmenou ekeino; Eite esthiete, eite pinete, eite ti poie te, panta eis doxan Theou poieite. Paraphtheirōn de en tę̄ ergasią tēn akribeian tēs entolēs, dēlos esti peri tēn mnēmēn tou Theou asthenōn. Memnēmenous oun tēs phōnēs tou eipontos; Ouchi ton ouranon kai tēn gēn egō plērō? legei Kyrios; kai to, Theos engizōn egō eimi, kai ou Theos porrhōthen; kai to, Hopou hypo koinēs prolēpseōs kratēthēsetai, ē kai hypo eisi dyo ē treis synēgmenoi eis to emon onoma, ekei eimi en mesǭ autōn; pasan energeian, hōs hypo tais opsesi tou Kyriou ginomenēn, kai pasan ennoian, hōs par᾿ autou epopteuomenēn, epitelein chrē. Outō gar kai ho phobos diarkēs enyparxei, misōn adikian, kata to gegrammenon, hybrin te kai hyperēphanian kai hodous ponērōn, kai hē agapē teleioutai, plērousa to hypo tou Kyriou eirēmenon, hoti ou zētō to thelēma to emon, alla to thelēma tou pempsantos me Patros, en plērophorią diēnekei tēs psychēs ousēs tou kai tas agathas praxeis apodektas einai tǭ kritę̄ kai athlothetę̄ tou hēmeterou biou, kai tas enantiōs echousas autothen dechesthai tēn katakrisin. Oimai de toutǭ synkatorthousthai kai to mēde autas tas entolas tou Kyriou pros anthrōpareskeian ginesthai. Oudeis gar en plērophorią tēs parousias tou kreittonos pros ton elattona epistrephetai; alla, kan symbę̄ to ginomenon tǭ men endoxoterǭ prosōpǭ apodekton kai euareston einai, tǭ de hypodeesterǭ aboulēton kai psekton kataphainesthai, pleionos axian tithemenos tēn tou hyperechontos apodochēn, kataphronei tēs tou elattonos mempseōs. Ei de ep᾿ anthrōpōn houtōs, ē ge hōs alēthōs nēphousa kai hygiainousa psychē en plērophorią tēs tou Theou parousias, pote aphemenē tou pros euarestēsin Theou poiein ti, pros tas para tōn anthrōpōn do xas epistraphēsetai; pote de amelēsasa tōn tou Theou prostagmatōn, anthrōpinǭ ethei douleusei, ē axiōmatōn dysōpēthēsetai. Toiautē diathesis ēn tou eipontos; Diēgēsanto moi paranomoi adoleschias, all' ouch hōs ho nomos sou, Kyrie; kai palin; Kai elaloun en tois martyriois sou enantion basileōn, kai ouk ēschynomēn.

On keeping the mind free from distraction.

Answer. This, however, we must know: that we cannot achieve the keeping of any other commandment, nor love toward God itself, nor love toward our neighbours, if our minds wander now to one thing and now to another. It is not possible to master an art or a science by passing now to one and now to another; nor indeed to succeed in even one without knowing what belongs to its end. For actions must follow from the goal, since nothing done by reason is achieved by means unsuited to it. The end of the smith's art cannot naturally be reached by the work of the potter, nor are athletes' crowns won by zeal for playing the flute; each end requires the labour that belongs and fits to it. So also the discipline of pleasing God according to the Gospel of Christ is achieved by withdrawal from the cares of the world and complete estrangement from distractions. Therefore the Apostle, although marriage is permitted and counted worthy of blessing, set the occupations that come from it against the cares that concern God, as though these could not go together, saying: “The unmarried man cares for the things of the Lord, how to please the Lord; but the married man cares for the things of the world, how to please his wife.” So too the Lord bore witness to the disciples' sincere and undistracted disposition, saying: “You are not of this world.” And on the other side he testified that the world cannot receive the knowledge of God, nor contain the Holy Spirit: “Righteous Father,” he says, “the world has not known you”; and: “the Spirit of truth, whom the world cannot receive.”

The one who means truly to follow God must therefore be loosed from the bonds of attachment to this life; and this is achieved by complete withdrawal and forgetting of old habits. So that unless we make ourselves strangers both to kinship according to the flesh and to the common life, passing as it were in our disposition to another world, according to him who said, “For our citizenship is in heaven,” it is impossible for us to reach the goal of pleasing God; for the Lord said definitively: “So, any one of you who does not renounce all that he has cannot be my disciple.” Having done this, we must guard our heart with all watchfulness, so as never to cast out the thought of God or to soil the memory of his wonders with imaginations of vain things, but to carry the holy thought of God about with us, stamped on our souls by constant and pure remembrance like an indelible seal. For so love toward God is achieved in us, at once stirring us to work the Lord's commandments and in turn being kept by them, so that it lasts and does not fall away. The Lord shows this, saying at one time, “If you love me, keep my commandments,” at another, “If you keep my commandments, you will abide in my love,” and, more movingly still, “As I have kept my Father's commandments and abide in his love.” From these he teaches us always to set the will of the one who gave the command before us as the goal of the task in hand, and to direct our zeal toward him, as he says elsewhere: “I have come down from heaven, not to do my own will, but the will of the Father who sent me.”

For just as the arts of daily life set before themselves certain goals proper to them and fit their particular operations to those goals, so too, since our works have one standard and rule, to do the commandments in a way pleasing to God, the exactness of the work cannot be achieved otherwise than by carrying it out according to the will of the one who assigned it. And in exact zeal in the work for the will of God one will be joined to God through remembrance. For just as the smith at work, say, on an axe, remembering the one who ordered it and keeping him in mind, thinks of its shape and size and directs the work to the wish of the one who commissioned it (for if he forgets, he will make something else, or something different from what he intended), so too the Christian, directing every action, small and great, to the will of God, both adorns the deed with exactness and keeps the thought of the one who commanded it, and fulfils the saying: “I saw the Lord always before me, for he is at my right hand, that I may not be shaken.” And he achieves that command: “Whether you eat or drink, or whatever you do, do all to the glory of God.” But one who corrupts the exactness of the commandment in his work is plainly weak in the remembrance of God.

Remembering, then, the voice of him who said, “Do I not fill heaven and earth? says the Lord,” and “I am a God at hand, and not a God far off,” and “Where two or three are gathered in my name, there I am in the midst of them,” we must perform every action as done under the eyes of the Lord and think every thought as watched by him. For so fear will abide constantly, hating injustice, as it is written, “insolence and pride and the ways of the wicked”; and love will be perfected, fulfilling what the Lord said, “I seek not my own will, but the will of the Father who sent me,” the soul being constantly assured that good deeds are accepted by the judge and awarder of the prize of our life, and that deeds of the opposite kind receive their condemnation at once. I think that along with this is achieved also that the Lord's commandments themselves are not done to please men. For no one, assured of the presence of the greater, turns to the lesser; but even if what is done happens to be acceptable and pleasing to the more honourable person while it appears unwelcome and blameworthy to the inferior, he values the approval of the superior more highly and despises the blame of the lesser. If it is so among men, will a soul that is truly sober and healthy, assured of the presence of God, ever leave off doing what pleases God and turn to the opinions of men? Will it ever neglect God's commands and serve human custom, or be held fast by common prejudice, or be put out of countenance by men of rank? Such was the disposition of him who said: “The lawless have told me idle tales, but not as your law, O Lord”; and again: “And I spoke of your testimonies before kings, and was not put to shame.”

Chapter 6

6PG 31:925

Ὅτι ἀναγκαῖον τὸ ἰδιάζειν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Συντελεῖ δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἀμετεώριστον τῇ ψυχῇ καὶ τὸ ἰδιάζειν κατὰ τὴν οἴκησιν. Τὸ γὰρ ἀναμεμιγμένην ἔχειν τὴν ζωὴν τοῖς ἀφόβως καὶ καταφρονητικῶς πρὸς τὴν ἀκριβῆ τήρησιν τῶν ἐντολῶν διακειμένοις βλαβερὸν καὶ ὁ τοῦ Σολομῶντος ἀποδείκνυσι λόγος, διδάσκοντος ἡμᾶς, ὅτι Μὴ ἴσθι ἑταῖρος ἀνδρὶ θυμώδει· φίλῳ δὲ ὀργίλῳ μὴ συναυλίζου, μήποτε μάθῃς τῶν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ λάβῃς βρόχους τῇ σῇ ψυχῇ, καὶ τὸ, Ἐξέλθετε ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν, καὶ ἀφορίσθητε, λέγει Κύριος, πρὸς τὸ αὐτὸ φέρει. Οὐκοῦν ἵνα μήτε διὰ ὀφθαλμῶν μήτε διὰ ὤτων ἐρεθισμοὺς εἰς ἁμαρτίαν δεχώμεθα, καὶ κατὰ τὸ λανθάνον προσεθισθῶμεν αὐτῇ, καὶ ὥσπερ τύποι τινὲς καὶ χαρακτῆρες τῶν ὀρωμένων καὶ ἀκουομένων ἐναπομείνωσι τῇ ψυχῇ εἰς ὅλεθρον καὶ ἀπώλειαν, καὶ ἵνα δυνηθῶμεν ἐπιμένειν τῇ προσευχῆ, ἀφιδιάζωμεν πρῶτον κατὰ τὴν οἴκησιν. Οὕτω γὰρ ἂν καὶ τοῦ προλαβόντος ἔθους περιγενοίμεθα, ἐν ᾧ ἀλλοτρίως ἐζήσαμεν τῶν ἐντολῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ (οὐ μικρὸς δὲ οὗτος ἀγὼν, τῆς ἑαυτοῦ συνηθείας περιγενέσθαι· ἔθος γὰρ διὰ μακροῦ χρόνου βεβαιωθὲν φύσεως ἰσχὺν λαμβάνει), καὶ τοὺς ἐξ ἁμαρτίας δὲ σπίλους ἐκτρῖψαι δυνησόμεθα τῇ τε φιλοπόνῳ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ ἐπιμόνῳ μελέτῃ τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ θελημάτων· ἧς μέλέτης καὶ προσευχῆς ἐν πολλοῖς τοῖς περιέλκουσι τὴν ψυχὴν, καὶ ἀσχολίας βιωτικὰς ἐμποιοῦσι, περιγενέσθαι ἀμήχανον. Καὶ τὸ, Εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν, ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, πότε ἄν τις ἐν τούτοις ὢν πληρῶσαι δυνηθείη; Χρὴ γὰρ ἡμᾶς, ἀπαρνησαμένους ἑαυτοὺς, καὶ ἄραντας τὸν σταυρὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ, οὕτως ἀκολουθεῖν αὐτῷ. ῎Αρνησις δέ ἐστιν ἑαυτοῦ ἡ παντελὴς τῶν παρελθόντων λήθη, καὶ ἡ τῶν θελημάτων ἑαυτοῦ ἀναχώρησις, ἣν ἐν τῇ ἀδιαφόρῳ συνηθείᾳ ζῶντα κατορθῶσαι δυσκολώτατον, ἵνα μὴ λέγω, ὅτι παντελῶς ἀνεπίδεκτον. Ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἄραι τὸν σταυρὸν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐμπόδιόν ἐστιν ἡ πρὸς τὸν τοιοῦτον βίον ἐπιμιξία. Ἡ γὰρ ἑτοιμασία πρὸς τὸν ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ θάνατον, καὶ ἡ νέκρωσις τῶν μελῶν τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ τὸ παρατεταγμένως πρὸς πάντα κίνδυνον τὸν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐπερχόμενον ἡμῖν διακεῖσθαι, καὶ τὸ ἀπροσπαθῶς ἔχειν πρὸς τὴν παροῦσαν ζωὴν, τοῦτό ἐστιν ἆραι τὸν σταυρὸν ἑαυτοῦ· πρὸς ὅ μεγάλα ὁρῶμεν τὰ ἐμπόδια ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ κοινοῦ βίου συνηθείας ἡμῖν ἐγγινόμενα. Καὶ πρὸς πᾶσι τοῖς ἄλλοις πολλοῖς οὖσιν, εἰς τὸ πλῆθος τῶν παρανομούντων ἀποβλέπουσα ψυχή, πρῶτον μὲν οὐκ ἄγει καιρὸν ἐπαισθάνεσθαι τῶν ἰδίων ἁμαρτημάτων, καὶ συντρίψαι ἑαυτὴν διὰ τῆς μετανοίας ἐπὶ τοῖς πλημμελήμασιν· ἐν δὲ τῇ συγκρίσει τῶν χειρόνων καὶ κατορθώματός τινα φαντασίαν προσκτᾶται· εἶτα ὑπὸ τῶν θορύβων καὶ τῶν ἀσχολιῶν, ἃς ὁ κοινὸς βίος πέφυκεν ἐμποιεῖν, τῆς ἀξιολο γωτέρας μνήμης τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀποσπωμένη, οὐ μόνον τὸ έναγαλλιᾶσθαι καὶ ἐνευφραίνεσθαι τῷ Θεῷ ζημιοῦται, καὶ τὸ κατατρυφᾷν τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ τὸ καταγλυκαίνεσθαι τοῖς ῥήμασιν αὐτοῦ, ὥστε δύνασθαι εἰπεῖν· Ἐμνήσθην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ ηὐφράνθην· καὶ, Ὡς γλυκέα τῷ λάρυγγί μου τὰ λόγιά σου, ὑπὲρ μέλι τῷ στόματί μου· ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς καταφρόνησιν καὶ λήθην τῶν κριμάτων αὐτοῦ παντελή συνεθίζεται, οὗ μείζον κακὸν οὐδὲν ἂν οὐδὲ ὀλεθριώτερον πάθοι.

Hoti anankaion to idiazein. APOKRISIS. Syntelei de pros to ameteōriston tę̄ psychę̄ kai to idiazein kata tēn oikēsin. To gar anamemigmenēn echein tēn zōēn tois aphobōs kai kataphronētikōs pros tēn akribē tērēsin tōn entolōn diakeimenois blaberon kai ho tou Solomōntos apodeiknysi logos, didaskontos hēmas, hoti Mē isthi hetairos andri thymōdei; philǭ de orgilǭ mē synaulizou, mēpote mathę̄s tōn hodōn autou, kai labę̄s brochous tę̄ sę̄ psychę̄, kai to, Exelthete ek mesou autōn, kai aphoristhēte, legei Kyrios, pros to auto pherei. Oukoun hina mēte dia ophthalmōn mēte dia ōtōn erethismous eis hamartian dechōmetha, kai kata to lanthanon prosethisthōmen autę̄, kai hōsper typoi tines kai charaktēres tōn orōmenōn kai akouomenōn enapomeinōsi tę̄ psychę̄ eis holethron kai apōleian, kai hina dynēthōmen epimenein tę̄ proseuchē, aphidiazōmen prōton kata tēn oikēsin. Houtō gar an kai tou prolabontos ethous perigenoimetha, en hǭ allotriōs ezēsamen tōn entolōn tou Christou (ou mikros de houtos agōn, tēs heautou synētheias perigenesthai; ethos gar dia makrou chronou bebaiōthen physeōs ischyn lambanei), kai tous ex hamartias de spilous ektripsai dynēsometha tę̄ te philoponǭ proseuchę̄ kai tę̄ epimonǭ meletę̄ tōn tou Theou thelēmatōn; hēs meletēs kai proseuchēs en pollois tois perielkousi tēn psychēn, kai ascholias biōtikas empoiousi, perigenesthai amēchanon. Kai to, Ei tis thelei opisō mou elthein, aparnēsasthō heauton, pote an tis en toutois ōn plērōsai dynētheiē? Chrē gar hēmas, aparnēsamenous heautous, kai arantas ton stauron tou Christou, houtōs akolouthein autǭ. ᾿Arnēsis de estin heautou hē pantelēs tōn parelthontōn lēthē, kai hē tōn thelēmatōn heautou anachōrēsis, hēn en tę̄ adiaphorǭ synētheią zōnta katorthōsai dyskolōtaton, hina mē legō, hoti pantelōs anepidekton. Alla kai pros to arai ton stauron heautou kai akolouthein tǭ Christǭ empodion estin hē pros ton toiouton bion epimixia. Hē gar hetoimasia pros ton hyper Christou thanaton, kai hē nekrōsis tōn melōn tōn epi tēs gēs, kai to paratetagmenōs pros panta kindynon ton hyper tou onomatos tou Christou eperchomenon hēmin diakeisthai, kai to aprospathōs echein pros tēn parousan zōēn, touto estin arai ton stauron heautou; pros ho megala horōmen ta empodia hypo tēs tou koinou biou synētheias hēmin enginomena. Kai pros pasi tois allois pollois ousin, eis to plēthos tōn paranomountōn apoblepousa psychē, prōton men ouk agei kairon epaisthanesthai tōn idiōn hamartēmatōn, kai syntripsai heautēn dia tēs metanoias epi tois plēmmelēmasin; en de tę̄ synkrisei tōn cheironōn kai katorthōmatos tina phantasian prosktatai; eita hypo tōn thorybōn kai tōn ascholiōn, has ho koinos bios pephyken empoiein, tēs axiolo gōteras mnēmēs tou Theou apospōmenē, ou monon to enagalliasthai kai eneuphrainesthai tǭ Theǭ zēmioutai, kai to katatryphąn tou Kyriou, kai to kataglykainesthai tois rhēmasin autou, hōste dynasthai eipein; Emnēsthēn tou Theou, kai ēuphranthēn; kai, Hōs glykea tǭ laryngi mou ta logia sou, hyper meli tǭ stomati mou; alla kai eis kataphronēsin kai lēthēn tōn krimatōn autou pantelē synethizetai, hou meizon kakon ouden an oude olethriōteron pathoi.

That it is necessary to live apart.

Answer. Living apart in one's dwelling also helps the soul to be free from distraction. For that it is harmful to have one's life mixed with those who are disposed without fear and with contempt toward the exact keeping of the commandments, the word of Solomon also shows, teaching us: “Do not be a companion to a hot-tempered man, and do not lodge with an angry friend, lest you learn his ways and get snares for your soul.” And the saying “Come out from among them, and be separate, says the Lord” tends to the same end. So, that we may not receive incitements to sin through the eyes or the ears and grow used to it without noticing, and that the impressions and images of what is seen and heard may not remain in the soul to its ruin and destruction, and that we may be able to persevere in prayer, let us first live apart in our dwelling. For so we may overcome our former habit, in which we lived as strangers to Christ's commandments (it is no small struggle to overcome one's own custom; for habit confirmed over a long time takes on the strength of nature), and we shall be able to wipe away the stains of sin by laborious prayer and constant meditation on the will of God; and it is impossible to succeed in this meditation and prayer amid many things that drag the soul about and produce worldly occupations. And when could anyone living among these fulfil the saying, “If anyone would come after me, let him deny himself”? For we must deny ourselves, take up the cross of Christ, and so follow him. Denial of oneself is complete forgetting of the past and withdrawal from one's own wishes, which is most difficult, not to say wholly impossible, to achieve while living in indiscriminate everyday company. Mixing with such a life is a hindrance also to taking up one's cross and following Christ. For readiness for death for Christ's sake, putting to death our members that are on earth, being prepared in battle order for every danger that comes on us for the name of Christ, and being without attachment to the present life: this is to take up one's cross; and we see that great hindrances to it arise in us from the habits of common life.

Besides all the many other things, the soul that looks at the multitude of transgressors, first, finds no time to perceive its own sins and to crush itself by repentance for its offences; rather, by comparison with worse people it even gains some impression of having done well. Then, drawn away from the more worthy remembrance of God by the noise and occupations that common life naturally produces, it not only loses the joy and gladness in God, the delight in the Lord, and the sweetness of his words, so as to be able to say, “I remembered God and was glad,” and “How sweet are your words to my throat, more than honey to my mouth”; but it also grows used to complete contempt and forgetfulness of his judgments, and it could suffer no greater or more destructive evil than this.

Chapter 7

7PG 31:927

Περὶ τοῦ δεῖν τοῖς ὁμόφροσι πρὸς τὸν σκοπὸν τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν εὐαρεστήσεως συζῇν· καὶ ὅτι δύσκο λον ὁμοῦ καὶ ἐπικίνδυνον τὸ μονάζειν. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἐπληροφόρησεν ἡμᾶς ὁ λόγος, ἐπικίν δυνον εἶναι τὴν μετὰ τῶν καταφρονητικῶς ἐχόντων περὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ Κυρίου ζωὴν, ἀκολούθως μαθεῖν ἀξιοῦμεν, εἰ χρὴ τὸν ἀναχωρήσαντα τούτων ἰδιάζειν καθ' ἑαυτὸν, ἢ ὁμόφροσιν ἀδελφοῖς καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν σκοπὸν τῆς εὐσεβείας προελομένοις συζῇν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πρὸς πολλὰ χρησιμωτέραν καταμανθάνω τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ τῶν πλειόνων διαγωγήν. Πρῶτον μὲν, ὅτι οὐδὲ πρὸς τὰς τοῦ σώματος χρείας ἕκαστος ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ αὐτάρκης, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ πορισμῷ τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἀλλήλων χρήζομεν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ ποῦς τὴν μὲν ἔχει δύναμιν, τῆς δὲ ἐπιδεής ἐστι, καὶ ἄνευ τῆς τῶν λοιπῶν μελῶν συλλήψεως οὔτε τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἐνέργειαν δυνατὴν ἢ αὐτάρκη ἑαυτῷ πρὸς διαμονὴν εὐρίσκει, οὔτε παραμυθίαν ἔχει τοῦ λείποντος· οὕτω καὶ ἐν τῇ μονήρει ζωῇ καὶ τὸ παρὸν ἡμῖν ἄχρηστον γίνεται, καὶ τὸ ἐλλεῖπον ἀπαραμύθητον, τοῦ δημιουργοῦ Θεοῦ ὁρίσαντος χρήζειν ἡμᾶς ἀλλήλων, καθὼς γέγραπται, ἵνα καὶ συναπτώμεθα ἀλλήλοις. ῎Ανευ δὲ τούτου καὶ ὁ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ λόγος οὐκ ἐπιτρέπει τὸ ἴδιον σκοπεῖν ἕκαστον. Ἡ ἀγάπη γὰρ, φησὶν, οὐ ζητεῖ τὰ ἑαυτῆς. Ὁ δὲ ἀφιδιαστικὸς βίος ἕνα σκοπὸν ἔχει, τὴν οἰκείαν ἑκάστου τῶν χρειῶν θεραπείαν. Τοῦτο δὲ προδήλως μαχόμενόν ἐστι τῷ τῆς ἀγάπης νόμῳ, ὅν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος ἐπλήρου, μὴ ζητῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ συμφέρον, ἀλλὰ τὸ τῶν πολλῶν, ἵνα σωθῶσιν. Ἔπειτα ἐν τῷ καταχωρισμῷ οὐδὲ τὸ ἐλάττωμα ῥᾳδίως ἕκαστος τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ἐπιγνώσεται, οὐκ ἔχων τὸν ἐλέγχοντα αὐτὸν, καὶ͵ ἐν πραότητι καὶ εὐσπλαγχνίᾳ ἐπανορθούμενον. Ἔλεγχος μὲν γὰρ καὶ παρὰ ἐχθροῦ πολλάκις ἂν γένοιτο θεραπείας ἐπιθυμίαν ἐμποιῶν τῷ εὐγνώμονι· θεραπεία δὲ ἁμαρτήματος ἐπιστημό νως παρὰ τοῦ εἰλικρινῶς ἀγαπήσαντος κατορθοῦται. Ὁ γὰρ ἀγαπῶν, φησὶν, ἐπιμελῶς παιδεύει. Ον ἐπὶ τῆς μονώσεως εὑρεῖν ἄπορον, μὴ προενωθέντα κατὰ τὸν βίον· ὥστε συμβαίνειν αὐτῷ τὸ εἰρημένον ἐκεῖνο· Οὐαὶ τῷ ἑνὶ, ὅτι ἐὰν πέσῃ, οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐγείρων αὐτόν. Καὶ αἱ ἐντολαὶ δὲ ὑπὸ μὲν τῶν πλειόνων ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ῥᾳδίως γίνονται πλείους, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ ἑνὸς οὐκέτι· ἐν γὰρ τῇ ἐργασίᾳ τῆς μιᾶς ἐμποδίζεται ἡ ἄλλη. Οἷον, ἐν τῇ ἐπισκέψει τοῦ ἀσθενοῦντος ἡ ὑποδοχὴ τοῦ ξένου, καὶ ἐν τῇ μεταδόσει καὶ κοινωνίᾳ τῶν χρειῶν (καὶ μάλιστα, ὅταν διὰ μακροῦ αἱ διακονίαι γίνωνται), ἡ περὶ τὰ ἔργα σπουδή· ὥστε ἐκ τούτου τὴν μεγίστην καὶ σύντονον πρὸς σωτηρίαν ἐντολὴν ἐλλιμπάνεσθαι· μήτε τοῦ πεινῶντος τρεφομένου, μήτε τοῦ γυμνοῦ περιβαλλομένου. Τίς ἂν οὖν ἕλοιτο τὴν ἀργὴν καὶ ἄκαρπον ζωὴν τῆς ἐγκάρπου καὶ κατ' ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἐπιτελουμένης προτιμῆσαι; Εἰ δὲ καὶ πάντες, οἱ ἐν μιᾷ ἐλπίδι τῆς κλήσεως προσληφθέντες, ἓν σῶμά ἐσμεν, κεφαλὴν ἔχοντες τὸν Χριστόν· ὁ δὲ καθεὶς ἀλλήλων μέλη, ἐὰν μὴ ἐκ συμφωνίας πρὸς ἑνὸς σώματος ἁρμολογίαν ἐν Πνεύματι ἁγίῳ συναρμοσθῶμεν· ἕκαστος δὲ ἡμῶν τὴν μόνωσιν αἱρῆται, μὴ κατὰ τὸ εὐάρεστον τῷ Θεῷ πρὸς τὸ κοινῇ συμφέρον τῇ οἰκονομίᾳ δουλεύων, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἴδιον τῆς αὐταρεσκείας πάθος πληροφορῶν· πῶς δυνάμεθα ἀπεσχισμένοι καὶ διῃρημένοι σώζειν τὴν τῶν μελῶν πρὸς ἄλληλα σχέσιν τε καὶ ὑπηρεσίαν, ἢ τὴν ὑποταγὴν πρὸς τὴν κεφαλὴν ἡμῶν, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὁ Χριστός; Οὔτε γὰρ τῷ δοξαζομένῳ συγχαίρειν, οὔτε συμπάσχειν δυνατὸν τῷ πάσχοντι, ἐν τῇ διαστάσει τοῦ βίου, οὐ δυναμένου κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς ἑκάστου γινώσκειν τὰ τοῦ πλησίον. Εἶτα καὶ ἑνὸς μὴ ἐξαρκοῦντος ὑποδέξασθαι πάντα τὰ πνευματικά χαρίσματα, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς ἐν ἑκάστῳ πίστεως, τῆς ἐπιχορηγίας τοῦ Πνεύματος γινομένης, ἐν τῇ τῆς ζωῆς κοινωνίᾳ, τὸ ἑκάστου ἴδιον χάρισμα κοινὸν τῶν συμπολιτευομένων γίνεται. Ω μὲν γὰρ δίδοται λόγος σοφίας, ἑτέρῳ δὲ λόγος γνώσεως, ἄλλῳ πίστις, ἄλλῳ προφητεία, ἄλλῳ χαρίσματα ἰαμάτων, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· ὧν ἕκαστον οὐ μᾶλλον δι᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἢ διὰ τοὺς ἄλλους ὁ λαμβάνων ἔχει. Ὥστε ἀνάγκη ἐν τῷ κοινωνικῷ βίῳ τὴν ἐν τῷ ἑνὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐνέργειαν εἰς πάντας ὁμοῦ διαβαίνειν. Ὁ μὲν οὖν καθ' ἑαυτὸν ζῶν ἓν τυχὸν ἔχει χάρισμα, καὶ τοῦτο ἄχρηστον ποιεῖ διὰ τῆς ἀργίας, κατορύξας ἐν ἑαυτῷ· ὅπερ ἡλίκον ἔχει κίνδυνον, ἴστε πάντες οἱ ἀνεγνωκότες τὰ Εὐαγγέλια· ἐν δὲ τῇ τῶν πλειόνων συμβιώσει καὶ τοῦ ἰδίου ἀπολαύει, πολυπλασιάζων αὐτὸ τῇ μεταδόσει, καὶ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἑαυτοῦ καρποῦται. Ἔχει δὲ καὶ πλείονα ἡ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ζωὴ ἀγαθὰ, ἅπερ οὐ ῥᾴδιον ἐξαριθμεῖσθαι πάντα. Πρός τε γὰρ τὴν τήρησιν τῶν δεδομένων ἡμῖν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀγαθῶν τῆς μονώσεώς ἐστι χρησιμωτέρα, καὶ πρὸς τὴν φυλακὴν τῆς ἔξωθεν ἐπιβουλῆς τοῦ ἐχθροῦ ἀσφαλέστερος ὁ παρὰ τῶν ἐγρηγορότων ἐξυπνισμὸς, εἴποτε ἄρα τῷ ἑνὶ ἀπονυστάξαι συμβαίη ὕπνον ἐκεῖνον τὸν εἰς θάνατον, ὃν ἐδιδάχθημεν παρὰ τοῦ Δαβὶδ ἀπεύχεσθαι ἡμῖν συμβῆναι, λέγοντος • Φώτισον τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς μου, μήποτε ὑπνώσω εἰς θάνατον· καὶ τῷ μὲν ἁμαρτάνοντι τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἡ ἀναχώρησις ῥάων μᾶλλον, ἐντρεπομένῳ τὴν παρὰ τῶν πλειόνων ἐν συμφωνίᾳ γινομένην κατάγνωσιν, ὥστ᾽ ἂν ἁρμόσαι αὐτῷ τὸ, Ἀρκετὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων· τῷ δὲ κατορθοῦντι ἡ πληροφορία πολλὴ ἔν τε τῇ τῶν πολλῶν δοκιμασίᾳ καὶ συγκαταθέσει τοῦ ἔργου. Εἰ γὰρ ἐπὶ στόματος δύο καὶ τριῶν μαρτύρων σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα, πολλῷ δηλονότι παγιώτερον ὁ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἔργον ἐπιτελῶν ἐν τῇ τῶν πλειόνων μαρτυρίᾳ βεβαιωθήσεται. Κίνδυνος δὲ παρέπεται τῇ μοναστικῇ ζωῇ πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις. Πρῶτος μὲν καὶ μέγιστος ὁ τῆς αὐταρεσκείας. Οὐδένα γὰρ ἔχων, ὃς δυνήσεται δοκιμάσαι αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον, εἰς τὸ τέλειον οἰήσεται τῆς ἐντολῆς ἐφθακέναι· εἶτα ἀγύμναστον ἀεὶ τὴν νώσκει, τῷ πᾶσαν ὕλην τῆς ἐργασίας τῶν εντολῶν περιῃρηχέναι Ἐν τίνι γὰρ τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην ἐπιδείξεται, μηδένα ἔχων, οὗ ταπεινότερον ἑαυτὸν ἀποδείξει; Ἐν τίνι τὴν εὐσπλαγχνίαν, ἀποτετμημένος τῆς κοινωνίας τῶν πλειόνων; Πρὸς μακροθυμίαν δὲ πῶς ἑαυτὸν γυμνάσει, μηδενὸς ἀνθισταμένου αὐτοῦ τοῖς θελήμασιν; Εἰ δέ τις λέγει ἀρκεῖσθαι τῇ τῶν θείων Γραφῶν διδασκαλίᾳ πρὸς τὴν κατόρθωσιν τῶν ἠθῶν, ὅμοιον ποιεῖ τῷ μανθάνοντι μὲν τεκταίνειν, μηδέποτε δὲ τεκταίνοντι, καὶ διδασκομένῳ μὲν χαλκευτικὴν, εἰς ἔργον δὲ προάγειν τὰ διδάγματα μὴ αἰρουμένῳ. Πρὸς ὃν εἴποι ἂν ὁ Ἀπόστολος· Οὐχ οἱ ἀκροαταὶ τοῦ νόμου δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ, ἀλλ' οἱ ποιηταὶ τοῦ νόμου δικαιωθήσονται. Ἰδοὺ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος δι᾽ ὑπερβολὴν φιλανθρωπίας οὐκ ἠρκέσθη τῇ ἐκ τοῦ λόγου διδασκαλίᾳ μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε ἀκριβῶς καὶ ἐναργῶς ἡμῖν παραδοῦναι τὸ ὑπόδειγμα τῆς ταπεινοφροσύνης ἐν τῇ τελειότητι τῆς ἀγάπης, αὐτὸς περιζωσάμενος ἔνιψε τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν. Τίνα οὖν ἀπονίψεις; τίνα θεραπεύσεις; τίνος ἔσχατος ἔσῃ, αὐτὸς καθ' ἑαυτὸν διάγων; Τὸ δὲ καλὸν καὶ τερπνὸν, ἡ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατοίκησις, ἣν μύρῳ τῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως κεφαλῆς ἀπο πνέοντι τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον παρεικάζει, πῶς ἐν τῇ καταμόνας οἰκήσει συμπληρωθήσεται; Στάδιον οὖν ἀθλήσεως, καὶ προκοπῆς εὐοδία, καὶ διηνεκής γυμνασία, καὶ μελέτη τῶν τοῦ Κυρίου ἐντολῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατοίκησίς ἐστι τῶν ἀδελφῶν· σκοπὸν μὲν ἔχουσα τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ κατ᾿ ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰπόντος· Οὕτω λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὅπως ἴδωσιν ὑμῶν τὰ καλὰ ἔργα, καὶ δοξάσωσι τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς· χαρακτῆρα δὲ σώζουσα τῶν ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσιν ἱστορουμένων ἁγίων, περὶ ὧν γέγραπται· Πάντες δὲ οἱ πιστεύοντες ἦσαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ, καὶ εἶχον ἅπαντα κοινά· καὶ πάλιν· Τοῦ δὲ πλήθους τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν ἡ καρδία καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ μία· καὶ οὐδὲ εἰς τι τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ ἔλεγεν ἴδιον εἶναι, ἀλλ᾽ ἦν αὐτοῖς ἅπαντα κοινά.

Peri tou dein tois homophrosi pros ton skopon tēs pros Theon euarestēseōs syzę̄n; kai hoti dysko lon homou kai epikindynon to monazein. Epei oun eplērophorēsen hēmas ho logos, epikin dynon einai tēn meta tōn kataphronētikōs echontōn peri tas entolas tou Kyriou zōēn, akolouthōs mathein axioumen, ei chrē ton anachōrēsanta toutōn idiazein kath' heauton, ē homophrosin adelphois kai ton auton skopon tēs eusebeias proelomenois syzę̄n. APOKRISIS. Pros polla chrēsimōteran katamanthanō tēn epi to auto tōn pleionōn diagōgēn. Prōton men, hoti oude pros tas tou sōmatos chreias hekastos hēmōn heautǭ autarkēs, all᾽ en tǭ porismǭ tōn anankaiōn allēlōn chrēzomen. Hōsper gar ho pous tēn men echei dynamin, tēs de epideēs esti, kai aneu tēs tōn loipōn melōn syllēpseōs oute tēn heautou energeian dynatēn ē autarkē heautǭ pros diamonēn euriskei, oute paramythian echei tou leipontos; houtō kai en tę̄ monērei zōę̄ kai to paron hēmin achrēston ginetai, kai to elleipon aparamythēton, tou dēmiourgou Theou horisantos chrēzein hēmas allēlōn, kathōs gegraptai, hina kai synaptōmetha allēlois. ᾿Aneu de toutou kai ho tēs agapēs tou Christou logos ouk epitrepei to idion skopein hekaston. Hē agapē gar, phēsin, ou zētei ta heautēs. Ho de aphidiastikos bios hena skopon echei, tēn oikeian hekastou tōn chreiōn therapeian. Touto de prodēlōs machomenon esti tǭ tēs agapēs nomǭ, hon ho ᾿Apostolos eplērou, mē zētōn to heautou sympheron, alla to tōn pollōn, hina sōthōsin. Epeita en tǭ katachōrismǭ oude to elattōma rhądiōs hekastos to heautou epignōsetai, ouk echōn ton elenchonta auton, kai͵ en praotēti kai eusplanchnią epanorthoumenon. Elenchos men gar kai para echthrou pollakis an genoito therapeias epithymian empoiōn tǭ eugnōmoni; therapeia de hamartēmatos epistēmo nōs para tou eilikrinōs agapēsantos katorthoutai. Ho gar agapōn, phēsin, epimelōs paideuei. On epi tēs monōseōs heurein aporon, mē proenōthenta kata ton bion; hōste symbainein autǭ to eirēmenon ekeino; Ouai tǭ heni, hoti ean pesę̄, ouk estin ho egeirōn auton. Kai hai entolai de hypo men tōn pleionōn epi to auto rhądiōs ginontai pleious, hypo de tou henos ouketi; en gar tę̄ ergasią tēs mias empodizetai hē allē. Hoion, en tę̄ episkepsei tou asthenountos hē hypodochē tou xenou, kai en tę̄ metadosei kai koinōnią tōn chreiōn (kai malista, hotan dia makrou hai diakoniai ginōntai), hē peri ta erga spoudē; hōste ek toutou tēn megistēn kai syntonon pros sōtērian entolēn ellimpanesthai; mēte tou peinōntos trephomenou, mēte tou gymnou periballomenou. Tis an oun heloito tēn argēn kai akarpon zōēn tēs enkarpou kai kat' entolēn tou Kyriou epiteloumenēs protimēsai? Ei de kai pantes, hoi en mią elpidi tēs klēseōs proslēphthentes, hen sōma esmen, kephalēn echontes ton Christon; ho de katheis allēlōn melē, ean mē ek symphōnias pros henos sōmatos harmologian en Pneumati hagiǭ synarmosthōmen; hekastos de hēmōn tēn monōsin hairētai, mē kata to euareston tǭ Theǭ pros to koinę̄ sympheron tę̄ oikonomią douleuōn, alla to idion tēs autareskeias pathos plērophorōn; pōs dynametha apeschismenoi kai dię̄rēmenoi sōzein tēn tōn melōn pros allēla schesin te kai hypēresian, ē tēn hypotagēn pros tēn kephalēn hēmōn, hētis estin ho Christos? Oute gar tǭ doxazomenǭ synchairein, oute sympaschein dynaton tǭ paschonti, en tę̄ diastasei tou biou, ou dynamenou kata to eikos hekastou ginōskein ta tou plēsion. Eita kai henos mē exarkountos hypodexasthai panta ta pneumatika charismata, alla kata tēn analogian tēs en hekastǭ pisteōs, tēs epichorēgias tou Pneumatos ginomenēs, en tę̄ tēs zōēs koinōnią, to hekastou idion charisma koinon tōn sympoliteuomenōn ginetai. Ō men gar didotai logos sophias, heterǭ de logos gnōseōs, allǭ pistis, allǭ prophēteia, allǭ charismata iamatōn, kai ta hexēs; hōn hekaston ou mallon di᾽ heauton ē dia tous allous ho lambanōn echei. Hōste anankē en tǭ koinōnikǭ biǭ tēn en tǭ heni tou hagiou Pneumatos energeian eis pantas homou diabainein. Ho men oun kath' heauton zōn hen tychon echei charisma, kai touto achrēston poiei dia tēs argias, katoryxas en heautǭ; hoper hēlikon echei kindynon, iste pantes hoi anegnōkotes ta Euangelia; en de tę̄ tōn pleionōn symbiōsei kai tou idiou apolauei, polyplasiazōn auto tę̄ metadosei, kai ta tōn allōn hōs heautou karpoutai. Echei de kai pleiona hē epi to auto zōē agatha, haper ou rhądion exarithmeisthai panta. Pros te gar tēn tērēsin tōn dedomenōn hēmin para tou Theou agathōn tēs monōseōs esti chrēsimōtera, kai pros tēn phylakēn tēs exōthen epiboulēs tou echthrou asphalesteros ho para tōn egrēgorotōn exypnismos, eipote ara tǭ heni aponystaxai symbaiē hypnon ekeinon ton eis thanaton, hon edidachthēmen para tou Dabid apeuchesthai hēmin symbēnai, legontos • Phōtison tous ophthalmous mou, mēpote hypnōsō eis thanaton; kai tǭ men hamartanonti tēs hamartias hē anachōrēsis rhaōn mallon, entrepomenǭ tēn para tōn pleionōn en symphōnią ginomenēn katagnōsin, hōst᾽ an harmosai autǭ to, Arketon tǭ toioutǭ hē epitimia hautē, hē hypo tōn pleionōn; tǭ de katorthounti hē plērophoria pollē en te tę̄ tōn pollōn dokimasią kai synkatathesei tou ergou. Ei gar epi stomatos dyo kai triōn martyrōn stathēsetai pan rhēma, pollǭ dēlonoti pagiōteron ho to agathon ergon epitelōn en tę̄ tōn pleionōn martyrią bebaiōthēsetai. Kindynos de parepetai tę̄ monastikę̄ zōę̄ pros tois eirēmenois. Prōtos men kai megistos ho tēs autareskeias. Oudena gar echōn, hos dynēsetai dokimasai autou to ergon, eis to teleion oiēsetai tēs entolēs ephthakenai; eita agymnaston aei tēn nōskei, tǭ pasan hylēn tēs ergasias tōn entolōn perię̄rēchenai En tini gar tēn tapeinophrosynēn epideixetai, mēdena echōn, hou tapeinoteron heauton apodeixei? En tini tēn eusplanchnian, apotetmēmenos tēs koinōnias tōn pleionōn? Pros makrothymian de pōs heauton gymnasei, mēdenos anthistamenou autou tois thelēmasin? Ei de tis legei arkeisthai tę̄ tōn theiōn Graphōn didaskalią pros tēn katorthōsin tōn ēthōn, homoion poiei tǭ manthanonti men tektainein, mēdepote de tektainonti, kai didaskomenǭ men chalkeutikēn, eis ergon de proagein ta didagmata mē airoumenǭ. Pros hon eipoi an ho Apostolos; Ouch hoi akroatai tou nomou dikaioi para tǭ Theǭ, all' hoi poiētai tou nomou dikaiōthēsontai. Idou gar ho Kyrios di᾽ hyperbolēn philanthrōpias ouk ērkesthē tę̄ ek tou logou didaskalią monon, all᾽ hōste akribōs kai enargōs hēmin paradounai to hypodeigma tēs tapeinophrosynēs en tę̄ teleiotēti tēs agapēs, autos perizōsamenos enipse tous podas tōn mathētōn. Tina oun aponipseis? tina therapeuseis? tinos eschatos esę̄, autos kath' heauton diagōn? To de kalon kai terpnon, hē tōn adelphōn epi to auto katoikēsis, hēn myrǭ tēs tou archiereōs kephalēs apo pneonti to Pneuma to hagion pareikazei, pōs en tę̄ katamonas oikēsei symplērōthēsetai? Stadion oun athlēseōs, kai prokopēs euodia, kai diēnekēs gymnasia, kai meletē tōn tou Kyriou entolōn, kai epi to auto katoikēsis esti tōn adelphōn; skopon men echousa tēn doxan tou Theou kat᾿ entolēn tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou eipontos; Houtō lampsatō to phōs hymōn emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, hopōs idōsin hymōn ta kala erga, kai doxasōsi ton Patera hymōn ton en tois ouranois; charaktēra de sōzousa tōn en tais Praxesin historoumenōn hagiōn, peri hōn gegraptai; Pantes de hoi pisteuontes ēsan epi to auto, kai eichon hapanta koina; kai palin; Tou de plēthous tōn pisteusantōn ēn hē kardia kai hē psychē mia; kai oude eis ti tōn hyparchontōn autǭ elegen idion einai, all᾽ ēn autois hapanta koina.

That one must live with those who share the same mind toward the goal of pleasing God; and that living alone is both difficult and dangerous.

Question. Since the word has assured us that life with those who are contemptuous toward the Lord's commandments is dangerous, we ask to learn next whether one who has withdrawn from them should live apart by himself, or with brothers of the same mind who have chosen the same goal of godliness.

Answer. I find that the life of many together is more useful in many respects. First, because none of us is self-sufficient even for the needs of the body, but we need one another in providing what is necessary. For just as the foot has one power and lacks another, and without the help of the other members finds neither its own working possible or sufficient for itself to endure, nor any supply for what it lacks, so too in the solitary life what we have becomes useless to us and what we lack goes unsupplied, since God the Creator determined that we should need one another, as it is written, so that we may be joined to one another. Besides this, the principle of Christ's love does not allow each to look to his own. “Love,” he says, “does not seek its own.” But the life apart has one aim, the service of each one's own needs. This is plainly in conflict with the law of love, which the Apostle fulfilled, seeking not his own advantage but that of the many, that they might be saved.

Then, in seclusion each will not easily recognize even his own failing, having no one to rebuke him and correct him with gentleness and compassion. A rebuke, indeed, even from an enemy, may often produce in a right-minded person a desire for healing; but the healing of sin is skilfully achieved by one who loves sincerely. “For he who loves,” he says, “disciplines with care.” Such a one it is impossible to find in solitude unless one has first been united with him in life; so that there happens to him what was said: “Woe to him who is alone, for if he falls there is no one to lift him up.” And the commandments are easily done in greater number by many together, but no longer by one alone; for in the working of one, another is hindered. For example, in visiting the sick, the receiving of the stranger is hindered; and in giving and sharing of necessities (especially when the services take a long time), zeal for one's work; so that by this the greatest commandment and the one that most urgently leads to salvation is neglected, and the hungry is not fed nor the naked clothed. Who, then, would choose to prefer the idle and fruitless life to the fruitful one carried out according to the Lord's commandment?

And if all of us who have been received in the one hope of our calling are one body, having Christ as head, and members each of one another, then unless we are fitted together in harmony into the joining of one body in the Holy Spirit, but each of us chooses solitude, not serving the common good in the ordering that pleases God but satisfying his own passion for pleasing himself, how can we, cut off and divided, keep the relation and service of the members toward one another, or our subjection to our head, which is Christ? For it is not possible to rejoice with the one who is honoured or to suffer with the one who suffers when lives are separated, since each cannot, in all likelihood, know the affairs of his neighbour. Then, since one person is not sufficient to receive all the spiritual gifts, but the supply of the Spirit is given according to the proportion of each one's faith, in the common life the gift proper to each becomes common to those who live together. “To one is given the word of wisdom, to another the word of knowledge, to another faith, to another prophecy, to another gifts of healing,” and so on; and each of these the receiver has not so much for himself as for the others. So in the common life the working of the Holy Spirit in one person necessarily passes to all together. The one who lives by himself has perhaps one gift, and makes it useless by idleness, burying it in himself; and how great the danger of this is, all of you who have read the Gospels know. But in the life of many together he both enjoys his own gift, multiplying it by sharing it, and reaps the fruit of the others' gifts as his own.

The common life has still more good things, which it is not easy to count in full. It is more useful than solitude for keeping the good things given us by God; and for guarding against the enemy's plots from outside, the rousing by those who are awake is safer, if it should ever happen that one begins to nod into that sleep unto death which David taught us to pray might not befall us, saying: “Lighten my eyes, lest I sleep unto death.” For the one who sins, withdrawal from the sin is easier when he is ashamed of the condemnation pronounced by many in agreement, so that there may apply to him the saying, “For such a one this punishment by the many is enough”; and for the one who does right, there is great assurance in the approval and assent of many to his work. For if “every word shall be established at the mouth of two or three witnesses,” plainly the one who does a good work will be much more firmly confirmed by the witness of many.

Besides what has been said, dangers attend the solitary life. The first and greatest is that of self-satisfaction. For having no one able to test his work, he will think he has reached the perfection of the commandment. Then, always keeping his condition unexercised, … [he neither] knows [his failings nor his progress], because he has removed all material for working the commandments. For in what will he show humility, having no one to whom he can show himself lower? In what compassion, cut off from the fellowship of many? And how will he train himself in long-suffering, when no one opposes his wishes? If anyone says that the teaching of the divine Scriptures is enough for setting his conduct right, he is like a man who learns carpentry but never does any carpentry, or who is taught smithing but will not put the lessons into practice. To him the Apostle would say: “It is not the hearers of the law who are righteous before God, but the doers of the law who will be justified.” For see: the Lord, in the excess of his love for mankind, was not content with teaching by word only, but, to hand on to us exactly and clearly the example of humility in the perfection of love, he girded himself and washed his disciples' feet. Whose feet, then, will you wash? Whom will you serve? Whose last will you be, living by yourself? And that good and pleasant thing, brothers dwelling together, which the Holy Spirit compares to the ointment flowing down from the high priest's head, how will it be fulfilled in a solitary dwelling?

The dwelling together of the brothers, then, is a stadium for the contest, a good road to progress, a constant training and meditation on the Lord's commandments. Its goal is the glory of God, according to the commandment of our Lord Jesus Christ, who said: “Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works and glorify your Father who is in heaven.” And it keeps the pattern of the saints whose story is told in the Acts, of whom it is written: “All who believed were together and had all things in common”; and again: “The multitude of those who believed were of one heart and one soul, and no one said that any of the things he possessed was his own, but they had all things in common.”

Chapter 8

8PG 31:933

Περὶ ἀποταγῆς. Εἰ χρὴ πρῶτον ἀποτάσσεσθαι πᾶσι, καὶ οὕτως προσιέναι τῇ κατὰ Θεὸν πολιτεία. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ μετὰ πολλὴν καὶ διὰ πλειόνων πραγμάτων ἰσχυρὰν ἀπόδειξιν λέγοντος πρὸς πάντας· Εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρὸς μὲ, ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι· καὶ πάλιν· Οὕτως οὖν πᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν, ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσι τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν, οὐ δύναταί μου εἶναι μαθητής· ἡγούμεθα τὸ παράγγελμα ἐπὶ πλείονα διατείνειν, ὧν ἡ ἀλλοτρίωσις ἀναγκαία. Καὶ γὰρ τῷ διαβόλῳ πρὸ πάντων ἀποτασσόμεθα, καὶ τοῖς πάθεσι τῆς σαρκὸς, οἱ ἀπειπάμενοι τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης, καὶ συγγενείαις σωματικαῖς, καὶ ἑταιρείαις ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ἔθει βίου μαχομένῳ πρὸς τὴν ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου τῆς σωτηρίας. Καὶ τὸ τούτων ἀναγκαιότερον, αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ ἀποτάσσεται ὁ ἀποδυσάμενος τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον σὺν ταῖς πράξεσιν αὐτοῦ, τὸν φθειρόμενον κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ἀπάτης. Αποτάσσεται δὲ καὶ πάσαις προσπαθείαις τοῦ κόσμου, ἐμποδίζειν τῷ σκοπῷ τῆς εὐσεβείας δυναμέναις. Γονεῖς μὲν οὖν ὁ τοιοῦτος τοὺς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ διὰ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου γεννήτ σαντας αὐτὸν ἀληθινοὺς ἡγήσεται, ἀδελφοὺς δὲ τοὺς τὸ αὐτὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς υἱοθεσίας λαβόντας, κτήμασι δὲ πᾶσιν ὡς ἀλλοτρίοις, ὅπερ ἐσ.!, προσέξει. Ἑνὶ δὲ λόγῳ, ᾧ διὰ Χριστὸν ὅλος ὁ κόσμος ἐσταύρωται, καὶ αὐτὸς τῷ κόσμῳ, πῶς ἔτι δύναται εἶναι μέτοχος τῶν μεριμνῶν τοῦ κόσμου; τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄκρον προάγοντὸς τὸ τε μίσος τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἄρνησιν δι' ὧν φησιν· Εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν, ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ· καὶ τότε ἐπαγαγόντος· Καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι· καὶ πάλιν· Εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρὸς μὲ, καὶ οὐ μισεῖ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, καὶ τὰς ἀδελφὰς, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν, οὐ δύναταί μου εἶναι μαθητής. Ὥστε ἡ μὲν τελεία ἀποταγή ἐστιν ἐν τῷ τὸ ἀπροσπαθὲς κατορθῶσαι καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸ τὸ ζῆν, καὶ τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἔχειν, ὥστε μὴ ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτῷ πεποιθέναι· ἄρχεται δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ἔξωθεν ἀλλοτριώσεως, οἷον, κτημάτων, δόξης ματαίας, ας, συνηθείας βίου, προσπαθείας τῶν ἀνωφελῶν, καθὰ καὶ οἱ ἅγιοι μαθηταὶ τοῦ Κυρίου ὑπέδειξαν ἡμῖν, Ἰάκωβος μὲν καὶ Ἰωάννης, καταλιπόντες τὸν πατέρα αὖ τῶν Ζεβεδαῖον, καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ πλοῖον τὴς τοῦ τελωνείου ἐν πᾶσαν ἀφοροὐ τὰ κέρδη ῃ μὴν τοῦ βίου· Ματθαῖος δὲ ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἐξαναστὰς, καὶ ἀκολουθήσας τῷ Κυρίῳ, λὰ καὶ τῶν μόνον τὰ ἐν τῷ τελωνείῳ καταλιπών, ἀλ κινδύνων ὑπεριδὼν, οἱ ἐπακολουθεῖν ἡμε ελεῖς τοὺς έλλον αὐτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς οἰκείοις παρὰ τῆς ἐξουσίας, ἀτι᾿ λόγους τοῦ τελωνείου καταλιμπάνοντι. Παυ λῳ δὲ καὶ ὁ σύμπας κόσμος ἐσταύρωτο, καὶ αὐτὸς τῷ κόσμῳ. Οὕτως ὁ σφόδρα τῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ τοῦ ἀκολουθεῖν Α Χριστῷ κατεχόμενος πρὸς οὐδὲν ἔτι τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης ἐπιστραφῆναι δύναται, οὐ πρὸς γονέων ἢ οἱκείων φίλτρον, ὅταν ἐναντιούμενον ᾗ τοῖς τοῦ Κυρίου προστάγμασι (τότε γὰρ καιρὸν ἔχει καὶ τὸ· Εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρὸς μὲ, καὶ οὐ μισεῖ τὸν πατέρα αύτοῦ, καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ τὰ λοιπά)· οὐ πρὸς ἀνθρώπινον φόβον, ὥστε δι᾿ αὐτὸν ὑποσταλῆναί τι τῶν συμφερόντων, ὅπερ κατώρθωσαν οἱ ἅγιοι, εἰπόντες· Πειθαρχεῖν δεῖ Θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώποις· οὐ πρὸς τὸν ἐπὶ τοῖς καλοῖς παρὰ τῶν ἔξωθεν γέλωτα, ὥστε τῷ φαυλισμῷ αὐτῶν ἡττηθῆναι. Εἰ δέ τις βούλοιτο ἀκριβέστερον καὶ τρανότερον γνω ρίσαι τὸν συνεζευγμένον τόνον τῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ τῶν ἀκολουθούντων τῷ Κυρίῳ, μνημονευσάτω τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου διηγουμένου τὰ καθ' ἑαυτὸν εἰς διδασκαλίαν ἡμετέραν, καὶ λέγοντος· Εἴ τις δοκεῖ πεποιθέναι ἐν σαρκὶ, ἐγὼ μᾶλλον· περιτομὴ ὀκταήμερος, ἐκ γένους Ἰσραὴλ, φυλῆς Βενιαμὶν, Ἑβραῖος ἐξ Ἑβραίων, κατὰ νόμον Φαρισαῖος, κατὰ ζῆλον διώκων τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος· ἀλλ᾽ ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἤγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν. ᾿Αλλά μὲν οὖν καὶ ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν εἶναι διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, δι' ὃν τὰ πάντα ἐζημιώθην, καὶ ἡγοῦμαι σκύβαλα εἶναι, ἵνα Χριστὸν κερδήσω. Εἰ γὰρ (ἵνα τι καὶ εἴπω τολμηρὸν μὲν, ἀληθὲς δὲ), εἰ τοῖς ἐκβλητοτάτοις τοῦ σώματος, καὶ ἀποπτύστοις, καὶ ὧν μάλιστα πρὸς τὴν ἀλλοτρίωσιν ἐπειγόμεθα, τούτοις προσείκασεν αὐτὰ τὰ παρὰ Θεοῦ πρὸς καιρὸν δεδομένα νομικά προτερήματα, ὡς ἐμπόδια τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ γνώσεως, καὶ τῆς ἐν αὐτῷ δικαιοσύνης, καὶ τῆς πρὸς θάνατον αὐτοῦ συμμορφώσεως, τί ἄν τις εἴποι περὶ τῶν ἀνθρώποις ροις καὶ τοῖς τῶν ἁγίων ὑποδείγμασι τὸν λόγον πιστοῦσθαι; ἐξὸν αὐτὰ παραθέσθαι τοῦ Κυρίου τὰ ῥήματα, καὶ δι᾿ αὐτῶν τὴν ἔμφοβον ψυχὴν δυσωπῆσαι, σαφῶς καὶ ἀναντιῤῥήτως διαμαρτυρομένου ἐν τῷ λέγειν· Οὕτως οὖν πᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν, ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσι τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν, οὐ δύναταί μου εἶναι μαθητής· καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ μετὰ τὸ, Εἰ θέλεις τέλειος εἶναι, πρότερον εἰπόντος· Ὕπαγε, πώλησόν σου τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, καὶ δὸς πτωχοῖς· καὶ τότε ἐπαγαγόντος τὸ, Δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι. Καὶ ἡ παραβολὴ δὲ τοῦ ἐμπόρου παντὶ σαφής ἐστι τῷ εὐγνώμονι πρὸς τοῦτο φέρουσα. ῾Ομοία γάρ ἐστι, φησὶν, ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ, ζητοῦντι καλοὺς Α μαργαρίτας, ὃς εὑρὼν ἕνα πολύτιμον μαργαρίτην, ἀπελθὼν ἐπώλησε πάντα ὅσα εἶχε, καὶ ἠγόρασεν αὐτόν. Δῆλον γὰρ, ὅτι ὁ πολύτιμος μαργαρίτης πρὸς τὴν ὁμοίωσιν τῆς ἐπουρανίου βασιλείας παρείληπται, ἣν ἀδύνατον ἡμῖν προσγενέσθαι ὁ τοῦ Κυρίου δείκνυσι λόγος, μὴ πάντα ὁμοῦ τὰ προσόντα ἡμῖν, καὶ πλοῦτον, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ γένος, καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο τῶν πολλοῖς περισπουδάστων, πρὸς τὴν ἀνταλλαγὴν αὐτῆς προεμένοις. Β δὲ, ᾧ μηδὲ περὶ αὐτῶν τῶν ἀναγκαίων μεριμνᾶν Εἶτα μέντοι καὶ ἀδύνατον πρὸς διαφόρους φροντίδας τοῦ νοῦ μεριζομένου κατορθοῦσθαι τὸ σπουδαζόμενον ὁ Κύριος ἀπεφήνατο, εἰπών· Οὐδεὶς δύ ναται δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν· καὶ πάλιν ου δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμμωνᾷ. Ἕνα οὖν θησαυρὸν τὸν ἐπουράνιον ἡμῖν ἐκλεκτέον, ἵνα ἐν αὐτῷ ἔχωμεν τὴν καρδίαν. "Όπου γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐστὶν ὁ θησαυρός σου, ἐκεῖ καὶ ἡ καρδία σου ἔσται. Ἐὰν οὖν τι ὑπολειπώμεθα ἑαυτοῖς κτῆμα γήῖνον καὶ περιουσίαν τινὰ φθαρτὴν, ἐνταῦθα τοῦ νοῦ οἷον ἔν τινι βορβόρῳ κατορυγέντος, ἀνάγκη τὴν ψυχὴν ἀθέατον εἶναι Θεοῦ, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τῶν ἐπουρανίων καλῶν καὶ τῶν ἀποκειμένων ἡμῖν ἀγαθῶν ἐν ἐπαγγελίαις ἀκίνητον· ὧν τὴν κτῆσιν περιγίνεσθαι ἡμῖν ἀμήχανον, μὴ ἀπερισπάστου καὶ σφοδροτέρου πόθου ἄγοντος ἡμᾶς πρὸς τὴν αὐτῶν αἴτησιν, καὶ τὸν ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς πόνον ἐπικουφίζοντος. Ἔστιν οὖν ἡ ἀποταγή, ὡς ὁ λόγος ὑπέδειξε, λύσις μὲν τῶν δεσμῶν τῆς ὑλικῆς ταύτης καὶ προσκαίρου ζωῆς, ἐλευθερία δὲ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων καθηκόντων, ἐπιτηδειοτέρους κατασκευάζουσα πρὸς τὸ ἀπάρξασθαι τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν ὁδοῦ. Τῆς τῶν πο λυτιμήτων κτήσεώς τε καὶ χρήσεως ἀκώλυτις ἀφορμὴ τῶν Ὑπέρ χρυσίον καὶ λίθον τίμισε πολύν. Καὶ, συνελόντα εἰπεῖν, καρδίας ἀνθρωπίνης; πρὸς τὴν ἐν οὐρανῷ πολιτείαν μετάθεσις, ὥστε δύνασθαι λέγειν· ἡμῶν γὰρ τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρα νοῖς ὑπάρχει. Καὶ, τὸ μέγιστον, ἀρχὴ τῆς πρὸς Χριστὸν ὁμοιώσεως, ὃς δι' ἡμᾶς ἐπτώχευσε, πλούσιος ὧν· ἣν εἰ μὴ κατορθώσαιμεν, ἀδύνατον ἡμᾶς τῆς κατὰ τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ πολιτείας ἐφάψασθαι. Πότε γὰρ ἢ καρδίας συντριμμὸς, ἢ ταπείνωσις φρονήματος, ἢ θυμοῦ, καὶ λύπης, καὶ φροντίδων, καὶ, συνελόντα εἰπεῖν, τῶν ὀλεθρίων παθῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπαλλαγή, ἐν πλούτῳ καὶ μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς, προσπαθείᾳ τε καὶ συνηθείᾳ τῶν ἄλλων κατορθωθῆναι δύναται; Ὅλως συγχωρεῖται, οἷον τροφῆς, καὶ ἐνδύματος, τούτῳ τίς ἐπιτρέπει λόγος, οἷον ἀκάνθαις συνέχεσθαι πονηραῖς ταῖς μερίμναις τοῦ πλούτου, τῆς παρὰ τοῦ γεωργοῦ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν ἐγκαταβαλλομένης σπορᾶς τὴν καρποφορίαν ἐμποδιζούσαις; τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν εἰπόντος· Οὗτοι δὲ εἰσιν οἱ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρέντες, οἱ ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν καὶ πλούτου καὶ ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου συμπνίγονται, καὶ οὐ τελεσφοροῦσιν.

Peri apotagēs. Ei chrē prōton apotassesthai pasi, kai houtōs prosienai tę̄ kata Theon politeia. APOKRISIS. Tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou meta pollēn kai dia pleionōn pragmatōn ischyran apodeixin legontos pros pantas; Ei tis erchetai pros me, aparnēsasthō heauton, kai aratō ton stauron autou, kai akoloutheitō moi; kai palin; Houtōs oun pas ex hymōn, hos ouk apotassetai pasi tois heautou hyparchousin, ou dynatai mou einai mathētēs; hēgoumetha to parangelma epi pleiona diateinein, hōn hē allotriōsis anankaia. Kai gar tǭ diabolǭ pro pantōn apotassometha, kai tois pathesi tēs sarkos, hoi apeipamenoi ta krypta tēs aischynēs, kai syngeneiais sōmatikais, kai hetaireiais anthrōpōn, kai ethei biou machomenǭ pros tēn akribeian tou Euangeliou tēs sōtērias. Kai to toutōn anankaioteron, autos heautǭ apotassetai ho apodysamenos ton palaion anthrōpon syn tais praxesin autou, ton phtheiromenon kata tas epithymias tēs apatēs. Apotassetai de kai pasais prospatheiais tou kosmou, empodizein tǭ skopǭ tēs eusebeias dynamenais. Goneis men oun ho toioutos tous en Christǭ Iēsou dia tou Euangeliou gennēt santas auton alēthinous hēgēsetai, adelphous de tous to auto Pneuma tēs huiothesias labontas, ktēmasi de pasin hōs allotriois, hoper es.!, prosexei. Heni de logǭ, hǭ dia Christon holos ho kosmos estaurōtai, kai autos tǭ kosmǭ, pōs eti dynatai einai metochos tōn merimnōn tou kosmou? tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou eis akron proagontos to te misos tēs psychēs kai tēn heautou arnēsin di' hōn phēsin; Ei tis thelei opisō mou elthein, aparnēsasthō heauton, kai aratō ton stauron autou; kai tote epagagontos; Kai akoloutheitō moi; kai palin; Ei tis erchetai pros me, kai ou misei ton patera autou, kai tēn mētera, kai tēn gynaika, kai ta tekna, kai tous adelphous, kai tas adelphas, eti de kai tēn heautou psychēn, ou dynatai mou einai mathētēs. Hōste hē men teleia apotagē estin en tǭ to aprospathes katorthōsai kai pros auto to zēn, kai to apokrima tou thanatou echein, hōste mē eph᾿ heautǭ pepoithenai; archetai de apo tēs tōn exōthen allotriōseōs, hoion, ktēmatōn, doxēs mataias, as, synētheias biou, prospatheias tōn anōphelōn, katha kai hoi hagioi mathētai tou Kyriou hypedeixan hēmin, Iakōbos men kai Iōannēs, katalipontes ton patera au tōn Zebedaion, kai auto to ploion tēs tou telōneiou en pasan aphorou ta kerdē ę̄ mēn tou biou; Matthaios de ap᾿ autou exanastas, kai akolouthēsas tǭ Kyriǭ, la kai tōn monon ta en tǭ telōneiǭ katalipōn, al kindynōn hyperidōn, hoi epakolouthein hēme eleis tous ellon autǭ te kai tois oikeiois para tēs exousias, ati᾿ logous tou telōneiou katalimpanonti. Pau lǭ de kai ho sympas kosmos estaurōto, kai autos tǭ kosmǭ. Houtōs ho sphodra tę̄ epithymią tou akolouthein A Christǭ katechomenos pros ouden eti tēs zōēs tautēs epistraphēnai dynatai, ou pros goneōn ē hoikeiōn philtron, hotan enantioumenon hę̄ tois tou Kyriou prostagmasi (tote gar kairon echei kai to; Ei tis erchetai pros me, kai ou misei ton patera autou, kai tēn mētera, kai ta loipa); ou pros anthrōpinon phobon, hōste di᾿ auton hypostalēnai ti tōn sympherontōn, hoper katōrthōsan hoi hagioi, eipontes; Peitharchein dei Theǭ mallon ē anthrōpois; ou pros ton epi tois kalois para tōn exōthen gelōta, hōste tǭ phaulismǭ autōn hēttēthēnai. Ei de tis bouloito akribesteron kai tranoteron gnō risai ton synezeugmenon tonon tę̄ epithymią tōn akolouthountōn tǭ Kyriǭ, mnēmoneusatō tou ᾿Apostolou diēgoumenou ta kath' heauton eis didaskalian hēmeteran, kai legontos; Ei tis dokei pepoithenai en sarki, egō mallon; peritomē oktaēmeros, ek genous Israēl, phylēs Beniamin, Hebraios ex Hebraiōn, kata nomon Pharisaios, kata zēlon diōkōn tēn Ekklēsian, kata dikaiosynēn tēn en nomǭ genomenos amemptos; all᾽ hatina ēn moi kerdē, tauta ēgēmai dia ton Christon zēmian. ᾿Alla men oun kai hēgoumai panta zēmian einai dia to hyperechon tēs gnōseōs Christou Iēsou tou Kyriou hēmōn, di' hon ta panta ezēmiōthēn, kai hēgoumai skybala einai, hina Christon kerdēsō. Ei gar (hina ti kai eipō tolmēron men, alēthes de), ei tois ekblētotatois tou sōmatos, kai apoptystois, kai hōn malista pros tēn allotriōsin epeigometha, toutois proseikasen auta ta para Theou pros kairon dedomena nomika proterēmata, hōs empodia tēs tou Christou gnōseōs, kai tēs en autǭ dikaiosynēs, kai tēs pros thanaton autou symmorphōseōs, ti an tis eipoi peri tōn anthrōpois rois kai tois tōn hagiōn hypodeigmasi ton logon pistousthai? exon auta parathesthai tou Kyriou ta rhēmata, kai di᾿ autōn tēn emphobon psychēn dysōpēsai, saphōs kai anantirrhētōs diamartyromenou en tǭ legein; Houtōs oun pas ex hymōn, hos ouk apotassetai pasi tois heautou hyparchousin, ou dynatai mou einai mathētēs; kai allachou meta to, Ei theleis teleios einai, proteron eipontos; Hypage, pōlēson sou ta hyparchonta, kai dos ptōchois; kai tote epagagontos to, Deuro, akolouthei moi. Kai hē parabolē de tou emporou panti saphēs esti tǭ eugnōmoni pros touto pherousa. ῾Omoia gar esti, phēsin, hē basileia tōn ouranōn anthrōpǭ emporǭ, zētounti kalous A margaritas, hos heurōn hena polytimon margaritēn, apelthōn epōlēse panta hosa eiche, kai ēgorasen auton. Dēlon gar, hoti ho polytimos margaritēs pros tēn homoiōsin tēs epouraniou basileias pareilēptai, hēn adynaton hēmin prosgenesthai ho tou Kyriou deiknysi logos, mē panta homou ta prosonta hēmin, kai plouton, kai doxan, kai genos, kai ei ti allo tōn pollois perispoudastōn, pros tēn antallagēn autēs proemenois. B de, hǭ mēde peri autōn tōn anankaiōn merimnan Eita mentoi kai adynaton pros diaphorous phrontidas tou nou merizomenou katorthousthai to spoudazomenon ho Kyrios apephēnato, eipōn; Oudeis dy natai dysi kyriois douleuein; kai palin ou dynasthe Theǭ douleuein kai mammōną. Hena oun thēsauron ton epouranion hēmin eklekteon, hina en autǭ echōmen tēn kardian. "Opou gar, phēsin, estin ho thēsauros sou, ekei kai hē kardia sou estai. Ean oun ti hypoleipōmetha heautois ktēma gēinon kai periousian tina phthartēn, entautha tou nou hoion en tini borborǭ katorygentos, anankē tēn psychēn atheaton einai Theou, kai pros tēn epithymian tōn epouraniōn kalōn kai tōn apokeimenōn hēmin agathōn en epangeliais akinēton; hōn tēn ktēsin periginesthai hēmin amēchanon, mē aperispastou kai sphodroterou pothou agontos hēmas pros tēn autōn aitēsin, kai ton ep᾿ autois ponon epikouphizontos. Estin oun hē apotagē, hōs ho logos hypedeixe, lysis men tōn desmōn tēs hylikēs tautēs kai proskairou zōēs, eleutheria de tōn anthrōpinōn kathēkontōn, epitēdeioterous kataskeuazousa pros to aparxasthai tēs pros Theon hodou. Tēs tōn po lytimētōn ktēseōs te kai chrēseōs akōlytis aphormē tōn Hyper chrysion kai lithon timise polyn. Kai, synelonta eipein, kardias anthrōpinēs? pros tēn en ouranǭ politeian metathesis, hōste dynasthai legein; hēmōn gar to politeuma en oura nois hyparchei. Kai, to megiston, archē tēs pros Christon homoiōseōs, hos di' hēmas eptōcheuse, plousios hōn; hēn ei mē katorthōsaimen, adynaton hēmas tēs kata to Euangelion tou Christou politeias ephapsasthai. Pote gar ē kardias syntrimmos, ē tapeinōsis phronēmatos, ē thymou, kai lypēs, kai phrontidōn, kai, synelonta eipein, tōn olethriōn pathōn tēs psychēs apallagē, en ploutǭ kai merimnais biōtikais, prospatheią te kai synētheią tōn allōn katorthōthēnai dynatai? Holōs synchōreitai, hoion trophēs, kai endymatos, toutǭ tis epitrepei logos, hoion akanthais synechesthai ponērais tais merimnais tou ploutou, tēs para tou geōrgou tōn psychōn hēmōn enkataballomenēs sporas tēn karpophorian empodizousais? tou Kyriou hēmōn eipontos; Houtoi de eisin hoi eis tas akanthas sparentes, hoi hypo merimnōn kai ploutou kai hēdonōn tou biou sympnigontai, kai ou telesphorousin.

On renunciation.

Question. Whether one must first renounce all things and so come to the life according to God.

Answer. Since our Lord Jesus Christ, after much and strong proof given through many deeds, says to all: “If anyone comes to me, let him deny himself and take up his cross and follow me”; and again: “So, then, any one of you who does not renounce all that he has cannot be my disciple”; we consider that the command extends to many things from which estrangement is necessary. For before all else we renounce the devil and the passions of the flesh, we who have renounced the hidden things of shame; and bodily kinship, and human companionships, and a habit of life that fights against the exactness of the Gospel of salvation. And, more necessary than these, the one who has put off the old man with his deeds, which is corrupt according to the deceitful desires, renounces himself. He renounces also every attachment to the world that can hinder the goal of godliness. Such a one will consider as his true parents those who begot him in Christ Jesus through the Gospel, and as his brothers those who have received the same Spirit of adoption; and he will treat all possessions as belonging to others, as indeed they do. In a word, how can one for whom, through Christ, the whole world has been crucified, and he to the world, still share in the cares of the world? For our Lord Jesus Christ carries hatred of one's own life and denial of oneself to the extreme, when he says: “If anyone would come after me, let him deny himself and take up his cross,” and then adds, “and follow me”; and again: “If anyone comes to me and does not hate his father and mother and wife and children and brothers and sisters, yes, and even his own life, he cannot be my disciple.”

So perfect renunciation consists in achieving freedom from attachment even to life itself, and in having the sentence of death, so as not to trust in oneself. But it begins with estrangement from external things, such as possessions, vain glory, the habits of life, attachment to useless things; as the holy disciples of the Lord showed us: James and John, leaving their father Zebedee and the very boat in which they had their whole livelihood; and Matthew, rising from the tax office itself and following the Lord, not only leaving behind the gains of the tax office, but also disregarding the dangers that were likely to follow him and his family from the authorities for leaving the tax office's accounts unsettled. And to Paul the whole world was crucified, and he to the world. So the one who is strongly possessed by the desire to follow Christ can no longer turn back to anything of this life: not to the affection of parents or kinsfolk, when it is opposed to the Lord's commands (for then the saying has its time, “If anyone comes to me and does not hate his father and mother,” and the rest); not to human fear, so as to shrink from anything profitable because of it, as the saints achieved when they said, “We must obey God rather than men”; not to the mockery of outsiders at what is good, so as to be overcome by their scorn.

If anyone wishes to know more exactly and clearly the intensity joined to the desire of those who follow the Lord, let him remember the Apostle, who tells his own story for our instruction and says: “If anyone thinks he has reason for confidence in the flesh, I have more: circumcised on the eighth day, of the people of Israel, of the tribe of Benjamin, a Hebrew of Hebrews; as to the law, a Pharisee; as to zeal, a persecutor of the church; as to righteousness under the law, blameless. But whatever gain I had, I counted as loss for the sake of Christ. Indeed, I count everything as loss because of the surpassing worth of knowing Christ Jesus our Lord, for whose sake I have suffered the loss of all things and count them as refuse, in order that I may gain Christ.” For if (to say something bold but true) he likened the very advantages of the law, given by God for a time, to the most cast-off and loathsome parts of the body, from which we are most anxious to be rid, because they hinder the knowledge of Christ, the righteousness that is in him, and conformity to his death, what would one say of human [advantages]? … [But why should I confirm] the argument [by other proofs] and by the examples of the saints, when one can set out the Lord's own words and by them move the fearful soul to shame? For he testifies clearly and beyond dispute when he says: “So, then, any one of you who does not renounce all that he has cannot be my disciple”; and elsewhere, after “If you would be perfect,” he first said, “Go, sell what you have and give to the poor,” and then added, “Come, follow me.” The parable of the merchant, too, plainly bears on this for any right-minded person: “The kingdom of heaven,” he says, “is like a merchant seeking fine pearls, who, on finding one pearl of great value, went and sold all that he had and bought it.” For it is clear that the pearl of great value is taken as a likeness of the heavenly kingdom, which, as the Lord's word shows, we cannot obtain unless we give up everything we have together, wealth, glory, family, and whatever else the many eagerly pursue, in exchange for it.

Then, too, the Lord declared that what is earnestly sought cannot be achieved when the mind is divided among various concerns, saying: “No one can serve two masters”; and again: “You cannot serve God and mammon.” We must therefore choose one treasure, the heavenly one, so that we may have our heart in it. “For where your treasure is,” he says, “there will your heart be also.” If, then, we keep back for ourselves any earthly possession or perishable wealth, the mind is buried there as in mud, and the soul necessarily cannot see God and is unmoved toward desire for the heavenly beauties and the good things laid up for us in the promises; and we cannot come to possess these unless an undistracted and more intense longing leads us to ask for them and lightens the labour they require. Renunciation, then, as the word has shown, is a loosing of the bonds of this material and temporary life and a freedom from human obligations, making us readier to set out on the road to God; an unhindered means of acquiring and using the things of great price, “more than gold and much precious stone”; and, to sum up, the transfer of the human heart to the citizenship in heaven, so that one can say, “For our citizenship is in heaven”; and, greatest of all, the beginning of likeness to Christ, who for our sake became poor, though he was rich. Unless we achieve this, it is impossible for us to lay hold of the way of life according to the Gospel of Christ. For when can contrition of heart, or humility of mind, or release from anger and grief and anxieties and, in short, the destructive passions of the soul, be achieved amid wealth and the cares of life and attachment and habituation to other things? In general, one who is not allowed to be anxious even about necessities, such as food and clothing, what reason permits him to be choked, as by thorns, by the evil cares of wealth, which hinder the fruit-bearing of the seed sown by the husbandman of our souls? For our Lord said: “These are the ones sown among thorns, who are choked by the cares and riches and pleasures of life, and their fruit does not mature.”

Chapter 9

9PG 31:941

Εἰ χρὴ τὸν συναπτόμενον τοῖς τῷ Κυρίῳ ἀνακειμένοις προσαφιέναι ἀδιαφόρως τοῖς ἀγνώμοσι τῶν οἰκείων τὰ αὐτῷ διαφέροντα. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος, Πώλησόν σου τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, καὶ δὸς πτωχοῖς, καὶ ἔξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι· καὶ πάλιν· Πωλήσατε τὰ ὑπάρχοντα ὑμῶν, καὶ δότε ἐλεημοσύνην· λογίζομαι, ὅτι τὸν ἐξερχόμενον ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδίων, σκοπῷ τοιούτῳ, οὐ χρὴ καταφρονητικῶς περὶ τῶν διαφερόντων αὐτῷ διακεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ πειρᾶσθαι πάντα μετὰ ἀκριβείας λαβόντα, ὡς τῷ Κυρίῳ λοιπὸν ἀφιερωμένα, μετὰ πάσης εὐλαβείας οἰκονομεῖν, ἢ δι᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, ἐὰν δυνατῶς καὶ ἐμπείρως ἔχῃ, ἢ διὰ τῶν μετὰ δοκιμασίας πολλῆς ἐπιλεγέντων, καὶ ἀπόδειξιν δεδωκότων τοῦ δύνασθαι πιστῶς καὶ φρονίμως οἰκονομεῖν· εἰδότα, ὅτι οὐκ ἀκίνδυνόν ἐστιν οὔτε τὸ προσαφιέναι τοῖς οἰκείοις, οὔτε τὸ διὰ τοῦ τυχόντος οἰκονομῆσαι. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ φροντίδα βασιλικῶν κτημάτων ἐγχειρισθεὶς, κἂν μὴ νοσφίσηται πολλάκις ἐκ τῶν ἑτοίμων, ἀμελείᾳ δὲ τινι καταπροδῷ τὰ προσκτηθῆναι δυνάμενα, οὐκ ἀπολύεται τοῦ ἐγκλήματος· τίνα χρὴ προσδοκᾶν ἐπὶ τῶν ἤδη κατονομασθέντων τῷ Κυρίῳ τὴν κατάκρισιν ὑποστήσεσθαι, χαύνως καὶ ἡμελημένως διατεθέντας πρὸς τὴν διοίκησιν; Οὐχ ὑποδίκους εἶναι τοῦ κρίματος τῶν ἀμελούντων; κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον· Ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὰ ἔργα Κυρίου ἀμελῶς. Πανταχοῦ δὲ φυλακτέον ἡμῖν, μὴ, προφάσει μιᾶς ἐντολῆς, ἑτέραν φανῶμεν καταλύοντες. Οὔτε γὰρ μάχεσθαι, οὔτε συνδιαπληκτίζεσθαι τοῖς ἀγνωμονοῦσιν εὐπρεπὲς ἡμῖν· ἐπείπερ δοῦλον Κυρίου οὐ δεῖ μάχεσθαι, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀγνωμονούμενον παρὰ τῶν κατὰ σάρκα συγγενῶν μνημονεύειν χρὴ τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος, ὅτι Οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις ἀφἥκεν οἰκίαν, ἢ ἀδελφοὺς, ἢ ἀδελφὰς, ἢ πατέρα, ἢ μητέρα, ἢ γυναῖκα, ἢ τέκνα, ἢ ἀγροὺς, οὐχ ἁπλῶς, ἀλλ᾽ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου, ὃς οὐ μὴ λάβῃ ἑκατονταπλασίονα ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ, καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ ζωὴν αἰώνιον. Τοῖς γε μὴν ἀγνωμονοῦσι διαμαρτύρασθαι χρὴ τὴν τῆς ἱεροσυλίας ἁμαρτίαν, κατὰ τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Ἐὰν ἁμάρτῃ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ὕπαγε, ἔλεγξον αὐτὸν, καὶ τὰ ἐξῆς. Δικάζεσθαι δὲ περὶ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ δικαστηρίων ἐξωτικῶν ἀπηγόρευσεν ὁ τῆς θεοσεβείας λόγος δι' ὧν φησι· Τῷ θέλοντί σε κριθῆναι, καὶ τὸν χιτῶνά σου λαβεῖν, ἄρες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον· καὶ ὅτι Τολμᾷ τις ὑμῶν, πρᾶγμα ἔχων πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον, κρίνεσθαι ἐπὶ τῶν ἀδίκων, καὶ οὐχὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἁγίων; Καὶ ἐπὶ τούτων δὲ εἰς κρίσιν προσκαλεσώμεθα, πλείονα λόγον ἔχοντες τῆς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σωτηρίας, ἢ τῆς τῶν χρημάτων περιουσίας. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος εἰπὼν, Ἐάν σου ἀκούσῃ, ἐπήγαγεν, Ἐκέρδησας, οὐχὶ τὰ χρήματα, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀδελ φόν σου. Ἔστι δὲ ὅτε ὑπὲρ τοῦ τρανωθῆναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, αὐτοῦ πολλάκις ἡμᾶς τοῦ τῆς ἀγνωμοσύνης κατάρχοντος εἰς κοινὴν δίαιταν προκαλουμένου, συγκαταβαίνομεν πρὸς τὸν ἔλεγχον, οὐκ αὐτοὶ κατάρξαντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς προσκαλεσαμένοις ἀκολουθοῦντες, οὐκ ἴδιον πάθος ὀργῆς ἢ φιλονεικίας πληροφοροῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν φανεροῦν τες. Οὕτω γὰρ κἀκεῖνον καὶ ἄκοντα τῶν κακῶν ἐξαιρήσομεν, καὶ αὐτοὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς οὐ παρελευσό μεθα, ὡς Θεοῦ διάκονοι ἄμαχοι καὶ ἀφιλάργυροι, τῇ φανερώσει τῆς ἀληθείας εὐσταθῶς συνιστάμενοι, καὶ οὐδαμοῦ τὸ δεδομένον μέτρον τῆς σπουδῆς ὑπερβαίνοντες.

Ei chrē ton synaptomenon tois tǭ Kyriǭ anakeimenois prosaphienai adiaphorōs tois agnōmosi tōn oikeiōn ta autǭ diapheronta. APOKRISIS. Tou Kyriou eipontos, Pōlēson sou ta hyparchonta, kai dos ptōchois, kai exeis thēsauron en ouranǭ, kai deuro, akolouthei moi; kai palin; Pōlēsate ta hyparchonta hymōn, kai dote eleēmosynēn; logizomai, hoti ton exerchomenon apo tōn idiōn, skopǭ toioutǭ, ou chrē kataphronētikōs peri tōn diapherontōn autǭ diakeisthai, alla peirasthai panta meta akribeias labonta, hōs tǭ Kyriǭ loipon aphierōmena, meta pasēs eulabeias oikonomein, ē di᾽ heautou, ean dynatōs kai empeirōs echę̄, ē dia tōn meta dokimasias pollēs epilegentōn, kai apodeixin dedōkotōn tou dynasthai pistōs kai phronimōs oikonomein; eidota, hoti ouk akindynon estin oute to prosaphienai tois oikeiois, oute to dia tou tychontos oikonomēsai. Ei gar ho phrontida basilikōn ktēmatōn encheiristheis, kan mē nosphisētai pollakis ek tōn hetoimōn, ameleią de tini kataprodǭ ta prosktēthēnai dynamena, ouk apolyetai tou enklēmatos; tina chrē prosdokan epi tōn ēdē katonomasthentōn tǭ Kyriǭ tēn katakrisin hypostēsesthai, chaunōs kai hēmelēmenōs diatethentas pros tēn dioikēsin? Ouch hypodikous einai tou krimatos tōn amelountōn? kata to gegrammenon; Epikataratos pas ho poiōn ta erga Kyriou amelōs. Pantachou de phylakteon hēmin, mē, prophasei mias entolēs, heteran phanōmen katalyontes. Oute gar machesthai, oute syndiaplēktizesthai tois agnōmonousin euprepes hēmin; epeiper doulon Kyriou ou dei machesthai, alla ton agnōmonoumenon para tōn kata sarka syngenōn mnēmoneuein chrē tou Kyriou eipontos, hoti Ouk estin hostis aphēken oikian, ē adelphous, ē adelphas, ē patera, ē mētera, ē gynaika, ē tekna, ē agrous, ouch haplōs, all᾽ heneken emou kai tou Euangeliou, hos ou mē labę̄ hekatontaplasiona en tǭ kairǭ toutǭ, kai en tǭ aiōni tǭ erchomenǭ zōēn aiōnion. Tois ge mēn agnōmonousi diamartyrasthai chrē tēn tēs hierosylias hamartian, kata tēn entolēn tou Kyriou eipontos; Ean hamartę̄ ho adelphos sou, hypage, elenxon auton, kai ta exēs. Dikazesthai de peri autōn epi dikastēriōn exōtikōn apēgoreusen ho tēs theosebeias logos di' hōn phēsi; Tǭ thelonti se krithēnai, kai ton chitōna sou labein, ares autǭ kai to himation; kai hoti Tolmą tis hymōn, pragma echōn pros ton heteron, krinesthai epi tōn adikōn, kai ouchi epi tōn hagiōn? Kai epi toutōn de eis krisin proskalesōmetha, pleiona logon echontes tēs tou adelphou sōtērias, ē tēs tōn chrēmatōn periousias. Kai gar ho Kyrios eipōn, Ean sou akousę̄, epēgagen, Ekerdēsas, ouchi ta chrēmata, alla ton adel phon sou. Esti de hote hyper tou tranōthēnai tēn alētheian, autou pollakis hēmas tou tēs agnōmosynēs katarchontos eis koinēn diaitan prokaloumenou, synkatabainomen pros ton elenchon, ouk autoi katarxantes, alla tois proskalesamenois akolouthountes, ouk idion pathos orgēs ē philoneikias plērophorountes, alla tēn alētheian phaneroun tes. Houtō gar kakeinon kai akonta tōn kakōn exairēsomen, kai autoi tas entolas ou pareleuso metha, hōs Theou diakonoi amachoi kai aphilargyroi, tę̄ phanerōsei tēs alētheias eustathōs synistamenoi, kai oudamou to dedomenon metron tēs spoudēs hyperbainontes.

Whether one who joins those dedicated to the Lord should simply leave his property to his ungrateful kinsfolk.

Answer. Since the Lord said, “Sell what you have and give to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven; and come, follow me”; and again, “Sell your possessions and give alms”; I consider that one who leaves his own with such a goal should not be disposed contemptuously toward his property, but should try to take everything with exactness, as now consecrated to the Lord, and to administer it with all reverence, either himself, if he is able and experienced, or through those chosen after much testing who have given proof that they can administer faithfully and prudently; knowing that it is not without danger either to leave it to his kinsfolk or to administer it through just anyone. For if one entrusted with the care of the emperor's estates, even if he often does not embezzle from what is at hand, but through some negligence lets slip what could have been gained, is not acquitted of the charge, what condemnation must we expect those to incur who are disposed slackly and carelessly toward the management of what has already been named as the Lord's? Will they not be liable to the judgment of the negligent, according to what is written: “Cursed is everyone who does the works of the Lord negligently”?

But everywhere we must take care not to be seen breaking one commandment on the pretext of another. For it is not fitting for us to fight or quarrel with the ungrateful, since “the Lord's servant must not quarrel”; rather, the one treated ungratefully by his kinsmen according to the flesh must remember the Lord who said: “There is no one who has left house or brothers or sisters or father or mother or wife or children or lands,” not simply, but “for my sake and for the Gospel, who will not receive a hundredfold in this time, and in the age to come eternal life.” To the ungrateful, however, we must solemnly declare the sin of sacrilege, according to the commandment of the Lord who said: “If your brother sins, go and rebuke him,” and the rest. But the word of godliness has forbidden going to law about these things in outside courts, where it says: “If anyone would sue you and take your tunic, let him have your cloak as well”; and: “Does any of you, having a matter against another, dare to go to law before the unrighteous and not before the saints?” And even before these let us call him to judgment, having more regard for our brother's salvation than for an abundance of money. For the Lord, having said, “If he listens to you,” added, “you have gained,” not the money, but “your brother.” There are times when, to make the truth clear, if the one who began the wrong often calls us to a common arbitration, we come down to the inquiry, not beginning it ourselves but following those who summoned us, not satisfying our own passion of anger or contentiousness, but making the truth manifest. For so we shall rescue him from evil even against his will, and we ourselves shall not transgress the commandments, standing firmly together for the making known of the truth as ministers of God who are not quarrelsome and not lovers of money, and nowhere exceeding the measure of zeal that has been given.

Chapter 10

10PG 31:943

Πότερον χρὴ πάντας τοὺς προσιόντας δέχεσθαι, ἢ τίνας; καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτοὺς προσίεσθαι, ἢ μετὰ δοκιμασίας, καὶ ποίας ταύτης; ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ φιλανθρώπου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ κηρύσσοντος καὶ λέγοντος· Δεῦτε πρὸς μὲ, πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες, καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς· οὐκ ἀκίνδυνον ἀπωθεῖσθαι τοὺς τῷ Κυρίῳ δι' ἡμῶν προσιόντας, καὶ ὑπελθεῖν αὐτοῦ τὸν χρηστὸν ζυγὸν, καὶ τὸ τῶν ἐντολῶν φορτίον, τὸ πρὸς οὐρανὸν ἡμᾶς ἀνακουφίζον, βουλομένους. Οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ ἀνίπτοις ποσὶν ἐπιτρέπειν χρὴ τῆς σεμνότητος ἐπιβαίνειν τῶν διδαγμάτων ἀλλ' ὥσπερ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς τὸν προσελθόντα νεανίσκον ἐπηρώτησε περὶ τοῦ προτέρου βίου, καὶ μαθὼν, ὅτι κατώρθωται, τὸ πρὸς τὴν τελείωσιν ἐλλεῖπον ἔτι πληρῶσαι προσέταξε, και τότε ἐπέτρεψεν ἀκολουθεῖν· οὕτω δηλονότι καὶ ἡμᾶς προσήκει τὸν παρελθόντα βίον τῶν προσιόντων καταμανθάνειν· καὶ οἷς μὲν ἤδη τι προκατώρθωται, τὰ τελειότερα τῶν διδαγμάτων παραδιδόναι, τοὺς δὲ ἢ ἐκ βίου πονηροῦ μετατιθεμένους, ἢ᾿ ἐκ τῆς ἀδιαφορίας πρὸς τὸν ἀκριβῆ βίον τῆς θεογνωσίας ὀρμήσαντας ἀνακρίνειν χρὴ, ὁποῖοι τὸ ἦθός εἰσι· μὴ ἄστατοι, καὶ πρὸς τὰς κρίσεις εὐκίνητοι. Ὕποπτον γὰρ τῶν τοιούτων τὸ εὐμετάθετον, οἱ, πρὸς τὸ μηδὲν ἑαυτοὺς ὠφελῆσαι, ἔτι καὶ ἑτέροις αἴτιοι βλάβης γίνονται, ὀνείδη καὶ ψεύδη, καὶ βλασφημίας πονηρὰς τοῦ ἔργου ἡμῶν κατέχοντες. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πάντα ἐπιμελείᾳ κατορθοῦται, καὶ φόβος Θεοῦ παντοίων ἐλαττωμάτων ψυχῆς περιγίνεται, οὐδὲ τούτων ἀπογνωστέον εὐθὺς, ἀλλὰ ἄγειν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὰ προσήκοντα γυμνάσια δεῖ, χρόνῳ καὶ ἐπιπόνοις ἀγωνίσμασι πεῖραν τῆς κρίσεως αὐτῶν λαμβάνοντας, ὡς, ἐὰν τι βέβαιον παρ' αὐτοῖς εὕρωμεν, ἀκινδύνως αὐτοὺς προσίεσθαι· εἰ δὲ μὴ, ἔξω ὄντας, ἀποπέμπεσθαι· ὥστε ἀζήμιον τὴν πεῖραν τῇ ἀδελφότητι γίνεσθαι. Δοκιμάζειν δὲ χρὴ καὶ εἴ τις, ἐν ἁμαρτήμασι προληφθεὶς, ἀνεπαισχύντως ἐξαγορεύει τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης, καὶ κατήγορος ἑαυτοῦ γίνεται· ὁμοῦ τε καταισχύνων καὶ ἀποποιούμενος τοὺς τῶν πονηρῶν ἔργων ἑαυτοῦ συνεργοὺς, κατὰ τὸν εἰπόντα· Ἀπόστητε ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ, πάντες οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι τὴν ἀνομίαν· καὶ ἀσφάλειαν ἑαυτῷ εἰς τὸν ἑξῆς βίον κτώμενος, πρὸς τὸ μηκέτι τοῖς ὁμοίοις πάθεσι περιπεσεῖν. Κοινὸς δὲ ἐπὶ πάντων δοκιμασίας τρόπος, εἰ πρὸς πᾶσαν ταπεινοφροσύνην ἀνεπαισχύντως διάκεινται, ὡς καὶ τὰς εὐτελεστάτας δέχεσθαι τέχνας, ἐὰν τὴν ἐκείνων έργασίαν χρήσιμον εἶναι ὁ λόγος ἐγκρίνῃ. Καὶ ἐπειδὰν διὰ πάσης ἐξετάσεως ἕκαστος παρὰ τῶν ἐπιστημόνως ἐρευνᾷν.τὰ τοιαῦτα δυναμένων, ὥσπερ τι σκεῦος εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ, καὶ πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἕτοιμον ἀποδειχθῇ, συναριθμείσθω τοῖς ἀνατεθεικόσιν ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Κυρίῳ. Μάλιστα δὲ τῷ ἀπό τινος περιφανεστέρου βίου πρὸς τὴν καθ' ὁμοίωσιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ταπεινοφροσύνην ἐπειγομένῳ, ὁρίζειν χρή τινα τῶν ἐπονειδίστων εἶναι δοκούντων παρὰ τοῖς ἔξωθεν, καὶ ἐπιτηρεῖν εἰ μετὰ πάσης πληροφορίας ἐργάτην ἀνεπαίσχυντον τῷ Θεῷ ἑαυτὸν παρίστησιν.

Poteron chrē pantas tous prosiontas dechesthai, ē tinas? kai euthys autous prosiesthai, ē meta dokimasias, kai poias tautēs? APOKRISIS. Tou philanthrōpou Theou kai Sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou Christou kēryssontos kai legontos; Deute pros me, pantes hoi kopiōntes, kai pephortismenoi, kagō anapausō hymas; ouk akindynon apōtheisthai tous tǭ Kyriǭ di' hēmōn prosiontas, kai hypelthein autou ton chrēston zygon, kai to tōn entolōn phortion, to pros ouranon hēmas anakouphizon, boulomenous. Ou mēn oude aniptois posin epitrepein chrē tēs semnotētos epibainein tōn didagmatōn all' hōsper ho Kyrios hēmōn Iēsous Christos ton proselthonta neaniskon epērōtēse peri tou proterou biou, kai mathōn, hoti katōrthōtai, to pros tēn teleiōsin elleipon eti plērōsai prosetaxe, kai tote epetrepsen akolouthein; houtō dēlonoti kai hēmas prosēkei ton parelthonta bion tōn prosiontōn katamanthanein; kai hois men ēdē ti prokatōrthōtai, ta teleiotera tōn didagmatōn paradidonai, tous de ē ek biou ponērou metatithemenous, ē᾿ ek tēs adiaphorias pros ton akribē bion tēs theognōsias ormēsantas anakrinein chrē, hopoioi to ēthos eisi; mē astatoi, kai pros tas kriseis eukinētoi. Hypopton gar tōn toioutōn to eumetatheton, hoi, pros to mēden heautous ōphelēsai, eti kai heterois aitioi blabēs ginontai, oneidē kai pseudē, kai blasphēmias ponēras tou ergou hēmōn katechontes. Epei de panta epimeleią katorthoutai, kai phobos Theou pantoiōn elattōmatōn psychēs periginetai, oude toutōn apognōsteon euthys, alla agein autous eis ta prosēkonta gymnasia dei, chronǭ kai epiponois agōnismasi peiran tēs kriseōs autōn lambanontas, hōs, ean ti bebaion par' autois heurōmen, akindynōs autous prosiesthai; ei de mē, exō ontas, apopempesthai; hōste azēmion tēn peiran tę̄ adelphotēti ginesthai. Dokimazein de chrē kai ei tis, en hamartēmasi prolēphtheis, anepaischyntōs exagoreuei ta krypta tēs aischynēs, kai katēgoros heautou ginetai; homou te kataischynōn kai apopoioumenos tous tōn ponērōn ergōn heautou synergous, kata ton eiponta; Apostēte ap᾿ emou, pantes hoi ergazomenoi tēn anomian; kai asphaleian heautǭ eis ton hexēs bion ktōmenos, pros to mēketi tois homoiois pathesi peripesein. Koinos de epi pantōn dokimasias tropos, ei pros pasan tapeinophrosynēn anepaischyntōs diakeintai, hōs kai tas eutelestatas dechesthai technas, ean tēn ekeinōn ergasian chrēsimon einai ho logos enkrinę̄. Kai epeidan dia pasēs exetaseōs hekastos para tōn epistēmonōs ereunąn.ta toiauta dynamenōn, hōsper ti skeuos euchrēston tǭ Despotę̄, kai pros pan ergon agathon hetoimon apodeichthę̄, synarithmeisthō tois anatetheikosin heautous tǭ Kyriǭ. Malista de tǭ apo tinos periphanesterou biou pros tēn kath' homoiōsin tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou tapeinophrosynēn epeigomenǭ, horizein chrē tina tōn eponeidistōn einai dokountōn para tois exōthen, kai epitērein ei meta pasēs plērophorias ergatēn anepaischynton tǭ Theǭ heauton paristēsin.

Whether we should receive all who come, or only some; and whether we should admit them at once, or after testing, and what kind of testing.

Answer. Since our God and Saviour Jesus Christ, the lover of mankind, proclaims and says, “Come to me, all who labour and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest,” it is not without danger to turn away those who come to the Lord through us and wish to take on his kind yoke and the burden of the commandments, which lifts us up toward heaven. Yet we must not allow them to tread on the holiness of the teachings with unwashed feet; but just as our Lord Jesus Christ asked the young man who came to him about his former life, and when he learned that he had lived rightly, commanded him to fulfil what was still lacking for perfection, and then allowed him to follow, so plainly it is fitting for us also to learn about the past life of those who come. To those who have already achieved something, we should hand on the more perfect teachings; but those who are turning from an evil life, or who have set out from indifference toward the exact life of the knowledge of God, must be examined as to what their character is: whether they are not unstable and quick to change their decisions. For the changeableness of such people is suspect: not only do they do themselves no good, but they become a cause of harm to others as well, spreading reproaches and lies and wicked slanders about our work. But since all things are achieved by care, and the fear of God overcomes every kind of defect of soul, we must not despair of these at once either, but lead them to suitable exercises, making trial of their resolve by time and laborious contests, so that, if we find something firm in them, we may admit them without danger; and if not, we may send them away while they are still outside, so that the trial brings no loss to the brotherhood.

We must also test whether one who has been caught in sins confesses the hidden things of shame without shame and becomes his own accuser, at once putting to shame and disowning the partners of his evil deeds, according to him who said, “Depart from me, all you workers of iniquity,” and gaining security for himself for the rest of his life, so as not to fall again into the same passions. The common way of testing for all is whether they are disposed to all humility without shame, so as to accept even the meanest crafts, if reason judges that their work is useful. And when each one, after every examination by those able to search into such things with skill, has been shown to be like a vessel useful to the Master and ready for every good work, let him be numbered among those who have dedicated themselves to the Lord. Especially for one who is hastening from a more distinguished life to humility in the likeness of our Lord Jesus Christ, we must appoint some of the tasks that outsiders think disgraceful, and watch whether he presents himself to God with full assurance as a worker who has no need to be ashamed.

Chapter 11

11PG 31:947

Περὶ δούλων. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὅσοι δὲ ὑπὸ ζυγὸν ὄντες δοῦλοι ταῖς ἀδελφότησι προσφεύγουσι, νουθετηθέντας αὐτοὺς, καὶ βελτιωθέντας ἀποπέμπεσθαι χρὴ τοῖς δεσπόταις, καθ' ὁμοίωσιν τοῦ μακαρίου Παύλου, ὃς, τὸν Ὀνήσιμον γεννή σας διὰ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου, ἀνέπεμψε τῷ Φιλήμονι, τὸν μὲν πληροφορήσας, ὅτι ὁ ζυγὸς τῆς δουλείας εὐαρέστως τῷ Κυρίῳ κατορθούμενος βασιλείας οὐρανῶν ἄξιον συνίστησι· τὸν δὲ παρακαλέσας οὐ μό νον ἀνεῖναι τὴν κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἀπειλὴν, μεμνημένον τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος, Ἐὰν ἀφῆτε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν, ἀφήσει καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ χρηστοτέραν ἔχειν πρὸς αὐτὸν τὴν διάθεσιν, τῷ γράψαι· Τάχα γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο ἐχωρίσθη πρὸς ὥραν, ἵνα αἰώνιον αὐτὸν ἀπέχῃς, οὐκέτι ὡς δοῦλον, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ δοῦλον ἀδελφὸν ἀγαπητόν. Εἰ μέντοι κακὸς ὁ δεσπότης τύχοι, παράνομά τινα ἐπιτάσσων, καὶ πρὸς παράβασιν ἐντολῆς τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ Δεσπότου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τὸν δοῦλον βιαζόμενος, ἀγωνίζεσθαι χρή, ὅπως μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ βλασφημηθῇ διὰ τὸν δοῦλον ἐκεῖνον ποιήσαντά τι, ὁ μὴ ἀρέσκει Θεῷ. Κατορθοῦται δὲ ὁ ἀγὼν ἢ ἐν τῷ τὸν δοῦλον ἐκεῖνον καταρτισθῆναι πρὸς ὑπομονὴν τῶν ἐπιφερομένων αὐτῷ παθημάτων, ὑπὲρ τοῦ πειθαρχῆσαι Θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώπῳ, καθὼς γέγραπται, ἢ ἐν τῷ τοὺς ὑποδεξαμένους ἀναδέξασθαι ὡς ἀρέσκει Θεῷ τοὺς ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ ἐπαγομένους αὐτοῖς πειρασμούς.

Peri doulōn. APOKRISIS. Hosoi de hypo zygon ontes douloi tais adelphotēsi prospheugousi, nouthetēthentas autous, kai beltiōthentas apopempesthai chrē tois despotais, kath' homoiōsin tou makariou Paulou, hos, ton Onēsimon gennē sas dia tou Euangeliou, anepempse tǭ Philēmoni, ton men plērophorēsas, hoti ho zygos tēs douleias euarestōs tǭ Kyriǭ katorthoumenos basileias ouranōn axion synistēsi; ton de parakalesas ou mo non aneinai tēn kat᾿ autou apeilēn, memnēmenon tou alēthinou Kyriou eipontos, Ean aphēte tois anthrōpois ta paraptōmata autōn, aphēsei kai ho Patēr hymōn ho ouranios ta paraptōmata hymōn, alla kai chrēstoteran echein pros auton tēn diathesin, tǭ grapsai; Tacha gar dia touto echōristhē pros hōran, hina aiōnion auton apechę̄s, ouketi hōs doulon, all᾽ hyper doulon adelphon agapēton. Ei mentoi kakos ho despotēs tychoi, paranoma tina epitassōn, kai pros parabasin entolēs tou alēthinou Despotou tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou ton doulon biazomenos, agōnizesthai chrē, hopōs mē to onoma tou Theou blasphēmēthę̄ dia ton doulon ekeinon poiēsanta ti, ho mē areskei Theǭ. Katorthoutai de ho agōn ē en tǭ ton doulon ekeinon katartisthēnai pros hypomonēn tōn epipheromenōn autǭ pathēmatōn, hyper tou peitharchēsai Theǭ mallon ē anthrōpǭ, kathōs gegraptai, ē en tǭ tous hypodexamenous anadexasthai hōs areskei Theǭ tous hyper autou epagomenous autois peirasmous.

On slaves.

Answer. Slaves under the yoke who take refuge with the brotherhoods should be admonished and made better, and then sent back to their masters, after the example of blessed Paul, who, having begotten Onesimus through the Gospel, sent him back to Philemon. He assured the one that the yoke of slavery, borne in a way that pleases the Lord, makes him worthy of the kingdom of heaven; and he urged the other not only to give up his threats against him, remembering the true Lord who said, “If you forgive men their trespasses, your heavenly Father will also forgive your trespasses,” but also to be more kindly disposed toward him, writing: “Perhaps this is why he was parted from you for a while, that you might have him back for ever, no longer as a slave but more than a slave, as a beloved brother.”

If, however, the master happens to be wicked, commanding unlawful things and forcing the slave to transgress a commandment of the true Master, our Lord Jesus Christ, we must strive that the name of God may not be blasphemed because of that slave doing something that does not please God. The struggle is achieved either by that slave being trained to endure the sufferings brought on him, in order to obey God rather than man, as it is written; or by those who have received him taking upon themselves, as pleases God, the trials brought on them for his sake.

Chapter 12

12PG 31:947

Ὅπως χρὴ τοὺς ἐν συζυγίᾳ προσδέχεσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Καὶ τοὺς ἐν συζυγίᾳ δὲ γάμου τοιούτῳ βίῳ προσερχομένους ἀνακρίνεσθαι δεῖ, εἰ ἐκ συμφώνου τοῦτο ποιοῦσι κατὰ τὴν διαταγὴν τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου (Τοῦ γὰρ ἰδίου σώματος, φησὶν, οὐκ ἐξουσιάζει)· καὶ οὕτως ἐπὶ πλειόνων μαρτύρων δέχεσθαι τὸν προσερχόμενον. Τῆς γὰρ πρὸς Θεὸν ὑπακοῆς οὐδὲν προτιμότερον. Εἰ δὲ διαστασιάζοι τὸ ἕτερον μέρος, καὶ διαμάχοιτο, ἔλαττον φροντίζον τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν εὐαρεστήσεως, μνημονευέσθω ὁ ᾿Απόστολος λέγων· Ἐν δὲ εἰρήνῃ κέκληκεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεός καὶ πληρούσθω τὸ πρόσταγμα τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος. Εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρὸς μὲ, καὶ οὐ μισεῖ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ, οὐ δύναταί μου εἶναι μαθητής. Τῆς γὰρ πρὸς Θεὸν ὑπακοῆς οὐδὲν προτιμότερον. Ἡμεῖς δὲ ἔγνωμεν ἐν πολλοῖς πολλάκις καὶ διὰ συντόνου προσευχῆς καὶ νηστείας ἀνενδότου τὸν σκοπὸν τῆς ἐν ἀγνείᾳ ζωῆς περιγενόμενον, τοῦ Κυρίου τοὺς μέχρι παντὸς ἀπειθοῦντας καὶ δι᾽ ἀνάγκης πολλάκις σωματικῆς τῇ συγκαταθέσει τῆς ὀρθῆς κρίσεως ὑπάγοντος.

Hopōs chrē tous en syzygią prosdechesthai. APOKRISIS. Kai tous en syzygią de gamou toioutǭ biǭ proserchomenous anakrinesthai dei, ei ek symphōnou touto poiousi kata tēn diatagēn tou ᾿Apostolou (Tou gar idiou sōmatos, phēsin, ouk exousiazei); kai houtōs epi pleionōn martyrōn dechesthai ton proserchomenon. Tēs gar pros Theon hypakoēs ouden protimoteron. Ei de diastasiazoi to heteron meros, kai diamachoito, elatton phrontizon tēs pros Theon euarestēseōs, mnēmoneuesthō ho ᾿Apostolos legōn; En de eirēnę̄ keklēken hēmas ho Theos kai plērousthō to prostagma tou Kyriou eipontos. Ei tis erchetai pros me, kai ou misei ton patera autou, kai tēn mētera, kai tēn gynaika, kai ta tekna, kai ta loipa, ou dynatai mou einai mathētēs. Tēs gar pros Theon hypakoēs ouden protimoteron. Hēmeis de egnōmen en pollois pollakis kai dia syntonou proseuchēs kai nēsteias anendotou ton skopon tēs en agneią zōēs perigenomenon, tou Kyriou tous mechri pantos apeithountas kai di᾽ anankēs pollakis sōmatikēs tę̄ synkatathesei tēs orthēs kriseōs hypagontos.

How those who are married should be received.

Answer. Those in the bond of marriage who come to such a life must also be examined, whether they do this by mutual consent, according to the Apostle's ordinance (“For he does not have authority,” he says, “over his own body”); and so the one who comes should be received before many witnesses. For nothing is to be preferred to obedience to God. But if the other partner is at odds and resists, caring less for pleasing God, let the Apostle be remembered, who says, “God has called us to peace”; and let the command of the Lord be fulfilled, who said: “If anyone comes to me and does not hate his father and mother and wife and children,” and the rest, “he cannot be my disciple.” For nothing is to be preferred to obedience to God. And we have known in many cases that, often through earnest prayer and unremitting fasting, the goal of a life of chastity has been reached, the Lord bringing even those who had been wholly unwilling, often through bodily necessity as well, to consent to the right judgment.

Chapter 13

13PG 31:949

"ὅτι χρήσιμον τοῖς εἰσαγομένοις και τὸ διὰ σιωπῆς γυμνάσιον. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἀγαθὸν δὲ τοῖς εἰσαγομένοις καὶ τὸ διὰ σιωπῆς γυμνάσιον. Ὁμοῦ τε γὰρ ἀπόδειξιν τῆς ἐγκρατείας ἱκανὴν παρέξονται, γλώσσης κρατοῦντες, καὶ ἐν ἡσυχία συντόνως καὶ ἀμετεωρίστως μαθήσονται παρὰ τῶν ἐπιστημόνως κεχρημένων τῷ λόγῳ, πῶς δεῖ καὶ ἐρωτᾶν, καὶ ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ ἀποκρίνεσθαι. Ἔστι γὰρ καὶ τόνος φωνῆς, καὶ συμμετρία λόγου, καὶ καιροῦ ἐπιτηδειότης, καὶ ῥημάτων ἰδιότης, οἰκεία καὶ διαφέρουσα τοῖς εὐσεβέσιν, ἣν οὐχ οἷόν τε διδαχθῆναι, μὴ τὰ ἐκ τῆς συνηθείας ἀπομαθόντα· τῆς σιωπῆς ὁμοῦ τε λήθην τῶν προτέρων διὰ τῆς ἀργίας ἐμποιούσης, καὶ σχολὴν πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν μάθησιν παρεχομένης. "Ὥστε, ἐὰν μή τις ἢ οἰκεία χρεία πρός τε τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῆς, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀπαραίτητον τοῦ ἐν χερσὶν ἔργου ἀνάγκην, ἢ ἐπερώτημά τι τοιοῦτον προσαγόμενον κατεπείγῃ, ἐν σιωπῇ διάγειν, ἐκτὸς δηλονότι ψαλμῳδίας

"hoti chrēsimon tois eisagomenois kai to dia siōpēs gymnasion. APOKRISIS. Agathon de tois eisagomenois kai to dia siōpēs gymnasion. Homou te gar apodeixin tēs enkrateias hikanēn parexontai, glōssēs kratountes, kai en hēsychia syntonōs kai ameteōristōs mathēsontai para tōn epistēmonōs kechrēmenōn tǭ logǭ, pōs dei kai erōtan, kai heni hekastǭ apokrinesthai. Esti gar kai tonos phōnēs, kai symmetria logou, kai kairou epitēdeiotēs, kai rhēmatōn idiotēs, oikeia kai diapherousa tois eusebesin, hēn ouch hoion te didachthēnai, mē ta ek tēs synētheias apomathonta; tēs siōpēs homou te lēthēn tōn proterōn dia tēs argias empoiousēs, kai scholēn pros tēn tōn agathōn mathēsin parechomenēs. "Hōste, ean mē tis ē oikeia chreia pros te tēn epimeleian tēs heautou psychēs, kai pros tēn aparaitēton tou en chersin ergou anankēn, ē eperōtēma ti toiouton prosagomenon katepeigę̄, en siōpę̄ diagein, ektos dēlonoti psalmǭdias

That the exercise of silence is also useful for those being admitted.

Answer. The exercise of silence is good for those being admitted. For by mastering the tongue they will give sufficient proof of their self-control, and at the same time, in quiet, they will learn intently and without distraction from those who use speech with skill how one ought both to ask questions and to answer each person. For there is a tone of voice, a measure in speech, a fitness of occasion, and a choice of words that are proper and distinctive to the godly, and these cannot be taught unless one has unlearned the habits of ordinary life; and silence both produces forgetfulness of former things through disuse and gives leisure for learning what is good. So, unless some personal need concerning the care of one's own soul, or the unavoidable necessity of the work in hand, or some such question put to one, presses, one should keep silence, except, of course, for psalmody.

Chapter 14

14PG 31:949

Περὶ τῶν ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ καθομολογησαμένων, εἶτα τὴν ὁμολογίαν ἀθετεῖν ἐπιχειρούντων. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Παραδεχθέντα μέντοι εἰς τὴν ἀδελφότητα τούτων ἕκαστον, εἶτα τὴν ὁμολογίαν ἀθετήσαντα, οὕτω χρὴ ὁρᾶσθαι, ὡς εἰς Θεὸν ἐξαμαρτόντα, ἐφ' οὗ καὶ εἰς ὃν τὴν ὁμολογίαν τῶν συνθηκῶν κατέθετο. Ἐὰν δὲ εἰς Θεόν τις, φησὶν, ἁμάρτῃ, καὶ τίς προσεύξεται περὶ αὐτοῦ; Ὁ γὰρ ἀναθεὶς ἑαυτὸν τῷ Θεῷ, εἶτα πρὸς ἄλλον βίον ἀποπηδήσας, ἱερόσυλος γέγονεν, αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν διακλέψας, καὶ ἀφελόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸ ἀνάθημα. Οἷς εὔλογόν ἐστι, μηκέτε θύραν τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἀνοίγεσθαι, μηδὲ εἰ κατὰ ψιλήν ποτε πάροδον σκέπης ἕνεκεν ἐπιδημήσειαν. Ὁ γὰρ ἀποστολικὸς κανὼν φανερός, κελεύων ἡμᾶς στέλ λεσθαι ἀπὸ παντὸς ἀτάκτου, καὶ μὴ συναναμίγνυσθαι αὐτῷ, ἵνα ἐντραπῇ.

Peri tōn heautous tǭ Theǭ kathomologēsamenōn, eita tēn homologian athetein epicheirountōn. APOKRISIS. Paradechthenta mentoi eis tēn adelphotēta toutōn hekaston, eita tēn homologian athetēsanta, houtō chrē horasthai, hōs eis Theon examartonta, eph' hou kai eis hon tēn homologian tōn synthēkōn katetheto. Ean de eis Theon tis, phēsin, hamartę̄, kai tis proseuxetai peri autou? Ho gar anatheis heauton tǭ Theǭ, eita pros allon bion apopēdēsas, hierosylos gegonen, autos heauton diaklepsas, kai aphelomenos tou Theou to anathēma. Hois eulogon esti, mēkete thyran tōn adelphōn anoigesthai, mēde ei kata psilēn pote parodon skepēs heneken epidēmēseian. Ho gar apostolikos kanōn phaneros, keleuōn hēmas stel lesthai apo pantos ataktou, kai mē synanamignysthai autǭ, hina entrapę̄.

On those who have professed themselves to God and then attempt to set aside their profession.

Answer. Anyone of these who has been received into the brotherhood and then sets aside his profession must be regarded as one who has sinned against God, before whom and to whom he made the profession of his covenant. “But if anyone sins against God,” he says, “who will pray for him?” For one who has dedicated himself to God and then leaps off to another life has become guilty of sacrilege, having stolen himself away and taken from God what was dedicated to him. It is reasonable that the brothers' door should no longer be opened to such people, not even if they should stop by merely in passing for the sake of shelter. For the apostolic rule is plain, bidding us to keep away from everyone who is disorderly and not to associate with him, that he may be put to shame.

Chapter 15

15PG 31:951

᾿Απὸ ποίας ἡλικίας ἐπιτρέπειν χρὴ καθομολογεῖν ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ. καὶ τὴν τῆς παρθενίας ὁμολογίαν πότε βεβαίαν ἡγεῖσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Κυρίου λέγοντος· Ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρὸς μὲ, καὶ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου ἐπαινοῦντος τὸν ἀπὸ βρέφους τὰ ἱερὰ γράμματα μεμαθηκότα, καὶ πάλιν παραγγέλλοντος ἐκτρέφειν τὰ τέκνα ἐν παιδείᾳ καὶ νουθεσίᾳ Κυρίου, πάντα καιρὸν, καὶ τὸν τῆς πρώτης ἡλικίας εὔθετον εἶναι πρὸς τὴν τῶν προσιόντων παραδοχὴν δοκιμάζομεν, τὰ μὲν ἔρημα γονέων ἀφ᾿ ἑαυτῶν προσλαμβανόμενοι, ὥστε γενέσθαι κατὰ τὸν ζῆλον τοῦ Ἰὼβ ὀρφανῶν πατέρας τὰ δὲ ὑπὸ γονεῖς ὄντα, παρ' αὐτῶν ἐκείνων προσαγόμενα, ἐπὶ πολλῶν μαρτύρων δεχόμενοι, ὥστε μὴ δοῦναι ἀφορμὴν τοῖς θέλουσιν ἀφορμὴν· ἀλλὰ πᾶν ἄδικον στόμα τῶν λαλούντων καθ᾽ ἡμῶν βλασφημίαν ἐπισχεθῆναι. Δέχεσθαι μὲν οὖν χρή, κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον, οὐ μὴν εὐθὺς αὐτὰ, καὶ συναριθμεῖσθαι καὶ συγκαταλέγεσθαι τῷ σώματι προσήκει τῶν ἀδελφῶν, ὥστε μὴ τὰ ἐκ τῆς ἀποτυχίας αὐτῶν ὀνείδη ἐπὶ τὸν βίον τὸν κατ' εὐσέβειαν ἀναφέρεσθαι· ἀλλ᾽ ἐκτρέφεσθαι μὲν αὐτὰ ἐν πάσῃ εὐσεβείᾳ ὡς κοινὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφότητος, ἀφωρίσθαι δὲ καὶ οἴκους καὶ δίαιταν τοῖς τε ἄρσεσι τῶν παίδων, καὶ ταῖς θηλείαις, ὡς μήτε παῤῥησίαν, μήτε θάρσος ἄμετρον πρὸς τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους αὐτοῖς ἐγγίνεσθαι, τῷ δὲ σπανίῳ τῆς συντυχίας τὸ πρὸς τοὺς προάγοντας αἰδέσιμον σώζεσθαι· μήτε ἐκ τῶν ἐπιτιμίων τῶν προσαγομένων τοῖς τελειοτέροις ἐν τοῖς παροράμασι τῶν καθηκόντων, εἴποτε ἄρα μετεωρισθῆναι συμβαίη, εὐχέρειαν αὐτοῖς τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, ἢ ἔπαρσιν πολλάκις κατὰ τὸ λεληθός ἐντίκτεσθαι, ὅταν ἐν οἷς αὐτοὶ κατορθοῦσι, πολλάκις τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους ἴδωσι διαπταίοντας. Διαφέρει γὰρ οὐδὲν τοῦ νηπίου καθ' ἡλικίαν ὁ ταῖς φρεσὶ νηπιάζων. "Ωστε οὐδὲν θαυμαστὸν καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ πάθη πολλάκις ἐν ἀμφοτέροις εὑρίσκεσθαι. Μήτε μὴν ἐν οἷς διὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν τὸ πρέπον τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις σώζεται, πρὸς ταῦτα τοὺς νέους διὰ τῆς συναναστροφῆς πρὸ καιροῦ ἀπρεπῶς προπετεύεσθαι. Ταύτης τε οὖν τῆς οἰκονομίας ἕνεκεν καὶ τῆς λοιπῆς σεμνότητος διωρίσθαι χρὴ τῶν παίδων καὶ τῶν τελειοτέρων τὴν οἴκησιν. Καὶ ἅμα οὐδὲ θόρυβον ἕξει ὁ οἶκος τῶν ἀσκητῶν ἐν τῇ μελέτῃ τῶν δι δαγμάτων ἀναγκαίᾳ οὔσῃ τοῖς νέοις. ᾿Αλλὰ προσευχαὶ μὲν κοιναὶ καὶ παισὶ καὶ πρεσβυτέροις ἔστωσαν, αἱ κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν διατετυπωμέναι· τοῖς τε γὰρ παιδίοις ἐθισμὸς ἐκ τοῦ ζήλου τῶν τελειοτέρων πρὸς κατάνυξιν, καὶ τοῖς προάγουσιν οὐ μικρὰ ἐν προσευχαῖς ἡ παρὰ νηπίων βοήθεια· μελέται δὲ ἰδιάζουσαι, καὶ δίαιται κατά τε ὕπνον καὶ ἐγρήγορσιν, καὶ τροφῆς καιρὸν, καὶ μέτρον καὶ ποιότητα παιδίοις πρεπόντως ἀφωρίσθω. Ἐπιτετάχθω δὲ τοῖς τοιούτοις ὁ καθ᾽ ἡλικίαν προήκων, καὶ τὴν ἐμπειρίαν ὑπὲρ τοὺς ἄλλους ὢν, καὶ μαρτυρίαν ἔχων ἐπὶ μακροθυμίᾳ· ὥστε πατρικῇ μὲν εὐσπλαγχνίᾳ, λόγῳ δὲ ἐπιστημονικῷ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα τῶν νέων ἐπανορθοῦσθαι, οἰκείας ἑκάστῳ πταίσματι τὰς θεραπείας προσάγοντα, ὥστε τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ ἐπιτίμησιν ἔχειν τοῦ ἁμαρτήματος, καὶ γυμνάσιον ἀπαθείας τῇ ψυχῇ γίνεσθαι. Οἷον, ὠργίσθη πρὸς τὸν ὁμήλικα; τοῦτον θεραπεῦσαι, καὶ ὑπηρετῆσαι αὐτῷ κατὰ ἀναλογίαν τοῦ τολμήματος ἀναγκασθήτω. Ὁ γὰρ πρὸς τὴν ταπείνωσιν ἐθισμὸς οἷον ἐκτέμνει τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ θυμούμενον, τῆς ἐπάρσεως ὡς τὰ πολλὰ ἡμῖν τὴν ἐν ὀργὴν ἐμποιούσης. Ἥψατο βρωμάτων παρὰ καιρόν; ἐπὶ πλεῖστον τῆς ἡμέρας ἀπόσιτος ἔστω. Αμέτρως ἢ ἀσχημόνως σιτούμενος κατεγνώσθη; κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς τροφῆς εἰργόμενος τῶν σιτίων, ὁρᾶν τοὺς ἄλλους κατ' ἐπιστήμην ἐσθίοντας ἀναγκαζέσθω, ὥστε καὶ κολάζεσθαι τῇ ἀποχῇ, καὶ διδάσκεσθαι τὴν σεμνότητα. Λόγον ἀφῆκεν ἀργὸν, ὕβριν εἰς τὸν πλησίον, ψεῦδος, ἄλλο τι τῶν ἀπηγορευμένων; Τῇ τε γαστρὶ καὶ τῇ σιωπῇ σωφρονιζέσθω. Δεῖ δὲ καὶ τὴν τῶν γραμμάτων μελέτην οἰκείαν εἶναι τῷ σκοπῷ· ὥστε καὶ ὀνόμασιν αὐτοὺς τοῖς ἐκ τῶν Γραφῶν κεχρῆσθαι, καὶ ἀντὶ μύθων τὰς τῶν παραδόξων ἔργων ἱστορίας αὐτοῖς διηγεῖσθαι, καὶ γνώμαις παιδεύειν ταῖς ἐκ τῶν Παροιμιῶν, καὶ ἆθλα μνήμης ὀνομάτων τε καὶ πραγμάτων αὐτοῖς προτιθέναι, ὥστε μετὰ τερπνότητος καὶ ἀνέσεως ἀλύπως αὐτοῖς καὶ ἀπροσκόπως τὸν σκοπὸν διανύεσθαι. Καὶ ἡ προσοχὴ δὲ τῆς διανοίας, καὶ ὁ τοῦ μὴ μετεωρίζεσθαι ἐθισμὸς, εὐκόλως ἂν διὰ τῆς ὀρθῆς ἀγωγῆς τοῖς τοιούτοις ἐγγένοιτο, εἰ παρὰ τῶν ἐπιστατούντων συνεχῶς ἀνακρίνοιντο ποῦ ἔχουσι τὴν διάνοιαν, καὶ τί στρέφουσιν ἐν τοῖς λογισμοῖς. Τὸ γὰρ ἁπλοῦν τῆς ἡλικίας καὶ ἄδολον, καὶ πρὸς τὸ ψεῦδος ἀνεπιτήδειον, ἐξαγορεύει μὲν εὐκόλως τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα τῆς ψυχῆς - ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦ μὴ συνεχῶς ἐγκαταλαμβάνεσθαι τοῖς ἀπηγορευμένοις, ὁ τοιοῦτος φεύγοι ἂν τὰς τῶν ἀτόπων ἐννοίας, καὶ συνεχῶς ἑαυτὸν ἐκ τῶν ἀτόπων ἀνακαλέσεται, τὴν ἐκ τῶν ἐλέγχων αἰσχύνην φοβούμενος. Εὔπλαστον οὖν ἔτι οὖσαν καὶ ἀπαλὴν τὴν ψυ χὴν, καὶ ὡς κηρὸν εὔεικτον, ταῖς τῶν ἐπιβαλλομέ νων μορφαῖς ῥᾳδίως ἐκτυπουμένην, πρὸς πᾶσαν ἀγαθῶν ἄσκησιν εὐθὺς καὶ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐνάγεσθαι χρή· ὥστε τοῦ λόγου προσγενομένου, καὶ τῆς διακριτικῆς ἔξεως προσελθούσης, δρόμον ὑπάρχειν ἐκ τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς στοιχείων, καὶ τῶν παραδοθέντων τῆς εὐσεβείας τύπων, τοῦ μὲν λόγου τὸ χρήσιμον ὑποβάλλοντος, τοῦ δὲ ἔθους εὐμάρειαν πρὸς τὸ κατορθοῦν ἐμποιοῦντος. Τότε καὶ τὴν ὁμολογίαν τῆς παρθενίας προσίεσθαι δεῖ, ὡς ἤδη βεβαίαν, καὶ ἀπὸ γνώμης οἰκείας καὶ κρίσεως γινομένην μετὰ τὴν τοῦ λό· γου συμπλήρωσιν· μεθ' ὂν καὶ τιμαὶ, καὶ τιμωρίαι τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν, ἢ τοῖς κατορθοῦσι παρὰ τοῦ δικαίου κριτοῦ κατὰ τὴν τῶν ἔργων ἀξίαν δίδονται. Μάρτυρας δὲ τῆς γνώμης τοὺς προεστῶ τας τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν παραλαμβάνειν, ὥστε δι᾿ αὐτῶν καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμὸν τοῦ σώματος ὥσπερ τι ἀνάθημα Θεῷ καθιεροῦσθαι, καὶ βεβαίωσιν εἶναι τοῦ γινομένου διὰ τῆς μαρτυρίας. Ἐπὶ στόματος γὰρ, φησὶ, δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ ἡ σπουδὴ τῶν ἀδελφῶν τὸ ἀβλασφήμητον ἕξει, καὶ τοῖς ἑαυτοὺς καθομολογησαμένοις Θεῷ, εἶτα ἀθετεῖν ἐπιχειροῦσιν, ἀφορμὴ πρὸς ἀναισχυντιαν οὐχ ὑπολειφθήσεται. Ὁ δὲ μὴ καταδεχόμενος τὸν ἐν παρθενίᾳ βίον, ὡς οὐ δυνάμενος μεριμνᾷν τὰ τοῦ Κυρίου, ἐπὶ τῶν αὐτῶν μαρτύρων ἀπολυέσθω. Τόν γε μὴν καθομολογησάμενον μετὰ πολλὴν ἀνάκρισιν καὶ ἐπίσκεψιν, ἣν ἐν πλείοσιν ἡμέραις ἐπιτρέπειν αὐτῷ ποιεῖσθαι καθ΄ ἑαυτὸν προσήκει, ὡς μὴ δόξαι τι καθ' ὑπαρπαγήν παρ᾿ ἡμῶν γίνεσθαι, οὕτως ἤδη παραδέχεσθαι δεῖ, καὶ ἐναρίθμιον ποιεῖσθαι τῇ ἀδελφότητι, καὶ οἴκου καὶ διαίτης τῆς αὐτῆς τοῖς τελειοτέροις μεθέξοντα. "Ο δὲ παρέλαθεν ἡμᾶς εἰπεῖν, οὐδὲ νῦν προσθεῖναι ἄκαιρον, ὅτι διὰ τὸ τινας τῶν τεχνῶν εὐθὺς ἐκ νηπίου ἐπιτηδεύεσθαι δεῖν, ἐπειδὰν ἤδη τινὲς τῶν παίδων ἐπιτηδείως ἔχοντες φανῶσι πρὸς τὴν μάθησιν, τὸ μεν συνδιημερεύειν αὐτοὺς τοῖς διδασκάλοις τῆς τέχνης οὐκ ἀπαγορεύομεν· νύκτωρ δὲ ἀναγκαίως πρὸς τοὺς ὁμήλικας μεθιστῶμεν, μεθ' ὧν καὶ τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῖς ἀναγκαιον μεταλαμβάνειν.

᾿Apo poias hēlikias epitrepein chrē kathomologein heautous tǭ Theǭ. kai tēn tēs parthenias homologian pote bebaian hēgeisthai. APOKRISIS. Tou Kyriou legontos; Aphete ta paidia erchesthai pros me, kai tou ᾿Apostolou epainountos ton apo brephous ta hiera grammata memathēkota, kai palin parangellontos ektrephein ta tekna en paideią kai nouthesią Kyriou, panta kairon, kai ton tēs prōtēs hēlikias eutheton einai pros tēn tōn prosiontōn paradochēn dokimazomen, ta men erēma goneōn aph᾿ heautōn proslambanomenoi, hōste genesthai kata ton zēlon tou Iōb orphanōn pateras ta de hypo goneis onta, par' autōn ekeinōn prosagomena, epi pollōn martyrōn dechomenoi, hōste mē dounai aphormēn tois thelousin aphormēn; alla pan adikon stoma tōn lalountōn kath᾽ hēmōn blasphēmian epischethēnai. Dechesthai men oun chrē, kata touton ton logon, ou mēn euthys auta, kai synarithmeisthai kai synkatalegesthai tǭ sōmati prosēkei tōn adelphōn, hōste mē ta ek tēs apotychias autōn oneidē epi ton bion ton kat' eusebeian anapheresthai; all᾽ ektrephesthai men auta en pasę̄ eusebeią hōs koina tekna tēs adelphotētos, aphōristhai de kai oikous kai diaitan tois te arsesi tōn paidōn, kai tais thēleiais, hōs mēte parrhēsian, mēte tharsos ametron pros tous presbyterous autois enginesthai, tǭ de spaniǭ tēs syntychias to pros tous proagontas aidesimon sōzesthai; mēte ek tōn epitimiōn tōn prosagomenōn tois teleioterois en tois paroramasi tōn kathēkontōn, eipote ara meteōristhēnai symbaiē, euchereian autois tōn hamartēmatōn, ē eparsin pollakis kata to lelēthos entiktesthai, hotan en hois autoi katorthousi, pollakis tous presbyterous idōsi diaptaiontas. Diapherei gar ouden tou nēpiou kath' hēlikian ho tais phresi nēpiazōn. "Ōste ouden thaumaston kai ta auta pathē pollakis en amphoterois heuriskesthai. Mēte mēn en hois dia tēn hēlikian to prepon tois presbyterois sōzetai, pros tauta tous neous dia tēs synanastrophēs pro kairou aprepōs propeteuesthai. Tautēs te oun tēs oikonomias heneken kai tēs loipēs semnotētos diōristhai chrē tōn paidōn kai tōn teleioterōn tēn oikēsin. Kai hama oude thorybon hexei ho oikos tōn askētōn en tę̄ meletę̄ tōn di dagmatōn anankaią ousę̄ tois neois. ᾿Alla proseuchai men koinai kai paisi kai presbyterois estōsan, hai kata tēn hēmeran diatetypōmenai; tois te gar paidiois ethismos ek tou zēlou tōn teleioterōn pros katanyxin, kai tois proagousin ou mikra en proseuchais hē para nēpiōn boētheia; meletai de idiazousai, kai diaitai kata te hypnon kai egrēgorsin, kai trophēs kairon, kai metron kai poiotēta paidiois prepontōs aphōristhō. Epitetachthō de tois toioutois ho kath᾽ hēlikian proēkōn, kai tēn empeirian hyper tous allous ōn, kai martyrian echōn epi makrothymią; hōste patrikę̄ men eusplanchnią, logǭ de epistēmonikǭ ta hamartēmata tōn neōn epanorthousthai, oikeias hekastǭ ptaismati tas therapeias prosagonta, hōste to auto kai epitimēsin echein tou hamartēmatos, kai gymnasion apatheias tę̄ psychę̄ ginesthai. Hoion, ōrgisthē pros ton homēlika? touton therapeusai, kai hypēretēsai autǭ kata analogian tou tolmēmatos anankasthētō. Ho gar pros tēn tapeinōsin ethismos hoion ektemnei tēs psychēs to thymoumenon, tēs eparseōs hōs ta polla hēmin tēn en orgēn empoiousēs. Hēpsato brōmatōn para kairon? epi pleiston tēs hēmeras apositos estō. Ametrōs ē aschēmonōs sitoumenos kategnōsthē? kata ton kairon tēs trophēs eirgomenos tōn sitiōn, horan tous allous kat' epistēmēn esthiontas anankazesthō, hōste kai kolazesthai tę̄ apochę̄, kai didaskesthai tēn semnotēta. Logon aphēken argon, hybrin eis ton plēsion, pseudos, allo ti tōn apēgoreumenōn? Tę̄ te gastri kai tę̄ siōpę̄ sōphronizesthō. Dei de kai tēn tōn grammatōn meletēn oikeian einai tǭ skopǭ; hōste kai onomasin autous tois ek tōn Graphōn kechrēsthai, kai anti mythōn tas tōn paradoxōn ergōn historias autois diēgeisthai, kai gnōmais paideuein tais ek tōn Paroimiōn, kai athla mnēmēs onomatōn te kai pragmatōn autois protithenai, hōste meta terpnotētos kai aneseōs alypōs autois kai aproskopōs ton skopon dianyesthai. Kai hē prosochē de tēs dianoias, kai ho tou mē meteōrizesthai ethismos, eukolōs an dia tēs orthēs agōgēs tois toioutois engenoito, ei para tōn epistatountōn synechōs anakrinointo pou echousi tēn dianoian, kai ti strephousin en tois logismois. To gar haploun tēs hēlikias kai adolon, kai pros to pseudos anepitēdeion, exagoreuei men eukolōs ta aporrhēta tēs psychēs - hyper de tou mē synechōs enkatalambanesthai tois apēgoreumenois, ho toioutos pheugoi an tas tōn atopōn ennoias, kai synechōs heauton ek tōn atopōn anakalesetai, tēn ek tōn elenchōn aischynēn phoboumenos. Euplaston oun eti ousan kai apalēn tēn psy chēn, kai hōs kēron eueikton, tais tōn epiballome nōn morphais rhądiōs ektypoumenēn, pros pasan agathōn askēsin euthys kai ex archēs enagesthai chrē; hōste tou logou prosgenomenou, kai tēs diakritikēs exeōs proselthousēs, dromon hyparchein ek tōn ex archēs stoicheiōn, kai tōn paradothentōn tēs eusebeias typōn, tou men logou to chrēsimon hypoballontos, tou de ethous eumareian pros to katorthoun empoiountos. Tote kai tēn homologian tēs parthenias prosiesthai dei, hōs ēdē bebaian, kai apo gnōmēs oikeias kai kriseōs ginomenēn meta tēn tou lo; gou symplērōsin; meth' on kai timai, kai timōriai tois hamartanousin, ē tois katorthousi para tou dikaiou kritou kata tēn tōn ergōn axian didontai. Martyras de tēs gnōmēs tous proestō tas tōn ekklēsiōn paralambanein, hōste di᾿ autōn kai ton hagiasmon tou sōmatos hōsper ti anathēma Theǭ kathierousthai, kai bebaiōsin einai tou ginomenou dia tēs martyrias. Epi stomatos gar, phēsi, dyo ē triōn martyrōn stathēsetai pan rhēma. Houtō gar kai hē spoudē tōn adelphōn to ablasphēmēton hexei, kai tois heautous kathomologēsamenois Theǭ, eita athetein epicheirousin, aphormē pros anaischyntian ouch hypoleiphthēsetai. Ho de mē katadechomenos ton en parthenią bion, hōs ou dynamenos merimnąn ta tou Kyriou, epi tōn autōn martyrōn apolyesthō. Ton ge mēn kathomologēsamenon meta pollēn anakrisin kai episkepsin, hēn en pleiosin hēmerais epitrepein autǭ poieisthai kath΄ heauton prosēkei, hōs mē doxai ti kath' hyparpagēn par᾿ hēmōn ginesthai, houtōs ēdē paradechesthai dei, kai enarithmion poieisthai tę̄ adelphotēti, kai oikou kai diaitēs tēs autēs tois teleioterois methexonta. "O de parelathen hēmas eipein, oude nyn prostheinai akairon, hoti dia to tinas tōn technōn euthys ek nēpiou epitēdeuesthai dein, epeidan ēdē tines tōn paidōn epitēdeiōs echontes phanōsi pros tēn mathēsin, to men syndiēmereuein autous tois didaskalois tēs technēs ouk apagoreuomen; nyktōr de anankaiōs pros tous homēlikas methistōmen, meth' hōn kai tēs trophēs autois anankaion metalambanein.

From what age should people be allowed to profess themselves to God, and when should the profession of virginity be considered firm?

Answer. Since the Lord says, “Let the children come to me,” and the Apostle praises the one who had known the sacred writings from infancy, and again commands that children be brought up in the discipline and instruction of the Lord, we judge every time, even that of earliest age, suitable for receiving those who come. Those without parents we take in on our own initiative, so as to become fathers of orphans after the example of Job; those under the care of parents, when brought by the parents themselves, we receive before many witnesses, so as to give no occasion to those who seek an occasion, but that every unjust mouth of those who speak blasphemy against us may be stopped. They should be received, then, on this principle, but they should not at once be numbered and enrolled in the body of the brothers, lest reproaches arising from their failure be brought upon the life of godliness. Rather, they should be brought up in all godliness as common children of the brotherhood; and both the houses and the daily life of the boys and the girls should be kept apart, so that neither familiarity nor undue boldness toward their elders may arise in them, and their reverence for their seniors may be kept through the rarity of meeting. Nor should the penalties imposed on the more advanced for oversights in their duties, if it should ever happen that they become distracted, breed in the children a readiness to sin, or often, without their noticing, conceit, when they see their elders often stumbling in the very things in which they themselves do well. For one who is a child in mind differs in nothing from a child in age; so it is no wonder that the same passions are often found in both. Nor should the young, through living together, rush forward prematurely and unbecomingly to those things in which the elders keep what is fitting because of their age. For the sake of this order, then, and of decorum generally, the dwellings of the children and of the more advanced should be separate. At the same time the house of the ascetics will not be disturbed by the repetition of lessons that is necessary for the young.

But let the prayers appointed for the day be common to children and elders; for the children gain from the zeal of the more advanced a habit of compunction, and for the seniors the help of little ones in prayer is no small thing. But let their studies be separate, and let their daily life in sleeping and waking, the time of meals, and the measure and kind of food be appointed suitably for children. Let one advanced in age be put in charge of them, one who surpasses the others in experience and has a good testimony for long-suffering, so that he may correct the young people's faults with a father's compassion and with skilful words, applying to each fault its proper remedy, so that the same thing both punishes the sin and becomes a training of the soul in freedom from passion. For example: has a boy been angry with one of his own age? Let him be made to tend him and serve him in proportion to his offence. For the habit of humility, as it were, cuts out the irascible part of the soul, since it is mostly pride that produces anger in us. Has he touched food out of time? Let him go without food for most of the day. Has he been found eating immoderately or unbecomingly? Let him be kept from food at mealtime and made to watch the others eating properly, so that he may be both punished by going without and taught decorum. Has he let fall an idle word, an insult to his neighbour, a lie, or anything else forbidden? Let him be corrected with fasting and silence.

The study of letters, too, must suit the goal: they should use names from the Scriptures, be told the stories of wonderful deeds instead of myths, be taught with maxims from the Proverbs, and be offered prizes for remembering names and facts, so that the goal may be reached with pleasure and relaxation, without pain and without offence. Attentiveness of mind, too, and the habit of not being distracted, would easily arise in such children through right training, if they were constantly asked by those in charge where their thoughts are and what they are turning over in their minds. For the simplicity and guilelessness of that age, unsuited to lying, readily discloses the secrets of the soul; and so as not to be constantly caught in forbidden things, such a child would flee thoughts of what is improper, and would constantly call himself back from improper things, fearing the shame of being rebuked. The soul, then, while it is still easily moulded and tender, and readily impressed like soft wax by the forms pressed on it, must be led straight away and from the beginning to every practice of good things; so that when reason comes and the habit of discernment is added, there may be a course already run from the first elements and the patterns of godliness handed down, reason suggesting what is useful and habit making it easy to accomplish.

Then the profession of virginity also should be admitted, as now firm, made by one's own will and judgment after the full development of reason, after which honours and punishments are given by the just judge to those who sin or do right according to the worth of their works. The superiors of the churches should be taken as witnesses of the decision, so that through them the sanctification of the body may be consecrated to God like a dedicated offering, and the deed may be confirmed through their testimony. “For at the mouth of two or three witnesses,” he says, “every word shall be established.” So the zeal of the brothers will be beyond reproach, and no occasion for shamelessness will be left to those who have professed themselves to God and then attempt to set it aside. But the one who does not accept the life of virginity, as unable to care for the things of the Lord, should be dismissed before the same witnesses. The one who has made profession, after much examination and consideration, which it is fitting to allow him to make by himself over a number of days, so that nothing may seem to be done by us by snatching him away, should then be received and counted a member of the brotherhood, to share the same house and the same way of life as the more advanced.

What we forgot to say may fittingly be added even now: since some crafts must be practised from early childhood, when some of the children already show themselves apt for learning, we do not forbid them to spend the day with the teachers of the craft; but at night we necessarily bring them back to those of their own age, with whom they must also take their meals.

Chapter 16

16PG 31:957

Εἰ ἀναγκαῖον τῷ μέλλοντι εὐσεβῶς ζῇν τὸ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὅτι μὲν ἀναγκαῖος ὁ τῆς ἐγκρατείας λόγος, δῆλον· πρῶτον μὲν ἐκ τοῦ τὸν ᾿Απόστολον ἐν τοῖς καρποῖς τοῦ Πνεύματος τὴν ἐγκράτειαν ἀριθμῆσαι, ἔπειτα δὲ ἐκ τοῦ τὸ ἄμωμον τῆς διακονίας καὶ ἐκ ταύτης εἰπεῖν κατορθοῦσθαι, ἐν οἷς φησιν· Ἐν κόποις, ἐν ἀγρυπνίαις, ἐν νηστείαις, ἐν ἁγνότητι· καὶ ἑτέρωθι· Ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ, ἐν ἀγρυπνίαις πολλάκις· ἐν λιμῷ καὶ δίψει· ἐν νηστείαις πολλάκις· καὶ πάλιν· Πᾶς δὲ ὁ ἀγωνιζόμενος πάντα ἐγκρατεύεται. Καὶ ὁ ὑπωπιασμὸς δὲ τοῦ σώματος, καὶ ἡ δουλαγωγία, ὑπ᾿ οὐδενὸς ἄλλου τοσοῦτον, ὡς ὑπὸ τῆς ἐγκρατείας κατορθοῦται. Τὸ γὰρ βράζον τῆς νεότητος, καὶ πρὸς τὰς ὁρμὰς δυσκάθεκτον, οἷον χαλινῷ τινι τῇ ἐγκρατείᾳ καθείργεται. Οὐ γὰρ συμφέρει ἄφρονι τρυφή, κατὰ τὸν Σολομῶντα. Τί δὲ σαρκὸς εὐπαθούσης καὶ νεότητος περιφερομένης ἀφρονέστερον; Διό φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστο λος· Καὶ τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ ποιεῖσθε εἰς ἐπιθυμίας· καὶ, Ἡ σπαταλῶσα, ζῶσα τέθνηκεν. Καὶ τὸ ὑπόδειγμα δὲ τῆς τοῦ πλουσίου τρυφῆς ἀναγκαίαν ἡμῖν τὴν ἐγκράτειαν παρίστησι, μήποτε ἀκούσωμεν ὁ ἤκουσεν ὁ πλούσιος, ὅτι Ἀπέλαβες τὰ ἀγαθὰ σου ἐν τῇ ζωῇ σου. Ὅπως δὲ φοβερὸν ἡ ἀκρασία, καὶ ὁ Ἀπόστολος ἔδειξεν, ἐν τοῖς ἰδιώμασι τῆς ἀποστασίας καταριθμήσας αὐτὴν, καὶ εἰπών· Ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις ἐνστήσονται καιροί χαλεποί. Ἔσονται γὰρ ἄνθρωποι φίλαυτοι. Καὶ πλείονα ἀπαριθμησάμενος τῆς κακίας εἴδη, ἐπήγαγε· Διάβολοι, ἀκρατεῖς. Καὶ ὁ Ἡσαῦ δὲ τὸ μέγιστον τῶν κακῶν τὴν ἀκρασίαν κατηγορήθη, ὡς ἀντὶ βρώσεως μιᾶς ἀποδόμενος τὰ πρωτοτόκια. Καὶ ἡ πρώτη παρακοὴ δι᾿ ἀκρασίας ἐνέπεσε τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ. Ἐν ἐγκρατείᾳ δὲ οἱ ἅγιοι πάντες ἐμαρτυρήθησαν. Καὶ πᾶσα δὲ ἡ τῶν ἁγίων καὶ μακαρίων ζωή, καὶ τὸ παρ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἐν τῇ ἐπιδημίᾳ τῇ διὰ σαρκὸς ὑπόδειγμα πρὸς τοῦτο ἡμᾶς ὠφελεῖ. Ὁ Μωϋσῆς διὰ τῆς μακρᾶς ἐν νηστείᾳ καὶ προσευχῇ προσεδρίας τὸν νόμον ἔλαβε, καὶ Θεοῦ λόγων ἤκουσεν, Ὡς ἂν εἴτις λαλήσαι φησὶ, τῷ ἑαυτοῦ φίλῳ. Ὁ Ἠλίας τότε τῆς ὀπτασίας τοῦ Θεοῦ κατηξιώθη, ὅτε καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ ἴσῳ μέτρῳ τῆς ἐγκρατείας γέγονε. Τί δὲ ὁ Δανιήλ; Πῶς ἐν τῇ ὀπτασίᾳ τῶν παραδόξων ἐγένετο; Οὐ μετὰ τὴν εἰκοστὴν τὴν νηστείας ἡμέραν; Πῶς δὲ οἱ τρεῖς παῖδες τὴν δύναμιν ἔσβεσαν τοῦ πυρός; Οὐ διὰ τῆς ἐγκρατείας; Καὶ Ἰωάννου δὲ ἡ πᾶσα τοῦ βίου ἔνστασις ἀπὸ τῆς ἐγκρατείας ὥρμητο. Ἀπὸ ταύτης καὶ ὁ Κύριος τῆς φανερώσεως αὐτοῦ ἤρξατο. Ἐγκράτειαν δὲ λέγομεν οὐ πάντως τὴν παντελῆ ἀποχὴν τῶν βρωμάτων (τοῦτο γὰρ βιαία τίς ἐστι διάλυσις τῆς ζωῆς), ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τοῦ φρονήματος τῆς σαρκὸς πρὸς τὸν τῆς εὐσεβείας σκοπὸν ἐπιτετηδευμένην ἀποχὴν τῶν ἡδέων. Καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς, ὧν αἱ ἀπολαύσεις ἐπιθυμηταὶ τοῖς κατὰ πάθος ζῶσι, τούτων ἡμῖν ἡ ἐγκράτεια ἀναγκαία τοῖς ῥυθμιζομένοις πρὸς τὴν εὐσέβειαν Οὐ μὴν περὶ τὴν ἡδονὴν τῶν βρωμάτων μόνην ἡ τῆς ἐγκρατείας ἄσκησις κατορθοῦται, ἀλλὰ διατείνει καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τοῦ ἐμποδίζοντος ἀποχήν. Ωστε ὁ ἀκριβῶς ἐγκρατὴς οὐ γαστρὸς μὲν κρατήσει, δόξῃ δὲ ἀνθρωπίνῃ ἡττηθήσεται· οὐκ ἐπιθυμίας μὲν αἰσχρᾶς περιγενήσεται, πλούτου δὲ οὐκέτι, οὐδὲ ἄλλης τινὸς ἀγεννοῦς διαθέσεως, οἷον ὀργῆς, ἢ λύπης, ἢ τῶν ὅσα τὰς ἀπαιδεύτους ψυχὰς καταδουλοῦσθαι πέφυκε. Σχεδὸν γὰρ, ὁ ἐπὶ πασῶν θεωροῦμεν τῶν ἐντολῶν, ὅτι ἀλλήλων ἔχονται, καὶ ἀπεσχισμένως ἄλλην ἀπ᾿ ἄλλης κατορθοῦσθαι ἀμήχανον, τοῦτο μάλιστα περὶ τὴν ἐγκράτειαν θεωρεῖται. Ταπεινόφρων τε γάρ ἐστιν ὁ περὶ δόξαν ἐγκρατής· καὶ τῆς ἀκτημοσύνης τὸ εὐαγγελικὸν ἐκπληροῖ μέτρον ὁ περὶ χρήματα ἐγκρατῶς διακείμενος· καὶ ἀόργητος ὁ θυμοῦ καὶ ὀργῆς ἐπικρατῶν. Καὶ γλώσσῃ δὲ μέτρα, καὶ ὀφθαλμοῖς ὅρους, καὶ ὠσὶν ἀπερίεργον ἀκοὴν ὁ ἀκριβὴς τῆς ἐγκρατείας ὁρίζει λόγος· οἷς ὁ μὴ ἐμμένων ἀκρατὴς καὶ ἀκόλαστος. Ὁρᾷς πως περὶ μίαν ἐντολὴν ταύτην αἱ πᾶσαι ὡς ἐν χορῷ ἀλλήλων ἔχονται;

Ei anankaion tǭ mellonti eusebōs zę̄n to enkrateuesthai. APOKRISIS. Hoti men anankaios ho tēs enkrateias logos, dēlon; prōton men ek tou ton ᾿Apostolon en tois karpois tou Pneumatos tēn enkrateian arithmēsai, epeita de ek tou to amōmon tēs diakonias kai ek tautēs eipein katorthousthai, en hois phēsin; En kopois, en agrypniais, en nēsteiais, en hagnotēti; kai heterōthi; En kopǭ kai mochthǭ, en agrypniais pollakis; en limǭ kai dipsei; en nēsteiais pollakis; kai palin; Pas de ho agōnizomenos panta enkrateuetai. Kai ho hypōpiasmos de tou sōmatos, kai hē doulagōgia, hyp᾿ oudenos allou tosouton, hōs hypo tēs enkrateias katorthoutai. To gar brazon tēs neotētos, kai pros tas hormas dyskathekton, hoion chalinǭ tini tę̄ enkrateią katheirgetai. Ou gar sympherei aphroni tryphē, kata ton Solomōnta. Ti de sarkos eupathousēs kai neotētos peripheromenēs aphronesteron? Dio phēsin ho ᾿Aposto los; Kai tēs sarkos pronoian mē poieisthe eis epithymias; kai, Hē spatalōsa, zōsa tethnēken. Kai to hypodeigma de tēs tou plousiou tryphēs anankaian hēmin tēn enkrateian paristēsi, mēpote akousōmen ho ēkousen ho plousios, hoti Apelabes ta agatha sou en tę̄ zōę̄ sou. Hopōs de phoberon hē akrasia, kai ho Apostolos edeixen, en tois idiōmasi tēs apostasias katarithmēsas autēn, kai eipōn; En eschatais hēmerais enstēsontai kairoi chalepoi. Esontai gar anthrōpoi philautoi. Kai pleiona aparithmēsamenos tēs kakias eidē, epēgage; Diaboloi, akrateis. Kai ho Hēsau de to megiston tōn kakōn tēn akrasian katēgorēthē, hōs anti brōseōs mias apodomenos ta prōtotokia. Kai hē prōtē parakoē di᾿ akrasias enepese tǭ anthrōpǭ. En enkrateią de hoi hagioi pantes emartyrēthēsan. Kai pasa de hē tōn hagiōn kai makariōn zōē, kai to par' autou tou Kyriou en tę̄ epidēmią tę̄ dia sarkos hypodeigma pros touto hēmas ōphelei. Ho Mōÿsēs dia tēs makras en nēsteią kai proseuchę̄ prosedrias ton nomon elabe, kai Theou logōn ēkousen, Hōs an eitis lalēsai phēsi, tǭ heautou philǭ. Ho Ēlias tote tēs optasias tou Theou katēxiōthē, hote kai autos en tǭ isǭ metrǭ tēs enkrateias gegone. Ti de ho Daniēl? Pōs en tę̄ optasią tōn paradoxōn egeneto? Ou meta tēn eikostēn tēn nēsteias hēmeran? Pōs de hoi treis paides tēn dynamin esbesan tou pyros? Ou dia tēs enkrateias? Kai Iōannou de hē pasa tou biou enstasis apo tēs enkrateias hōrmēto. Apo tautēs kai ho Kyrios tēs phanerōseōs autou ērxato. Enkrateian de legomen ou pantōs tēn pantelē apochēn tōn brōmatōn (touto gar biaia tis esti dialysis tēs zōēs), alla tēn epi kathairesei tou phronēmatos tēs sarkos pros ton tēs eusebeias skopon epitetēdeumenēn apochēn tōn hēdeōn. Kai hapaxaplōs, hōn hai apolauseis epithymētai tois kata pathos zōsi, toutōn hēmin hē enkrateia anankaia tois rhythmizomenois pros tēn eusebeian Ou mēn peri tēn hēdonēn tōn brōmatōn monēn hē tēs enkrateias askēsis katorthoutai, alla diateinei kai epi pasan tou empodizontos apochēn. Ōste ho akribōs enkratēs ou gastros men kratēsei, doxę̄ de anthrōpinę̄ hēttēthēsetai; ouk epithymias men aischras perigenēsetai, ploutou de ouketi, oude allēs tinos agennous diatheseōs, hoion orgēs, ē lypēs, ē tōn hosa tas apaideutous psychas katadoulousthai pephyke. Schedon gar, ho epi pasōn theōroumen tōn entolōn, hoti allēlōn echontai, kai apeschismenōs allēn ap᾿ allēs katorthousthai amēchanon, touto malista peri tēn enkrateian theōreitai. Tapeinophrōn te gar estin ho peri doxan enkratēs; kai tēs aktēmosynēs to euangelikon ekplēroi metron ho peri chrēmata enkratōs diakeimenos; kai aorgētos ho thymou kai orgēs epikratōn. Kai glōssę̄ de metra, kai ophthalmois horous, kai ōsin aperiergon akoēn ho akribēs tēs enkrateias horizei logos; hois ho mē emmenōn akratēs kai akolastos. Horąs pōs peri mian entolēn tautēn hai pasai hōs en chorǭ allēlōn echontai?

Whether self-control is necessary for one who means to live a godly life.

Answer. That the principle of self-control is necessary is clear: first, because the Apostle counts self-control among the fruits of the Spirit; then, because he says that the blamelessness of the ministry is achieved by this too, where he says: “In labours, in watchings, in fastings, in purity”; and elsewhere: “In toil and hardship, in watchings often, in hunger and thirst, in fastings often”; and again: “Everyone who competes exercises self-control in all things.” The pommelling of the body and bringing it into subjection are achieved by nothing else so much as by self-control. For the seething of youth, hard to restrain in its impulses, is held in by self-control as by a bridle. “Luxury does not befit a fool,” according to Solomon. And what is more foolish than flesh at ease and youth carried about? Therefore the Apostle says: “And make no provision for the flesh, to gratify its desires”; and: “She who lives in self-indulgence is dead while she lives.” The example of the rich man's luxury also shows us that self-control is necessary, lest we hear what the rich man heard: “You received your good things in your lifetime.” How fearful a thing lack of self-control is, the Apostle also showed, counting it among the marks of apostasy and saying: “In the last days there will come times of difficulty. For people will be lovers of self”; and after listing many kinds of vice he added: “slanderers, without self-control.” Esau too was accused of the greatest of evils, lack of self-control, since he sold his birthright for a single meal. And the first disobedience came upon man through lack of self-control.

But all the saints have been commended for self-control. The whole life of the holy and blessed ones, and the example of the Lord himself in his coming in the flesh, help us toward this. Moses received the law through long attendance in fasting and prayer, and heard words from God “as a man speaks,” he says, “to his friend.” Elijah was counted worthy of the vision of God when he too had come to the same measure of self-control. What of Daniel? How did he come to see wonderful visions? Was it not after the twentieth day of fasting? And how did the three youths quench the power of the fire? Was it not through self-control? The whole manner of John's life, too, sprang from self-control. With it the Lord also began his manifestation.

By self-control we do not mean complete abstinence from food in every case (for that is a violent ending of life), but the abstinence from pleasant things practised for the overthrow of the mind of the flesh, with a view to the goal of godliness. In a word, for us who are ordering our lives toward godliness, self-control is necessary with regard to all those things whose enjoyment is desired by people who live by passion. The discipline of self-control is not exercised only with regard to the pleasure of food, but extends to abstaining from everything that hinders. So the one who is exactly self-controlled will not master his belly and then be overcome by human glory; he will not overcome shameful desire and then fail against wealth or any other ignoble disposition, such as anger or grief or whatever naturally enslaves untrained souls. For what we observe in nearly all the commandments, that they hang together and cannot be achieved separately one from another, is seen most of all in self-control. The one self-controlled about glory is humble; the one disposed to self-control about money fulfils the Gospel measure of poverty; the one who masters wrath and anger is free from anger. The exact principle of self-control sets measures for the tongue, limits for the eyes, and for the ears a hearing free from idle curiosity; and the one who does not keep to these is without self-control and undisciplined. Do you see how around this one commandment all the others hold together as in a dance?

Chapter 17

17PG 31:961

῞Οτι δεῖ καὶ γέλωτος ἐγκρατῶς ἔχειν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Καὶ τὸ παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς δὲ παρορώμενον οὐ μετρίας φυλακῆς τοῖς ἀσκουμένοις ἄξιον. Τὸ γὰρ γέλωτι ἀκρατεῖ καὶ ἀσχέτῳ κατέχεσθαι, ἀκρασίας σημεῖον, καὶ τοῦ μὴ κατεσταλμένα ἔχειν τὰ κινήματα, καὶ τοῦ μὴ ἀκριβεῖ λόγῳ τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ χαῦνον καταπιέζεσθαι. ῎Αχρι μὲν γὰρ μειδιάματος φαιδροῦ τὴν διάχυσιν τῆς ψυχῆς ὑποφαίνειν οὐκ ἀπρεπὲς, ὅσον δεῖξαι μόνον τὸ γεγραμμένον· Καρδίας εὐφραινομένης, πρόσωπον θάλλει· ἐγκαγχάζειν δὲ τῇ φωνῇ, καὶ ἀναβράζεσθαι ἀπροαιρέτως τὸ σῶμα, οὐ τοῦ κατεσταλμένου τὴν ψυχὴν, οὐδὲ τοῦ δοκίμου, οὐδὲ τοῦ περικρατῶς ἔχοντος ἑαυτοῦ. Τοῦτο εἶδος τοῦ γέλωτος καὶ ὁ Ἐκκλησιαστὴς παραιτούμενος, ὡς περιτρέπον μάλιστα τὸ σταθερὸν τῆς ψυχῆς, φησί Τῷ γέλωτι εἶπα περιφοράν· καί· Ὡς φωνή τῶν ἀκανθῶν ὑπὸ τὸν λέβητα, οὕτως ὁ γέλως τῶν ἀχρόνων. Καὶ ὁ Κύριος τὰ μὲν ἀναγκαῖα πάθη τῆς σαρκὸς ὑπομείνας φαίνεται, καὶ ὅσα ἀρετῆς μαρτυρίαν φέρει· οἷον κόπον, καὶ τὸν ἐπὶ τοῖς θλιβομένοις ἔλεον· γέλωτι δὲ μηδαμοῦ χρησάμενος, ὅσον ἐκ τῆς τῶν Εὐαγγελίων ἱστορίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταλανίζων τοὺς κατεχομένους ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ. Μὴ παρακρουέσθω δὲ ἡμᾶς ἡ ὁμωνυμία τοῦ γέλωτος. Σύνηθες γὰρ τῇ Γραφῇ πολλάκις τὴν χαρὰν τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τὴν φαιδρὰν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς διάθεσιν γέλωτα ὀνομάζειν, ὡς ἡ Σάρρα φησί· Γέλωτά μοι ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεός· καὶ τὸ, Μακάριοι οἱ κλαίοντες νῦν, ὅτι γελάσετε καὶ τὸ ἐν τῷ Ἰὼβ δὲ κείμενον· Ἀληθινὸν δὲ στόμα ἐμπλήσει γέλωτος. Ταῦτα γὰρ πάντα ἀντὶ ἱλαρότητος ἐπὶ τῆς κατὰ ψυχὴν ἀγαλλιάσεως εἴληπται τὰ ὀνόματα. Ὥστε ὁ παντὸς πάθους ἀνώτερος, καὶ μηδένα εξ ἡδονῆς ἐρεθισμὸν πάσχων, ἢ καὶ προϊέμενος ἀλλ᾽ ἐγκρατῶς καὶ ἀνενδότως πρὸς πᾶσαν ἀπόλαυσιν βλαβερὰν διακείμενος, ὁ τέλειός ἐστιν ἐγκρατής· ὁ δὲ τοιοῦτος δηλονότι καὶ πάσης ἀπήλλακται άμαρτίας. Ἔστι δὲ ὅτε καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν συγκεχωρημένων καὶ ἀναγκαίων πρὸς τὸ ζῇν ἀφεκτέον, ὅταν ἐπ᾿ ὠφελείᾳ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν ἡ ἀποχὴ οἰκονομῆται Ὡς ὁ ᾿Απόστολος· Εἰ βρῶμα σκανδαλίζει τὸν ἀδελφύν μου, φησὶν, οὐ μὴ φάγω κρέα εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Καὶ ἔχων ἐξουσίαν ἐκ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου ζῇν, οὐκ ἐχρή σατο τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ, ἵνα μὴ ἐγκοπήν τινα δῷ τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Ἔστιν οὖν ἡ ἐγκράτεια ἁμαρτίας ἀναίρεσις, παθῶν ἀπαλλοτρίωσις, σώματος νέκρωσις μέχρι καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν φυσικῶν παθημάτων τε καὶ ἐπιθυμιῶν, ζωῆς πνευματικῆς ἀρχὴ, τῶν αἰωνίων ἀγαθῶν πρόξενος, ἐν ἑαυτῇ τὸ κέντρον τῆς ἡδονῆς ἀφανίζουσα. Ἡδονὴ γάρ ἐστι τὸ μέγα τοῦ κακοῦ δέλεαρ, δι᾽ ἣν εὐέμπτωτοι μάλιστα πρὸς ἁμαρτίαν ἐσμὲν οἱ ἄνθρωποι· ὑφ᾽ ἧς πᾶσα ψυχὴ ὡς ὑπ᾿ ἀγκίστρου πρὸς τὸν θάνατον ἕλκεται. Ὡς ὅ γε μὴ ἐκθηλυνόμενος, μηδὲ κατακαμπτόμενος ὑπ' αὐτῆς, διὰ τῆς ἐγ κρατείας πᾶσαν φυγὴν ἁμαρτημάτων κατώρθωσεν. Εἰ δὲ τὰ μὲν πλεῖστα ἔφυγεν, ὑφ᾽ ἑνὸς δὲ κρατεῖται, οὐκ ἐγκρατὴς ὁ τοιοῦτος· ὥσπερ καὶ ὁ ὑφ' ἑνὸς πάθους σωματικοῦ ἐνοχλούμενος οὐχ ὑγιής· καὶ ὑφ᾽ ἑνὸς καὶ τοῦ τυχόντος κυριευόμενος οὐκ ἐλεύθε ρος. Αἱ μὲν οὖν λοιπαὶ ἀρεταὶ, ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ κατορθούμεναι, ὀλιγάκις διαφαίνονται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις· ἡ δὲ ἐγκράτεια ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς τῆς συντυχίας γνώριμον ποιεῖ τὸν ἔχοντα. Ὡς γὰρ τὸν ἀθλητὴν ἡ πολυσαρκία καὶ ἡ εὔχροια χαρακτηρίζει, οὕτω τὸν Χριστιανὸν τὸ κατεσκληκὸς τοῦ σώματος, καὶ ἡ ἐκ τῆς ἐγκρατείας ἐπανθοῦσα ὠχρία δείκνυσιν, ὅτι ἀθλητὴς ὄντως ἐστὶ τῶν ἐντολῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ· ἐν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ τοῦ σώματος καταπαλαίων ἑαυτοῦ τὸν ἐχθρὸν, καὶ τὸ δυνατὸν ἐν τοῖς τῆς εὐσεβείας ἄθλοις ἐπιδεικνύμενος, κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον, ὅτι ὅταν ἀσθενῶ, τότε δυνατός είμι. Ὅσον τὸ κέρδος, ὀφθῆναι μόνον τὸν ἐγκρατῆ, μόλις καὶ κατὰ μικρὸν τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἁπτόμενον, καὶ ὡς λειτουργίαν ἐπαχθῆ ὑποτελοῦντα ταῦτα διατριβῆς, ταχὺ δὲ τῆς τραπέζης ἀποπηδῶντα πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἔργων σπουδήν. Οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν καὶ τοῦ ἀκολάστου περὶ γαστέρα μηδένα λόγον τοσοῦτον τῆς ψυχῆς καθάψασθαι, καὶ πρὸς μεταβολὴν ἐναγαγεῖν, ὅσον καὶ μόνην τὴν συντυχίαν τοῦ ἐγκρατοῦς. Καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν, ὡς ἔοικε, τὸ εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν· ὥστε καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης λάμπειν τὰ καλὰ ἡμῶν ἔργα πρὸς τὸ δοξασθῆναι τὸν Πατέρα ἡμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς.

῾Oti dei kai gelōtos enkratōs echein. APOKRISIS. Kai to para tois pollois de parorōmenon ou metrias phylakēs tois askoumenois axion. To gar gelōti akratei kai aschetǭ katechesthai, akrasias sēmeion, kai tou mē katestalmena echein ta kinēmata, kai tou mē akribei logǭ tēs psychēs to chaunon katapiezesthai. ᾿Achri men gar meidiamatos phaidrou tēn diachysin tēs psychēs hypophainein ouk aprepes, hoson deixai monon to gegrammenon; Kardias euphrainomenēs, prosōpon thallei; enkanchazein de tę̄ phōnę̄, kai anabrazesthai aproairetōs to sōma, ou tou katestalmenou tēn psychēn, oude tou dokimou, oude tou perikratōs echontos heautou. Touto eidos tou gelōtos kai ho Ekklēsiastēs paraitoumenos, hōs peritrepon malista to statheron tēs psychēs, phēsi Tǭ gelōti eipa periphoran; kai; Hōs phōnē tōn akanthōn hypo ton lebēta, houtōs ho gelōs tōn achronōn. Kai ho Kyrios ta men anankaia pathē tēs sarkos hypomeinas phainetai, kai hosa aretēs martyrian pherei; hoion kopon, kai ton epi tois thlibomenois eleon; gelōti de mēdamou chrēsamenos, hoson ek tēs tōn Euangeliōn historias, alla kai talanizōn tous katechomenous hyp᾿ autou. Mē parakrouesthō de hēmas hē homōnymia tou gelōtos. Synēthes gar tę̄ Graphę̄ pollakis tēn charan tēs psychēs kai tēn phaidran epi tois agathois diathesin gelōta onomazein, hōs hē Sarra phēsi; Gelōta moi epoiēsen ho Theos; kai to, Makarioi hoi klaiontes nyn, hoti gelasete kai to en tǭ Iōb de keimenon; Alēthinon de stoma emplēsei gelōtos. Tauta gar panta anti hilarotētos epi tēs kata psychēn agalliaseōs eilēptai ta onomata. Hōste ho pantos pathous anōteros, kai mēdena ex hēdonēs erethismon paschōn, ē kai proïemenos all᾽ enkratōs kai anendotōs pros pasan apolausin blaberan diakeimenos, ho teleios estin enkratēs; ho de toioutos dēlonoti kai pasēs apēllaktai amartias. Esti de hote kai autōn tōn synkechōrēmenōn kai anankaiōn pros to zę̄n aphekteon, hotan ep᾿ ōpheleią tōn adelphōn hēmōn hē apochē oikonomētai Hōs ho ᾿Apostolos; Ei brōma skandalizei ton adelphyn mou, phēsin, ou mē phagō krea eis ton aiōna. Kai echōn exousian ek tou Euangeliou zę̄n, ouk echrē sato tę̄ exousią, hina mē enkopēn tina dǭ tǭ Euangeliǭ tou Christou. Estin oun hē enkrateia hamartias anairesis, pathōn apallotriōsis, sōmatos nekrōsis mechri kai autōn tōn physikōn pathēmatōn te kai epithymiōn, zōēs pneumatikēs archē, tōn aiōniōn agathōn proxenos, en heautę̄ to kentron tēs hēdonēs aphanizousa. Hēdonē gar esti to mega tou kakou delear, di᾽ hēn euemptōtoi malista pros hamartian esmen hoi anthrōpoi; hyph᾽ hēs pasa psychē hōs hyp᾿ ankistrou pros ton thanaton helketai. Hōs ho ge mē ekthēlynomenos, mēde katakamptomenos hyp' autēs, dia tēs eg krateias pasan phygēn hamartēmatōn katōrthōsen. Ei de ta men pleista ephygen, hyph᾽ henos de krateitai, ouk enkratēs ho toioutos; hōsper kai ho hyph' henos pathous sōmatikou enochloumenos ouch hygiēs; kai hyph᾽ henos kai tou tychontos kyrieuomenos ouk eleuthe ros. Hai men oun loipai aretai, en tǭ kryptǭ katorthoumenai, oligakis diaphainontai tois anthrōpois; hē de enkrateia ap᾿ autēs tēs syntychias gnōrimon poiei ton echonta. Hōs gar ton athlētēn hē polysarkia kai hē euchroia charaktērizei, houtō ton Christianon to katesklēkos tou sōmatos, kai hē ek tēs enkrateias epanthousa ōchria deiknysin, hoti athlētēs ontōs esti tōn entolōn tou Christou; en tę̄ astheneią tou sōmatos katapalaiōn heautou ton echthron, kai to dynaton en tois tēs eusebeias athlois epideiknymenos, kata to eirēmenon, hoti hotan asthenō, tote dynatos eimi. Hoson to kerdos, ophthēnai monon ton enkratē, molis kai kata mikron tōn anankaiōn haptomenon, kai hōs leitourgian epachthē hypotelounta tauta diatribēs, tachy de tēs trapezēs apopēdōnta pros tēn tōn ergōn spoudēn. Oimai gar an kai tou akolastou peri gastera mēdena logon tosouton tēs psychēs kathapsasthai, kai pros metabolēn enagagein, hoson kai monēn tēn syntychian tou enkratous. Kai touto estin, hōs eoike, to eis doxan Theou esthiein kai pinein; hōste kai epi tēs trapezēs lampein ta kala hēmōn erga pros to doxasthēnai ton Patera hēmōn ton en tois ouranois.

That one must exercise self-control also over laughter.

Answer. What is overlooked by most people is also worthy of no small watchfulness by those in training. To be possessed by uncontrolled and unrestrained laughter is a sign of lack of self-control, of not having one's movements composed, and of the soul's slackness not being kept down by exact reason. To show the soul's cheerfulness as far as a bright smile is not unbecoming, enough only to show what is written: “A glad heart makes a cheerful face.” But to burst out loudly and to have the body shaken involuntarily does not belong to one whose soul is composed, or who is approved, or who has mastery over himself. The Preacher too rejects this kind of laughter, as most of all overturning the soul's steadiness, when he says: “I said of laughter, It is mad”; and: “As the crackling of thorns under a pot, so is the laughter of fools.” And the Lord is seen to have undergone the necessary passions of the flesh, and those that bear witness to virtue, such as weariness and compassion for the afflicted; but he never used laughter, so far as the Gospel narrative shows, and he even pronounced woe on those who are possessed by it.

But let us not be misled by the sameness of the word “laughter.” For Scripture often calls the joy of the soul and the cheerful disposition at good things “laughter,” as when Sarah says, “God has made laughter for me”; and “Blessed are you who weep now, for you shall laugh”; and the saying in Job, “He will fill a truthful mouth with laughter.” In all these the words are used for gladness, of the soul's exultation.

So the one who is above every passion, and who suffers no incitement from pleasure, or does not give way to it, but is disposed with self-control and unyielding firmness toward every harmful enjoyment, is perfectly self-controlled; and such a one is plainly free from all sin as well. There are times when one must abstain even from things permitted and necessary for life, when the abstinence is arranged for the benefit of our brothers. As the Apostle says: “If food makes my brother stumble, I will never eat meat.” And though he had authority to live by the Gospel, he did not use that authority, so as not to put any obstacle in the way of the Gospel of Christ.

Self-control, then, is the destruction of sin, estrangement from the passions, the putting to death of the body even as to its natural passions and desires, the beginning of spiritual life, the agent of eternal goods, destroying in itself the sting of pleasure. For pleasure is the great bait of evil, through which we human beings are most prone to sin, by which every soul is dragged as by a hook to death. So the one who is not softened or bent by it has, through self-control, achieved complete flight from sins. But if someone has escaped most things but is held by one, he is not self-controlled; just as one troubled by a single bodily ailment is not healthy, and one ruled by a single master, whoever he may be, is not free. The other virtues, achieved in secret, are seldom visible to men; but self-control makes its possessor known from the very first meeting. For as bulk and a fine colour mark the athlete, so the Christian's lean body and the pallor that blooms from self-control show that he is truly an athlete of Christ's commandments, overthrowing his enemy in the weakness of the body and showing his strength in the contests of godliness, according to the saying, “When I am weak, then I am strong.” How great the gain merely to see the self-controlled man, touching necessities scarcely and little by little, rendering them [to nature] as a burdensome service, [and begrudging] the time spent on it, and quickly springing up from the table to the zeal of work! For I think that no word would touch the soul of one undisciplined in eating, and bring him to change, so much as the mere meeting with a self-controlled man. And this, it seems, is eating and drinking to the glory of God: that even at table our good works should shine, so that our Father who is in heaven may be glorified.

Chapter 18

18PG 31:965

Ὅτι δεῖ πάντων τῶν παρατιθεμένων ἡμῖν ἀπογεύεσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἀναγκαίως μέντοι κἀκεῖνο προσδιωρίσθω, ὅτι πρὸς τὸν ὑπωπιασμὸν τοῦ σώματος ἀπαραίτητον τοῖς τῆς εὐσεβείας ἀγωνισταῖς ἡ ἐγκράτεια· Πᾶς γὰρ ὁ ἀγωνιζόμενος, πάντα ἐγκρατεύεται. Πρὸς δὲ τὸ μὴ συνεμπίπτειν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῖς κεκαυτηριασμένοις τὴν ἰδίαν συνείδησιν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀπεχομένοις βρωμάτων, ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἔκτισεν εἰς μετάληψιν μετ᾿ εὐχαριστίας τοῖς πιστοῖς, ἅπτεσθαι μὲν ἑκάστου χρὴ, καιροῦ ποτε συνεμπεσόντος, ὅσον ἐνδείκνυσθαι τοῖς ὁρῶσιν, ὅτι πάντα καθαρὰ τοῖς καθαροῖς καὶ ὅτι πᾶν κτίσμα Θεοῦ καλὸν, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀπόβλητον μετ' εὐχαριστίας λαμβανόμενον· Ἁγιάζεται γὰρ διὰ λόγου Θεοῦ, καὶ ἐντεύξεως· φυλάσσειν δὲ καὶ οὕτω τὸν τῆς ἐγκρατείας σκοπόν· τοῖς μὲν εὐτελεστέροις καὶ ἀναγκαίοις πρὸς τὸ ζῇν μέχρι τῆς χρείας προσδιατρίβοντα, καὶ ἐν τούτοις τοῦ κóρου τὸ βλαβερὸν ἐκκλίνοντα, τῶν δὲ πρὸς ἡδονὴν καθόλου ἀπεχόμενον. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τῶν φιληδόνων τὸ πάθος ἐκκόψομεν, καὶ τοὺς κεκαυτηριασμένους τὴν ἰδίαν συνείδησιν, τό γε ἐφ' ἡμῖν, θεραπεύσομεν, καὶ ἑαυτοὺς δὲ τῆς ἐν ἑκατέρᾳ ὑπονοίας έλευθερώσομεν. "Ινα τί γὰρ, φησὶν, ἡ ἐλευθερία μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως; Ἐγκράτεια δείκνυσι τὸν συναποθανόντα Χριστῷ, καὶ νεκρώσαντα ἑαυτοῦ τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Ταύτην οἴδαμεν σωφροσύνης μητέρα, ὑγείας πρόξενον, τῆς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐν Χριστῷ καρποφορίας ἱκανῶς ὑπεξαίρουσαν τὰ ἐμπόδια· εἴπερ, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου φωνὴν, αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου, καὶ αἱ ἡδο ναὶ τοῦ βίου, καὶ αἱ περὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι συμπνίγουσι τὸν λόγον, καὶ ἄκαρπος γίνεται. Ταύτην καὶ δαίμονες ἀποφεύγουσιν, αὐτοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου διδάξαντος ἡμᾶς, ὅτι Τοῦτο τὸ γένος οὐκ ἐκπορεύεται, εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ.

Hoti dei pantōn tōn paratithemenōn hēmin apogeuesthai. APOKRISIS. Anankaiōs mentoi kakeino prosdiōristhō, hoti pros ton hypōpiasmon tou sōmatos aparaitēton tois tēs eusebeias agōnistais hē enkrateia; Pas gar ho agōnizomenos, panta enkrateuetai. Pros de to mē synempiptein tois echthrois tou Theou tois kekautēriasmenois tēn idian syneidēsin, kai dia touto apechomenois brōmatōn, ha ho Theos ektisen eis metalēpsin met᾿ eucharistias tois pistois, haptesthai men hekastou chrē, kairou pote synempesontos, hoson endeiknysthai tois horōsin, hoti panta kathara tois katharois kai hoti pan ktisma Theou kalon, kai ouden apoblēton met' eucharistias lambanomenon; Hagiazetai gar dia logou Theou, kai enteuxeōs; phylassein de kai houtō ton tēs enkrateias skopon; tois men eutelesterois kai anankaiois pros to zę̄n mechri tēs chreias prosdiatribonta, kai en toutois tou korou to blaberon ekklinonta, tōn de pros hēdonēn katholou apechomenon. Houtō gar kai tōn philēdonōn to pathos ekkopsomen, kai tous kekautēriasmenous tēn idian syneidēsin, to ge eph' hēmin, therapeusomen, kai heautous de tēs en hekaterą hyponoias eleutherōsomen. "Ina ti gar, phēsin, hē eleutheria mou krinetai hypo allēs syneidēseōs? Enkrateia deiknysi ton synapothanonta Christǭ, kai nekrōsanta heautou ta melē ta epi tēs gēs. Tautēn oidamen sōphrosynēs mētera, hygeias proxenon, tēs tōn agathōn en Christǭ karpophorias hikanōs hypexairousan ta empodia; eiper, kata tēn tou Kyriou phōnēn, hai merimnai tou aiōnos toutou, kai hai hēdo nai tou biou, kai hai peri ta loipa epithymiai sympnigousi ton logon, kai akarpos ginetai. Tautēn kai daimones apopheugousin, autou tou Kyriou didaxantos hēmas, hoti Touto to genos ouk ekporeuetai, ei mē en proseuchę̄ kai nēsteią.

That we must taste all the foods set before us.

Answer. This must necessarily be laid down as well: that for the pommelling of the body self-control is indispensable to those who contend for godliness, “for everyone who competes exercises self-control in all things.” But so as not to fall in with the enemies of God, who are seared in their own conscience and therefore abstain from foods which God created to be received with thanksgiving by the faithful, we must touch each food when occasion arises, enough to show those who see us that “to the pure all things are pure,” and that “everything created by God is good, and nothing is to be rejected if it is received with thanksgiving; for it is sanctified by the word of God and prayer.” Yet even so we must keep the aim of self-control: using the cheaper things necessary for life only as far as need requires, and even in these avoiding the harm of satiety, while abstaining altogether from those that serve pleasure. So we shall both cut out the passion of the lovers of pleasure and, as far as in us lies, heal those seared in their own conscience, and free ourselves from suspicion on either side. “For why,” he says, “should my liberty be judged by another's conscience?”

Self-control marks the one who has died with Christ and put to death his members that are on earth. We know it as the mother of chastity, the agent of health, sufficiently removing the hindrances to bearing the fruit of good things in Christ; since, according to the Lord's word, “the cares of this age and the pleasures of life and the desires for other things choke the word, and it becomes unfruitful.” Even demons flee from it, as the Lord himself taught us: “This kind does not go out except by prayer and fasting.”

Chapter 19

19PG 31:967

Τι τὸ μέτρον τῆς ἐγκρατείας. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Επὶ μὲν τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς παθῶν ἐν μέτρον ἐγ κρατείας, ἡ παντελὴς ἀπαλλοτρίωσις τῶν πρὸς τὴν ὀλεθρίαν ἡδονὴν φερόντων· ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν βρωμάτων, ὥσπερ αἱ χρεῖαι ἄλλαι ἄλλων εἰσὶ, κατά τε ἡλικίας καὶ ἐπιτηδεύματα, καὶ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ σώμα τος ἕξιν οἰκείως διαιρούμεναι· οὕτω δὴ καὶ τὸ μέτρον τῆς χρήσεως διάφορον, καὶ ὁ τρόπος. Ὥστε ἑνὶ μὲν κανόνι πάντας περιλαμβάνεσθαι τοὺς ἐν τῇ γυμνασίᾳ τῆς εὐσεβείας ἀδύνατον· ἀφορίσαντες δὲ τὸ περὶ τοὺς ὑγιαίνοντας τῶν ἀσκουμένων μέτρον, ἀπὸ τούτου τὴν παραλλαγὴν πρὸς τὰ ἑκάστῳ συμπίπτοντα ἐστοχασμένως γίνεσθαι παρὰ τῶν ἐπιτεταγμένων τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἀφίεμεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τὰ καθέκαστον τῷ λόγῳ περιλαμβάνειν δυνατὸν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσα τῆς κοινῆς καὶ καθόλου διδασκαλίας ἤρτηται. Τὴν γὰρ τῶν ἀῤῥώστων παραμυθίαν ἐκ τῶν βρωμάτων, ἢ τὴν τοῦ ἄλλως κεκμηκότος ἐπὶ συντόνοις ἔργοις, ἢ καὶ τὴν τοῦ παρασκευαζομένου πρὸς κάματον οἷον ὁδοιπορίας, ή τινος ἄλλου τῶν ἐπιπόνων, οἱ ἐφεστῶτες πρὸς λόγον ἀεὶ τῆς χρείας οἰκονομήσουσιν, ἑπόμενοι τῷ εἰπόντι, ὅτι Διεδίδοτο ἑκάστῳ καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν. Οὔτε οὖν καιρὸν τροφῆς τὸν αὐτὸν πᾶσι νομοθετῆσαι δυνατὸν, οὔτε τὸν τρόπον, οὔτε τὸ μέτρον· ἀλλὰ σκοπὸς μὲν κοινὸς ἔστω ἡ τῆς χρείας ἐκπλήρωσις. Τὸ γὰρ ὑπερεμπίπλασθαι τὴν γαστέρα, καὶ καταβαρύνεσθαι ταῖς τροφαῖς, κατ άρας ἄξιον, τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν οἱ ἐμπεπλησμένοι νῦν· καὶ αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ σῶμα δύσχρηστον πρὸς τὰς ἐνεργείας παρασκευάζει, καὶ πρὸς ὕπνους εὐκατάφορον, καὶ ἑτοιμότερον πρὸς τὰς βλάβας. Οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ τὸ ἡδὺ τέλος ποιεῖσθαι τῆς βρώ σεως χρὴ, ἀλλὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸ ζῇν χρείαν, παραιτουμένους τῆς ἡδονῆς τὸ ἀκόλαστον. Τὸ γὰρ δουλεύειν ταῖς ἡδοναῖς οὐδὲν ἕτερόν ἐστιν ἡ Θεὸν ἑαυτοῦ τὴν κοιλίαν ποιεῖν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὸ σῶμα ἡμῶν, ἀεὶ κενούμενον καὶ ἀποῤῥέον, τῆς πληρώσεως ἐπιδεῖται (διὸ καὶ φυσικαί εἰσιν αἱ τῆς τροφῆς ὀρέξεις), ὁ ὀρ θὸς λόγος τῆς τῶν βρωμάτων χρήσεως τὴν πλήρωσιν τοῦ κενωθέντος πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ζώου σύστασιν ὑπαγορεύει, εἴτε ξηρᾶς εἶτε ὑγρᾶς τροφῆς ἡ ἔνδεια γένοιτο. Ὅπερ ἂν οὖν μέλλῃ ἀπεριεργότερον ἡμᾶς ἀπαλλάσσειν τῆς χρείας, τοῦτο προσενεκτέον. Δηλοῖ δὲ τοῦτο αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος ἐν οἷς ἐδεξιοῦτο τὰ κεκμηκότα πλήθη πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἐκλυθῆναι ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ὡς γέγραπται. Δυνάμενος γὰρ ἐπιτεῖναι τὸ θαυμάσιον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ τῆς πολυτελείας, οὕτω λιτὴν καὶ ἀπέριττον τὴν τροφὴν αὐτοῖς παρεσκεύασεν, ὥστε ἄρτους μὲν κριθίνους εἶναι, καὶ ἰχθύος δὲ μέρος ἐπὶ τῷ ἄρτῳ. Περὶ δὲ ποτοῦ οὐδὲ ἐμνημόνευσεν, ὡς αὐτοφυοῦς πᾶσι καὶ ἀρκοῦντος ταῖς χρείαις τοῦ ὕδατος προκειμένου· πλὴν εἰ μή τινι δι᾿ ἀρῥωστίαν βλαβερὸν εἴη τὸ τοιοῦτον ποτὸν, ὡς παραι τητέον κατὰ τὴν συμβουλὴν Παύλου τὴν πρὸς Τιμόθεον. Καὶ πάντα δὲ ὅσα προφανῆ τὴν βλάβην ἔχει παραιτητέα. ᾿Ανακόλουθον γὰρ διὰ μὲν τὴν σύστασιν τοῦ σώματος τὰς τροφὰς αἱρεῖσθαι, δι᾿ αὐτῶν δὲ πάλιν τῶν τροφῶν προσπολεμεῖν τῷ σώματι, καὶ ἐμποδίζειν αὐτῷ πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἐντολῆς ὑπηρεσίαν. Τὸ αὐτὸ δὲ τοῦτο καὶ ὑπόδειγμα ἡμῖν ἐστι τοῦ τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν ἐθίζειν φεύγειν τὰ βλαβερὰ, κἂν ἡδονὴν ἔχῃ. Χρὴ μέντοι ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου τὸ εὐποριστότερον προτιμᾶν, ὥστε μὴ προφάσει ἐγκρατείας περιεργάζεσθαι ἡμᾶς τὰ τιμιώτερα, καὶ πολυδάπανα παραρτύοντας διὰ τῶν πολυτιμήτων ἡδυσμάτων τὰ βρώματα· ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐν ἑκάστῃ χώρᾳ εὔληπτον καὶ εὐτελὲς καὶ τοῖς πολλοῖς εἰς χρῆσιν ἕτοιμον, τοῦτο αἱρεῖσθαι, τῶν ἐπεισάκτων μόνοις τοῖς ἀναγκαιοτάτοις πρὸς τὴν ζωὴν κεχρημένους· οἷον ἐλαίῳ, καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις, καὶ εἴ τι πρὸς τὴν ἀναγκαίαν τῶν ἀσθενούντων παραμυθίαν ἐπιτήδειον, καὶ τοῦτο ἐὰν ὑπάρχῃ ἄνευ πολυπραγμοσύνης καὶ θορύβων καὶ περισπασμῶν περιγενέσθαι

Ti to metron tēs enkrateias. APOKRISIS. Epi men tōn tēs psychēs pathōn en metron eg krateias, hē pantelēs apallotriōsis tōn pros tēn olethrian hēdonēn pherontōn; epi de tōn brōmatōn, hōsper hai chreiai allai allōn eisi, kata te hēlikias kai epitēdeumata, kai pros tēn tou sōma tos hexin oikeiōs diairoumenai; houtō dē kai to metron tēs chrēseōs diaphoron, kai ho tropos. Hōste heni men kanoni pantas perilambanesthai tous en tę̄ gymnasią tēs eusebeias adynaton; aphorisantes de to peri tous hygiainontas tōn askoumenōn metron, apo toutou tēn parallagēn pros ta hekastǭ sympiptonta estochasmenōs ginesthai para tōn epitetagmenōn tēn oikonomian aphiemen. Oude gar ta kathekaston tǭ logǭ perilambanein dynaton, all᾽ hosa tēs koinēs kai katholou didaskalias ērtētai. Tēn gar tōn arrhōstōn paramythian ek tōn brōmatōn, ē tēn tou allōs kekmēkotos epi syntonois ergois, ē kai tēn tou paraskeuazomenou pros kamaton hoion hodoiporias, ē tinos allou tōn epiponōn, hoi ephestōtes pros logon aei tēs chreias oikonomēsousin, hepomenoi tǭ eiponti, hoti Diedidoto hekastǭ kathoti an tis chreian eichen. Oute oun kairon trophēs ton auton pasi nomothetēsai dynaton, oute ton tropon, oute to metron; alla skopos men koinos estō hē tēs chreias ekplērōsis. To gar hyperempiplasthai tēn gastera, kai katabarynesthai tais trophais, kat aras axion, tou Kyriou eipontos; Ouai hymin hoi empeplēsmenoi nyn; kai auto de to sōma dyschrēston pros tas energeias paraskeuazei, kai pros hypnous eukataphoron, kai hetoimoteron pros tas blabas. Ou mēn oude to hēdy telos poieisthai tēs brō seōs chrē, alla tēn pros to zę̄n chreian, paraitoumenous tēs hēdonēs to akolaston. To gar douleuein tais hēdonais ouden heteron estin hē Theon heautou tēn koilian poiein. Epeidē gar to sōma hēmōn, aei kenoumenon kai aporrheon, tēs plērōseōs epideitai (dio kai physikai eisin hai tēs trophēs orexeis), ho or thos logos tēs tōn brōmatōn chrēseōs tēn plērōsin tou kenōthentos pros tēn tou zōou systasin hypagoreuei, eite xēras eite hygras trophēs hē endeia genoito. Hoper an oun mellę̄ aperiergoteron hēmas apallassein tēs chreias, touto prosenekteon. Dēloi de touto autos ho Kyrios en hois edexiouto ta kekmēkota plēthē pros to mē eklythēnai en tę̄ hodǭ, hōs gegraptai. Dynamenos gar epiteinai to thaumasion en tę̄ erēmǭ tę̄ epinoią tēs polyteleias, houtō litēn kai aperitton tēn trophēn autois pareskeuasen, hōste artous men krithinous einai, kai ichthyos de meros epi tǭ artǭ. Peri de potou oude emnēmoneusen, hōs autophyous pasi kai arkountos tais chreiais tou hydatos prokeimenou; plēn ei mē tini di᾿ arrhōstian blaberon eiē to toiouton poton, hōs parai tēteon kata tēn symboulēn Paulou tēn pros Timotheon. Kai panta de hosa prophanē tēn blabēn echei paraitētea. ᾿Anakolouthon gar dia men tēn systasin tou sōmatos tas trophas haireisthai, di᾿ autōn de palin tōn trophōn prospolemein tǭ sōmati, kai empodizein autǭ pros tēn tēs entolēs hypēresian. To auto de touto kai hypodeigma hēmin esti tou tēn psychēn hēmōn ethizein pheugein ta blabera, kan hēdonēn echę̄. Chrē mentoi ek pantos tropou to euporistoteron protiman, hōste mē prophasei enkrateias periergazesthai hēmas ta timiōtera, kai polydapana parartyontas dia tōn polytimētōn hēdysmatōn ta brōmata; alla to en hekastę̄ chōrą eulēpton kai euteles kai tois pollois eis chrēsin hetoimon, touto haireisthai, tōn epeisaktōn monois tois anankaiotatois pros tēn zōēn kechrēmenous; hoion elaiǭ, kai tois toioutois, kai ei ti pros tēn anankaian tōn asthenountōn paramythian epitēdeion, kai touto ean hyparchę̄ aneu polypragmosynēs kai thorybōn kai perispasmōn perigenesthai

What is the measure of self-control?

Answer. With regard to the passions of the soul, there is one measure of self-control: complete estrangement from whatever leads to destructive pleasure. With regard to food, just as needs differ from one person to another, according to age and occupation, and are distributed fittingly according to the condition of the body, so too the measure and manner of use differ. So it is impossible to include all those in the training of godliness under one rule; but having fixed the measure for the healthy among the ascetics, we leave to those appointed over them the arrangement of variations from it, made with judgment according to what befalls each person. For it is not possible to cover every particular in words, but only what belongs to common and general teaching. For the relief of the sick by means of food, or of one otherwise exhausted by strenuous work, or of one preparing for toil such as a journey or some other laborious task, those in charge will always arrange in proportion to the need, following the one who said, “Distribution was made to each as any had need.” So it is not possible to lay down for all the same time of eating, or the same manner or measure; but let the common aim be the satisfying of need. For to overfill the belly and be weighed down with food deserves a curse, since the Lord said, “Woe to you who are full now”; and it makes the body itself unfit for its activities, prone to sleep, and readier to suffer harm. Nor should we make pleasure the end of eating, but the need of life, refusing the excess of pleasure. For to be a slave to pleasures is nothing other than to make one's belly one's god.

Since our body, always being emptied and wasting away, needs to be filled (which is why the appetites for food are natural), right reason in the use of food prescribes the filling of what has been emptied, for the maintenance of the living creature, whether the lack is of dry or of liquid food. Whatever, then, will relieve our need with the least fuss, that is what should be taken. The Lord himself shows this when he welcomed the weary crowds, so that they should not faint on the way, as it is written. For though he could have heightened the wonder in the desert by devising something costly, he prepared food for them so plain and simple that it was barley loaves, with a little fish besides the bread. Of drink he made no mention at all, since water lay at hand for all, natural and sufficient for their needs; unless for someone, because of illness, such a drink should be harmful, so that it must be refused, according to Paul's advice to Timothy. Everything plainly harmful must also be refused. For it is inconsistent to choose food for the maintenance of the body and then, by the food itself, to make war on the body and hinder it from serving the commandment. This same thing is also an example to us of training our soul to flee what is harmful, even if it gives pleasure.

We should, however, in every way prefer what is easier to obtain, so that we may not, on the pretext of self-control, busy ourselves with more costly things, preparing expensive dishes with costly seasonings; but we should choose what is easily obtained in each region, cheap, and ready for the use of most people, using imported things only for what is most necessary to life, such as oil and the like, and anything suitable for the necessary relief of the sick, and this only if it can be obtained without much trouble, commotion, and distraction.

Chapter 20

20PG 31:969

Τις ὁ τρόπος τῆς ἐν βρώμασι δεξιώσεως. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἡ κενοδοξία, καὶ ἡ ἀνθρωπαρέσκεια, καὶ τὸ πρὸς ἐπίδειξίν τι ποιεῖν, ὅλως ἐπὶ παντὸς πράγματος Χριστιανοῖς ἀπηγόρευται· ὅπου γε καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν ἐντολὴν ὁ πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ δοξασθῆναι ποιῶν τὸν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ μισθὸν ἀπόλλυσι. Τοῖς δὲ πᾶν εἶδος ταπεινώσεως διὰ τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου καταδεξαμένοις μεθ᾽ ὑπερβολῆς φευκτέος πᾶς κενοδοξίας τρόπος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τοὺς ἔξωθεν ὁρῶμεν τὸ ταπεινὸν τῆς πενίας αἰσχυνομένους, καὶ ἐπιτηδεύοντας πᾶσαν ἀφθονίαν βρωμάτων καὶ πολυτέλειαν, ὅταν τινὰ τῶν ξένων δέχωνται, φοβοῦμαι μὴ καὶ ἡμῶν κατὰ τὸ λανθάνον τὸ αὐτὸ πάθος ἅψηται, καὶ ἐλεγχθῶμεν ἐπαισχυνόμενοι τὴν ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ μακαριζομένην πτωχείαν. Ὥσπερ οὖν σκεύη ἀργυρᾶ, ἢ καταπετάσματα περιπόρφυρα, ἢ στρωμνήν μαλακὴν, ἢ ἐπιβλήματα διαφανῆ συμπορίζεσθαι ἔξωθεν οὐκ εὐπρεπὲς ἡμῖν· οὕτως οὐδὲ βρώματα περινοεῖν παρὰ πολὺ τῆς ἡμετέρας διαίτης ἐξηλλαγμένα. Τὸ γὰρ περιτρέχειν ἡμᾶς διερευνωμένους τὰ μὴ πρὸς τὸ ἀναγκαῖον τῆς χρείας ἐπιζητούμενα, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὴν ἀθλίαν ἡδονὴν καὶ ὀλεθρίαν κενοδοξίαν περινενοημένα, οὐ μόνον αἰσχρὸν καὶ ἀσύμφωνον τῷ προκειμένῳ ἡμῖν σκοπῷ, ἀλλὰ καὶ βλάβην ἔχον οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν, ὅταν οἱ τρυφῶντες, καὶ ταῖς ἡδοναῖς τῆς γαστρὸς τὴν μακαριότητα ὁριζόμενοι, περὶ τὰς αὐτὰς φροντίδας ὁρῶσι καὶ ἡμᾶς στρεφομένους, περὶ ἃς ἐκεῖνοι ἐπτόηνται.. Εἰ γὰρ πονηρὸν ἡ τρυφὴ καὶ φευκτὸν, οὐδέποτε ἡμῖν αἱρετή. Οὐδὲν γὰρ τῶν κατεγνωσμένων δύναται εἶναι πρὸς καιρὸν ἐπιτήδειον. Οἱ σπαταλῶντες, καὶ τὰ πρῶτα μύρα χριόμενοι, καὶ τὸν διυλισμένον οἶνον πίνοντες, κατηγοροῦν ται ὑπὸ τῆς Γραφῆς. Καὶ διὰ τὴν σπατάλην ἡ χήρα, ζῶσα, τεθνηκέναι λέγεται. Ὁ πλούσιος ἀπεστερήθη τοῦ παραδείσου διὰ τὴν ἐνταῦθα τρυφήν. Τί οὖν ἡμῖν καὶ ταῖς πολυτελείαις; Ἐπεδήμησέ τις τῶν ξένων; Εἰ μὲν ἀδελφὸς, καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν σκοπὸν ἔχων τοῦ βίου, τὴν οἰκείαν τράπεζαν ἐπιγνώσεται. "Α γὰρ κατέλιπεν οἴκοι, ταῦτα εὑρήσει παρ' ἡμῖν. Ἀλλὰ κέκμηκεν ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας; Τοσοῦτον αὐτῷ προστίθεμεν ὅσον τὸν κόπον παραμυθήσασθαι. "Αλλος ἐλήλυθεν ἐκ τοῦ ἔξωθεν βίου; Μαθέτω διὰ τῶν ἔργων, ὅσα ὁ λόγος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔπεισε, καὶ λαβέτω τύπον καὶ ὑπογραμμὸν τῆς ἐν τροφαῖς αὐταρκείας. Ἐναπομεινάτω αὐτῷ ὑπομνήματα Χριστιανῶν τραπέζης, καὶ ἀνεπαισχύντου διὰ Χριστὸν πτωχείας. Εἰ δὲ οὐ προσέξει, ἀλλὰ καταγελάσει, δεύτερον ἡμῖν οὐκ ἐνοχλήσει. Ἡμεῖς δὲ, ὅταν τινὰς τῶν πλουσίων ἴδωμεν, οἱ τὴν ἀπόλαυσιν τῶν ἡδέων ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις τῶν ἀγαθῶν τίθενται, μέγα στενάζομεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς, ὅτι τῇ ματαιότητι πάντα τὸν βίον προσαναλίσκοντες, καὶ θεοποιήσαντες ἑαυτῶν τὰς ἡδονὰς, ἐν τῇ ζωῇ ταύτῃ τῶν ἀγαθῶν τὸ μέρος ἀπολαμβάνοντες οὐκ αἰσθάνονται, διὰ τῆς ἐνταῦθα τρυφῆς, ἐφ᾿ ἕτοιμον τὸ πῦρ καὶ τὸν ἐν αὐτῷ καύσωνα πορευόμενοι. Κἂν καιροῦ ποτε τύχωμεν, οὐδὲ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους ταῦτα διεξελθεῖν ὀκνοῦμεν. Εἰ δὲ μέλλοιμεν καὶ αὐτοὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐνέξεσθαι, καὶ, κατὰ τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν ἡμῖν δύναμιν, καὶ τὰ πρὸς ἡδονὴν ἐπιζητεῖν, καὶ πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν παρασκευάζεσθαι, φοβοῦμαι, μὴ ἃ καταλύομεν, ταῦτα φανῶμεν οἰκοδομοῦντες, καὶ δι' ὧν ἑτέρους κρίνομεν, ἑαυτοὺς κατακρίνωμεν, ἐσχηματισμένως τῷ βίῳ κεχρημένοι, καὶ ἄλλοτε ἄλλως μεταμορφούμενοι, εἰ μὴ ἄρα καὶ τὰς ἐσθῆτας ἡμῶν διαμείψωμεν, ὅταν τοῖς ὑπερηφάνοις περιτυγχάνωμεν. Εἰ δὲ τοῦτο αἰσχρὸν, πολλῷ αἰσχρότερον διὰ τοὺς τρυφῶντας τὴν τράπεζαν ἡμῶν μετασκευάζεσθαι. Μονότροπός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ Χριστιανοῦ βίος, ἕνα σκοπὸν ἔχων, τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ. Εἴτε γὰρ ἐσθίετε, εἴτε πίνετε, εἴτε τι ποιεῖτε, πάντα εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ ποιεῖτε, φησὶν ὁ ἐν Χριστῷ λαλῶν Παῦλος. Πολύτροπος δὲ καὶ ποικίλος ὁ τῶν ἔξωθεν βίος, ἄλλοτε ἄλλως πρὸς τὴν ἀρέσκειαν τῶν ἐντυγχανόντων μεταπλασσόμενος Ὥστε καὶ σὺ, πλήθει βρωμάτων καὶ περιεργίᾳ πρὸς ἡδονὴν μετασκευάζων τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου τὴν τρά πεζαν, κατηγορεῖς αὐτοῦ φιληδονίαν, καὶ καταχέεις αὐτοῦ γαστριμαργίας ὀνείδη δι' ὧν παρασκευάζῃ, ἐλέγχων αὐτοῦ τὴν περὶ ταῦτα ἡδυπάθειαν. Η οὐχὶ πολλάκις, τὸ εἶδος καὶ τὸν τρόπον τῆς παρασκευῆς θεωρήσαντες, ἐστοχάσμεθα τοῦ προσδοκωμένου, ὅστις ἐστὶν, ἢ ὅπερ ἐστίν; Οὐκ ἐπήνεσε τὴν Μάρθαν εἰς πολλὴν διακονίαν περισπωμένην ὁ Κύριος· ἀλλὰ, Μεριμνᾶς, καὶ τυρβάζῃ, φησὶ, περὶ πολλά· ὀλίγων δὲ ἐστι χρεία, ἢ ἑνός· ὀλίγων μὲν, δηλονότι τῶν πρὸς παρασκευὴν, ἑνὸς δὲ τοῦ σκοποῦ, ὥστε τὴν χρείαν ἐκπληρωθῆναι. Αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Κύριος ὁποίαν παρέθηκε τοῖς πεντακισχιλίοις τροφὴν οὐκ ἀγνοεῖς. Ἡ δὲ εὐχὴ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ πρὸς τὸν Θεόν· Ἐὰν δῷς μοι, φησὶν, ἄρτον φαγεῖν, καὶ ἱμάτιον περιβαλέσθαι· οὐκ, Ἐὰν τρυφὴν δῷς μοι καὶ πολυτέλειαν. Τί δὲ ὁ σοφώτατος Σολομών; Πλοῦτον δὲ καὶ πενίαν, φησί, μή μοι δῷς· σύνταξον δὲ μοι τὰ δέοντα, καὶ αὐτάρκη, ἵνα μὴ πλησθεὶς ψευδὴς γένωμαι, καὶ εἴπω· Τίς με ὁρᾷ; ἢ πενόμενος κλέψω, καὶ ὀμόσω τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ μου· πλοῦτον μὲν εἶναι τὴν πλησμονὴν ὁριζόμενος, πενίαν δὲ τὴν παντελῆ ἀπορίαν τῶν πρὸς τὸ ζῇν ἀναγκαίων· διὰ δὲ τῆς αὐταρκείας τὸ ἀνενδεὲς ὁμοῦ καὶ ἀπέριττον τῶν πρὸς τὴν χρείαν δηλῶν. Αὐτάρκεια δὲ ἄλλη ἄλλῳ κατά τε τὴν τοῦ σώματος ἔξιν καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸ προκείμενον χρείαν. Τῷ μὲν γὰρ πλείονος τροφῆς καὶ ἰσχυροτέρας χρεία διὰ τὸν κόπον, τῷ δὲ λεπτοτέρας καὶ κουφοτέρας, καὶ καταλλήλου τὰ πάντα διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν· κοινῇ δὲ πᾶσιν εὐτελεστέρας καὶ εὐποριστοτέρας. Ἐν παντὶ μέντοι͵ τὸ ἐπιμελὲς καὶ τὸ εὐτράπεζον ἀναγκαῖον, μηδαμοῦ τοὺς ὅρους ἡμῶν τῆς χρείας ὑπερβαινόντων· ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔστω τῆς δεξιώσεως πέρας, τὸ παρὰ τῆς ἑκάστου χρείας τῶν ἐπιδημούντων ἐπιζητούμενον. Ὡς χρώμενοι γὰρ, φησὶ, τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, καὶ μὴ παραχρώμενοι Παράχρησις δὲ ἐστιν ἡ ὑπὲρ τὴν χρείαν δαπάνη. Οὐκ ἔχομεν χρήματα; μηδὲ ἔχοιμεν. Οὐ γέμουσιν ἡμῶν αἱ ἀποθῆκαι; Ἐφήμερος γὰρ ἡμῖν ἡ τροφή· διὰ χειρῶν ὁ βίος. Τί οὖν τὴν δεδομένην παρὰ Θεοῦ τροφὴν τοῖς πεινῶσιν εἰς ἡδονὰς τρυφώντων παραναλίσκομεν; ἀμφοτέρωθεν ἁμαρτάνοντες, καὶ τούτοις ἐπιτείνοντες τὰς ἐκ τῆς ἐνδείας θλίψεις, κἀκείνοις τὰς βλάβας τὰς ἐκ τοῦ κόρου.

Tis ho tropos tēs en brōmasi dexiōseōs. APOKRISIS. Hē kenodoxia, kai hē anthrōpareskeia, kai to pros epideixin ti poiein, holōs epi pantos pragmatos Christianois apēgoreutai; hopou ge kai autēn tēn entolēn ho pros to theathēnai hypo tōn anthrōpōn kai doxasthēnai poiōn ton ep᾿ autę̄ misthon apollysi. Tois de pan eidos tapeinōseōs dia tēn entolēn tou Kyriou katadexamenois meth᾽ hyperbolēs pheukteos pas kenodoxias tropos. Epei de tous exōthen horōmen to tapeinon tēs penias aischynomenous, kai epitēdeuontas pasan aphthonian brōmatōn kai polyteleian, hotan tina tōn xenōn dechōntai, phoboumai mē kai hēmōn kata to lanthanon to auto pathos hapsētai, kai elenchthōmen epaischynomenoi tēn hypo Christou makarizomenēn ptōcheian. Hōsper oun skeuē argyra, ē katapetasmata periporphyra, ē strōmnēn malakēn, ē epiblēmata diaphanē symporizesthai exōthen ouk euprepes hēmin; houtōs oude brōmata perinoein para poly tēs hēmeteras diaitēs exēllagmena. To gar peritrechein hēmas diereunōmenous ta mē pros to anankaion tēs chreias epizētoumena, alla pros tēn athlian hēdonēn kai olethrian kenodoxian perinenoēmena, ou monon aischron kai asymphōnon tǭ prokeimenǭ hēmin skopǭ, alla kai blabēn echon ou tēn tychousan, hotan hoi tryphōntes, kai tais hēdonais tēs gastros tēn makariotēta horizomenoi, peri tas autas phrontidas horōsi kai hēmas strephomenous, peri has ekeinoi eptoēntai.. Ei gar ponēron hē tryphē kai pheukton, oudepote hēmin hairetē. Ouden gar tōn kategnōsmenōn dynatai einai pros kairon epitēdeion. Hoi spatalōntes, kai ta prōta myra chriomenoi, kai ton diylismenon oinon pinontes, katēgoroun tai hypo tēs Graphēs. Kai dia tēn spatalēn hē chēra, zōsa, tethnēkenai legetai. Ho plousios apesterēthē tou paradeisou dia tēn entautha tryphēn. Ti oun hēmin kai tais polyteleiais? Epedēmēse tis tōn xenōn? Ei men adelphos, kai ton auton skopon echōn tou biou, tēn oikeian trapezan epignōsetai. "A gar katelipen oikoi, tauta heurēsei par' hēmin. Alla kekmēken ek tēs hodoiporias? Tosouton autǭ prostithemen hoson ton kopon paramythēsasthai. "Allos elēlythen ek tou exōthen biou? Mathetō dia tōn ergōn, hosa ho logos auton ouk epeise, kai labetō typon kai hypogrammon tēs en trophais autarkeias. Enapomeinatō autǭ hypomnēmata Christianōn trapezēs, kai anepaischyntou dia Christon ptōcheias. Ei de ou prosexei, alla katagelasei, deuteron hēmin ouk enochlēsei. Hēmeis de, hotan tinas tōn plousiōn idōmen, hoi tēn apolausin tōn hēdeōn en tois prōtois tōn agathōn tithentai, mega stenazomen ep᾿ autois, hoti tę̄ mataiotēti panta ton bion prosanaliskontes, kai theopoiēsantes heautōn tas hēdonas, en tę̄ zōę̄ tautę̄ tōn agathōn to meros apolambanontes ouk aisthanontai, dia tēs entautha tryphēs, eph᾿ hetoimon to pyr kai ton en autǭ kausōna poreuomenoi. Kan kairou pote tychōmen, oude pros autous ekeinous tauta diexelthein oknoumen. Ei de melloimen kai autoi tois autois enexesthai, kai, kata tēn hyparchousan hēmin dynamin, kai ta pros hēdonēn epizētein, kai pros epideixin paraskeuazesthai, phoboumai, mē ha katalyomen, tauta phanōmen oikodomountes, kai di' hōn heterous krinomen, heautous katakrinōmen, eschēmatismenōs tǭ biǭ kechrēmenoi, kai allote allōs metamorphoumenoi, ei mē ara kai tas esthētas hēmōn diameipsōmen, hotan tois hyperēphanois peritynchanōmen. Ei de touto aischron, pollǭ aischroteron dia tous tryphōntas tēn trapezan hēmōn metaskeuazesthai. Monotropos estin ho tou Christianou bios, hena skopon echōn, tēn doxan tou Theou. Eite gar esthiete, eite pinete, eite ti poieite, panta eis doxan Theou poieite, phēsin ho en Christǭ lalōn Paulos. Polytropos de kai poikilos ho tōn exōthen bios, allote allōs pros tēn areskeian tōn entynchanontōn metaplassomenos Hōste kai sy, plēthei brōmatōn kai periergią pros hēdonēn metaskeuazōn tou adelphou sou tēn tra pezan, katēgoreis autou philēdonian, kai katacheeis autou gastrimargias oneidē di' hōn paraskeuazę̄, elenchōn autou tēn peri tauta hēdypatheian. Ē ouchi pollakis, to eidos kai ton tropon tēs paraskeuēs theōrēsantes, estochasmetha tou prosdokōmenou, hostis estin, ē hoper estin? Ouk epēnese tēn Marthan eis pollēn diakonian perispōmenēn ho Kyrios; alla, Merimnas, kai tyrbazę̄, phēsi, peri polla; oligōn de esti chreia, ē henos; oligōn men, dēlonoti tōn pros paraskeuēn, henos de tou skopou, hōste tēn chreian ekplērōthēnai. Autos de ho Kyrios hopoian parethēke tois pentakischiliois trophēn ouk agnoeis. Hē de euchē tou Iakōb pros ton Theon; Ean dǭs moi, phēsin, arton phagein, kai himation peribalesthai; ouk, Ean tryphēn dǭs moi kai polyteleian. Ti de ho sophōtatos Solomōn? Plouton de kai penian, phēsi, mē moi dǭs; syntaxon de moi ta deonta, kai autarkē, hina mē plēstheis pseudēs genōmai, kai eipō; Tis me horą? ē penomenos klepsō, kai omosō to onoma tou Theou mou; plouton men einai tēn plēsmonēn horizomenos, penian de tēn pantelē aporian tōn pros to zę̄n anankaiōn; dia de tēs autarkeias to anendees homou kai aperitton tōn pros tēn chreian dēlōn. Autarkeia de allē allǭ kata te tēn tou sōmatos exin kai tēn pros to prokeimenon chreian. Tǭ men gar pleionos trophēs kai ischyroteras chreia dia ton kopon, tǭ de leptoteras kai kouphoteras, kai katallēlou ta panta dia tēn astheneian; koinę̄ de pasin eutelesteras kai euporistoteras. En panti mentoi͵ to epimeles kai to eutrapezon anankaion, mēdamou tous horous hēmōn tēs chreias hyperbainontōn; alla touto estō tēs dexiōseōs peras, to para tēs hekastou chreias tōn epidēmountōn epizētoumenon. Hōs chrōmenoi gar, phēsi, tǭ kosmǭ toutǭ, kai mē parachrōmenoi Parachrēsis de estin hē hyper tēn chreian dapanē. Ouk echomen chrēmata? mēde echoimen. Ou gemousin hēmōn hai apothēkai? Ephēmeros gar hēmin hē trophē; dia cheirōn ho bios. Ti oun tēn dedomenēn para Theou trophēn tois peinōsin eis hēdonas tryphōntōn paranaliskomen? amphoterōthen hamartanontes, kai toutois epiteinontes tas ek tēs endeias thlipseis, kakeinois tas blabas tas ek tou korou.

What is the manner of receiving guests at table?

Answer. Vainglory, the wish to please men, and doing anything for show are entirely forbidden to Christians in every matter; for even the one who does the commandment itself so as to be seen and glorified by men loses the reward for it. And those who have accepted every kind of humility because of the Lord's commandment must shun every form of vainglory all the more. Since we see outsiders ashamed of the lowliness of poverty and striving for every abundance and extravagance of food whenever they receive a guest, I fear lest the same passion may touch us too without our noticing, and we be found ashamed of the poverty that Christ called blessed. Just as it is not fitting for us to procure from outside silver vessels, or curtains with purple borders, or a soft bed, or transparent coverlets, so neither is it fitting to devise foods far different from our own diet. For us to run about searching for things not sought for the necessity of need but devised for wretched pleasure and destructive vainglory is not only shameful and out of keeping with the goal set before us, but also does no ordinary harm, when those who live in luxury and define happiness by the pleasures of the belly see us too busy with the same concerns that excite them. For if luxury is evil and to be shunned, it is never to be chosen by us; for nothing that has been condemned can be suitable for an occasion. Those who live wantonly, who anoint themselves with the finest ointments and drink strained wine, are accused by Scripture; and because of her self-indulgence the widow is said to be dead while she lives. The rich man was deprived of paradise because of his luxury here. What, then, have we to do with extravagance?

Has a guest arrived? If he is a brother with the same goal of life, he will recognize his own table; for what he left at home he will find with us. But is he weary from the journey? We add as much as will relieve his weariness. Has another come from life outside? Let him learn by deeds what words did not persuade him of, and let him take a model and pattern of contentment in food. Let him keep memories of a Christians' table and of poverty for Christ's sake that is not ashamed. If he pays no heed but mocks, he will not trouble us a second time. As for us, when we see rich people who place the enjoyment of pleasant things among the first goods, we groan greatly over them, because they spend their whole life on vanity and have made their pleasures their god, and do not perceive that in this life they are receiving their share of good things, and through their luxury here are heading for the fire prepared and its burning heat. And if ever we find an occasion, we do not hesitate to go through these things even with them. But if we ourselves are to be held by the same things, and, as far as our means allow, to seek what serves pleasure and prepare for display, I fear lest we be seen building up what we tear down, and condemning ourselves by the very things for which we judge others, living a life of pretence and changing shape now one way and now another, unless indeed we also change our clothes whenever we meet the proud. If that is shameful, it is far more shameful to change our table for the sake of those who live in luxury.

The Christian's life is of one form, having one goal, the glory of God. “For whether you eat or drink, or whatever you do, do all to the glory of God,” says Paul, who speaks in Christ. But the life of outsiders is many-formed and varied, reshaped now one way and now another to please those it meets. So you too, when by the quantity of dishes and by elaborateness for pleasure you change your table for your brother, accuse him of love of pleasure and heap on him the reproach of gluttony by what you prepare, convicting him of self-indulgence in these things. Or do we not often, seeing the kind and manner of the preparations, guess who the expected guest is, or what he is like? The Lord did not praise Martha, distracted with much serving, but said: “You are anxious and troubled about many things; but few things are needed, or one”: few, that is, for the preparation, and one for the aim, that the need be met. And you are not unaware what kind of food the Lord himself set before the five thousand. Jacob's prayer to God was: “If you give me bread to eat and a garment to put on”; not, “If you give me luxury and extravagance.” And what of the most wise Solomon? “Give me neither wealth nor poverty,” he says, “but appoint for me what is needful and sufficient, lest I be full and become false and say, Who sees me? or be poor and steal and swear by the name of my God.” He defines wealth as surfeit and poverty as complete lack of what is necessary to live, and by sufficiency he means what is both without want and without excess in what is needed. Sufficiency differs from one to another according to the condition of the body and the present need. One needs more and stronger food because of toil; another lighter and less heavy food, suited in every way to his weakness; but all in common need food that is cheaper and easier to obtain. In everything, indeed, care and a well-kept table are necessary, so long as we nowhere pass the limits of need; but let the limit of hospitality be what each guest's need requires. “For let those who use this world,” he says, “be as not misusing it.” Misuse is spending beyond need. Have we no money? May we never have any. Are our storehouses not full? Our food is for the day; our living is by our hands. Why, then, do we spend the food God has given for the hungry on the pleasures of the luxurious? We sin both ways, increasing for the one the distress of want, and for the other the harm of surfeit.

Chapter 21

21PG 31:975

Πῶς δεῖ περὶ τὰς καθέδρας καὶ τὰς κατακλίσεις ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῶν ἀρίστων ἢ δείπνων ἔχειν ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐπειδὴ πρόσταγμά ἐστι Κυρίου πανταχοῦ πρὸς τὴν ταπείνωσιν ἐθίζοντος ἡμᾶς τὸ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀρίστοις κατακλινομένους τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον προκαταλαμβάνειν, ἀνάγκη τὸν πάντα κατ' ἐντολὴν ποιεῖν ἐσπουδακότα μηδὲ τοῦτο παρορᾶν τὸ πρόσταγμα. Αν μὲν οὖν κοσμικοί τινες ἡμῖν συγκατακλίνωνται ὑπόδειγμα αὐτοῖς πρὸς τὸ μὴ ὑπεραίρεσθαι, μηδὲ τὸ φιλόπρωτον ἐπιζητεῖν, καὶ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ μέρους γίνεσθαι ἡμᾶς προσήκει. "Όπου δὲ πάντες κατὰ τὸν ἴσον σκοπὸν συνέρχονται, ὥστε ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ τὴν δοκιμὴν τῆς ταπεινοφροσύνης ἑαυτῶν διδόναι, τὸ μὲν προκαταλαμβάνειν τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον κατὰ τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἑκάστῳ ἐπιβάλλον· τὸ γε μὴν πάλιν φιλονείκως περὶ τοῦτον συνωθεῖσθαι ἀδόκιμον, ὡς ἀναιρετικὸν τῆς εὐταξίας καὶ θορύβου αἴτιον. Καὶ τὸ πρὸς ἀλλήλους δὲ ἀνενδότως ἔχειν, καὶ ἡ περὶ τούτου μάχη, ὁμοίους ἡμᾶς ποιήσει τοῖς περὶ πρωτείων φιλονεικοῦσι. Διόπερ χρὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα, τὸ πρέπον ἡμῖν περιεσκεμμένως γνωρίζοντας καὶ σπουδάζοντας, ἐπιτρέπειν τῷ ὑποδεχομένῳ καὶ τὴν τῆς κατακλίσεως τάξιν, καθὰ καὶ ὁ Κύριος ὑπέθετο, τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ προσήκειν εἰπὼν τὴν περὶ τούτων διαταγήν. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ ἀνεξόμεθα ἀλλήλων ἐν ἀγάπῃ, πάντα εὐσχημόνως καὶ κατὰ τάξιν ποιοῦντες· καὶ οὐ πρὸς ἔνδειξιν τῶν πολλῶν, οὔτε δημοκοπικῶς τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην ἐπιτηδεύειν διὰ τῆς ἀνενδότου

Pōs dei peri tas kathedras kai tas katakliseis en tǭ kairǭ tōn aristōn ē deipnōn echein APOKRISIS. Epeidē prostagma esti Kyriou pantachou pros tēn tapeinōsin ethizontos hēmas to kai en tois aristois kataklinomenous ton eschaton topon prokatalambanein, anankē ton panta kat' entolēn poiein espoudakota mēde touto paroran to prostagma. An men oun kosmikoi tines hēmin synkataklinōntai hypodeigma autois pros to mē hyperairesthai, mēde to philoprōton epizētein, kai ek toutou tou merous ginesthai hēmas prosēkei. "Opou de pantes kata ton ison skopon synerchontai, hōste en panti kairǭ tēn dokimēn tēs tapeinophrosynēs heautōn didonai, to men prokatalambanein ton eschaton topon kata tēn entolēn tou Kyriou hekastǭ epiballon; to ge mēn palin philoneikōs peri touton synōtheisthai adokimon, hōs anairetikon tēs eutaxias kai thorybou aition. Kai to pros allēlous de anendotōs echein, kai hē peri toutou machē, homoious hēmas poiēsei tois peri prōteiōn philoneikousi. Dioper chrē kai entautha, to prepon hēmin perieskemmenōs gnōrizontas kai spoudazontas, epitrepein tǭ hypodechomenǭ kai tēn tēs katakliseōs taxin, katha kai ho Kyrios hypetheto, tǭ oikodespotę̄ prosēkein eipōn tēn peri toutōn diatagēn. Houtō gar kai anexometha allēlōn en agapę̄, panta euschēmonōs kai kata taxin poiountes; kai ou pros endeixin tōn pollōn, oute dēmokopikōs tēn tapeinophrosynēn epitēdeuein dia tēs anendotou

How one should behave about seats and places at table at the time of the midday and evening meals.

Answer. Since it is a command of the Lord, who everywhere trains us in humility, that when we recline even at meals we should take the lowest place first, the one who is eager to do everything according to the commandment must not overlook this command either. If, then, any people of the world recline with us, it is fitting that we should be an example to them in this respect too, so that they may not exalt themselves or seek the first place. But where all come together with the same aim, so as to give proof of their humility on every occasion, it falls to each to take the lowest place first, according to the Lord's commandment; yet to jostle over it contentiously is unacceptable, since it destroys good order and causes disturbance. Being unyielding toward one another and fighting about this will make us like those who quarrel over the first places. Therefore here too, recognizing and pursuing with forethought what is fitting for us, we should leave the order of places at table to the one who receives us, as the Lord also laid down, saying that the arrangement of these things belongs to the master of the house. For so we shall bear with one another in love, doing all things decently and in order; and [we shall not seem] to practise humility for show before the many, or to court popularity, by unyielding …

Chapter 22

22PG 31:977

Τι τὸ πρέπον ἔνδυμα τῷ Χριστιανῷ ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Προλαβὼν ὁ λόγος τήν τε ταπεινοφροσύνην ἀναγκαίαν ἔδειξε, καὶ τὴν λιτότητα, καὶ τὸ ἐν πᾶσιν εὐτελὲς, καὶ ὀλιγοδάπανον, ὡς ὀλίγας ἐκ τῶν σωματικῶν χρειῶν τὰς ἀφορμὰς τῶν περισπασμῶν ἐγγίνεσθαι ἡμῖν. Ἐκείνοις οὖν τοῖς σκοποῖς ἔπεσθαι χρή καὶ τὸν περὶ ἐνδύματος λόγον. Εἰ γὰρ πάντων προσἐκει ἡμᾶς σπουδάζειν ἐσχάτους εἶναι, καὶ ἐν τούτῳ, δηλονότι, τὸ ἔσχατον προτιμότατον. Ωσπερ γὰρ οἱ φιλόδοξοι καὶ ἐκ τῆς περιβολῆς τῶν ἐνδυμάτων τὴν δόξαν ἑαυτοῖς θηρῶνται, ἀποβλέπεσθαι καὶ ζηλοῦσθαι ἐπὶ τῇ πολυτελείᾳ τῆς ἐσθῆτος φιλοτιμούμενοι· οὕτω, δηλονότι, τὸν εἰς ἔσχατον αὐτοῦ τὴν ζωὴν διὰ τῆς ταπεινώσεως καταβαλόντα αἱρεῖσθαι προσήκει καὶ ἐν τούτοις τὸ πάντων ἔσχατον. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐν τῷ δημοσίῳ δείπνῳ ἐγκαλοῦνται Κορίνθιοι, ὡς τῇ ἑαυτῶν πολυτελείᾳ καταισχύνοντες τοὺς μὴ ἔχοντας· οὕτω, δηλονότι, καὶ ἐν τῇ κοινῇ καὶ προφανεῖ τῶν ἐνδυμάτων χρήσει ὁ ὑπὲρ τοὺς πολλοὺς σχηματισμὸς οἱονεὶ διὰ τῆς συγκρίσεως καταισχύνει τὸν πένητα. Τοῦ δὲ Ἀποστόλου λέγοντος· Μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι, ἐξεταζέτω ἕκαστος ἑαυτὸν, ἡ πρὸς τίνα ὁμοίωσις ἁρμοδιωτέρα ἐστὶ Χριστιανοῖς, τοὺς ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις οἰκοῦντας, καὶ τὰ μαλακὰ ἡμφιεσμένους, ἢ ἡ πρὸς τὸν ἄγγελον καὶ κήρυκα τῆς τοῦ Κυρίου ἐπιδημίας, οὗ μείζων ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν οὐκ ἐγήγερται. Ἰωάννην λέγω, τὸν τοῦ Ζαχαρίου, οὗ τὸ ἔνδυμα ἦν ἐκ τριχῶν καμήλου. Καὶ οἱ πάλαι δὲ ἅγιοι περιῆλθον ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγείοις δέρμασι. Τὸν δὲ σκοπὸν τῆς χρήσεως ὑπέβαλεν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, διὰ μιᾶς λέξεως εἰπών· Ἔχοντες διατροφὰς καὶ σκεπάσματα, τούτοις ἀρκεσθησόμεθα ὡς τῆς σκέπης ἡμῶν προσδεομένων μόνης· οὐκέτι μέντοι καὶ τῆς ποικιλίας, καὶ τοῦ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς καλλωπισμοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀπηγορευμένην περπερίαν ἐκπιπτόντων· ἵνα μὴ τι χεῖρον λέγω. Ταῦτα γὰρ ὕστερον ἐπεισήχθη διὰ τῆς περιέργου ματαιοτεχνίας τῷ βίῳ. Δήλη δὲ καὶ ἡ πρώτη τῶν σκεπασμάτων χρῆσις, ἣν αὐτὸς ὁ Θεὸς τοῖς ἐπιδεηθεῖσιν ἔδωκεν. Ἐποίησε γὰρ αὐτοῖς, φησὶν, ὁ Θεὸς χιτῶνας δερματίνους. Πρὸς γὰρ τὴν τῶν ἀσχημόνων ἐπικάλυψιν ἐξήρκει καὶ ἡ τοιαύτη τῶν χιτώνων χρῆσις. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ ἕτερος σκοπὸς συνεισέρχεται, ὁ τοῦ θάλπεσθαι διὰ τῶν σκεπασμάτων, ἀνάγκη ἀμφοτέρων ἐστοχασμένην εἶναι τὴν χρῆσιν, τοῦ τε περιστέλλειν ἡμῶν τὰ ἀσχήμονα, καὶ τοῦ ἀλεξήματα εἶναι πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀέρων βλάβην. Ἐπεὶ μέντοι καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς τούτοις τὰ μὲν ἔστι πολύχρηστα, τὰ δὲ ἥττονα, ἀκόλουθον προτιμᾷν ὅσα ἐπὶ πλείονας ἕλκεσθαι χρείας δύναται, ὥστε μηδὲν τὸν τῆς ἀκτημοσύνης παραβλάπτεσθαι λόγον· καὶ μὴ ἄλλα μὲν εἶναι τὰ πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν ἡμῖν παρεσκευασμένα, ἄλλα δὲ πρὸς τὴν κατ' οἶκον χρείαν· καὶ ταῦτα πάλιν ἕτερα μὲν τὰ μεθημερινὰ, ἕτερα δὲ τὰ ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ἐπιβλήματα· ἀλλὰ ἐπινοεῖν ἑνὸς τοιούτου τὴν κτῆσιν, δ πρὸς πάντα ἡμῖν ἐξαρκεῖν δύναται, πρός τε τὴν εὐσχήμονα μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν περιβολὴν καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀναγκαίαν ἐν τῇ νυκτί. Ἐκ δὲ τούτου συμβαίνει ἡμᾶς καὶ τῷ σχήματι κοινωνεῖν ἀλλήλοις, καὶ οἱονεὶ χαρακτῆρά τινα ἰδιάζοντα καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἐνδύματος τῷ Χριστιανῷ ἐπικεῖσθαι. Τὰ γὰρ πρὸς ἕνα σκοπὸν συνα τείνοντα ὡς τὰ πολλὰ ταυτά ἐστιν ἀλλήλοις. Χρήσιμον δὲ καὶ τὸ ἐκ τῆς ἐσθῆτος ἰδίωμα προκηρυττούσης ἕκαστον, καὶ προδιαμαρτυρομένης τὸ ἑπάγγελμα τῆς κατὰ Θεὸν ζωῆς· ὥστε ἀκόλουθον καὶ τὴν πρᾶξιν παρὰ τῶν συντυγχανόντων ἡμῖν ἀπαιτεῖσθαι. Οὐ γὰρ ὁμοίως τὸ ἀπρεπὲς καὶ ἄσχημον ἐν τοῖς τυχοῦσι καὶ ἐν τοῖς μεγάλα ὑπισχνουμένοις διαφαίνεται. Δημότην μὲν γὰρ, ἤ τινα τῶν τυχόντων διδόντα πληγὰς ἡ λαμβάνοντα δημοσίᾳ, καὶ φωνὰς ἀπρεπεῖς ἀφιέντα, καὶ ἐν καπηλείοις διαιτώμενον, καὶ ἄλλα παραπλήσια τούτοις ἀσχημονοῦντα, οὐκ ἄν τις ῥᾳδίως οὐδὲ παρατηρήσειεν, ἀκόλουθα εἶναι τῇ ὅλῃ προαιρήσει τοῦ βίου καταδεχόμενος τὰ γινόμενα· τὸν δὲ ἐν ἐπαγγέλματι ἀκριβείας, κἂν τὸ τυχὸν παρίδῃ τῶν καθηκόντων, πάντες ἐπιτηροῦσι, καὶ ἀντ᾿ ὀνείδους αὐτῷ προφέρουσι ποιοῦντες τὸ εἰρημένον ὅτι, Στραφέντες ῥήξουσιν ὑμᾶς. "Ωστε οἱονεὶ παιδαγωγία τίς ἐστι τοῖς ἀσθενεστέροις, πρὸς τὸ καὶ ἄκοντας αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν φαύ λων εἴργεσθαι, ἡ διὰ τοῦ σχήματος ἐπαγγελία Ὡς οὖν ἐστί τι στρατιώτου ἴδιον ἐν τῷ ἐνδύματι, καὶ ἄλλο τοῦ συγκλητικοῦ, καὶ ἄλλο ἄλλου, ἀφ᾿ ὧν εἰκάζεται αὐτῶν, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον, τὰ ἀξιώματα, οὕτως εἶναί τινα καὶ Χριστιανοῦ ἰδιότητα καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐσθῆτος εὐπρεπὲς καὶ ἀκόλουθον σώζουσαν τὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου παραδεδομένην κοσμιότητα· ποτὲ μὲν τὸν ἐπίσκοπον κόσμιον εἶναι διοριζομένου, ποτὲ δὲ τὰς γυναῖκας ἐν καταστολῇ κοσμίῳ εἶναι διατασσομένου, τοῦ κοσμίου δηλονότι κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ σκοπὸν νοουμένου. Ὁ αὐτὸς δέ μοι λόγος καὶ περὶ ὑποδημάτων ἐστίν· ὥστε τὸ ἀπερίεργον καὶ εὐποριστότερον, καὶ πρὸς τὸν σκοπὸν τῆς χρείας ἀρκοῦν, τοῦτο αἱρετὸν εἶναι ἐν ἑκάστῳ καιρῷ.

Ti to prepon endyma tǭ Christianǭ APOKRISIS. Prolabōn ho logos tēn te tapeinophrosynēn anankaian edeixe, kai tēn litotēta, kai to en pasin euteles, kai oligodapanon, hōs oligas ek tōn sōmatikōn chreiōn tas aphormas tōn perispasmōn enginesthai hēmin. Ekeinois oun tois skopois epesthai chrē kai ton peri endymatos logon. Ei gar pantōn prosekei hēmas spoudazein eschatous einai, kai en toutǭ, dēlonoti, to eschaton protimotaton. Ōsper gar hoi philodoxoi kai ek tēs peribolēs tōn endymatōn tēn doxan heautois thērōntai, apoblepesthai kai zēlousthai epi tę̄ polyteleią tēs esthētos philotimoumenoi; houtō, dēlonoti, ton eis eschaton autou tēn zōēn dia tēs tapeinōseōs katabalonta haireisthai prosēkei kai en toutois to pantōn eschaton. Hōsper gar en tǭ dēmosiǭ deipnǭ enkalountai Korinthioi, hōs tę̄ heautōn polyteleią kataischynontes tous mē echontas; houtō, dēlonoti, kai en tę̄ koinę̄ kai prophanei tōn endymatōn chrēsei ho hyper tous pollous schēmatismos hoionei dia tēs synkriseōs kataischynei ton penēta. Tou de Apostolou legontos; Mē ta hypsēla phronountes, alla tois tapeinois synapagomenoi, exetazetō hekastos heauton, hē pros tina homoiōsis harmodiōtera esti Christianois, tous en tois basileiois oikountas, kai ta malaka hēmphiesmenous, ē hē pros ton angelon kai kēryka tēs tou Kyriou epidēmias, hou meizōn en gennētois gynaikōn ouk egēgertai. Iōannēn legō, ton tou Zachariou, hou to endyma ēn ek trichōn kamēlou. Kai hoi palai de hagioi periēlthon en mēlōtais, en aigeiois dermasi. Ton de skopon tēs chrēseōs hypebalen ho ᾿Apostolos, dia mias lexeōs eipōn; Echontes diatrophas kai skepasmata, toutois arkesthēsometha hōs tēs skepēs hēmōn prosdeomenōn monēs; ouketi mentoi kai tēs poikilias, kai tou ap᾿ autēs kallōpismou eis tēn apēgoreumenēn perperian ekpiptontōn; hina mē ti cheiron legō. Tauta gar hysteron epeisēchthē dia tēs periergou mataiotechnias tǭ biǭ. Dēlē de kai hē prōtē tōn skepasmatōn chrēsis, hēn autos ho Theos tois epideētheisin edōken. Epoiēse gar autois, phēsin, ho Theos chitōnas dermatinous. Pros gar tēn tōn aschēmonōn epikalypsin exērkei kai hē toiautē tōn chitōnōn chrēsis. Epeidē de kai heteros skopos syneiserchetai, ho tou thalpesthai dia tōn skepasmatōn, anankē amphoterōn estochasmenēn einai tēn chrēsin, tou te peristellein hēmōn ta aschēmona, kai tou alexēmata einai pros tēn tōn aerōn blabēn. Epei mentoi kai en autois toutois ta men esti polychrēsta, ta de hēttona, akolouthon protimąn hosa epi pleionas helkesthai chreias dynatai, hōste mēden ton tēs aktēmosynēs parablaptesthai logon; kai mē alla men einai ta pros epideixin hēmin pareskeuasmena, alla de pros tēn kat' oikon chreian; kai tauta palin hetera men ta methēmerina, hetera de ta en tę̄ nykti epiblēmata; alla epinoein henos toioutou tēn ktēsin, d pros panta hēmin exarkein dynatai, pros te tēn euschēmona meth᾽ hēmeran peribolēn kai pros tēn anankaian en tę̄ nykti. Ek de toutou symbainei hēmas kai tǭ schēmati koinōnein allēlois, kai hoionei charaktēra tina idiazonta kai ek tou endymatos tǭ Christianǭ epikeisthai. Ta gar pros hena skopon syna teinonta hōs ta polla tauta estin allēlois. Chrēsimon de kai to ek tēs esthētos idiōma prokēryttousēs hekaston, kai prodiamartyromenēs to hepangelma tēs kata Theon zōēs; hōste akolouthon kai tēn praxin para tōn syntynchanontōn hēmin apaiteisthai. Ou gar homoiōs to aprepes kai aschēmon en tois tychousi kai en tois megala hypischnoumenois diaphainetai. Dēmotēn men gar, ē tina tōn tychontōn didonta plēgas hē lambanonta dēmosią, kai phōnas aprepeis aphienta, kai en kapēleiois diaitōmenon, kai alla paraplēsia toutois aschēmonounta, ouk an tis rhądiōs oude paratērēseien, akoloutha einai tę̄ holę̄ proairēsei tou biou katadechomenos ta ginomena; ton de en epangelmati akribeias, kan to tychon paridę̄ tōn kathēkontōn, pantes epitērousi, kai ant᾿ oneidous autǭ propherousi poiountes to eirēmenon hoti, Straphentes rhēxousin hymas. "Ōste hoionei paidagōgia tis esti tois asthenesterois, pros to kai akontas autous apo tōn phau lōn eirgesthai, hē dia tou schēmatos epangelia Hōs oun esti ti stratiōtou idion en tǭ endymati, kai allo tou synklētikou, kai allo allou, aph᾿ hōn eikazetai autōn, hōs epi to pleiston, ta axiōmata, houtōs einai tina kai Christianou idiotēta kai apo tēs esthētos euprepes kai akolouthon sōzousan tēn hypo tou Apostolou paradedomenēn kosmiotēta; pote men ton episkopon kosmion einai diorizomenou, pote de tas gynaikas en katastolę̄ kosmiǭ einai diatassomenou, tou kosmiou dēlonoti kata ton idion tou Christianismou skopon nooumenou. Ho autos de moi logos kai peri hypodēmatōn estin; hōste to aperiergon kai euporistoteron, kai pros ton skopon tēs chreias arkoun, touto haireton einai en hekastǭ kairǭ.

What clothing is fitting for the Christian?

Answer. The argument has already shown that humility is necessary, and plainness, and cheapness and small expense in all things, so that few occasions of distraction may arise for us from bodily needs. The account of clothing too must follow those aims. For if we should be eager to be last of all, plainly in this too the last is most to be preferred. For just as lovers of glory hunt for glory from the clothes they wear, ambitious to be looked at and envied for the costliness of their dress, so plainly the one who has brought his life down to the last place through humility should choose in these things too what is last of all. For just as at the common supper the Corinthians are reproached for shaming those who have nothing by their own extravagance, so plainly in the common and visible use of clothes too, display above the many shames the poor man, as it were, by comparison. And since the Apostle says, “Do not be haughty, but associate with the lowly,” let each examine himself: which likeness is more fitting for Christians, to those who dwell in kings' palaces and are clothed in soft garments, or to the messenger and herald of the Lord's coming, than whom none greater has arisen among those born of women? I mean John the son of Zechariah, whose garment was of camel's hair. And the saints of old went about in sheepskins and goatskins. The Apostle set out the aim of use in a single phrase, saying: “Having food and covering, with these we shall be content,” as though we need only covering, not variety and the adornment that comes from it, which falls into the forbidden vanity, not to say anything worse. For these things were brought into life later by meddlesome and useless craft.

The first use of coverings, which God himself gave to those who needed them, is also plain: “God made for them,” it says, “garments of skins.” For such a use of tunics was enough to cover what is unseemly. But since another aim enters too, that of being kept warm by the coverings, the use must aim at both: covering our unseemliness and being a defence against harm from the weather. And since even among these some things serve many uses and others fewer, it follows that we should prefer whatever can be put to more uses, so that the principle of poverty may not be harmed at all; and not have some things prepared for display and others for use at home, and these again different coverings for day and for night; but we should think of acquiring one such thing as can suffice us for everything, both for decent clothing by day and for what is needed at night. From this it follows that we share in common dress with one another, and that a kind of distinctive mark, given by the clothing too, is set upon the Christian. For things that tend to one goal are for the most part alike. The distinctiveness of dress is also useful, proclaiming each person in advance and declaring beforehand his profession of the life according to God, so that those who meet us demand conduct to match. For what is unbecoming and unseemly does not show in the same way in ordinary people and in those who promise great things. If a commoner, or any ordinary person, gives or receives blows in public, utters unseemly words, spends his time in taverns, and behaves shamefully in other such ways, no one would readily even notice, accepting what happens as consistent with his whole chosen way of life; but the one who professes exactness, if he overlooks even the least of his duties, all watch him and cast it up against him as a reproach, doing what was said: “They will turn and tear you.” So the profession made by the dress is a kind of tutor for the weaker, to keep them from base things even against their will. Just as there is something proper to the soldier in his dress, and another to the senator, and another to another, from which their ranks are usually guessed, so there should be also a distinctiveness of the Christian, even from his clothing, that is seemly and consistent, preserving the decorum handed down by the Apostle, who at one time prescribes that the bishop be decorous, at another that women be in decorous apparel, decorum plainly being understood according to the proper goal of Christianity. The same principle, I say, holds also for shoes: what is unelaborate, easier to obtain, and sufficient for the aim of need is to be chosen in each case.

Chapter 23

23PG 31:981

Περὶ τῆς ζώνης ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὴν δὲ τῆς ζώνης χρείαν δηλοῦσιν ἀναγκαίαν οὗσαν καὶ οἱ προλαβόντες ἅγιοι· Ἰωάννης μὲν δερματίνῃ ζώνῃ περισφίγγων ἑαυτοῦ τὴν ὀσφὺν, καὶ Ἠλίας ἔτι πρότερον. Γέγραπται γὰρ, ὥσπερ ἰδίωμά τι τοῦ ἀνδρὸς, τὸ, Ἀνὴρ δασὺς, καὶ ζώνη δερματίνη περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ. Καὶ Πέτρος δὲ ζώνῃ κεχρημένος δείκνυται, ὡς δῆλον ἐκ τῶν τοῦ ἀγγέλου ῥημάτων πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγοντος· Ζῶσαι, καὶ ὑπόδησαι τὰ σανδάλιά σου. Καὶ ὁ μακάριος Παῦλος ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Ἀγάβου προφητείας τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν φαίνεται κεχρημένος ζώνῃ. Τὸν γὰρ ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὕτη οὕτως δήσουσι, φησὶν, ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις Καὶ ὁ Ἰὼβ δὲ παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ζώσασθαι προστάσσεται. Ὡς γὰρ ἀνδρείας τινὸς, καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὰ ἔργα ἑτοιμασίας σύμβολον, Ζῶσαι, φησὶν, ὥσπερ ἀνὴρ τὴν ὀσφύν σου. Καὶ δῆλον, ὅτι πᾶσι τοῖς μαθηταῖς τοῦ Κυρίου συνήθης ἦν ἡ τῆς ζώνης χρῆσις, οἷς ἀπηγόρευτο μὴ ἔχειν χαλκὸν εἰς τὰς ζώνας. ῎Αλλως τε καὶ μέλλοντα αὐτουργήσειν ἀνάγκη εὐσταλῆ καὶ ἀνεμπόδιστον εἶναι πρὸς τὰς κινήσεις. Ὥστε καὶ ζώνης αὐτῷ χρεία, δι' ἧς προσταλήσεται τῷ σώματι ὁ χιτών· καὶ μᾶλλόν γε αὐτὸν θάλψει περιπτυσσόμενος πανταχόθεν, καὶ τὸ ἀκώλυτον αὐτῷ πρὸς τὰς κινήσεις παρασκευάσει. Ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ Κύριος, ὅτε εἰς τὴν διακονίαν τῶν μαθητῶν παρεσκευάζετο, λαβὼν λέντιον διέζωσεν ἑαυτόν. Περί γε μὲν τοῦ πλήθους τῶν ἐνδυμάτων οὐδὲν δεόμεθα λέγειν, ἱκανῶς ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ περὶ ἀκτημοσύνης λόγῳ προεξητασμένου τούτου. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ ἔχων δύο χιτῶνας προστάσσεται μεταδοῦναι τῷ μὴ ἔχοντι δηλονότι ἡ τῶν πλειόνων ἑαυτοῦ ἕνεκεν κτῆσις ἀπηγορευμένη ἐστίν. Οἷς οὖν τὸ ἔχειν δύο χιτῶνας ἀπαγορεύεται, τούτοις περὶ τῆς χρήσεως τί προσήκει νομοθετεῖν·

Peri tēs zōnēs APOKRISIS. Tēn de tēs zōnēs chreian dēlousin anankaian housan kai hoi prolabontes hagioi; Iōannēs men dermatinę̄ zōnę̄ perisphingōn heautou tēn osphyn, kai Ēlias eti proteron. Gegraptai gar, hōsper idiōma ti tou andros, to, Anēr dasys, kai zōnē dermatinē peri tēn osphyn autou. Kai Petros de zōnę̄ kechrēmenos deiknytai, hōs dēlon ek tōn tou angelou rhēmatōn pros auton legontos; Zōsai, kai hypodēsai ta sandalia sou. Kai ho makarios Paulos ek tēs tou Agabou prophēteias tēs eis auton phainetai kechrēmenos zōnę̄. Ton gar andra hou estin hē zōnē hautē houtōs dēsousi, phēsin, en Hierosolymois Kai ho Iōb de para tou Kyriou zōsasthai prostassetai. Hōs gar andreias tinos, kai tēs pros ta erga hetoimasias symbolon, Zōsai, phēsin, hōsper anēr tēn osphyn sou. Kai dēlon, hoti pasi tois mathētais tou Kyriou synēthēs ēn hē tēs zōnēs chrēsis, hois apēgoreuto mē echein chalkon eis tas zōnas. ᾿Allōs te kai mellonta autourgēsein anankē eustalē kai anempodiston einai pros tas kinēseis. Hōste kai zōnēs autǭ chreia, di' hēs prostalēsetai tǭ sōmati ho chitōn; kai mallon ge auton thalpsei periptyssomenos pantachothen, kai to akōlyton autǭ pros tas kinēseis paraskeuasei. Epei kai ho Kyrios, hote eis tēn diakonian tōn mathētōn pareskeuazeto, labōn lention diezōsen heauton. Peri ge men tou plēthous tōn endymatōn ouden deometha legein, hikanōs hēmin en tǭ peri aktēmosynēs logǭ proexētasmenou toutou. Ei gar ho echōn dyo chitōnas prostassetai metadounai tǭ mē echonti dēlonoti hē tōn pleionōn heautou heneken ktēsis apēgoreumenē estin. Hois oun to echein dyo chitōnas apagoreuetai, toutois peri tēs chrēseōs ti prosēkei nomothetein;

On the belt.

Answer. The saints who went before also show that the belt is necessary: John binding his loins with a leather belt, and Elijah still earlier; for it is written, as a mark of the man, “A hairy man, with a leather belt about his loins.” Peter too is shown to have used a belt, as is clear from the angel's words to him: “Gird yourself and put on your sandals.” And blessed Paul appears from Agabus's prophecy about him to have used a belt: “So shall they bind the man who owns this belt,” he says, “in Jerusalem.” And Job is commanded by the Lord to gird himself; for as a symbol of courage and readiness for work he says, “Gird your loins like a man.” And it is clear that the use of a belt was customary for all the Lord's disciples, since they were forbidden to have copper in their belts. Besides, one who is to work with his own hands must be neatly dressed and unhindered in his movements. So he needs a belt too, by which his tunic will be drawn close to his body; and it will keep him warmer by wrapping him round on all sides, and make him free to move. For the Lord too, when he was preparing to serve his disciples, took a towel and girded himself. About the number of garments we need say nothing, since this has been examined sufficiently before in the discussion of poverty. For if one who has two tunics is commanded to share with him who has none, plainly the possession of more for oneself is forbidden. What need is there to legislate about the use of two tunics for those who are forbidden even to have them?

Chapter 24

24PG 31:981

Τούτων ἱκανῶς ἡμῖν παραδεδομένων, ἀκόλουθον ἂν εἴη μαθεῖν ἡμᾶς περὶ τοῦ τρόπου τῆς μετ' ἀλλήλων διαγωγῆς ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου λέγοντος, Πάντα εὐσχημόνως καὶ κατὰ τάξιν γινέσθω, ἐκείνην λογιζόμεθα εὐσχήμονα εἶναι διαγωγὴν καὶ εὗτακτον ἐν τῇ συναφείᾳ τῶν πιστῶν, ἐν ᾗ ὁ τῶν μελῶν τοῦ σώματος διασώζεται λόγος· ὥστε τὸν μέν τινα ὀφθαλμοῦ ἐπέχειν δύναμιν τὸν ἐπιμέλειαν τὴν κοινὴν πεπιστευ μένον ἔν τε τῇ δοκιμασία τῶν γεγενημένων καὶ ἐν τῇ προθεωρίᾳ καὶ διασκέψει τῶν γενησομένων τὸν δὲ ἀκοῆς ἢ χειρὸς ἔν τε τῇ ἀκροάσει καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐνεργείᾳ τῶν ἐπιβαλλόντων, καὶ καθεξῆς ἕκαστον ἐκάστου. Εἰδέναι οὖν χρὴ, ὅτι, ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν οὐκ ἀκίνδυνόν ἐστιν ἑκάστῳ μέλει τὸ τῶν ἐπιβαλλόντων ἀμελεῖν, ἢ τὸ μὴ κεχρῆσθαι τῷ ἑτέρῳ πρὸς ὁ γέγονεν ὑπὸ τοῦ δημιουργήσαντος Θεοῦ (εἴτε γὰρ ἡ χεὶρ, ἢ ὁ ποῦς μὴ πείθοιτο τῇ ὁδηγίᾳ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ, ἡ μὲν ὀλεθρίων ἐπὶ διαφθορᾷ τοῦ παντὸς ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἐφάψεται, ὁ δὲ προσκόψει, ἢ καὶ κατὰ κρημνοὺς ἐνεχθήσεται· εἴτε ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς καμμύσειεν, ὥστε μὴ βλέπειν, ἀνάγκη καὶ αὐτὸν συνδιαφθείρεσθαι τοῖς ἄλλοις μέλεσι πάσχουσι τὰ εἰρημένα)· οὗτως οὐδὲ τῷ ἐφεστῶτι ἀκίνδυνος ἡ ἀμέλεια ὑπὲρ πάντων κρινομένῳ, οὔτε τῷ ὑπακούοντι τὸ δυσπει θὲς ἀβλαβὲς καὶ ἀζήμιον· περισσοτέρως δὲ ἐπικίν δυνον καὶ ἑτέρους σκανδαλίζοντι. Ἀλλ᾿ ἕκαστος οὖν, ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ τόπῳ τῆς μὲν σπουδῆς τὸ ἄοκνον ἐπιδεικνύμενος, καὶ πληρῶν τὸ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου παράγγελμα λέγοντος· Τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῆς προθυμίας ἔχει τὸν ἔπαινον - ἐπὶ δὲ τῇ ἀμελείᾳ τὰ ἐναντία, δηλονότι τὸν ταλανισμὸν καὶ τὸ οὐαί. Επικατάρατος γὰρ, φησὶ, πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὰ ἔργα Κυρίου ἀμελῶς.

Toutōn hikanōs hēmin paradedomenōn, akolouthon an eiē mathein hēmas peri tou tropou tēs met' allēlōn diagōgēs APOKRISIS. Tou ᾿Apostolou legontos, Panta euschēmonōs kai kata taxin ginesthō, ekeinēn logizometha euschēmona einai diagōgēn kai heutakton en tę̄ synapheią tōn pistōn, en hę̄ ho tōn melōn tou sōmatos diasōzetai logos; hōste ton men tina ophthalmou epechein dynamin ton epimeleian tēn koinēn pepisteu menon en te tę̄ dokimasia tōn gegenēmenōn kai en tę̄ protheōrią kai diaskepsei tōn genēsomenōn ton de akoēs ē cheiros en te tę̄ akroasei kai en tę̄ energeią tōn epiballontōn, kai kathexēs hekaston ekastou. Eidenai oun chrē, hoti, hōsper en tois melesin ouk akindynon estin hekastǭ melei to tōn epiballontōn amelein, ē to mē kechrēsthai tǭ heterǭ pros ho gegonen hypo tou dēmiourgēsantos Theou (eite gar hē cheir, ē ho pous mē peithoito tę̄ hodēgią tou ophthalmou, hē men olethriōn epi diaphthorą tou pantos ex anankēs ephapsetai, ho de proskopsei, ē kai kata krēmnous enechthēsetai; eite ho ophthalmos kammyseien, hōste mē blepein, anankē kai auton syndiaphtheiresthai tois allois melesi paschousi ta eirēmena); houtōs oude tǭ ephestōti akindynos hē ameleia hyper pantōn krinomenǭ, oute tǭ hypakouonti to dyspei thes ablabes kai azēmion; perissoterōs de epikin dynon kai heterous skandalizonti. All᾿ hekastos oun, en tǭ idiǭ topǭ tēs men spoudēs to aoknon epideiknymenos, kai plērōn to tou Apostolou parangelma legontos; Tę̄ spoudę̄ mē oknēroi, tēs prothymias echei ton epainon - epi de tę̄ ameleią ta enantia, dēlonoti ton talanismon kai to ouai. Epikataratos gar, phēsi, pas ho poiōn ta erga Kyriou amelōs.

Question. Now that these things have been sufficiently handed on to us, it would follow for us to learn about the manner of our life with one another.

Answer. Since the Apostle says, “Let all things be done decently and in order,” we consider that way of life decent and orderly in the fellowship of the faithful in which the principle of the members of the body is preserved: so that one, entrusted with the common care, holds the power of the eye, both in examining what has been done and in foreseeing and considering what is to be done; another that of the ear or the hand, in hearing and in carrying out what falls to him; and so on, each in his place. We must know, then, that just as among the members it is not without danger for any member to neglect what falls to it, or not to use another for what it was made for by God who created it (for if the hand or the foot does not obey the guidance of the eye, the one will necessarily touch deadly things to the ruin of the whole, and the other will stumble or even be carried over cliffs; and if the eye shuts so as not to see, it too must perish with the other members suffering what has been described), so neither is negligence without danger for the superior, who will be judged for all, nor is disobedience harmless and without loss for the one who obeys; and it is more dangerous still if he also causes others to stumble. Each one, then, showing in his own place unflagging zeal and fulfilling the Apostle's command, “Do not be slothful in zeal,” has the praise of his eagerness; but for negligence the opposite, plainly lament and woe. “For cursed,” he says, “is everyone who does the works of the Lord negligently.”

Chapter 25

25PG 31:983

Ὅτι φοβερὸν τὸ κρίμα τῷ προεστῶτι μὴ ἐλέγχοντι τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Διόπερ ὁ τὴν κοινὴν φροντίδα πεπιστευμένος, ὡς ὀφείλων λόγον δοῦναι περὶ ἑκάστου, οὕτω διακείσθω· εἰδὼς, ὅτι, ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ εἰς ἁμαρτίαν εἷς τῶν ἀδελφῶν, μὴ προειπόντος αὐτῷ τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐμπεσὼν ἐπιμένῃ, μὴ διδαχθεὶς τὸν τρόπον τῆς διορθώσεως, τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ ἐκζητηθήσεται, καθὼς γέγραπται· καὶ μάλιστα, ἐὰν μὴ δι᾽ ἄγνοιαν παρίδῃ τι τῶν ἀρεσκόντων Θεῷ, ἀλλὰ διὰ κολακείαν συμπεριφερόμενος τοῖς ἑκάστου κακοῖς, τὴν ἀκρίβειαν τῆς πολιτείας ἐκλύσῃ· Οἱ γὰρ μακαρίζοντες ὑμᾶς, φησὶ, πλανῶσιν ὑμᾶς, καὶ τὴν τρίβον τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν ταράσσουσιν. Ὁ δὲ ταράσσων ὑμᾶς, βαστάσει τὸ κρίμα, ὅστις ἂν ᾖ. Διόπερ, ἵνα μὴ τοῦτο πάθωμεν, ἀκολουθητέον ἡμῖν τῷ ἀποστολικῷ κανόνι ἐπὶ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ὁμιλίας. Οὔτε γάρ ποτε, φησὶν, ἐν λόγῳ κολακείας ἐγενήθημεν, καθώς οἴδατε· οὔτε ἐν προφάσει πλεονεξίας, Θεὸς μάρτυς· οὔτε ζητουντες ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν, οὔτε ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν, οὔτε ἀπ᾿ ἄλλων. Ὁ τοίνυν τούτων τῶν παθῶν καθαρεύων, τάχ᾿ ἂν τὴν ὁδηγίαν ἀπλανῆ, ἑαυτῷ τε ἔμμισθον καὶ τοῖς ἑπομένοις σωτήριον ἐκτελέσειεν. Ὁ γὰρ μὴ διά τινας τιμὰς ἀνθρωπίνας μήτε τὸ ἀπρόσκρουστον τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἡδὺς αὐτοῖς εἶναι καὶ κεχαρισμένος ἐπιτηδεύων, ὄντως ἐν ἀγάπῃ, μετὰ παρῥησίας πρεσβεύσει τὸν λόγον ἀκαπηλεύτως καὶ εἰλικρινῶς, μὴ αἰρούμενος ἐν μηδενὶ δολοῦν τὴν ἀλήθειαν· ὥστε ἁρμόσαι αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς εἰρημένα ᾿Αλλ' ἐγενήθημεν ἤπιοι ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν, ὡς, ἐὰν τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα, οὕτως ἱμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν, εὐδοκοῦμεν μεταδοῦναι ὑμῖν οὐ μόνον τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς. Ὁ δὲ μὴ οὕτως ἔχων ὁδηγός ἐστι τυφλὸς, ἑαυτόν τε κατακρημνίζων, καὶ τοὺς ἑπομένους συνεπαγόμενος. Ὅσον μὲν οὖν ἐστι κακὸν ἀντὶ ὁδηγίας πλάνης αἴτιον τῷ ἀδελφῷ γενέσθαι, συνορᾶν ἔξεστιν ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων. Σημεῖον δέ ἐστι τοῦτο τοῦ καὶ τὴν ἐντολὴν τῆς ἀγάπης ἀκατόρθωτον εἶναι· οὐδεὶς γὰρ πατὴρ περιορᾷ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ τέκνον μέλλον καταπίπτειν εἰς βόθυνον, ἢ ἐμπεσὸν ἐναφίησι τῷ πτώματι. Πόσον δὲ δεινότερον ψυχὴν εἰς βάθος κακῶν ἐμπίπτουσαν ἐναφεθῆναι τῇ ἀπωλείᾳ, τί δεῖ καὶ λέγειν; Ὑπεύθυνος οὖν ἐστι τῇ ἀδελφότητι ἀγρυπνεῖν ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ μεριμνᾶν τὰ πρὸς σωτηρίαν ἑκάστου, ὡς λόγον ἀποδώσων· μεριμνᾶν δὲ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον, ὡς καὶ μέχρι θανάτου τὴν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν σπουδὴν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι, οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὸν κοινὸν πρὸς πάντας τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Κυρίου λόγον, Ἵνα τις τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ θῇ ὑπὲρ. τῶν φίλων αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον τοῦ εἰπόντος· Ἱμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν εὐδοκοῦμεν μεταδοῦναι ὑμῖν οὐ μόνον τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς.

Hoti phoberon to krima tǭ proestōti mē elenchonti tous hamartanontas. APOKRISIS. Dioper ho tēn koinēn phrontida pepisteumenos, hōs opheilōn logon dounai peri hekastou, houtō diakeisthō; eidōs, hoti, ean empesę̄ eis hamartian heis tōn adelphōn, mē proeipontos autǭ to dikaiōma tou Theou, ē empesōn epimenę̄, mē didachtheis ton tropon tēs diorthōseōs, to haima autou ek tōn cheirōn autou ekzētēthēsetai, kathōs gegraptai; kai malista, ean mē di᾽ agnoian paridę̄ ti tōn areskontōn Theǭ, alla dia kolakeian symperipheromenos tois hekastou kakois, tēn akribeian tēs politeias eklysę̄; Hoi gar makarizontes hymas, phēsi, planōsin hymas, kai tēn tribon tōn podōn hymōn tarassousin. Ho de tarassōn hymas, bastasei to krima, hostis an ę̄. Dioper, hina mē touto pathōmen, akolouthēteon hēmin tǭ apostolikǭ kanoni epi tēs pros tous adelphous homilias. Oute gar pote, phēsin, en logǭ kolakeias egenēthēmen, kathōs oidate; oute en prophasei pleonexias, Theos martys; oute zētountes ex anthrōpōn doxan, oute aph᾽ hymōn, oute ap᾿ allōn. Ho toinyn toutōn tōn pathōn kathareuōn, tach᾿ an tēn hodēgian aplanē, heautǭ te emmisthon kai tois hepomenois sōtērion ekteleseien. Ho gar mē dia tinas timas anthrōpinas mēte to aproskrouston tois hamartanousin hyper tou hēdys autois einai kai kecharismenos epitēdeuōn, ontōs en agapę̄, meta parrhēsias presbeusei ton logon akapēleutōs kai eilikrinōs, mē airoumenos en mēdeni doloun tēn alētheian; hōste harmosai autǭ kai ta hexēs eirēmena ᾿All' egenēthēmen ēpioi en mesǭ hymōn, hōs, ean trophos thalpę̄ ta heautēs tekna, houtōs himeiromenoi hymōn, eudokoumen metadounai hymin ou monon to Euangelion tou Theou, alla kai tas heautōn psychas. Ho de mē houtōs echōn hodēgos esti typhlos, heauton te katakrēmnizōn, kai tous hepomenous synepagomenos. Hoson men oun esti kakon anti hodēgias planēs aition tǭ adelphǭ genesthai, synoran exestin ek tōn eirēmenōn. Sēmeion de esti touto tou kai tēn entolēn tēs agapēs akatorthōton einai; oudeis gar patēr periorą to heautou teknon mellon katapiptein eis bothynon, ē empeson enaphiēsi tǭ ptōmati. Poson de deinoteron psychēn eis bathos kakōn empiptousan enaphethēnai tę̄ apōleią, ti dei kai legein? Hypeuthynos oun esti tę̄ adelphotēti agrypnein hyper tōn psychōn autōn, kai merimnan ta pros sōtērian hekastou, hōs logon apodōsōn; merimnan de epi tosouton, hōs kai mechri thanatou tēn hyper autōn spoudēn epideiknysthai, ou monon kata ton koinon pros pantas tēs agapēs tou Kyriou logon, Hina tis tēn psychēn autou thę̄ hyper. tōn philōn autou, alla kata ton idion tou eipontos; Himeiromenoi hymōn eudokoumen metadounai hymin ou monon to Euangelion tou Theou, alla kai tas heautōn psychas.

That the judgment is fearful for the superior who does not rebuke those who sin.

Answer. The one entrusted with the common care, then, as one who must give account for each, should be disposed thus: knowing that if one of the brothers falls into sin without his having told him beforehand the ordinance of God, or having fallen, persists in it without being taught the way of correction, his blood will be required at his hand, as it is written; and especially if he overlooks something pleasing to God not through ignorance, but, going along with each one's faults out of flattery, relaxes the exactness of their way of life. “For those who call you blessed,” he says, “lead you astray and confuse the path of your feet”; and “the one who troubles you will bear his judgment, whoever he is.” Therefore, that we may not suffer this, we must follow the apostolic rule in our dealings with the brothers: “For we never came with words of flattery, as you know, nor with a pretext for greed, God is witness; nor did we seek glory from men, whether from you or from others.” The one who is pure of these passions may perhaps carry out a guidance that does not go astray, rewarding for himself and saving for those who follow. For the one who does not, for the sake of human honours, practise giving no offence to sinners in order to be pleasant and agreeable to them, will truly in love and with boldness be an ambassador of the word, without peddling it and with sincerity, choosing in nothing to falsify the truth; so that what follows also applies to him: “But we were gentle among you, like a nurse cherishing her own children; so, longing for you, we were well pleased to share with you not only the Gospel of God but also our own selves.” The one who is not so is a blind guide, throwing himself over the cliff and drawing his followers along with him.

How great an evil it is to become, instead of a guide, a cause of error to one's brother can be seen from what has been said. It is also a sign that the commandment of love is not being fulfilled; for no father overlooks his own child when he is about to fall into a pit, or leaves him in his fall once he has fallen. How much more terrible it is that a soul falling into a depth of evils should be left to perish, what need is there to say? The superior is answerable to the brotherhood, then, to keep watch over their souls and to take thought for the salvation of each, as one who will give account; and to take thought so far as to show his zeal for them even to death, not only according to the Lord's common principle of love toward all, “that one lay down his life for his friends,” but according to the special principle of him who said: “Longing for you, we were well pleased to share with you not only the Gospel of God but also our own selves.”

Chapter 26

26PG 31:985

Περὶ τοῦ πάντα καὶ τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς καρδίας ἀνατίθεσθαι τῷ προεστῶτι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Δεῖ δὲ καὶ τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων ἕκαστον, εἴ γε μέλλοι ἀξιόλογον προκοπὴν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι, καὶ ἐν ἕξει τῆς κατὰ τὰ προστάγματα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ζωῆς γενέσθαι, μηδὲν μὲν ψυχῆς κίνημα ἀπόκρυφον φυλάσσειν παρ' ἑαυτῷ, μηδένα δὲ λόγον ἀβασανίστως προΐεσθαι, ἀλλ᾿ ἀπογυμνοῦν τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς καρδίας τοῖς πεπιστευμένοις τῶν ἀδελφῶν εὐσπλάγχνως καὶ συμπαθῶς επιμελεῖσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων. Οὕτω γὰρ τὸ μὲν ἐπαινετὸν βεβαιοῦται, τὸ δὲ ἀδόκιμον τῆς προσηκούσης θεραπείας ἀξιωθήσεται· ἔκ τε τῆς τοιαύτης συνασκήσεως διὰ τῆς κατὰ μικρὸν προσθήκης ἡ τελείωσις ἡμῖν προσγενήσεται.

Peri tou panta kai ta krypta tēs kardias anatithesthai tǭ proestōti. APOKRISIS. Dei de kai tōn hypotetagmenōn hekaston, ei ge melloi axiologon prokopēn epideiknysthai, kai en hexei tēs kata ta prostagmata tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou zōēs genesthai, mēden men psychēs kinēma apokryphon phylassein par' heautǭ, mēdena de logon abasanistōs proïesthai, all᾿ apogymnoun ta krypta tēs kardias tois pepisteumenois tōn adelphōn eusplanchnōs kai sympathōs epimeleisthai tōn asthenountōn. Houtō gar to men epaineton bebaioutai, to de adokimon tēs prosēkousēs therapeias axiōthēsetai; ek te tēs toiautēs synaskēseōs dia tēs kata mikron prosthēkēs hē teleiōsis hēmin prosgenēsetai.

On laying open everything, even the secrets of the heart, to the superior.

Answer. Each of those under authority, if he means to show any notable progress and to come into a settled habit of the life according to the commands of our Lord Jesus Christ, must keep no movement of his soul hidden within himself and utter no word unexamined, but must lay bare the secrets of his heart to those of the brothers who are entrusted with caring compassionately and sympathetically for the weak. For so what is praiseworthy is confirmed, and what is unacceptable will receive fitting treatment; and from such training together, by gradual addition, perfection will come to us.

Chapter 27

27PG 31:987

Ὅτι δεῖ καὶ τὸν προεστῶτα ὑπομιμνήσκεσθαι αι παρα τῶν προεχόντων ἐν τῇ ἀδελφότητι, εἶποτε σφαλῇ ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Ωσπερ δὲ ὁ προεστὼς ὑπεύθυνὸς ἐστιν ὁδηγεῖν εἰς πάντα τὴν ἀδελφότητα, οὕτω πάλιν καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἐπιβάλλει, ἄν ποτε ὑποπτευθῇ τι περὶ τὸν προεστῶτα πλημμέλημα, ὑπομιμνήσκειν αὐτόν. Ὥστε δὲ μὴ λυθῆναι τὴν εὐταξίαν, τοῖς προέχουσι τὴν τε ἡλικίαν καὶ τὴν σύνεσιν επιτρέπειν χρὴ τὴν ὑπόμνησιν. Ἐὰν μὲν οὖν ἡ τι διορθώσεως ἄξιον, τόν τε ἀδελφὸν ὠφελήσαμεν, καὶ ἑαυτοὺς δι' ἐκείνου, τὸν οἱονεὶ κανόνα τοῦ ἡμετέρου βίου ὄντα. καὶ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ὀρθότητι τὸ ἐνδιάστροφον ἡμῶν διελέγχειν ὀφείλοντα πρὸς τὸ εὐθὺ καταρτίσαντες ἐὰν δὲ μάτην τινὲς ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ ταραχθῶσι πληροφορηθέντες διὰ τῆς φανερώσεως τῶν οὐ μετ᾿ ἀληθείας ὑποπτευθέντων, τῆς ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ διακρίσεως ἀπαλλάσ σονται.

Hoti dei kai ton proestōta hypomimnēskesthai ai para tōn proechontōn en tę̄ adelphotēti, eipote sphalę̄ APOKRISIS Ōsper de ho proestōs hypeuthynos estin hodēgein eis panta tēn adelphotēta, houtō palin kai tois loipois epiballei, an pote hypopteuthę̄ ti peri ton proestōta plēmmelēma, hypomimnēskein auton. Hōste de mē lythēnai tēn eutaxian, tois proechousi tēn te hēlikian kai tēn synesin epitrepein chrē tēn hypomnēsin. Ean men oun hē ti diorthōseōs axion, ton te adelphon ōphelēsamen, kai heautous di' ekeinou, ton hoionei kanona tou hēmeterou biou onta. kai tę̄ heautou orthotēti to endiastrophon hēmōn dielenchein opheilonta pros to euthy katartisantes ean de matēn tines ep᾿ autǭ tarachthōsi plērophorēthentes dia tēs phanerōseōs tōn ou met᾿ alētheias hypopteuthentōn, tēs ep᾿ autǭ diakriseōs apallas sontai.

That the superior too must be reminded by those foremost in the brotherhood, if ever he errs.

Answer. Just as the superior is answerable for guiding the brotherhood in everything, so in turn it falls to the rest, if ever some fault is suspected in the superior, to remind him. But so that good order may not be broken, the reminding should be left to those foremost in age and understanding. If, then, there is something deserving correction, we have both helped our brother and, through him, ourselves, having set straight the one who is, as it were, the rule of our life and who ought by his own straightness to expose what is crooked in us. But if some have been troubled about him in vain, they are freed from their doubt about him once they have been assured by the bringing to light of what was suspected without truth.

Chapter 28

28PG 31:987

Πῶς χρὴ διακεῖσθαι τοὺς πάντας περὶ τὸν ῃ ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τῷ μέντοι ὀκνηρῶς διακειμένῳ πρὸς τὴν ὑπακοήν τῶν ἐντολῶν τοῦ Κυρίου πρῶτον μὲν συμπάσχειν πάντας χρὴ ὡς νενοσηκότι μέλει, καὶ ταῖς ἰδίαις παραινέσεσι τὸν προεστῶτα πειρᾶσθαι αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀῤῥωστίαν ἐπανορθοῦσθαι· ἐπιμένοντα δὲ τῇ ἀπειθείᾳ καὶ τὴν διόρθωσιν μὴ δεχόμενον ἐμβριθέστερον ἐλέγχειν ἐπὶ πάσης τῆς ἀδελφότητος, καὶ μετὰ πάσης παρακλήσεως προσάγειν αὐτῷ τὰς ἰατρείας· μὴ ἐντρεπόμενον δὲ μετὰ πολλὴν νουθεσίαν, μηδὲ ἰώμενον ἑαυτὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις, ὡς αὐτὸν ἑαυτοῦ λυμεῶνα ὄντα, κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν, μετὰ πολλῶν μὲν δακρύων καὶ θρήνων, ὅμως δ᾽ οὖν ὡς διεφθαρμένον μέλος καὶ παντελῶς ἄχρηστον, κατὰ τὴν τῶν ἰατρῶν μίμησιν, τοῦ κοινοῦ σώματος ἀποκόπτειν. Καὶ γὰρ κἀκεῖνοι, ὅπερ ἂν εὕρωσι τῶν μελῶν ἀνιάτῳ πάθει προειλημμένον, ὡς μὴ ἐπὶ πολὺ χυθῆναι τὴν βλάβην κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς τὰ παρακείμενα διαφθείρουσαν, τομαῖς καὶ καύσεσιν ἐξαιρεῖν εἰώθασιν. Ὅπερ καὶ ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τῶν ἐχθραινόντων ἢ ἐμποδιζόντων ταῖς ἐντολαῖς τοῦ Κυρίου ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἐστὶ ποιεῖν, κατὰ τὸ πρόσταγμα αὐτοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ειπόντος· Ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιός σκανδαλίζη σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν, καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ. Ἡ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων φιλανθρωπία παραπλησία ἐστὶ τῇ ἀπαιδεύτῳ χρηστότητι τοῦ Ἠλεὶ, ᾗπερ ἐπὶ τῶν υἱῶν παρὰ τὸ ἀρέσκον τῷ Θεῷ χρησάμενος ἐλέγχεται. Προδοσία οὖν ἐστι τῆς ἀληθείας, καὶ ἐπιβουλὴ τοῦ κοινοῦ, καὶ ἐθισμὸς πρὸς ἀδιαφορίαν κακῶν, ἡ πρὸς τοὺς πονηρευομένους ἐσχηματισμένη χρηστότης, μηκέτι μὲν γινομένου τοῦ γεγραμμένου· Διὰ τι οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἐπενθήσατε, ἵνα ἐξαρθῇ ἐκ μέσου ὑμῶν ὁ τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο ποιήσας συμβαίνοντος δὲ ἐξ ἀνάγκης τοῦ ἐπιφερομένου, ὅτι Μικρὰ ζύμη ὅλον τὸ φύραμα ζυμοί. Τοὺς δὲ ἁμαρτάνοντας, φησὶν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, ἐνώπιον πάντων ἔλεγχε· καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν εὐθὺς ἐπάγει, λέγων· Ἵνα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ φόβον ἔχωσιν. Ὅλως δὲ ὁ μὴ καταδεχόμενος τὴν παρὰ τοῦ προεστῶτος θεραπείαν προσαγομένην αὐτῷ ἀσύμφωνός ἐστι καὶ αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ. Εἰ γὰρ ὑποταγῆναι οὐ καταδέχεται, καὶ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ θέλημα ἐκδικεῖ, τί καὶ ἐστὶ μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ; τί καὶ προστάτην αὐτὸν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ζωῆς ἐπιγράφεται; Καταδεξάμενος δὲ ἅπαξ ἐγκαταλεγῆναι τῷ σώματι τῆς ἀδελφότητος, ἐὰν κριθῇ σκεῦος γενέσθαι ὑπουργικὸν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν τὸ ἐπίταγμα εἶναι δοκῇ, ἐπιῤῥίψας τὸ κρῖμα τῷ παρὰ δύναμιν ἐπιτάσσοντι, τὸ εὐπειθὲς καὶ ὑπήκοον ἄχρι θανάτου ἐπιδεικνύσθω, μεμνημένος τοῦ Κυρίου, ὅτι ἐγένετο Ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου, θανάτου δὲ σταυροῦ. Τὸ δὲ ἀφηνιάζειν, καὶ ἀντιλέγειν, πολλῶν κακῶν ἀπόδειξιν ἔχει, πίστεως νόσον, ἐλπίδος ἐνδοιασμὸν, ὄγκον τε καὶ ὑπερηφανίαν ἤθους. Οὔτε γὰρ ἀπειθεῖ τις μὴ πρότερον καταγνοὺς τοῦ συμβουλεύσαντος, οὔτε μὴν ὁ πιστεύων ταῖς ἐπαγγελίαις τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ βεβαίαν ἔχων ἐπ᾿ αὐταῖς τὴν ἐλπίδα, κἂν ἐπίπονα ᾗ τὰ προστεταγμένα, ἀποκνήσει ποτὲ πρὸς αὐτά· εἰδὼς, Ὅτι οὐκ ἄξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν δόξαν ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι. Καὶ ὁ πεπεισμένος, ὅτι ὁ ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται, πλείονα προθυμίαν ἐπιδείκνυται τῆς τοῦ ἐπιτάξαντος προσδοκίας, εἰδὼς ὅτι, Τὸ παραυτίκα ἐλαφρὸν τῆς θλίψεως καθ' ὑπερβολὴν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν αἰώνιον βάρος δόξης κατεργάζεται.

Pōs chrē diakeisthai tous pantas peri ton ę̄ APOKRISIS. Tǭ mentoi oknērōs diakeimenǭ pros tēn hypakoēn tōn entolōn tou Kyriou prōton men sympaschein pantas chrē hōs nenosēkoti melei, kai tais idiais parainesesi ton proestōta peirasthai autou tēn arrhōstian epanorthousthai; epimenonta de tę̄ apeitheią kai tēn diorthōsin mē dechomenon embrithesteron elenchein epi pasēs tēs adelphotētos, kai meta pasēs paraklēseōs prosagein autǭ tas iatreias; mē entrepomenon de meta pollēn nouthesian, mēde iōmenon heauton en tois ergois, hōs auton heautou lymeōna onta, kata tēn paroimian, meta pollōn men dakryōn kai thrēnōn, homōs d᾽ oun hōs diephtharmenon melos kai pantelōs achrēston, kata tēn tōn iatrōn mimēsin, tou koinou sōmatos apokoptein. Kai gar kakeinoi, hoper an heurōsi tōn melōn aniatǭ pathei proeilēmmenon, hōs mē epi poly chythēnai tēn blabēn kata to syneches ta parakeimena diaphtheirousan, tomais kai kausesin exairein eiōthasin. Hoper kai hēmin epi tōn echthrainontōn ē empodizontōn tais entolais tou Kyriou ex anankēs esti poiein, kata to prostagma autou tou Kyriou eipontos; Ean ho ophthalmos sou ho dexios skandalizē se, exele auton, kai bale apo sou. Hē gar epi tōn toioutōn philanthrōpia paraplēsia esti tę̄ apaideutǭ chrēstotēti tou Ēlei, hę̄per epi tōn huiōn para to areskon tǭ Theǭ chrēsamenos elenchetai. Prodosia oun esti tēs alētheias, kai epiboulē tou koinou, kai ethismos pros adiaphorian kakōn, hē pros tous ponēreuomenous eschēmatismenē chrēstotēs, mēketi men ginomenou tou gegrammenou; Dia ti ouchi mallon epenthēsate, hina exarthę̄ ek mesou hymōn ho to ergon touto poiēsas symbainontos de ex anankēs tou epipheromenou, hoti Mikra zymē holon to phyrama zymoi. Tous de hamartanontas, phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, enōpion pantōn elenche; kai tēn aitian euthys epagei, legōn; Hina kai hoi loipoi phobon echōsin. Holōs de ho mē katadechomenos tēn para tou proestōtos therapeian prosagomenēn autǭ asymphōnos esti kai autos heautǭ. Ei gar hypotagēnai ou katadechetai, kai to heautou thelēma ekdikei, ti kai esti met᾿ autou? ti kai prostatēn auton tēs heautou zōēs epigraphetai? Katadexamenos de hapax enkatalegēnai tǭ sōmati tēs adelphotētos, ean krithę̄ skeuos genesthai hypourgikon hyper dynamin to epitagma einai dokę̄, epirrhipsas to krima tǭ para dynamin epitassonti, to eupeithes kai hypēkoon achri thanatou epideiknysthō, memnēmenos tou Kyriou, hoti egeneto Hypēkoos mechri thanatou, thanatou de staurou. To de aphēniazein, kai antilegein, pollōn kakōn apodeixin echei, pisteōs noson, elpidos endoiasmon, onkon te kai hyperēphanian ēthous. Oute gar apeithei tis mē proteron katagnous tou symbouleusantos, oute mēn ho pisteuōn tais epangeliais tou Theou, kai bebaian echōn ep᾿ autais tēn elpida, kan epipona hę̄ ta prostetagmena, apoknēsei pote pros auta; eidōs, Hoti ouk axia ta pathēmata tou nyn kairou pros tēn mellousan doxan apokalyptesthai. Kai ho pepeismenos, hoti ho tapeinōn heauton hypsōthēsetai, pleiona prothymian epideiknytai tēs tou epitaxantos prosdokias, eidōs hoti, To parautika elaphron tēs thlipseōs kath' hyperbolēn eis hyperbolēn aiōnion baros doxēs katergazetai.

How all should be disposed toward the disobedient.

Answer. Toward one who is sluggish in obeying the Lord's commandments, all should first feel compassion as toward a sick member, and the superior should try by his own exhortations to set his illness right. If he persists in disobedience and does not accept correction, he should be rebuked more severely before the whole brotherhood, and remedies applied to him with every encouragement. But if after much admonition he is not ashamed and does not heal himself in his deeds, being, as the proverb says, his own destroyer, then with many tears and laments, yet nonetheless, as a corrupted and wholly useless member, he must be cut off from the common body, in imitation of physicians. For they too, whatever member they find seized by an incurable disease, are accustomed to remove by cutting and burning, so that the harm may not spread far and destroy the adjacent parts by contact. This we too must of necessity do with those who are hostile to the Lord's commandments or hinder them, according to the command of the Lord himself, who said: “If your right eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it from you.” For kindness toward such people is like the undisciplined indulgence of Eli, for which he is reproved, since he used it toward his sons against what pleased God. A pretended kindness toward evildoers, then, is a betrayal of the truth, a plot against the community, and a training in indifference to evil; for then what is written is no longer done, “Why did you not rather mourn, so that the one who did this deed might be removed from among you?” and what follows necessarily comes about, “A little leaven leavens the whole lump.” “Those who sin,” says the Apostle, “rebuke before all”; and he at once adds the reason: “so that the rest also may stand in fear.”

In general, the one who does not accept the treatment applied to him by the superior is inconsistent even with himself. For if he will not submit, but defends his own will, why is he with him at all? Why does he enrol him as the guardian of his life? But having once accepted enrolment in the body of the brotherhood, if he is judged fit to become an instrument of service [for some work, even if] the command seems beyond his strength, let him throw the responsibility on the one who commands beyond his strength and show himself compliant and obedient even to death, remembering the Lord, who became “obedient to death, even death on a cross.” Resisting and contradicting show many evils: sickness of faith, wavering of hope, arrogance and pride of character. For no one disobeys without first despising the one who advised him; nor will one who believes God's promises and has a firm hope in them ever shrink from what is commanded, even if it is laborious, knowing that “the sufferings of the present time are not worth comparing with the glory that is to be revealed.” And one who is persuaded that “he who humbles himself will be exalted” shows more eagerness than the one who gave the command expected, knowing that “this momentary lightness of affliction is preparing for us an eternal weight of glory beyond all measure.”

Chapter 29

29PG 31:989

Περὶ τοῦ μετὰ ἐπάρσεως ἢ γογγυσμοῦ ἐργαζομένου. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ μέντοι γογγύσαντος ἢ ἐπὶ ἐπάρσει ἐφευρεθέντος δεῖ τὴν ἐργασίαν μὴ καταμίγνυσθαι τῇ παρὰ τῶν ταπεινῶν τῇ καρδίᾳ καὶ συντετριμμένων τῷ πνεύματι γινομένῃ ἐργασίᾳ, καὶ ὅλως μὴ ἀναλίσκεσθαι παρὰ τοῖς εὐλαβέσι. Διότι τὸ ὑψηλὸν ἐν ἀνθρώποις βδέλυγμά ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ. Καὶ ἄλλο παράγγελμα τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου, λέγοντος· Μηδὲ γογγύζετε, καθάπερ τινὲς αὐτῶν ἐγόγγυσαν, καὶ ἀπώλοντο ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀλοθρευτοῦ· καὶ τὸ, Μὴ ἐκ λύπης, ἢ ἐξ ἀνάγκης. ᾿Απρόσδεκτον οὖν τὸ τῶν τοιούτων ἔργον, ὡς θυσία ἐπίμωμος· ὅπερ ἐγκαταμιγῆναι τῇ τῶν λοιπῶν ἐργασίᾳ οὐκ εὐαγές. Εἰ γὰρ οἱ πῦρ ἀλλότριον προσάγοντες τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ τοσαύτης ὀργῆς ἐπειράθησαν, πῶς οὐκ ἐπικίνδυνον ἀπὸ ἐχθρᾶς τῷ Θεῷ διαθέσεως ἔργον εἰς τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν παραδέχεσθαι; Τις γὰρ μετοχή, φησὶ, δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ἀνομίᾳ; ἢ τίς μερίς πιστῷ μετὰ ἀπίστου; Διόπερ φησίν· Ὁ ἄνομος, ὁ θύων μοι μόσχον, ὡς ὁ ἀποκτείνων κύνα· καὶ ὁ προσφέρων σεμίδαλιν, ὡς αἷμα ὕειον. "Οθεν ἀναγκαίως τὰ τοῦ ὀκνηροῦ καὶ ἀντιλόγου ἔργα ἀλλοτριωτέον τῆς ἀδελφότητος. Καὶ τούτου τοῦ μέρους ἀκριβῶς ἐπιμελεῖσθαι δεῖ τοὺς προεστῶτας, ἵνα μήτε αὐτοὶ παραφθείρωσι τὸ δόγμα τοῦ εἰπόντος· Πορευόμενος ἐν ὁδῷ ἀμώμῳ, οὗτός μοι ἐλειτούργει· οὐ κατῴκει ἐν μέσῳ τῆς οἰκίας μου, ποιῶν ὑπερηφανίαν· μήτε τὸν τῇ ἐντολῇ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐπιμιγνύντα, καὶ μολύνοντα τὴν ἐργασίαν ῥαθυμίᾳ τοῦ κόπου, ἢ ἐπάρσει τοῦ πλεονεκτήματος, οἰκοδομῶσιν ἐπιμένειν τῇ διαστροφῇ δι᾽ ὧν αὐτοι προσδέχονται, οὐκ ἐῶντες αὐτὸν εἰς συναίσθησιν τῶν οἰκείων κακῶν ἐφικνεῖσθαι. Χρὴ οὖν καὶ τὸν προεστῶτα πεπεῖσθαι, ὅτι τὸ μὴ κατὰ λόγον προστῆναι τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ βαρεῖαν αὐτῷ καὶ ἀπαραίτητον τὴν ὀργὴν ἐπάγει· τὸ γὰρ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ ἐκζητηθήσεται, καθὼς γέγραπται· καὶ τὸν ὑπήκοον οὕτω παρεσκευάσθαι, ὡς πρὸς μηδὲν ἐπίταγμα, μηδὲ τὸ χαλεπώτατον, ἀποκνεῖν, πεπεισμένον, ὅτι ὁ μισθὸς πολὺς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Τὸν μὲν οὖν ὑπακούοντα εὐφραινέτω ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς δόξης. ἵνα ἐν πάσῃ χαρᾷ καὶ ὑπομονῇ τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Κυρίου γένηται

Peri tou meta eparseōs ē gongysmou ergazomenou. APOKRISIS. Tou mentoi gongysantos ē epi eparsei epheurethentos dei tēn ergasian mē katamignysthai tę̄ para tōn tapeinōn tę̄ kardią kai syntetrimmenōn tǭ pneumati ginomenę̄ ergasią, kai holōs mē analiskesthai para tois eulabesi. Dioti to hypsēlon en anthrōpois bdelygma estin enōpion tou Theou. Kai allo parangelma tou ᾿Apostolou, legontos; Mēde gongyzete, kathaper tines autōn egongysan, kai apōlonto hypo tou olothreutou; kai to, Mē ek lypēs, ē ex anankēs. ᾿Aprosdekton oun to tōn toioutōn ergon, hōs thysia epimōmos; hoper enkatamigēnai tę̄ tōn loipōn ergasią ouk euages. Ei gar hoi pyr allotrion prosagontes tǭ thysiastēriǭ tosautēs orgēs epeirathēsan, pōs ouk epikindynon apo echthras tǭ Theǭ diatheseōs ergon eis tēn oikonomian tōn entolōn paradechesthai? Tis gar metochē, phēsi, dikaiosynę̄ kai anomią? ē tis meris pistǭ meta apistou? Dioper phēsin; Ho anomos, ho thyōn moi moschon, hōs ho apokteinōn kyna; kai ho prospherōn semidalin, hōs haima hyeion. "Othen anankaiōs ta tou oknērou kai antilogou erga allotriōteon tēs adelphotētos. Kai toutou tou merous akribōs epimeleisthai dei tous proestōtas, hina mēte autoi paraphtheirōsi to dogma tou eipontos; Poreuomenos en hodǭ amōmǭ, houtos moi eleitourgei; ou katǭkei en mesǭ tēs oikias mou, poiōn hyperēphanian; mēte ton tę̄ entolę̄ tēn hamartian epimignynta, kai molynonta tēn ergasian rhathymią tou kopou, ē eparsei tou pleonektēmatos, oikodomōsin epimenein tę̄ diastrophę̄ di᾽ hōn autoi prosdechontai, ouk eōntes auton eis synaisthēsin tōn oikeiōn kakōn ephikneisthai. Chrē oun kai ton proestōta pepeisthai, hoti to mē kata logon prostēnai tou adelphou bareian autǭ kai aparaitēton tēn orgēn epagei; to gar haima autou ek tōn cheirōn autou ekzētēthēsetai, kathōs gegraptai; kai ton hypēkoon houtō pareskeuasthai, hōs pros mēden epitagma, mēde to chalepōtaton, apoknein, pepeismenon, hoti ho misthos polys en tois ouranois. Ton men oun hypakouonta euphrainetō hē elpis tēs doxēs. hina en pasę̄ charą kai hypomonę̄ to ergon tou Kyriou genētai

On one who works with pride or grumbling.

Answer. The work of one who grumbles, or is found to act in pride, must not be mixed with the work done by those who are humble in heart and contrite in spirit, nor indeed be used at all among the devout. For “what is exalted among men is an abomination before God.” And there is another command of the Apostle, who says, “Nor grumble, as some of them grumbled and were destroyed by the destroyer”; and, “not reluctantly or under compulsion.” The work of such people is therefore unacceptable, like a blemished sacrifice, and it is not holy to mix it with the work of the others. For if those who brought strange fire to the altar experienced such wrath, how is it not dangerous to admit into the service of the commandments a work coming from a disposition hostile to God? “For what partnership,” he says, “has righteousness with lawlessness? Or what portion has a believer with an unbeliever?” Therefore he says: “The lawless man who sacrifices a calf to me is like one who kills a dog, and he who offers fine flour is like one who offers swine's blood.” So the works of the slothful and contentious must necessarily be kept away from the brotherhood. The superiors must attend exactly to this part, so that they themselves may not corrupt the decree of him who said, “He who walks in a blameless way, he shall minister to me; he who acts proudly shall not dwell in the midst of my house”; and so that, by accepting the work of one who mixes sin with the commandment and soils his work with slackness in labour or pride in his superiority, they may not encourage him to persist in his perversity, not allowing him to come to an awareness of his own faults. The superior must therefore be persuaded that to preside over his brother not according to reason brings on him heavy and inescapable wrath, for “his blood will be required at his hand,” as it is written; and the one who obeys must be so prepared as not to shrink from any command, not even the hardest, persuaded that his reward is great in heaven. Let the hope of glory gladden the one who obeys, so that the Lord's work may be done with all joy and endurance.

Chapter 30

30PG 31:991

Ποταπῇ διαθέσει χρὴ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τοὺς προεστῶτας ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὸν δὲ προεστῶτα μὴ ἐπαιρέτω τὸ ἀξίωμα, ἵνα μὴ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκπέσῃ τοῦ μακαρισμοῦ τῆς ταπεινοφροσύνης, ἢ καὶ τυφωθεὶς εἰς κρίμα ἐμπέσῃ τοῦ διαβόλου· ἀλλ' ἐκεῖνο πεπείσθω, ὅτι ἡ τῶν πλειόνων ἐπιμέλεια πλειόνων ἐστὶν ὑπηρεσία. Ως οὖν ὁ πολλοῖς ὑπηρετῶν τετραυματισμένοις, καὶ ἀποξύων μὲν τοὺς ἰχῶρας ἑνὸς ἑκάστου τραύματος, προσάγων δὲ τὰ βοηθήματα κατὰ τὴν ἰδιότητα τῆς ὑποκειμένης κακώσεως, οὐχὶ ἐπάρσεως ἀφορμὴν τὴν ὑπηρεσίαν λαμβάνει, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ταπεινώσεως, ἀγωνίας τε καὶ ἀγῶνος· οὕτω καὶ πολλῷ πλέον ὁ τὰ ἀσθενήματα ἰᾶσθαι τῆς ἀδελφότητος πιστευθεὶς, ὡς πάντων ὑπηρέτης, καὶ ὑπὲρ πάντων λόγον δώσων, διανοεῖσθαι καὶ ἀγωνιᾷν ὀφείλει. Τούτῳ γὰρ τῷ τρόπῳ κατορθωθήσεται αὐτῷ ὁ σκοπὸς, τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Εἴ τις θέλει ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι πρῶτος, ἔστω ἀπάντων ἔσχατος, καὶ πάντων διάκονος.

Potapę̄ diathesei chrē tōn adelphōn epimeleisthai tous proestōtas APOKRISIS. Ton de proestōta mē epairetō to axiōma, hina mē kai autos ekpesę̄ tou makarismou tēs tapeinophrosynēs, ē kai typhōtheis eis krima empesę̄ tou diabolou; all' ekeino pepeisthō, hoti hē tōn pleionōn epimeleia pleionōn estin hypēresia. Ōs oun ho pollois hypēretōn tetraumatismenois, kai apoxyōn men tous ichōras henos hekastou traumatos, prosagōn de ta boēthēmata kata tēn idiotēta tēs hypokeimenēs kakōseōs, ouchi eparseōs aphormēn tēn hypēresian lambanei, alla mallon tapeinōseōs, agōnias te kai agōnos; houtō kai pollǭ pleon ho ta asthenēmata iasthai tēs adelphotētos pisteutheis, hōs pantōn hypēretēs, kai hyper pantōn logon dōsōn, dianoeisthai kai agōniąn opheilei. Toutǭ gar tǭ tropǭ katorthōthēsetai autǭ ho skopos, tou Kyriou eipontos; Ei tis thelei en hymin einai prōtos, estō apantōn eschatos, kai pantōn diakonos.

With what disposition superiors should care for the brothers.

Answer. Let not his rank make the superior proud, lest he too fall from the blessedness of humility, or, puffed up, fall into the condemnation of the devil; but let him be persuaded of this, that care for many is service of many. Just as one who serves many wounded people, cleaning the discharge from each wound and applying remedies according to the nature of the injury in question, takes his service not as an occasion for pride but rather for humility, anxiety, and struggle, so much more must the one entrusted with healing the infirmities of the brotherhood think and be anxious as the servant of all, who will give account for all. For in this way his aim will be achieved, since the Lord said: “If anyone among you would be first, let him be last of all and servant of all.”

Chapter 31

31PG 31:993

῞Οτι δεῖ καταδέχεσθαι τὴν παρὰ τοῦ προεστῶτος ὑπηρεσίαν. Χρὴ μέντοι καὶ τὴν σωματικὴν ὑπηρεσίαν παρὰ τῶν προέχειν δοκούντων ἐν τῇ ἀδελφότητι προσαγομένην τοὺς πολλοὺς καταδέχεσθαι. Ὁ γὰρ τῆς ταπεινοφροσύνης λόγος καὶ τῷ μείζονι τὸ ὑπηρετεῖν ὑποβάλλει, καὶ τῷ ἐλάττονι τὸ ὑπηρετεῖσθαι οὐκ ἀφαρμόζον δείκνυσι. Τὸ γὰρ ὑπόδειγμα τοῦ Κυρίου πρὸς τοῦτο ἡμᾶς ὁδηγεῖ, τοῦ μὲν νίψαι τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἑαυτοῦ μαθητῶν μὴ ἀπαξιώσαντος, τῶν δὲ πρὸς τοῦτο μὴ τολμησάντων ἐνστῆναι. Ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ διὰ πολλὴν εὐλάβειαν τὰ πρῶτα μὴ καταδεξάμενος Πέτρος εὐθέως ἑαυτὸν πρὸς τὴν ὑπακοὴν μετἐβαλε, τὸν ἐκ τῆς ἀπειθείας κίνδυνον διδαχθείς. Οὐκ ἔστιν οὖν φόβος τῷ ὑπηκόῳ, μὴ λυθῇ αὐτῷ τῆς ταπεινοφροσύνης σκοπὸς, ὑπηρετουμένῳ ποτὲ παρὰ τοῦ μείζονος. Διδασκαλίας γὰρ αὐτῷ ἕνεκεν, καὶ ὑποδείγματος ἐνεργοῦς μᾶλλον, ἢ καὶ χρείας πολλάκις ἀναγκαίας ἡ ὑπηρεσία προσάγεται. Εν οὖν τῇ ὑπακοῇ καὶ τῇ μιμήσει τὸ ταπεινὸν ἐπιδεικνύσθω. Καὶ μὴ ἀντιδιατιθέμενος, σχήματι ταπεινοφροσύνης, ὑπερηφανίας ἔργον καὶ ἀλαζονείας ποιείτω. Ἡ γὰρ ἀντιλογία τὸ αὐτοκρατορικὸν καὶ τὸ ἀνυπότακτον δείκνυσι. Φυσιώσεως οὖν μᾶλλον καὶ καταφρονήσεως ἀπόδειξιν ἔχει, ἀλλ' οὐχὶ ταπεινότητος καὶ τῆς ἐν πᾶσιν ὑπακοῆς. Διόπερ ἀναγκαῖον πείθεσθαι τῷ εἰπόντι· Ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων ἐν ἀγάπῃ.

῾Oti dei katadechesthai tēn para tou proestōtos hypēresian. Chrē mentoi kai tēn sōmatikēn hypēresian para tōn proechein dokountōn en tę̄ adelphotēti prosagomenēn tous pollous katadechesthai. Ho gar tēs tapeinophrosynēs logos kai tǭ meizoni to hypēretein hypoballei, kai tǭ elattoni to hypēreteisthai ouk apharmozon deiknysi. To gar hypodeigma tou Kyriou pros touto hēmas hodēgei, tou men nipsai tous podas tōn heautou mathētōn mē apaxiōsantos, tōn de pros touto mē tolmēsantōn enstēnai. Alla kai ho dia pollēn eulabeian ta prōta mē katadexamenos Petros eutheōs heauton pros tēn hypakoēn metebale, ton ek tēs apeitheias kindynon didachtheis. Ouk estin oun phobos tǭ hypēkoǭ, mē lythę̄ autǭ tēs tapeinophrosynēs skopos, hypēretoumenǭ pote para tou meizonos. Didaskalias gar autǭ heneken, kai hypodeigmatos energous mallon, ē kai chreias pollakis anankaias hē hypēresia prosagetai. En oun tę̄ hypakoę̄ kai tę̄ mimēsei to tapeinon epideiknysthō. Kai mē antidiatithemenos, schēmati tapeinophrosynēs, hyperēphanias ergon kai alazoneias poieitō. Hē gar antilogia to autokratorikon kai to anypotakton deiknysi. Physiōseōs oun mallon kai kataphronēseōs apodeixin echei, all' ouchi tapeinotētos kai tēs en pasin hypakoēs. Dioper anankaion peithesthai tǭ eiponti; Anechomenoi allēlōn en agapę̄.

That one must accept service from the superior.

The brothers in general should also accept bodily service offered by those who are held to be foremost in the brotherhood. For the principle of humility both prompts the greater to serve and shows that it is not unfitting for the lesser to be served. The Lord's example leads us to this: he did not disdain to wash his own disciples' feet, and they did not dare to resist it. Indeed Peter, who out of great reverence did not at first accept it, at once turned himself to obedience when he was taught the danger of disobedience. So the one under obedience need not fear that his aim of humility is undone when he is sometimes served by the greater. For the service is offered him for teaching and as a practical example rather than, as often, for necessary need. Let him show his lowliness, then, by obedience and imitation; and let him not, by setting himself against it under a show of humility, do a work of pride and boastfulness. For contradiction shows self-will and insubordination. It is proof, then, of conceit and contempt rather than of lowliness and of obedience in all things. Therefore it is necessary to obey the one who said: “Bearing with one another in love.”

Chapter 32

32PG 31:993

Πῶς δεῖ πρὸς τοὺς κατὰ σάρκα οἰκείους διακεῖσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Χρὴ μέντοι τοὺς ἅπαξ παραδεχθέντας εἰς τὴν ἀδελφότητα μὴ ἐπιτρέπεσθαι παρὰ τοῦ προεστῶτος πρὸς μηδὲν ἀπομετεωρίζεσθαι· μηδὲ προφάσει οἰκείων ἐπισκέψεως ἀναχωρεῖν τῶν ἀδελφῶν, καὶ ἀμάρτυρον ζωὴν διάγειν, μήτε φροντίδας συγχωρεῖσθαι ἔχειν ἐν τῇ προστασίᾳ τῶν συγγενῶν κατὰ σάρκα. Ὅλως μὲν γὰρ ἀποδοκιμάζει ὁ λόγος τὸ ἐμὸν καὶ τὸ σὸν ἐν ἀδελφότητι λέγεσθαι· Ἦν γὰρ, φησὶ, πάντων τῶν πιστευσάντων καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία· καὶ οὐδὲ εἶς τι τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ ἔλεγεν ἴδιον εἶναι. Οἱ οὖν κατὰ σάρκα τινὸς γονεῖς, ἢ ἀδελφοὶ, εἰ μὲν κατὰ Θεὸν ζῶσιν, ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐν τῇ ἀδελφότητι ὡς κοινοὶ πατέρες ἢ οἰκεῖοι θεραπευέσθωσαν. Ὅστις γὰρ ἂν ποιῇ, φησὶν ὁ Κύριος, τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, οὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστί. Καὶ τούτων δὲ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν διαφέρειν δοκιμάζομεν τῷ προεστῶτι τῆς ἀδελφότητος. Εἰ δὲ ἐμπεπλεγμένοι εἰσὶ τῷ κοινῷ βίῳ, οὐδεὶς ἡμῖν κοινὸς πρὸς αὐτοὺς λόγος, τοῖς τὸ εὔσχημον καὶ εὐπάρεδρον τῷ Κυ ρίῳ ἀπερισπάστως κατορθοῦν ἐσπουδακόσι. Πρὸς γὰρ τῷ ἐκείνοις μηδὲν παρέχειν ὄφελος, ἔτι καὶ τὴν ἑαυτῶν ζωὴν θορύβων καὶ ταραχῆς πληροῦμεν, καὶ ἁμαρτιῶν ἀφορμὰς ἐπισπώμεθα. Ἀλλὰ οὐδὲ ἐρχομένους εἰς ἐπίσκεψιν τῶν ποτὲ οἰκείων, τοὺς καταφρονοῦντας τῶν ἐντολῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὸ ἔργον τῆς εὐσεβείας ἐξουθενοῦντας, ἀκόλουθον παραδέχεσθαι, ὡς οὐκ ἀγαπῶντας τὸν Κύριον τὸν εἰπόντα Ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν με τοὺς λόγους μου οὐ τηρεῖ. Τις δὲ μετοχὴ δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ἀνομίᾳ; ἢ τις μερὶς πιστῷ μετὰ ἀπίστου; Καὶ ὅτι μάλιστα δεῖ παντὶ τρόπῳ σπουδάζειν περιαιρεῖν τῶν ἔτι ἐν γυμνασίᾳ τῶν κατορθωμάτων τὰς πρὸς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν ἀφορμὰς, ὧν μεγίστη ἐστὶν ἡ μνήμη τοῦ προτέρου βίου, μήποτε πάθωσι τὸ εἰρημένον ὅτι, Ἐστράφησαν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν εἰς Αἴγυπτον· ὅπερ ἐν τῇ συνεχεῖ ὁμιλίᾳ τῶν κατὰ σάρκα οἰκείων ὡς τὰ πολλὰ γίνεται. Καθόλου δὲ οὔτε οἰκεῖον οὔτε ξένον ἐπιτρέπειν χρὴ λόγους τινὰς προσάγειν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, ἐὰν μὴ πεισθῶμεν περὶ αὐτῶν, ὅτι πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν καὶ καταρτισμὸν τῶν ψυχῶν ποιοῦνται τὰς διαλέξεις. Εἰ δὲ χρεία γένοιτο λόγου πρὸς τοὺς ἅπαξ συνεμπεσόντας, παρὰ τῶν πεπιστευμένων τὸ τοῦ λόγου χάρισμα γινέσθω, ὡς ἐχόντων δύναμιν μετ' ἐπιστήμης εἰπεῖν καὶ ἀκοῦσαι πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς πίστεως· σαφῶς τοῦ Ἀποστόλου διδάσκοντος μὴ πᾶσι παρεῖναι τὴν τοῦ λόγου δύναμιν, ἀλλ᾽ ὀλίγοις ὑπάρχειν τὸ χάρισμα δι' ὧν φησιν· ῾Ο μὲν γὰρ διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος δίδο ται λόγος σοφίας, ἀλλῳ δὲ λόγος γνώσεως· καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ· Ἵνα δυνατὸς ᾗ παρακαλεῖν ἐν τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ, καὶ τοὺς ἀντιλέγοντας ἐλέγχειν.

Pōs dei pros tous kata sarka oikeious diakeisthai. APOKRISIS. Chrē mentoi tous hapax paradechthentas eis tēn adelphotēta mē epitrepesthai para tou proestōtos pros mēden apometeōrizesthai; mēde prophasei oikeiōn episkepseōs anachōrein tōn adelphōn, kai amartyron zōēn diagein, mēte phrontidas synchōreisthai echein en tę̄ prostasią tōn syngenōn kata sarka. Holōs men gar apodokimazei ho logos to emon kai to son en adelphotēti legesthai; Ēn gar, phēsi, pantōn tōn pisteusantōn kardia kai psychē mia; kai oude eis ti tōn hyparchontōn autǭ elegen idion einai. Hoi oun kata sarka tinos goneis, ē adelphoi, ei men kata Theon zōsin, hypo pantōn tōn en tę̄ adelphotēti hōs koinoi pateres ē oikeioi therapeuesthōsan. Hostis gar an poię̄, phēsin ho Kyrios, to thelēma tou Patros mou tou en ouranois, houtos adelphos mou kai adelphē kai mētēr esti. Kai toutōn de tēn epimeleian diapherein dokimazomen tǭ proestōti tēs adelphotētos. Ei de empeplegmenoi eisi tǭ koinǭ biǭ, oudeis hēmin koinos pros autous logos, tois to euschēmon kai euparedron tǭ Ky riǭ aperispastōs katorthoun espoudakosi. Pros gar tǭ ekeinois mēden parechein ophelos, eti kai tēn heautōn zōēn thorybōn kai tarachēs plēroumen, kai hamartiōn aphormas epispōmetha. Alla oude erchomenous eis episkepsin tōn pote oikeiōn, tous kataphronountas tōn entolōn tou Theou, kai to ergon tēs eusebeias exouthenountas, akolouthon paradechesthai, hōs ouk agapōntas ton Kyrion ton eiponta Ho mē agapōn me tous logous mou ou tērei. Tis de metochē dikaiosynę̄ kai anomią? ē tis meris pistǭ meta apistou? Kai hoti malista dei panti tropǭ spoudazein periairein tōn eti en gymnasią tōn katorthōmatōn tas pros to hamartanein aphormas, hōn megistē estin hē mnēmē tou proterou biou, mēpote pathōsi to eirēmenon hoti, Estraphēsan tais kardiais autōn eis Aigypton; hoper en tę̄ synechei homilią tōn kata sarka oikeiōn hōs ta polla ginetai. Katholou de oute oikeion oute xenon epitrepein chrē logous tinas prosagein tois adelphois, ean mē peisthōmen peri autōn, hoti pros oikodomēn kai katartismon tōn psychōn poiountai tas dialexeis. Ei de chreia genoito logou pros tous hapax synempesontas, para tōn pepisteumenōn to tou logou charisma ginesthō, hōs echontōn dynamin met' epistēmēs eipein kai akousai pros oikodomēn tēs pisteōs; saphōs tou Apostolou didaskontos mē pasi pareinai tēn tou logou dynamin, all᾽ oligois hyparchein to charisma di' hōn phēsin; ῾O men gar dia tou Pneumatos dido tai logos sophias, allǭ de logos gnōseōs; kai allachou; Hina dynatos hę̄ parakalein en tę̄ hygiainousę̄ didaskalią, kai tous antilegontas elenchein.

How one should be disposed toward one's kinsfolk according to the flesh.

Answer. Those once received into the brotherhood should not be allowed by the superior to be distracted toward anything, nor on the pretext of visiting relatives to withdraw from the brothers and live a life without witnesses, nor be permitted to have cares about the protection of their kinsmen according to the flesh. For the word altogether rejects the saying of “mine” and “yours” in a brotherhood: “All who believed,” it says, “were of one heart and soul, and no one said that any of the things he possessed was his own.” As for anyone's parents or brothers according to the flesh, if they live according to God, let them be cared for by all in the brotherhood as common fathers or kinsfolk. “For whoever does the will of my Father in heaven,” says the Lord, “is my brother and sister and mother.” And we judge that the care of these belongs to the superior of the brotherhood. But if they are entangled in common life, we have nothing in common with them, we who are eager to achieve what is decent and devoted to the Lord without distraction. For besides giving them no benefit, we also fill our own life with noise and confusion and draw on ourselves occasions of sin. Nor is it fitting to receive, when they come to visit those who were once their kin, those who despise God's commandments and set at nought the work of godliness, since they do not love the Lord, who said: “Whoever does not love me does not keep my words.” “And what partnership has righteousness with lawlessness? Or what portion has a believer with an unbeliever?” And above all we must strive in every way to remove from those still in training for virtue the occasions of sinning, of which the greatest is the memory of their former life, lest they suffer what was said, “In their hearts they turned back to Egypt”; which mostly happens through constant conversation with kinsfolk according to the flesh.

In general, we should allow neither kinsman nor stranger to address any words to the brothers unless we are persuaded that they hold their conversations for the building up and strengthening of souls. And if there should be need of speech with those who happen to come, let the gift of speech be exercised by those entrusted with it, as having the power to speak and to listen with skill for the building up of faith; for the Apostle clearly teaches that the power of speech is not present in all, but that the gift belongs to few, when he says: “To one is given through the Spirit the word of wisdom, to another the word of knowledge”; and elsewhere: “that he may be able to exhort in sound teaching and to refute those who contradict.”

Chapter 33

33PG 31:997

Τις ὁ τρόπος τῆς πρὸς τὰς ἀδελφὰς συντυχίας. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ ἅπαξ γάμον ἀπαρνησάμενος ἀπαρνήσεται, δηλονότι, πολὺ πρότερον τὰς μερίμνας, ἅς φησιν ὁ Απόστολος μεριμνᾶν τὸν γεγαμηκότα, πῶς ἀρέσει τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ καθαρίσει ἑαυτὸν παντάπασι πάσης μερίμνης τῆς πρὸς ἀρέσκειαν γυναικὸς γινομένης, φοβούμενος τὸ κρίμα τοῦ εἰπόντος ὅτι, Ὁ Θεὸς διεσκόρπισεν ὀστᾶ ἀνθρωπαρέσκων. Ὥστε πρὸς ἀρέσκειαν μὲν οὐδὲ ἀνδρὶ συντυχεῖν ἀνέξεται· ἕνεκεν δὲ τῆς κατ' ἐντολὴν Θεοῦ ὀφειλομένης ἑκάστῳ παρὰ τοῦ πλησίον σπουδῆς τῆς χρείας ἀπαιτούσης ἐπὶ τὴν συντυχίαν ἐλεύσεται. Οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ τοῖς βουλομένοις ἁπλῶς ἐφίεσθαι χρὴ τὴν συντυχίαν, οὐδὲ καιρὸς πρὸς ταύτην, οὐδὲ τόπος πᾶς ἐπιτήδειος. ᾿Αλλ' εἴ γε μέλλοιμεν κατὰ τὸ πρόσταγμα τοῦ Ἀποστόλου ἀπρόσκοποι γίνεσθαι καὶ Ἰουδαίοις, καὶ Ἕλλησι, καὶ τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ, πάντα δὲ εὐσχημόνως καὶ κατὰ τάξιν, καὶ πάντα πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν ποιεῖν, ἀνάγκη καὶ πρόσωπον, καὶ καιρὸν, καὶ χρείαν, καὶ τόπον κατ' ἐκλογὴν ἀφωρίσθαι πρεπόντως· δι' ὧν ἁπάντων ὑπονοίας μὲν πονηρᾶς καὶ σκιὰ πᾶσα ἐξελαθήσεται, σεμνότητος δὲ καὶ σωφροσύνης ἀπόδειξις ἐν παντὶ τρόπῳ ἐπιφανήσεται τοῖς δοκιμασθεῖσιν ὁρᾶν ἀλλήλους καὶ βουλεύεσθαι περὶ τῶν ἀρεσκόντων Θεῷ κατά τε τὴν σωματικὴν χρείαν καὶ τὴν τῶν ψυχῶν ἐπιμέλειαν. Ἔστωσαν δὲ μὴ ἐλάττους τῶν δύο ἐξ ἑκατέρου μέρους· τὸ γὰρ ἓν πρόσωπον εὐεπηρέαστον εἰς ὑποψίαν, ἵνα μὴ πλέον τι λέγω καὶ ἀσθενέστερον πρὸς τὴν τῶν λεγομένων βεβαίωσιν, σαφῶς τῆς Γραφῆς διαγορευούσης ἐπὶ δύο καὶ τριῶν ἵστασθαι πᾶν ῥῆμα· μήτε τῶν τριῶν πλείους, ὥστε μὴ τὴν σπουδὴν τῆς φιλεργίας τῆς διὰ τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ γινομένης ἐμποδίζεσθαι. Εἰ δὲ τινας τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ἐν τῇ ἀδελφό τητι χρεία γένοιτο εἰπεῖν ἢ καὶ ἀκοῦσαί τι ἰδίᾳ τινὶ διαφέρον, μὴ αὐτοὶ ἐκεῖνοι εἰς ὁμιλίαν ἐρχέσθωσαν ἀλλήλοις· οἱ δὲ ἐπιλεγέντες πρεσβύτεροι ταῖς ἐπιλεγείσαις πρεσβυτέραις τὰ παρ' αὐτῶν διακονείτωσαν, καὶ οὕτω διὰ τῆς τούτων μεσιτείας ἡ τοῦ λόγου χρεία πληρούσθω. Ἡ δὲ αὐτὴ εὐταξία ού μόνον ἐν γυναιξὶ πρὸς ἄνδρας, ἢ ἀνδράσι πρὸς γυναῖκας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ὁμογενέσι πρὸς τοὺς ὁμογενεῖς φυλασσέσθω. Οὗτοι μὲν οὖν ἔστωσαν μετὰ τῆς ἄλλης ἐν πᾶσιν εὐλαβείας τε καὶ σεμνότητος, καὶ συνετοὶ πρός τε ἐπερώτησιν καὶ ἀπόκρισιν, πιστοί τε καὶ φρόνιμοι πρὸς τὴν τῶν λεγομένων οἰκονομίαν, καὶ πληροῦντες τό· Οἰκονομήσει τοὺς λόγους αὐτοῦ ἐν κρίσει, ὥστε καὶ τοῖς ἐμπιστεύουσιν αὐτοῖς ὁμοῦ τὴν τε χρείαν πληροῦσθαι, καὶ τὴν πληροφορίαν ὑπάρχειν περὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς κινουμένων. Ὑπηρετείτωσαν δὲ καὶ ταῖς τοῦ σώματος χρείαις ἄλλοι τινὲς, καὶ αὐτοὶ μετὰ δοκιμασίας, τήν τε ἡλικίαν προήκοντες καὶ τὸ σχῆμα καὶ τὸ ἦθος σεμνοὶ, πρὸς τὸ μὴ πλῆξαί τινος συνειδὸς εἰς ὑποψίαν κακήν. Ἵνα τί γὰρ ἡ ἐλευθερία μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως;

Tis ho tropos tēs pros tas adelphas syntychias. APOKRISIS. Ho hapax gamon aparnēsamenos aparnēsetai, dēlonoti, poly proteron tas merimnas, has phēsin ho Apostolos merimnan ton gegamēkota, pōs aresei tę̄ gynaiki autou, kai katharisei heauton pantapasi pasēs merimnēs tēs pros areskeian gynaikos ginomenēs, phoboumenos to krima tou eipontos hoti, Ho Theos dieskorpisen osta anthrōpareskōn. Hōste pros areskeian men oude andri syntychein anexetai; heneken de tēs kat' entolēn Theou opheilomenēs hekastǭ para tou plēsion spoudēs tēs chreias apaitousēs epi tēn syntychian eleusetai. Ou mēn oude tois boulomenois haplōs ephiesthai chrē tēn syntychian, oude kairos pros tautēn, oude topos pas epitēdeios. ᾿All' ei ge melloimen kata to prostagma tou Apostolou aproskopoi ginesthai kai Ioudaiois, kai Hellēsi, kai tę̄ Ekklēsią tou Theou, panta de euschēmonōs kai kata taxin, kai panta pros oikodomēn poiein, anankē kai prosōpon, kai kairon, kai chreian, kai topon kat' eklogēn aphōristhai prepontōs; di' hōn hapantōn hyponoias men ponēras kai skia pasa exelathēsetai, semnotētos de kai sōphrosynēs apodeixis en panti tropǭ epiphanēsetai tois dokimastheisin horan allēlous kai bouleuesthai peri tōn areskontōn Theǭ kata te tēn sōmatikēn chreian kai tēn tōn psychōn epimeleian. Estōsan de mē elattous tōn dyo ex hekaterou merous; to gar hen prosōpon euepēreaston eis hypopsian, hina mē pleon ti legō kai asthenesteron pros tēn tōn legomenōn bebaiōsin, saphōs tēs Graphēs diagoreuousēs epi dyo kai triōn histasthai pan rhēma; mēte tōn triōn pleious, hōste mē tēn spoudēn tēs philergias tēs dia tēn entolēn tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou ginomenēs empodizesthai. Ei de tinas tōn allōn tōn en tę̄ adelpho tēti chreia genoito eipein ē kai akousai ti idią tini diapheron, mē autoi ekeinoi eis homilian erchesthōsan allēlois; hoi de epilegentes presbyteroi tais epilegeisais presbyterais ta par' autōn diakoneitōsan, kai houtō dia tēs toutōn mesiteias hē tou logou chreia plērousthō. Hē de autē eutaxia ou monon en gynaixi pros andras, ē andrasi pros gynaikas, alla kai en tois homogenesi pros tous homogeneis phylassesthō. Houtoi men oun estōsan meta tēs allēs en pasin eulabeias te kai semnotētos, kai synetoi pros te eperōtēsin kai apokrisin, pistoi te kai phronimoi pros tēn tōn legomenōn oikonomian, kai plērountes to; Oikonomēsei tous logous autou en krisei, hōste kai tois empisteuousin autois homou tēn te chreian plērousthai, kai tēn plērophorian hyparchein peri tōn en autois kinoumenōn. Hypēreteitōsan de kai tais tou sōmatos chreiais alloi tines, kai autoi meta dokimasias, tēn te hēlikian proēkontes kai to schēma kai to ēthos semnoi, pros to mē plēxai tinos syneidos eis hypopsian kakēn. Hina ti gar hē eleutheria mou krinetai hypo allēs syneidēseōs?

What is the manner of meeting with the sisters?

Answer. The one who has once renounced marriage will, plainly, much more renounce the cares which the Apostle says the married man has, how to please his wife; and he will cleanse himself altogether of every care aimed at pleasing a woman, fearing the judgment of him who said, “God has scattered the bones of men-pleasers.” So he will not endure meeting even with a man for the sake of pleasing him; but for the sake of the zeal owed by each to his neighbour according to God's commandment, he will come to a meeting when need requires. Yet the meeting should not simply be allowed to those who wish it, nor is every time or every place suitable for it. But if we mean, according to the Apostle's command, to give no offence to Jews or to Greeks or to the church of God, and to do all things decently and in order and all for building up, the person, the time, the need, and the place must be fittingly fixed by choice; by all of which every suspicion of evil, even its shadow, will be driven away, and proof of dignity and chastity will appear in every way in those who have been approved to see one another and to take counsel about what pleases God, both as to bodily need and as to the care of souls. Let there be not fewer than two on each side; for a single person is easily open to suspicion, not to say more, and is weaker for confirming what is said, since Scripture clearly declares that every word stands on two or three; nor more than three, so that the zeal for work done because of the commandment of our Lord Jesus Christ may not be hindered.

If any others in the brotherhood need to say or to hear something of private concern, let them not come into conversation with one another themselves; but let chosen elders serve as go-betweens with chosen elder sisters, and so let the need for speech be met through their mediation. Let the same good order be kept not only of women toward men or men toward women, but also among those of the same sex toward one another. Let these, then, be marked by reverence and dignity in all things besides, prudent in asking and answering, faithful and wise in handling what is said, fulfilling the saying, “He will order his words with judgment,” so that for those who confide in them the need is met and at the same time there is assurance about what is stirring in them. Let some others also serve bodily needs, they too after testing, advanced in age and dignified in bearing and character, so as not to strike anyone's conscience with evil suspicion. “For why should my liberty be judged by another's conscience?”

Chapter 34

34PG 31:999

Ποταπούς χρὴ εἶναι τοὺς τὰ προς τὴν χρείαν οἰκονομοῦντας ἐν τῇ ἀδελφότητι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Καὶ τῶν ἔσω δὲ τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν ἐπινεμόντων ἐν ἑκάστῳ τάγματι πάντως ἔσονταί τινες οἱ δυνάμενοι μιμεῖσθαι τοὺς ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι ποιοῦντας τὸ εἰρημένον ὅτι, Διεδίδοτο ἑκάστῳ καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχε· πρόνοιαν ποιούμενοι πολλὴν τοῦ τε εὐσπλάγχνου καὶ μακροθύμου πρὸς πάντας, καὶ τοῦ μήτε ὑποψίαν δοῦναί τινι προσπαθείας, ἢ προσκλίσεως πρός τινας, κατὰ τὸ παράγγελμα τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου εἰπόντος· Μηδὲν ποιῶν κατὰ πρόσκλισιν, ἢ πάλιν φιλονεικίας ἣν ὡς ἀνοίκειον Χριστιανοῖς ὁ αὐτὸς ἀποπέμπεται εἰπών· Εἴ τις δοκεῖ φιλόνεικος εἶναι, ἡμεῖς τοιαύτην συνήθειαν οὐκ ἔχομεν, οὐδὲ αἱ Ἐκκλησίαι τοῦ Θεοῦ· ὡς διὰ τούτων τῶν μὲν ὑφαιρεῖσθαι τὴν χρείαν, πρὸς οὓς ἂν φιλονείκως ἔχωσι, τῶν δὲ ὑπερβαλεῖν, οἷς ἂν προσκεκλιμένοι τυγχάνωσιν. Ἔστι δὲ τὸ μὲν μισαδελφίας, τὸ δὲ προσπαθείας, τῆς μάλιστα διαβεβλημένης, ἐξ ὧν ἡ μὲν ἐξ ἀγάπης σύμπνοια τῆς ἀδελφότητος διασπᾶται, ὑποψίαι δὲ πονηραὶ, καὶ ζῆλοι, καὶ ἔριδες, καὶ ὅκνοι πρὸς τὰς ἐργασίας ἀντεισέρχονται. Προσπαθείας μὲν οὖν καὶ φιλονεικίας διά τε τὰ εἰρημένα καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπισυμβαίνοντα καθαρεύειν εἰς ἄκρον ἀναγκαῖον τοὺς τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν ἐπινέμοντας τῇ ἀδελφότητι. Διάθεσίν γε μὴν τοιαύτην ἑαυτοῖς συνειδέναι ὀφείλουσι, καὶ σπουδὴν τοσαύτην ἐπιδείκνυσθαι αὐτοί τε καὶ οἱ τὴν ἄλλην ἐργασίαν πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑπηρεσίαν ἐκτελοῦντες, ὡς οὐκ ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλ᾿ αὐτῷ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἐξυπηρετούμενοι, τῷ διὰ πολλὴν ἀγαθότητα εἰς ἑαυτὸν λογιζομένῳ τὴν εἰς τοὺς ἀνακειμένους αὐτῷ τιμήν τε καὶ σπουδὴν, καὶ βασιλείας οὐρανῶν κληρονομίαν ὑπὲρ τούτων ἐπαγγελλομένῳ. Δεῦτε γὰρ, φησὶν, οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου. Ὅτι ἐφ' ὅσον ἐποιήσατε ἐνὶ τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου τῶν ἐλαχίστων, ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. Καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου τῆς ἀμελείας γνωρίζειν τὸν κίνδυνον, μεμνημένους τοῦ εἰπόντος· Ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὰ ἔργα Κυρίου ἀμελῶς. Ὅτι οὐ μόνον τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβάλλονται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου φρικώδη καὶ φοβερὰν ἐκείνην ἐκδέχονται κατὰ τῶν τοιούτων ἀπόφασιν· Πορεύεσθε ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ, οἱ κατηραμένοι, εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ. Εἰ δὲ οἱ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν καὶ τὴν ὑπηρεσίαν προσάγοντες τοσοῦτον μὲν τῆς σπουδῆς τὸ κέρδος εὑρίσκουσι, τοσοῦτον δὲ τῆς ἀμελείας τὸ κρίμα ἐκδέχονται· πόσου ἀγῶνος χρεία τοῖς ὑποδεχομένοις τὴν ὑπηρεσίαν πρὸς τὸ ἀξίους ἑαυτοὺς ἀποδεῖξαι τῆς τῶν ἀδελφῶν τοῦ Κυρίου προσηγορίας; διὰ τῆς τοῦ Κυρίου διδασκαλίας, εἰπόντος· Ὅστις γὰρ ἂν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, οὗτός μου καὶ ἀδελφὸς καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν. Ἐπεὶ ὅ γε μὴ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντὸς τοῦ βίου σκοπὸν προθέμενος, ὥστε καὶ ἐν ὑγείᾳ τὸν κόπον τῆς ἀγάπης διὰ τῆς σπουδῆς τῶν τοῦ Κυρίου ἔργων ἐνδείκνυσθαι, καὶ ἐν ἀῤῥωστίᾳ πᾶσαν ὑπομονὴν καὶ μακροθυμίαν μετὰ χαρᾶς ἐπιδείκνυσθαι, κίνδυνον ἔχει· πρῶτον μὲν καὶ μέγιστον, ὅτι τοῦ Κυρίου ἀπηλλοτρίωται, καὶ τῆς τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτοῦ μερίδος, διὰ τὸ μὴ ποιεῖν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἑαυτὸν ἀποσχίσας· δεύτερον δὲ, ὅτι ἀναξίως μετέχειν τολμᾷ τῶν τοῖς ἀξίοις ἡτοιμασμένων. Διόπερ ἀναγκαῖον καὶ ἐν τούτῳ μεμνῆσθαι τοῦ Ἀποστόλου εἰπόντος· Συνεργοῦντες δὲ καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν μὴ εἰς κενὸν τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ δέξασθαι ὑμᾶς· καὶ τοὺς εἰς τόπον ἀδελφῶν τοῦ Κυρίου κληθέντας μὴ καθυβρίσαι τὴν τοιαύτην τοῦ Θεοῦ χάριν, μηδὲ προδοῦναι τὸ τοσοῦτον ἀξίωμα διὰ τῆς ἀμελείας τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ θελημάτων, ὑπακοῦσαι δὲ μᾶλλον τῷ αὐτῷ Ἀποστόλῳ λέγοντι· Παρακαλῶ ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ ὁ δέσμιος ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἀξίως περιπατῆσαι τῆς κλήσεως, ἧς ἐκλήθητε.

Potapous chrē einai tous ta pros tēn chreian oikonomountas en tę̄ adelphotēti. APOKRISIS. Kai tōn esō de ta pros tēn chreian epinemontōn en hekastǭ tagmati pantōs esontai tines hoi dynamenoi mimeisthai tous en tais Praxesi poiountas to eirēmenon hoti, Diedidoto hekastǭ kathoti an tis chreian eiche; pronoian poioumenoi pollēn tou te eusplanchnou kai makrothymou pros pantas, kai tou mēte hypopsian dounai tini prospatheias, ē proskliseōs pros tinas, kata to parangelma tou ᾿Apostolou eipontos; Mēden poiōn kata prosklisin, ē palin philoneikias hēn hōs anoikeion Christianois ho autos apopempetai eipōn; Ei tis dokei philoneikos einai, hēmeis toiautēn synētheian ouk echomen, oude hai Ekklēsiai tou Theou; hōs dia toutōn tōn men hyphaireisthai tēn chreian, pros hous an philoneikōs echōsi, tōn de hyperbalein, hois an proskeklimenoi tynchanōsin. Esti de to men misadelphias, to de prospatheias, tēs malista diabeblēmenēs, ex hōn hē men ex agapēs sympnoia tēs adelphotētos diaspatai, hypopsiai de ponērai, kai zēloi, kai erides, kai hoknoi pros tas ergasias anteiserchontai. Prospatheias men oun kai philoneikias dia te ta eirēmena kai alla polla toiauta episymbainonta kathareuein eis akron anankaion tous ta pros tēn chreian epinemontas tę̄ adelphotēti. Diathesin ge mēn toiautēn heautois syneidenai opheilousi, kai spoudēn tosautēn epideiknysthai autoi te kai hoi tēn allēn ergasian pros tēn tōn adelphōn hypēresian ektelountes, hōs ouk anthrōpois, all᾿ autǭ tǭ Kyriǭ exypēretoumenoi, tǭ dia pollēn agathotēta eis heauton logizomenǭ tēn eis tous anakeimenous autǭ timēn te kai spoudēn, kai basileias ouranōn klēronomian hyper toutōn epangellomenǭ. Deute gar, phēsin, hoi eulogēmenoi tou Patros mou, klēronomēsate tēn hētoimasmenēn hymin basileian apo katabolēs kosmou. Hoti eph' hoson epoiēsate eni toutōn tōn adelphōn mou tōn elachistōn, emoi epoiēsate. Kai ek tou enantiou tēs ameleias gnōrizein ton kindynon, memnēmenous tou eipontos; Epikataratos pas ho poiōn ta erga Kyriou amelōs. Hoti ou monon tēs basileias ekballontai, alla kai tēn tou Kyriou phrikōdē kai phoberan ekeinēn ekdechontai kata tōn toioutōn apophasin; Poreuesthe ap᾿ emou, hoi katēramenoi, eis to pyr to aiōnion, to hētoimasmenon tǭ diabolǭ kai tois angelois autou. Ei de hoi tēn epimeleian kai tēn hypēresian prosagontes tosouton men tēs spoudēs to kerdos heuriskousi, tosouton de tēs ameleias to krima ekdechontai; posou agōnos chreia tois hypodechomenois tēn hypēresian pros to axious heautous apodeixai tēs tōn adelphōn tou Kyriou prosēgorias? dia tēs tou Kyriou didaskalias, eipontos; Hostis gar an poiēsę̄ to thelēma tou Patros mou tou en ouranois, houtos mou kai adelphos kai adelphē kai mētēr estin. Epei ho ge mē to thelēma tou Theou dia pantos tou biou skopon prothemenos, hōste kai en hygeią ton kopon tēs agapēs dia tēs spoudēs tōn tou Kyriou ergōn endeiknysthai, kai en arrhōstią pasan hypomonēn kai makrothymian meta charas epideiknysthai, kindynon echei; prōton men kai megiston, hoti tou Kyriou apēllotriōtai, kai tēs tōn adelphōn autou meridos, dia to mē poiein to thelēma tou Theou, heauton aposchisas; deuteron de, hoti anaxiōs metechein tolmą tōn tois axiois hētoimasmenōn. Dioper anankaion kai en toutǭ memnēsthai tou Apostolou eipontos; Synergountes de kai parakaloumen mē eis kenon tēn charin tou Theou dexasthai hymas; kai tous eis topon adelphōn tou Kyriou klēthentas mē kathybrisai tēn toiautēn tou Theou charin, mēde prodounai to tosouton axiōma dia tēs ameleias tōn tou Theou thelēmatōn, hypakousai de mallon tǭ autǭ Apostolǭ legonti; Parakalō hymas egō ho desmios en Kyriǭ, axiōs peripatēsai tēs klēseōs, hēs eklēthēte.

What kind of men those who manage necessities in the brotherhood should be.

Answer. Among those within who distribute necessities, there will surely be in each rank some who can imitate those in the Acts who did what was said, “Distribution was made to each as any had need”; taking great care to be compassionate and patient toward all, and to give no one cause to suspect attachment or favouritism toward some, according to the command of the Apostle, who said, “doing nothing from partiality”; or again of contentiousness, which the same Apostle rejects as unfitting for Christians, saying, “If anyone is inclined to be contentious, we have no such practice, nor do the churches of God”: as though by these means they would withhold what is needed from those against whom they are contentious, and give in excess to those to whom they happen to be partial. The one is a sign of hatred of the brothers, the other of attachment, which is most of all to be condemned; by these the harmony of the brotherhood, which comes from love, is torn apart, and evil suspicions, jealousies, strifes, and sluggishness toward work enter in its place. Those who distribute necessities to the brotherhood must therefore be utterly free from attachment and contentiousness, because of what has been said and many other such consequences.

They ought to be conscious in themselves of such a disposition, and to show such zeal, both they and those who carry out the other work of serving the brothers, as serving not men but the Lord himself, who in his great goodness counts as done to himself the honour and zeal shown to those dedicated to him, and promises the inheritance of the kingdom of heaven for them. “Come,” he says, “you who are blessed by my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world. For as you did it to one of the least of these my brothers, you did it to me.” And conversely they should recognize the danger of negligence, remembering him who said, “Cursed is everyone who does the works of the Lord negligently”; for not only are such people cast out of the kingdom, but they also await that dreadful and fearful sentence of the Lord against them: “Depart from me, you cursed, into the eternal fire prepared for the devil and his angels.”

And if those who offer care and service find so great a gain from their zeal, and await so great a judgment for their negligence, how great a struggle is needed for those who receive the service, to show themselves worthy of the name of the Lord's brothers, according to the Lord's teaching, who said: “For whoever does the will of my Father in heaven is my brother and sister and mother.” For the one who has not set before himself the will of God as his goal through all his life, so as to show in health the labour of love through zeal for the Lord's works, and in sickness to show all endurance and patience with joy, is in danger: first and greatest, because he is estranged from the Lord and has cut himself off from the portion of his brothers by not doing the will of God; second, because he dares unworthily to share in what is prepared for the worthy. Therefore it is necessary here too to remember the Apostle, who said, “Working together with him, we also urge you not to receive the grace of God in vain”; and that those called to the place of the Lord's brothers should not insult such grace of God, nor betray so great a dignity through neglect of God's will, but should rather obey the same Apostle, who says: “I, the prisoner in the Lord, urge you to walk worthily of the calling to which you have been called.”

Chapter 35

35PG 31:1003

Εἰ χρὴ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ κώμῃ πλείονας ἀδελφότητας συγκροτεῖσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὸ ὑπόδειγμα τῶν μελῶν ἐπὶ πολλὰ ἀγομένων χρησίμως ἡμῖν διαρθροῖ τὸ προκείμενον. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔδειξεν ὁ λόγος, ὅτι τῷ μέλλοντι σώματι καλῶς καὶ κατὰ λόγον πρὸς πᾶσαν ἐνέργειαν συνηρμόσθαι χρεία ὀφθαλμῶν, καὶ γλώσσης, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν, ὅσα ἀναγκαῖα καὶ κυριώτατα, χαλεπὸν δὲ καὶ δυσεύρετον ψυχή δυναμένη εἶναι ὀφθαλμὸς πλειόνων. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ προορατικὸν, καὶ ἐν λόγῳ τὸ αὔταρκες ἔχοντα, καὶ νηφαλέον, καὶ εὔσπλαγχνον, καὶ ἐν τελείᾳ καρδίᾳ ἐκζητοῦντα τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὸν προεστῶτα τῆς ἀδελφότητος ἐπιζητεῖ ἡ ἀκρίβεια, πῶς δυνατὸν ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ κώμῃ τοιούτων πλειόνων ἐπιτυχεῖν; Εἰ δὲ καὶ συμβαίη ποτὲ εὑρεθῆναι δύο ἢ τρεῖς, ὅπερ οὐκ εὔκολον οὐδὲ ἔγνωμέν ποτε· πολλῷ βέλτιον κοινωνεῖν ἀλλήλοις τοῦ φροντίσματος τούτους καὶ ἐπικουφίζειν τὸν πόνον· ὡς ἐν τῇ τοῦ ἄλλου ἀποδημίᾳ, ἢ ἀσχολίᾳ, ἢ ἐν ἄλλαις τισὶ περιστάσεσι, καθὼς χωρίζεσθαι συμβαίνει τῆς ἀδελφότητος τὸν ἕνα τὸν προεστῶτα, εἶναι τὸν ἕτερον εἰς παραμυθίαν τῆς ἀπολείψεως· ἢ εἰ μὴ τοῦτο, ἀπιέναι εἰς ἄλλην ἀδελφότητα δεομένην τοῦ ὁδηγήσοντος. Πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἡ τῶν ἔξωθεν πραγμάτων πεῖρα εἰς τὸν προκείμενον σκοπὸν ὠφελεῖν ἡμᾶς δύναται. Ὡς οὖν καὶ οἱ τῶν κοινῶν τεχνῶν ἔμπειροι ζηλοτύπως ἔχουσι πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιτέχνους, αὐτοῦ τοῦ πράγματος, κατὰ τὸ λανθάνον, τὰς φιλονεικίας ἐμποιεῖν πεφυκότος· οὕτω καὶ επι της τοιαύτης ζωῆς, ὡς τὰ πολλὰ, συμβαίνει ε σθαι. ᾿Αρχόμενοι γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ διαμιλλᾶσθαι εἰς τὸ καλὸν καὶ σπουδάζειν ἀλλήλους ὑπερβαλέσθαι ἢ ἐν ταῖς ξενοδοχίαις, ἢ ἐν τῇ αὐξήσει τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν συνασκουμένων, ἢ ἐν ἄλλοις τισὶ τοιούτοις ἔργοις, προϊόντες εἰς ἐριθείας ἐκπίπτουσιν. Εἶτα τοῖς μὲν ἐπιδημοῦσι τῶν ἀδελφῶν πολλὴν ἀμφιβολίαν συμβαίνειν γίνεσθαι καὶ δυσκολίαν ἀντὶ ἀναπαύσεως, μεριζομένοις τὸν λογισμὸν, πρὸς τίνας χρὴ καταχθῆναι· ἡ τε γὰρ προτίμησις λυπηρά, καὶ τὸ ἀμφοτέρους πληροφορῆσαι ἀδύνατον, καὶ μάλιστα ὅταν ἐπειγόμενοι τυγχάνωσι· τοῖς δὲ ἐξ ἀρχῆς προσιοῦσιν εἰς τὸ συζῇν πολλὴν ἀδημονίαν παρέξουσι, τίνας δεῖ προεστῶτας τῆς ἑαυτῶν ζωῆς ἑλέσθαι, καὶ η πάντως ἐκ τοῦ τινας αἱρεῖσθαι, τοὺς λοιποὺς ἀπο Εὐθὺς οὖν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης εἰς ἔπαρσιν συμβαίνει βλάπτεσθαι, οὐχὶ τυποῦντας ἑαυτοὺς εἰς μάθησιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐθιζομένους κριτὰς καὶ δοκιμαστὰς τῆς ἀδελφότητος γίνεσθαι. Οπότε τοίνυν ἀγαθὸν μὲν οὐδὲν ὁμολογούμενόν ἐστιν ἐν τῇ διαιρέσει τῶν οἰκήσεων, τὰ δὲ ὑπεναντία τοσαῦτα, τὸ χωρίζεσθαι ἀπ᾿ ἀλλήλων παντελῶς ἀσύμφορον. Εἰ δὲ προειλῆφθαί τινα συμβαίη, ἐπείγεσθαι χρὴ πρὸς τὴν διόρθωσιν, καὶ μάλιστα μετὰ τὴν πεῖραν τῶν βλαβερῶν. Τὸ δὲ ἐπιμένειν τῇ κρίσει φιλονεικία σαφής. Εἰ δὲ τις δοκεῖ φιλόνεικος εἶναι, φησὶν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, ἡμεῖς τοιαύτην συνήθειαν οὐκ ἔχομεν, οὐδὲ αἱ Ἐκκλησίαι τοῦ Θεοῦ. Τίνος γὰρ ἕνεκεν φήσουσιν εἰς τὴν συνάφειαν κωλύεσθαι; Πότερον χρειῶν; Ἀλλὰ πολλῷ εὐπορώτεραί εἰσιν ἐν τῇ κοινωνίᾳ, ἑνὸς λύχνου, καὶ μιᾶς ἐστίας, καὶ πάντων τῶν τοιούτων τοῖς πᾶσιν ἐπαρκέσαι δυναμένων. Χρὴ γὰρ, εἴπερ τι ἕτερον, καὶ τὴν ἐν τούτοις εὐχέρειαν μεταδιώκειν ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου, ἐπὶ τὸ ἔλαττον τὰς κτήσεις τῶν ἀναγκαίων συστέλλοντας. Ἔπειτα καὶ τῶν ἔξωθεν τὰς χρείας ἐπεισαγόντων τῇ ἀδελφότητι, ἐν μὲν τῇ διαιρέσει πλειόνων χρεία, ἐν δὲ τῇ συνοικήσει τῶν ἡμίσεων. Ὅπως δὲ δύσκολόν ἐστιν εὑρεθῆναι ἄνδρα μὴ καταισχύνοντα τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἀλλ᾿ ἀξίαν τοῦ ἐπαγγέλματος τὴν τῶν ἔξωθεν συντυχίαν ἐν ταῖς αποδημίαις ποιούμενον, γνώριμον ὑμῖν πρὸ τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων. Εἶτα οἱ ἐπιμένοντες τῇ διαστάσει πῶς δύνανται τοὺς ἐν τῷ κοινῷ βίῳ οἰκοδομεῖν, ἢ πρὸς εἰρήνην συνελαύνοντες, εἴ ποτε δέοι, ἢ πρὸς τὰς ἄλλας ἐντολὰς παρακαλοῦντες, ὑπονοίας πονηρὰς ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ἡνῶσθαι καθ' ἑαυτῶν παρεχόμενοι; Καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ἀκούομεν τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου γράφοντος Φιλιππησίοις, ὅτι Πληρώσατέ μου τὴν χαρὰν, ἵνα τὸ αὐτὸ φρονῆτε, τὴν αὐτὴν ἀγάπην ἔχοντες, σύμψυχοι, τὸ ἓν φρονοῦντες, μηδὲν κατ' ἐριθείαν ἢ κενοδοξίαν, ἀλλὰ τῇ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ ἀλλήλους ἡγούμενοι ὑπερέχοντας ἑαυτῶν· μὴ τὰ ἑαυτῶν σκοποῦντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἑτέρων ἕκαστοι. Τίς οὖν μείζων ἀπόδειξις ταπεινοφροσύνης τοῦ ἀλλήλοις ὑποταγῆναι τοὺς προεστῶτας τῆς ἀδελφότητος; Εἴτε γὰρ ἴσοι εἰσὶν ἐν τοῖς πνευματικοῖς χαρίσμασι, κάλλιόν ἐστιν ἡ συνάθλησις. "Ωσπερ οὖν ὑπέδειξεν ἡμῖν αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος, ἀνὰ δύο δύο ἀποστείλας· καὶ ὁ ἕτερος αὐτῶν αἰρήσεται πάντως μετὰ χαρᾶς ὑποτετάχθαι τῷ ἑτέρῳ, μεμνημένος τοῦ Κυρίου λέγοντος, ὅτι ῾Ὁ ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται. Εἰ δὲ τὸν μὲν ἐλαττοῦσθαι, τὸν δὲ ὑπερτίνας. Α έχειν συμβαίνει, ὠφελιμώτερόν ἐστι προσληφθῆναι Ει Β δηλον ὅτι οὐδεμία διάστασις ἦν ἐν τοῖς πᾶσιν, οὔτε ὑπὸ τοῦ ἰσχυροτέρου τὸν ἀσθενέστερον. Πῶς δὲ καὶ οὐχὶ φανερὰ παρακοή ἐστι τοῦ ἀποστολικοῦ παραγγέλματος, τοῦ λέγοντος· Μὴ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ἕκαστοι γίζομαι γὰρ μὴ εἶναι δυνατὸν ἐν τῇ διαιρέσει τοῦτο κατορθωθῆναι, ἑκάστου τάγματος τὴν μὲν ὑπὲρ τῶν συνόντων μέριμναν ἰδιοποιουμένου, τῆς δὲ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἄλλων φροντίδος ἠλλοτριωμένου, ὅπερ, ὡς εἶπον, σαφῶς ἐναντιοῦται τῷ ἀποστολικῷ παραγγέλματι. Καὶ τῶν ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσιν ἁγίων πολλάκις μαρτυρουμένων, περὶ ὧν γέγραπται, ποτὲ μὲν ὅτι, Τοῦ πλήθους τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία· ποτὲ δὲ ὅτι, Πάντες οἱ πιστεύσαντες ἦσαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ, καὶ εἶχον ἅπαντα κοινά· πρόἐν ἐξουσίᾳ ἑαυτοῦ διῆγεν ἕκαστος, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν οἱ πάντες ᾠκονομοῦντο φροντίδα· καὶ ταῦτα ἐν ὅλοις πεντακισχιλίοις τὸν ἀριθμὸν, ἐφ᾽ ὧν ἴσως οὐκ ὀλίγα ἦν τὰ κατὰ τὸν ἀνθρώπινον λογισμὸν ἐμποδίζειν δοκοῦντα τῇ συναφείᾳ. Ὅπου δὲ τοσοῦτον ἐλαττοῦνται οἱ καθ' ἑκάστην κώμην εύρισκόμενοι, τίς ἐπιτρέπει λόγος διεστάναι αὐτοὺς ἀπ᾿ ἀλλήλων; Εἴθε δὲ ἦν δυνατὸν μὴ μόνον τοὺς ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ κώμῃ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ συνηγμένους οὕτως εἶναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ πλείους ἀδελφότητας, ἐν διαφόροις καθεστώσας τό ποις, ὑπὸ μιᾷ φροντίδι τῶν δυναμένων ἀπροσκλίτως καὶ σοφῶς οἰκονομεῖν τὰ πάντων ἐν τῇ ἑνό τητι τοῦ πνεύματος καὶ τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης οἰκοδομεῖσθαι.

Ei chrē en tę̄ autę̄ kōmę̄ pleionas adelphotētas synkroteisthai. APOKRISIS. To hypodeigma tōn melōn epi polla agomenōn chrēsimōs hēmin diarthroi to prokeimenon. Epei oun edeixen ho logos, hoti tǭ mellonti sōmati kalōs kai kata logon pros pasan energeian synērmosthai chreia ophthalmōn, kai glōssēs, kai tōn loipōn, hosa anankaia kai kyriōtata, chalepon de kai dyseureton psychē dynamenē einai ophthalmos pleionōn. Ei gar kai prooratikon, kai en logǭ to autarkes echonta, kai nēphaleon, kai eusplanchnon, kai en teleią kardią ekzētounta ta dikaiōmata tou Theou, ton proestōta tēs adelphotētos epizētei hē akribeia, pōs dynaton en tę̄ autę̄ kōmę̄ toioutōn pleionōn epitychein? Ei de kai symbaiē pote heurethēnai dyo ē treis, hoper ouk eukolon oude egnōmen pote; pollǭ beltion koinōnein allēlois tou phrontismatos toutous kai epikouphizein ton ponon; hōs en tę̄ tou allou apodēmią, ē ascholią, ē en allais tisi peristasesi, kathōs chōrizesthai symbainei tēs adelphotētos ton hena ton proestōta, einai ton heteron eis paramythian tēs apoleipseōs; ē ei mē touto, apienai eis allēn adelphotēta deomenēn tou hodēgēsontos. Polla de kai hē tōn exōthen pragmatōn peira eis ton prokeimenon skopon ōphelein hēmas dynatai. Hōs oun kai hoi tōn koinōn technōn empeiroi zēlotypōs echousi pros tous antitechnous, autou tou pragmatos, kata to lanthanon, tas philoneikias empoiein pephykotos; houtō kai epi tēs toiautēs zōēs, hōs ta polla, symbainei e sthai. ᾿Archomenoi gar apo tou diamillasthai eis to kalon kai spoudazein allēlous hyperbalesthai ē en tais xenodochiais, ē en tę̄ auxēsei tou arithmou tōn synaskoumenōn, ē en allois tisi toioutois ergois, proïontes eis eritheias ekpiptousin. Eita tois men epidēmousi tōn adelphōn pollēn amphibolian symbainein ginesthai kai dyskolian anti anapauseōs, merizomenois ton logismon, pros tinas chrē katachthēnai; hē te gar protimēsis lypēra, kai to amphoterous plērophorēsai adynaton, kai malista hotan epeigomenoi tynchanōsi; tois de ex archēs prosiousin eis to syzę̄n pollēn adēmonian parexousi, tinas dei proestōtas tēs heautōn zōēs helesthai, kai ē pantōs ek tou tinas haireisthai, tous loipous apo Euthys oun autous apo tēs prōtēs eis eparsin symbainei blaptesthai, ouchi typountas heautous eis mathēsin, all᾽ ethizomenous kritas kai dokimastas tēs adelphotētos ginesthai. Opote toinyn agathon men ouden homologoumenon estin en tę̄ diairesei tōn oikēseōn, ta de hypenantia tosauta, to chōrizesthai ap᾿ allēlōn pantelōs asymphoron. Ei de proeilēphthai tina symbaiē, epeigesthai chrē pros tēn diorthōsin, kai malista meta tēn peiran tōn blaberōn. To de epimenein tę̄ krisei philoneikia saphēs. Ei de tis dokei philoneikos einai, phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, hēmeis toiautēn synētheian ouk echomen, oude hai Ekklēsiai tou Theou. Tinos gar heneken phēsousin eis tēn synapheian kōlyesthai? Poteron chreiōn? Alla pollǭ euporōterai eisin en tę̄ koinōnią, henos lychnou, kai mias estias, kai pantōn tōn toioutōn tois pasin eparkesai dynamenōn. Chrē gar, eiper ti heteron, kai tēn en toutois euchereian metadiōkein ek pantos tropou, epi to elatton tas ktēseis tōn anankaiōn systellontas. Epeita kai tōn exōthen tas chreias epeisagontōn tę̄ adelphotēti, en men tę̄ diairesei pleionōn chreia, en de tę̄ synoikēsei tōn hēmiseōn. Hopōs de dyskolon estin heurethēnai andra mē kataischynonta to onoma tou Christou, all᾿ axian tou epangelmatos tēn tōn exōthen syntychian en tais apodēmiais poioumenon, gnōrimon hymin pro tōn emōn logōn. Eita hoi epimenontes tę̄ diastasei pōs dynantai tous en tǭ koinǭ biǭ oikodomein, ē pros eirēnēn synelaunontes, ei pote deoi, ē pros tas allas entolas parakalountes, hyponoias ponēras ek tou mē hēnōsthai kath' heautōn parechomenoi? Kai pros toutois akouomen tou ᾿Apostolou graphontos Philippēsiois, hoti Plērōsate mou tēn charan, hina to auto phronēte, tēn autēn agapēn echontes, sympsychoi, to hen phronountes, mēden kat' eritheian ē kenodoxian, alla tę̄ tapeinophrosynę̄ allēlous hēgoumenoi hyperechontas heautōn; mē ta heautōn skopountes, alla kai ta heterōn hekastoi. Tis oun meizōn apodeixis tapeinophrosynēs tou allēlois hypotagēnai tous proestōtas tēs adelphotētos? Eite gar isoi eisin en tois pneumatikois charismasi, kallion estin hē synathlēsis. "Ōsper oun hypedeixen hēmin autos ho Kyrios, ana dyo dyo aposteilas; kai ho heteros autōn airēsetai pantōs meta charas hypotetachthai tǭ heterǭ, memnēmenos tou Kyriou legontos, hoti ῾Ho tapeinōn heauton hypsōthēsetai. Ei de ton men elattousthai, ton de hypertinas. A echein symbainei, ōphelimōteron esti proslēphthēnai Ei B dēlon hoti oudemia diastasis ēn en tois pasin, oute hypo tou ischyroterou ton asthenesteron. Pōs de kai ouchi phanera parakoē esti tou apostolikou parangelmatos, tou legontos; Mē ta heautōn hekastoi gizomai gar mē einai dynaton en tę̄ diairesei touto katorthōthēnai, hekastou tagmatos tēn men hyper tōn synontōn merimnan idiopoioumenou, tēs de hyper tōn allōn phrontidos ēllotriōmenou, hoper, hōs eipon, saphōs enantioutai tǭ apostolikǭ parangelmati. Kai tōn en tais Praxesin hagiōn pollakis martyroumenōn, peri hōn gegraptai, pote men hoti, Tou plēthous tōn pisteusantōn ēn kardia kai psychē mia; pote de hoti, Pantes hoi pisteusantes ēsan epi to auto, kai eichon hapanta koina; proen exousią heautou diēgen hekastos, alla hypo mian kai tēn autēn hoi pantes ǭkonomounto phrontida; kai tauta en holois pentakischiliois ton arithmon, eph᾽ hōn isōs ouk oliga ēn ta kata ton anthrōpinon logismon empodizein dokounta tę̄ synapheią. Hopou de tosouton elattountai hoi kath' hekastēn kōmēn euriskomenoi, tis epitrepei logos diestanai autous ap᾿ allēlōn? Eithe de ēn dynaton mē monon tous en tę̄ autę̄ kōmę̄ epi to auto synēgmenous houtōs einai, alla kai pleious adelphotētas, en diaphorois kathestōsas to pois, hypo mią phrontidi tōn dynamenōn aprosklitōs kai sophōs oikonomein ta pantōn en tę̄ heno tēti tou pneumatos kai tǭ syndesmǭ tēs eirēnēs oikodomeisthai.

Whether several brotherhoods should be formed in the same village.

Answer. The example of the members, which we apply to many things, usefully sets out the matter before us. The argument has shown that a body that is to be fitted together well and rationally for every activity needs eyes and a tongue and the other parts that are necessary and most important; but a soul able to be the eye of many is hard and difficult to find. For if exactness requires the superior of the brotherhood to be far-seeing, sufficient in speech, sober, compassionate, and seeking God's ordinances with a perfect heart, how is it possible to find several such men in the same village? And if it should ever happen that two or three were found, which is not easy and which we have never known, it is far better for them to share this charge with one another and lighten the labour; so that when one is away, or occupied, or in other circumstances, as it happens that the one superior is separated from the brotherhood, the other may be there to make up for his absence; or if not, he may go to another brotherhood that needs someone to guide it.

Experience of outside affairs can also help us much toward the goal before us. Just as those skilled in the common crafts are jealous of their rivals, the thing itself naturally producing contentions unnoticed, so too in such a life it mostly happens. Beginning with emulation in what is good and with eagerness to outdo one another, either in hospitality, or in increasing the number of those training together, or in some other such works, as they go on they fall into rivalry. Then the brothers who come to visit find much uncertainty and difficulty instead of rest, divided in mind as to whom they should lodge with; for preference gives pain, and to satisfy both is impossible, especially when they happen to be in haste. And to those who come at first to share the life they will cause great distress as to whom they should choose as superiors of their life; and by choosing some they altogether [reject] the rest. So they are harmed from the very beginning toward pride, not forming themselves for learning, but growing used to being judges and examiners of the brotherhood. Since, then, there is no acknowledged good in dividing the dwellings, and so many things against it, separating from one another is wholly unprofitable. If it should happen that this has been done already, they must hasten to correct it, especially after experience of the harm. To persist in the decision is plain contentiousness. “If anyone is inclined to be contentious,” says the Apostle, “we have no such practice, nor do the churches of God.”

For what reason will they say they are hindered from joining together? Because of their needs? But they are much better supplied in common, since one lamp, one hearth, and all such things can suffice for all. If anything, we should pursue ease in these matters too in every way, reducing our possession of necessities to the least. Then, since outside people bring needs upon the brotherhood, when divided they need more, and when living together, half. And how hard it is to find a man who does not shame the name of Christ, but conducts his dealings with outsiders on journeys worthily of his profession, you know before I say it. Then how can those who persist in division build up those in common life, either urging them to peace if ever there is need, or exhorting them to the other commandments, when by not being united they give rise to evil suspicions against themselves? Besides this, we hear the Apostle writing to the Philippians: “Complete my joy by being of the same mind, having the same love, being in full accord and of one mind; doing nothing from rivalry or vainglory, but in humility counting others better than yourselves; each looking not only to his own interests, but also to the interests of others.” What greater proof of humility, then, than that the superiors of the brotherhood should be subject to one another? If they are equal in spiritual gifts, it is better that they contend together, as the Lord himself showed us by sending them out two by two; and one of them will surely choose with joy to be subject to the other, remembering the Lord who said, “He who humbles himself will be exalted.” But if it happens that one is lesser and the other greater, it is more profitable for the weaker to be taken in by the stronger. And how is it not plain disobedience of the apostolic command which says, “each looking not to his own”? For I reckon that this cannot be achieved when they are divided, since each group makes its own the care for those with it and is estranged from concern for the others, which, as I said, plainly opposes the apostolic command.

And the saints in the Acts are often commended, of whom it is written at one time, “The multitude of those who believed were of one heart and soul,” and at another, “All who believed were together and had all things in common”; plainly there was no division among them all, nor did each live under his own authority, but all were directed under one and the same care; and that when they numbered five thousand in all, among whom there were perhaps not a few things that, by human reckoning, seemed to hinder union. But where those found in each village are so few, what reason allows them to stand apart from one another? Would that it were possible not only for those in the same village to be gathered together in this way, but also for several brotherhoods established in different places to be built up under the one care of those who can administer the affairs of all impartially and wisely, in the unity of the Spirit and the bond of peace.

Chapter 36

36PG 31:1007

Περὶ τῶν ἀναχωρούντων ἀπὸ ἀδελφότητος. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοὺς γε μὴν ἅπαξ καθομολογησαμένους ἀλλήλοις τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ζωὴν ἀδιαφόρως ἀναχωρεῖν οὐχ οἷόν τε· διότι τὸ μὴ ἐπιμένειν τοῖς δεδογμένοις δύο αἰτίας ἔχει, ἢ τὴν ἐκ τῆς συνοικήσεως βλάβην, ἢ τὸ ἄστατον τῆς γνώμης τοῦ μεταβαλλομένου. Ὁ μὲν οὖν διὰ τὸ βλάπτεσθαι ἀποσπώμενος ἀδελφῶν μὴ κρυπτέτω καθ' ἑαυτὸν τὴν αἰτίαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐλεγχέτω τὴν βλάβην, κατὰ τὸν τρόπον τὸν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου παραδοθέντα, εἰπόντος· Ἐὰν ἁμάρτῃ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ὕπαγε, ἔλεγξον αὐτὸν μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου, καὶ τὰ ἐξῆς. Καὶ ἐὰν μὲν διορθωθῇ τὸ ἐπιἘὰν τοῦτο ποιῶσι ἀμφότεροι, ἀμφότεροι μιν παρὰ τῷ Κυρίῳ τοῦ στεφάνου τῆς δόξης· τοῖς δὲ πᾶσι τύποι γενήσονται καὶ κανὼν ἀγάπης καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνης· Εἰ δὲ τὸν, μένοντας αὐτοὺς τῷ κακῷ καὶ μὴ καταδεχομένους τὴν διόρθωσιν ἴδῃ, τοῖς τὰ τοιαῦτα κρίνειν ἱκανοῖς ἐπιδείξει· καὶ μετὰ τὴν τῶν πλειόνων μαρτυρίαν τότε χωριζέσθω. Χωρισθήσεται δὲ οὐκέτι ἀδελφῶν, ἀλλὰ ἀλλοτρίων, τοῦ Κυρίου τὸν ἐπιμένοντα τῷ κακῷ ἐθνικῷ καὶ τελώνῃ συγκρίνοντος. Έστω γάρ σοι, φησὶν, ὁ τοιοῦτος ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης. Εἰ δὲ διὰ ἰδίαν κουφότητα ἀποπηδᾷ τῆς συναφείας τῶν ἀδελφῶν, τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ἀσθενὲς θεραπευσάτω, ἢ μὴ καταδεξάμενος, ἀπρόσδεκτος ἔστω ταῖς ἀδελφότησιν. Ἐὰν δὲ διὰ ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἄλλος ἀλλαχοῦ ἕλκηται, οὐ χωρίζονται οἱ τοιοῦτοι, ἀλλ᾽ οἰκονομίαν πληροῦσιν. ῎Αλλην δὲ αἰτίαν χωρισμοῦ ἀδελφῶν ὁ λόγος οὐ καταδέχεται· πρῶτον μὲν, ὅτι τὸ συναγαγὸν ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἀτιμάζεται· ἔπειτα δὲ, ὅτι οὐδὲ ἡ συνείδησις ἑκάστου πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον καθαρεύειν δυνήσεται, ἀλλὰ δι᾽ ὑποψίας ἀλλήλοις ἔσονται. Τοῦτο δὲ ἐναντιοῦται σαφῶς τῷ προστάγματι τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Ἐὰν προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, καὶ ἐκεῖ μνησθῇς, ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ· ἄφες ἐκεῖ τὸ δῶρόν σου ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, καὶ ὕπαγε· πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, καὶ τότε ἐλθὼν πρόσφερε τὸ δῶρόν σου.

Peri tōn anachōrountōn apo adelphotētos. APOKRISIS. Tous ge mēn hapax kathomologēsamenous allēlois tēn epi to auto zōēn adiaphorōs anachōrein ouch hoion te; dioti to mē epimenein tois dedogmenois dyo aitias echei, ē tēn ek tēs synoikēseōs blabēn, ē to astaton tēs gnōmēs tou metaballomenou. Ho men oun dia to blaptesthai apospōmenos adelphōn mē kryptetō kath' heauton tēn aitian, all᾽ elenchetō tēn blabēn, kata ton tropon ton para tou Kyriou paradothenta, eipontos; Ean hamartę̄ ho adelphos sou, hypage, elenxon auton metaxy sou kai autou monou, kai ta exēs. Kai ean men diorthōthę̄ to epiEan touto poiōsi amphoteroi, amphoteroi min para tǭ Kyriǭ tou stephanou tēs doxēs; tois de pasi typoi genēsontai kai kanōn agapēs kai tapeinophrosynēs; Ei de ton, menontas autous tǭ kakǭ kai mē katadechomenous tēn diorthōsin idę̄, tois ta toiauta krinein hikanois epideixei; kai meta tēn tōn pleionōn martyrian tote chōrizesthō. Chōristhēsetai de ouketi adelphōn, alla allotriōn, tou Kyriou ton epimenonta tǭ kakǭ ethnikǭ kai telōnę̄ synkrinontos. Estō gar soi, phēsin, ho toioutos hōsper ho ethnikos kai ho telōnēs. Ei de dia idian kouphotēta apopēdą tēs synapheias tōn adelphōn, to heautou asthenes therapeusatō, ē mē katadexamenos, aprosdektos estō tais adelphotēsin. Ean de dia entolēn tou Kyriou allos allachou helkētai, ou chōrizontai hoi toioutoi, all᾽ oikonomian plērousin. ᾿Allēn de aitian chōrismou adelphōn ho logos ou katadechetai; prōton men, hoti to synagagon onoma tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou atimazetai; epeita de, hoti oude hē syneidēsis hekastou pros ton heteron kathareuein dynēsetai, alla di᾽ hypopsias allēlois esontai. Touto de enantioutai saphōs tǭ prostagmati tou Kyriou eipontos; Ean prospherę̄s to dōron sou epi to thysiastērion, kai ekei mnēsthę̄s, hoti ho adelphos sou echei ti kata sou; aphes ekei to dōron sou emprosthen tou thysiastēriou, kai hypage; prōton diallagēthi tǭ adelphǭ sou, kai tote elthōn prosphere to dōron sou.

On those who withdraw from a brotherhood.

Answer. Those who have once professed to one another the life in common cannot withdraw at will; for failure to abide by what has been decided has two causes: either harm from living together, or the instability of mind of the one who changes. The one who tears himself away from the brothers because he is being harmed should not hide the cause within himself, but should expose the harm in the way handed down by the Lord, who said: “If your brother sins, go and rebuke him between you and him alone,” and so on. And if the fault is corrected, … If both do this, both will share with the Lord the crown of glory, and they will become models for all and a rule of love and humility. But if he sees them remaining in the evil and not accepting correction, he will show it to those competent to judge such matters; and after the witness of the many, let him then separate. He will separate no longer from brothers but from strangers, since the Lord likens the one who persists in evil to a Gentile and a tax collector: “Let such a one be to you,” he says, “as a Gentile and a tax collector.” But if he springs away from the fellowship of the brothers through his own fickleness, let him heal his weakness, or, if he will not accept that, let him be unacceptable to the brotherhoods. If, however, by the Lord's commandment one is drawn to one place and another to another, such men are not separating but fulfilling a charge. The word admits no other cause of separation of brothers: first, because the name of our Lord Jesus Christ which gathered them is dishonoured; then because the conscience of each will not be able to be clear toward the other, but they will be suspicious of one another. And this plainly opposes the command of the Lord, who said: “If you are offering your gift at the altar and there remember that your brother has something against you, leave your gift there before the altar and go; first be reconciled to your brother, and then come and offer your gift.”

Chapter 37

37PG 31:1009

Εἰ δεῖ προφάσει τῶν προσευχῶν καὶ τῆς ψαλμῳδίας ἀμελεῖν τῶν ἔργων, καὶ ποῖοι καιροὶ τῆς προσευχῆς ἐπιτήδειοι, καὶ πρῶτον, εἰ χρὴ ἐργάζεσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ λέγοντος, ῎Αξιος, οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἕκαστος, οὐδὲ ὡς ἔτυχεν, ἀλλ' ῾Ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ ἐστι· καὶ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου προστάσσοντος κοπιᾷν καὶ ἐργάζεσθαι ταῖς ἰδίαις χερσί τὸ ἀγαθὸν, ἵνα ἔχωμεν μεταδιδόναι τῷ χρείαν ἔχοντι, τὸ μὲν, ὅτι χρὴ ἐργάζεσθαι σπουδαίως, δῆλόν ἐστιν αὐτόθεν. Οὐ γαρ πρόφασιν ἀργίας, οὐδὲ ἀποφυγὴν πόνου τὸν τῆς εὐσεβείας σκοπὸν ἡγεῖσθαι χρὴ, ἀλλὰ ὑπόθεσιν ἀθλήσεως, καὶ πόνων περισσοτέρων, καὶ ὑπομονῆς τῆς ἐν θλίψεσιν, ἵνα καὶ ἡμῖν ἐξῇ λέγειν· Ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ, ἐν ἀγρυπνίαις περισσοτέρως, ἐν λιμῷ καὶ δίψει· οὐ μόνον διὰ τὸν ὑπωπιασμὸν τοῦ σώματος χρησίμου οὔσης ἡμῖν πλησίον ἀγάπην, ἵνα καὶ τοῖς ἀσθενοῦσι τῶν ἀδελφῶν δι᾽ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν αὐτάρκειαν παρέχῃ, κατὰ τὸν ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσιν ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου δεδομένον τύπον, εἰπόντος· Πάντα ὑπέδειξα ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὕτω κοπιῶντας δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων· καὶ πάλιν· Ἵνα ἔχητε μεταδιδόναι τῷ χρείαν ἔχοντι· ὅπως καταξιωθῶμεν ἀκοῦσαι· Δεῦτε, οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου. Ἐπείνασα γὰρ, καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν· ἐδίψησα, καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι πίνειν Καὶ ὅσον μὲν κακόν ἐστι τὸ τῆς ἀργίας, τί χρή λέγειν, τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου φανερῶς παραγγέλλοντος, τὸν μὴ ἐργαζόμενον μηδὲ ἐσθίειν; Ὡς οὖν ἀναγκαῖον ἑκάστῳ ἡ καθημερινὴ τροφή, οὕτως ἀναγκαῖον καὶ τὸ κατὰ δύναμιν ἔργον. Οὐ γὰρ μάτην ὁ Σολομὼν ἐν ἐπαίνῳ ἔγραψε τὸ· Σῖτα δὲ ὀκνηρὰ οὐκ ἔφαγε. Καὶ πάλιν περὶ ἑαυτοῦ ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, ὅτι Οὔτε δωρεὰν ἄρτον ἐφάγομεν παρά τινος, ἀλλ᾿ ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ, νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι· καίτοι ἔχων ἐξουσίαν, τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον καταγγέλλων, ἐκ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου ζῇν. Καὶ ὁ Κύριος δὲ τὴν ὀκνηρίαν τῇ πονηρίᾳ συνῆψεν, εἰπών· Πονηρέ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ. Αλλὰ καὶ ὁ σοφὸς Σολομὼν οὐ μόνον ἐπαινεῖ τὸν ἐργαζόμενον διὰ τῶν μνημονευθέντων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐλέγχει τὸν ὀκνηρόν συγκρίσει τῶν μικροτάτων ζώων, λέγων· Ἴθι πρὸς τὸν μύρμηκα, ὦ ὀκνηρέ. Ὥστε φοβεῖσθαι χρή, μήποτε ἡμῖν τοῦτο καὶ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως προενεχθῇ, τοῦ δεδωκότος ἡμῖν τὴν πρὸς τὸ ἐργάζεσθαι δύναμιν, ἀναλογοῦσαν τῇ δυνάμει τὴν ἐργασίαν ἐπιζητοῦντος. Διότι ᾯ παρέθεντο, φησὶ, πολύ, περισσότερον ἀπαιτήσουσιν αὐτόν. Ἐπεὶ δέ τινες προφάσει τῶν εὐχῶν καὶ τῆς ψαλμωδίας παραιτοῦνται τὰ ἔργα, εἰδέναι δεῖ, ὅτι ἐπὶ μὲν ἄλλων τινῶν ἑκάστου καιρός ἐστιν ἴδιος, κατὰ τὸν Ἐκκλησιαστὴν εἰπόντα· Καιρός τῷ παντὶ πράγματι· προσευχῆς δὲ καὶ ψαλμῳδίας, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ἑτέρων πλειόνων, πᾶς καιρὸς ἐπιτήδειος, ὥστε μεταξὺ τὰς χεῖρας κινοῦντα πρὸς τὰ ἔργα, ποτὲ μὲν καὶ τῇ γλώσσῃ, ὅταν τοῦτο ᾗ δυνατὸν, μᾶλλον δὲ χρήσιμον πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς πίστεως· εἰ δὲ μή γε, τῇ καρδίᾳ ἐν ψαλμοῖς καὶ ὕμνοις καὶ ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς τὸν Θεὸν ἀνυμνεῖν. καθὼς γέγραπται, καὶ τὴν προσευχὴν μεταξὺ τοῦ ἔργου πληροῦν· εὐχαριστοῦντες μὲν τῷ δεδωκότι καὶ δύναμιν χειρῶν πρὸς ἔργα, καὶ σοφίαν διανοίας πρὸς ἀνάληψιν τῆς ἐπιστήμης, καὶ τὴν ὕλην χαρισαμένῳ, τὴν τε ἐν τοῖς ἐργαλείοις, καὶ τὴν ὑποκειμένην ταῖς τέχναις, ἄσπερ ἂν τύχωμεν ἐργαζόμενοι· προσευχόμενοι δὲ κατευθυνθῆναι τὰ ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν ἡμῶν πρὸς τὸν σκοπὸν τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν εὐ· αρεστήσεως. Οὕτω καὶ τὸ ἀμετεώρεστον τῇ ψυχῇ κατορθοῦμεν, ὅταν ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστῃ ἐνεργείᾳ τήν τε εὐοδίαν τῆς ἐργασίας παρὰ Θεοῦ αἰτῶμεν, καὶ τὴν εὐχαριστίαν τῷ δεδωκότι τὸ ἐνεργεῖν ἀποπληρῶμεν, καὶ τὸν σκοπὸν τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν εὐαρεστήσεως φυλάσσωμεν, καθὰ προείρηται. Ἐπεὶ, εἰ μὴ ταῦτα τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον, πῶς δύναται συμβαίνειν ἀλλήλοις τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου εἰρημένα, τό τε ᾿Αδιαλείπτως προσεύχεσθε, καὶ τὸ, Νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν ἐργαζόμενοι; Οὐ μὴν ἐπειδὴ ἡ ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ εὐχαρι στία καὶ νόμῳ προστέτακται, καὶ ἀναγκαία ἡμῶν τῇ ζωῇ δέδεικται κατά τε φύσιν καὶ λόγον, παρορᾶσθαι δεῖ τοὺς διατετυπωμένους καιροὺς τῶν προσευχῶν ἐν ταῖς ἀδελφότησιν, οὓς ἀναγκαίως ἐξελεξάμεθα, ἑκάστου ἰδίαν τινὰ ὑπόμνησιν τῶν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀγαθῶν ἔχοντος· τὸν μὲν ὄρθρον, ὥστε τὰ πρῶτα κινήματα τῆς ψυχῆς, καὶ τοῦ νοῦ, ἀναθήματα εἶναι Θεοῦ, καὶ μηδὲν ἕτερον ἀναλαμβάνειν εἰς φροντίδα, πρὶν ἢ τῇ παρὰ Θεοῦ ἐννοίᾳ ἐνευφρανθῆναι, καθὼς γέγραπται· Ἐμνήσθην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ ηὐφράνθην· μηδὲ σῶμα κινῆσαι πρὸς ἐργασίαν, πρὶν ποιῆσαι τὸ εἰρημένον, ὅτι Πρὸς σὲ προσεύξομαι, Κύριε· καὶ τὸ πρωὶ εἰσακούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς μου· τὸ πρωὶ παραστήσομαί σοι, καὶ ἐπόψομαι· πάλιν δὲ κατὰ τὴν τρίτην ὥραν εἰς τὴν προσευχὴν ἀνίστασθαι, καὶ ἐπισυνάγειν τὴν ἀδελφότητα, κἂν τύχωσιν ἄλλοι πρὸς ἄλλα ἔργα μεμερισμένοι· καὶ ὑπομνησθέντας τῆς τοῦ Πνεύματος δωρεᾶς, τῆς κατὰ τὴν τρίτην ὥραν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις δεδομένης, προσκυνῆσαι πάντας ὁμοθυμαδὸν, εἰς τὸ ἀξίους γενέσθαι καὶ αὐτοὺς τῆς ὑποδοχῆς τοῦ ἁγιασμοῦ, καὶ αἰτοῦντας τὴν παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ ὁδηγίαν καὶ διδασκαλίαν πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον, κατὰ τὸν εἰπόντα· Καρδίαν καθαρὰν κτίσον ἐν ἐμοὶ, ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ πνεῦμα εὐθὲς ἐγ καίνισον ἐν τοῖς ἐγκάτοις μου· μὴ ἀπορρίψης με ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου σου, καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμά σου τὸ ἅγιον μὴ ἀντανέλῃς ἀπ' ἐμοῦ· ἀπόδος μοι τὴν ἀγαλλίασιν τοῦ σωτηρίου σου, καὶ πνεύματι ἡγεμονικῷ στήριξόν με· καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ· Τὸ Πνεῦμά σου τὸ ἀγαθὸν ὁδηγήσει με ἐν γῇ εὐθείᾳ· καὶ οὕτω πάλιν τῶν ἔργων ἔχεσθαι. Κἂν ποῤῥωτέρω δέ που διὰ τὴν τῶν ἔργων ἢ τῶν τόπων φύσιν διάγοντες ἀπολειφθῶσι, πληροῦν ἀναγκαίως ὀφείλουσιν ἐκεῖ ἕκαστα τὰ κοινῇ δόξαν τα, μηδὲν διακρινόμενοι· ὅτι Ὅπου ἂν ὦσι δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι, φησὶν ὁ Κύριος, εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα, ἐκεῖ εἰμι ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν. Ἐν δὲ τῇ ἔκτῃ ὥρᾳ κατὰ μίμησιν τῶν ἁγίων ἀναγκαίαν εἶναι τὴν προσευχὴν ἐκρίναμεν, τῶν λεγόντων· Ἑσπέρας καὶ πρωὶ καὶ μεσημβρίας διηγήσομαι καὶ ἀπαγγελῶ, καὶ εἰσακούσεται τῆς φωνῆς μου· καὶ ὥστε ῥυσθῆναι ἀπὸ συμπτώματος καὶ δαιμονίου μεσημβρινοῦ, ἅμα καὶ τοῦ ψαλμοῦ τοῦ ἐνενηκοστοῦ λεγομένου. Ἡ δὲ ἐννάτη παρ' αὐτῶν ἡμῖν τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσιν ἀναγκαία εἰς προσευχὴν παραδέδο ται ἱστορούσαις, ὅτι Πέτρος καὶ Ἰωάννης ἀνἐβαινον εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν Ἐπὶ τὴν ὥραν τῆς προσευχῆς τὴν ἐννάτην. Συμπληρωθείσης δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας, ἡ εὐχαριστία περὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ δεδομένων ἡμῖν ἢ κατωρθωμένων ἡμῖν, καὶ τῶν παρεθέντων ἡ ἐξα αγόρευσις, εἴτε ἑκούσιον, εἴτε ἀκούσιον, εἴτε που καὶ λανθάνον πλημμέλημα γέγονεν, ἢ ἐν ῥήμασιν, ἢ ἐν ἔργοις, ἢ κατ᾿ αὐτὴν τὴν καρδίαν, περὶ πάντων ἐξιλεουμένων ἡμῶν διὰ τῆς προσευχῆς τὸν Θεόν. Μέγα γὰρ ὄφελος· ἡ ἐπίσκεψις τῶν παρελθόντων πρὸς τὸ μὴ τοῖς ὁμοίοις αὖθις περιπεσεῖν. Διό φησιν· Ἃ λέγετε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ ταῖς κοίταις ὑμῶν κατανύγητε. Καὶ πάλιν, τῆς νυκτὸς ἀρχομένης, ἡ αἴτησις τοῦ ἀπρόσκοπον ἡμῖν καὶ φαντασιῶν ἐλευθέραν ὑπάρξαι τὴν ἀνάπαυσιν· λεγομένου καὶ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἀναγκαίως τοῦ ἐνενηκοστοῦ ψαλμοῦ. Τὸ δὲ μεσονύκτιον Παῦλος καὶ Σίλας ἡμῖν ἀναγκαῖον εἰς προσευχὴν παραδεδώκασιν, ὡς ἡ τῶν Πράξεων ἱστορία παρίστησι, λέγουσα· Κατὰ δὲ τὸ μεσονύκτιον Παῦλος καὶ Σίλας ὕμνουν τὸν Θεόν· καὶ ὁ Ψαλμῳδὸς λέγων· Μεσονύκτιον ἐξεγειρόμην τοῦ ἐξομολογεῖσθαί σοι ἐπὶ τὰ κρίματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης σου. Καὶ πάλιν χρὴ προφθάσαντας τὸν ὄρθρον εἰς τὴν προσευχὴν διανίστασθαι, ὡς μὴ ἐν ὕπνῳ καὶ κοίτῃ ὑπὸ τῆς ἡμέρας καταληφθῆναι, κατὰ τὸν εἰπόντα· Προέφθασαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου πρὸς ὄρθρον τοῦ μελετᾷν τὰ λόγιά σου. Ὧν οὐδένα χρὴ καιρὸν τοῖς ἐπιτετηρημένως εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ προαιρουμένοις ζῇν παρορᾶσθαι. Χρη-. σιμεύειν δὲ λογίζομαι τὴν ἐν ταῖς προσευχαῖς και ψαλμῳδίαις κατὰ τὰς ἐπικεκριμένας ὥρας διαφοράν τε καὶ ποικιλίαν, καὶ κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνο, ὅτι ἐν μὲν τῇ ὁμαλότητι πολλάκις που καὶ ἀκηδιᾷ ἡ ψυχή, καὶ ἀπομετεωρίζεται· ἐν δὲ τῇ ἐναλλαγῇ καὶ τῷ ποικίλῳ τῆς ψαλμῳδίας καὶ τοῦ περὶ ἑκάστης ὥρας λόγου νεαροποιεῖται αὐτῆς ἡ ἐπιθυμία καὶ ἀνακαινίζεται τὸ νηφάλιον.

Ei dei prophasei tōn proseuchōn kai tēs psalmǭdias amelein tōn ergōn, kai poioi kairoi tēs proseuchēs epitēdeioi, kai prōton, ei chrē ergazesthai. APOKRISIS. Tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou legontos, ᾿Axios, ouch haplōs hekastos, oude hōs etychen, all' ῾Ho ergatēs tēs trophēs autou esti; kai tou ᾿Apostolou prostassontos kopiąn kai ergazesthai tais idiais chersi to agathon, hina echōmen metadidonai tǭ chreian echonti, to men, hoti chrē ergazesthai spoudaiōs, dēlon estin autothen. Ou gar prophasin argias, oude apophygēn ponou ton tēs eusebeias skopon hēgeisthai chrē, alla hypothesin athlēseōs, kai ponōn perissoterōn, kai hypomonēs tēs en thlipsesin, hina kai hēmin exę̄ legein; En kopǭ kai mochthǭ, en agrypniais perissoterōs, en limǭ kai dipsei; ou monon dia ton hypōpiasmon tou sōmatos chrēsimou ousēs hēmin plēsion agapēn, hina kai tois asthenousi tōn adelphōn di᾽ hēmōn ho Theos tēn autarkeian parechę̄, kata ton en tais Praxesin hypo tou Apostolou dedomenon typon, eipontos; Panta hypedeixa hymin, hoti houtō kopiōntas dei antilambanesthai tōn asthenountōn; kai palin; Hina echēte metadidonai tǭ chreian echonti; hopōs kataxiōthōmen akousai; Deute, hoi eulogēmenoi tou Patros mou, klēronomēsate tēn hētoimasmenēn hymin basileian apo katabolēs kosmou. Epeinasa gar, kai edōkate moi phagein; edipsēsa, kai edōkate moi pinein Kai hoson men kakon esti to tēs argias, ti chrē legein, tou ᾿Apostolou phanerōs parangellontos, ton mē ergazomenon mēde esthiein? Hōs oun anankaion hekastǭ hē kathēmerinē trophē, houtōs anankaion kai to kata dynamin ergon. Ou gar matēn ho Solomōn en epainǭ egrapse to; Sita de oknēra ouk ephage. Kai palin peri heautou ho ᾿Apostolos, hoti Oute dōrean arton ephagomen para tinos, all᾿ en kopǭ kai mochthǭ, nyktos kai hēmeras ergazomenoi; kaitoi echōn exousian, to Euangelion katangellōn, ek tou Euangeliou zę̄n. Kai ho Kyrios de tēn oknērian tę̄ ponērią synēpsen, eipōn; Ponēre doule kai oknēre. Alla kai ho sophos Solomōn ou monon epainei ton ergazomenon dia tōn mnēmoneuthentōn, alla kai elenchei ton oknēron synkrisei tōn mikrotatōn zōōn, legōn; Ithi pros ton myrmēka, ō oknēre. Hōste phobeisthai chrē, mēpote hēmin touto kai en hēmerą kriseōs proenechthę̄, tou dedōkotos hēmin tēn pros to ergazesthai dynamin, analogousan tę̄ dynamei tēn ergasian epizētountos. Dioti Hǭ parethento, phēsi, poly, perissoteron apaitēsousin auton. Epei de tines prophasei tōn euchōn kai tēs psalmōdias paraitountai ta erga, eidenai dei, hoti epi men allōn tinōn hekastou kairos estin idios, kata ton Ekklēsiastēn eiponta; Kairos tǭ panti pragmati; proseuchēs de kai psalmǭdias, hōsper oun kai heterōn pleionōn, pas kairos epitēdeios, hōste metaxy tas cheiras kinounta pros ta erga, pote men kai tę̄ glōssę̄, hotan touto hę̄ dynaton, mallon de chrēsimon pros oikodomēn tēs pisteōs; ei de mē ge, tę̄ kardią en psalmois kai hymnois kai ǭdais pneumatikais ton Theon anymnein. kathōs gegraptai, kai tēn proseuchēn metaxy tou ergou plēroun; eucharistountes men tǭ dedōkoti kai dynamin cheirōn pros erga, kai sophian dianoias pros analēpsin tēs epistēmēs, kai tēn hylēn charisamenǭ, tēn te en tois ergaleiois, kai tēn hypokeimenēn tais technais, asper an tychōmen ergazomenoi; proseuchomenoi de kateuthynthēnai ta erga tōn cheirōn hēmōn pros ton skopon tēs pros Theon eu; arestēseōs. Houtō kai to ameteōreston tę̄ psychę̄ katorthoumen, hotan eph᾽ hekastę̄ energeią tēn te euodian tēs ergasias para Theou aitōmen, kai tēn eucharistian tǭ dedōkoti to energein apoplērōmen, kai ton skopon tēs pros auton euarestēseōs phylassōmen, katha proeirētai. Epei, ei mē tauta touton echei ton tropon, pōs dynatai symbainein allēlois ta hypo tou ᾿Apostolou eirēmena, to te ᾿Adialeiptōs proseuchesthe, kai to, Nykta kai hēmeran ergazomenoi? Ou mēn epeidē hē en panti kairǭ euchari stia kai nomǭ prostetaktai, kai anankaia hēmōn tę̄ zōę̄ dedeiktai kata te physin kai logon, parorasthai dei tous diatetypōmenous kairous tōn proseuchōn en tais adelphotēsin, hous anankaiōs exelexametha, hekastou idian tina hypomnēsin tōn para tou Theou agathōn echontos; ton men orthron, hōste ta prōta kinēmata tēs psychēs, kai tou nou, anathēmata einai Theou, kai mēden heteron analambanein eis phrontida, prin ē tę̄ para Theou ennoią eneuphranthēnai, kathōs gegraptai; Emnēsthēn tou Theou, kai ēuphranthēn; mēde sōma kinēsai pros ergasian, prin poiēsai to eirēmenon, hoti Pros se proseuxomai, Kyrie; kai to prōi eisakousę̄ tēs phōnēs mou; to prōi parastēsomai soi, kai epopsomai; palin de kata tēn tritēn hōran eis tēn proseuchēn anistasthai, kai episynagein tēn adelphotēta, kan tychōsin alloi pros alla erga memerismenoi; kai hypomnēsthentas tēs tou Pneumatos dōreas, tēs kata tēn tritēn hōran tois apostolois dedomenēs, proskynēsai pantas homothymadon, eis to axious genesthai kai autous tēs hypodochēs tou hagiasmou, kai aitountas tēn par᾿ autou hodēgian kai didaskalian pros to sympheron, kata ton eiponta; Kardian katharan ktison en emoi, ho Theos, kai pneuma euthes eg kainison en tois enkatois mou; mē aporripsēs me apo tou prosōpou sou, kai to Pneuma sou to hagion mē antanelę̄s ap' emou; apodos moi tēn agalliasin tou sōtēriou sou, kai pneumati hēgemonikǭ stērixon me; kai allachou; To Pneuma sou to agathon hodēgēsei me en gę̄ eutheią; kai houtō palin tōn ergōn echesthai. Kan porrhōterō de pou dia tēn tōn ergōn ē tōn topōn physin diagontes apoleiphthōsi, plēroun anankaiōs opheilousin ekei hekasta ta koinę̄ doxan ta, mēden diakrinomenoi; hoti Hopou an ōsi dyo ē treis synēgmenoi, phēsin ho Kyrios, eis to emon onoma, ekei eimi en mesǭ autōn. En de tę̄ ektę̄ hōrą kata mimēsin tōn hagiōn anankaian einai tēn proseuchēn ekrinamen, tōn legontōn; Hesperas kai prōi kai mesēmbrias diēgēsomai kai apangelō, kai eisakousetai tēs phōnēs mou; kai hōste rhysthēnai apo symptōmatos kai daimoniou mesēmbrinou, hama kai tou psalmou tou enenēkostou legomenou. Hē de ennatē par' autōn hēmin tōn apostolōn en tais Praxesin anankaia eis proseuchēn paradedo tai historousais, hoti Petros kai Iōannēs anebainon eis to hieron Epi tēn hōran tēs proseuchēs tēn ennatēn. Symplērōtheisēs de tēs hēmeras, hē eucharistia peri tōn en autę̄ dedomenōn hēmin ē katōrthōmenōn hēmin, kai tōn parethentōn hē exa agoreusis, eite hekousion, eite akousion, eite pou kai lanthanon plēmmelēma gegonen, ē en rhēmasin, ē en ergois, ē kat᾿ autēn tēn kardian, peri pantōn exileoumenōn hēmōn dia tēs proseuchēs ton Theon. Mega gar ophelos; hē episkepsis tōn parelthontōn pros to mē tois homoiois authis peripesein. Dio phēsin; Ha legete en tais kardiais hymōn, epi tais koitais hymōn katanygēte. Kai palin, tēs nyktos archomenēs, hē aitēsis tou aproskopon hēmin kai phantasiōn eleutheran hyparxai tēn anapausin; legomenou kai en tautę̄ tę̄ hōrą anankaiōs tou enenēkostou psalmou. To de mesonyktion Paulos kai Silas hēmin anankaion eis proseuchēn paradedōkasin, hōs hē tōn Praxeōn historia paristēsi, legousa; Kata de to mesonyktion Paulos kai Silas hymnoun ton Theon; kai ho Psalmǭdos legōn; Mesonyktion exegeiromēn tou exomologeisthai soi epi ta krimata tēs dikaiosynēs sou. Kai palin chrē prophthasantas ton orthron eis tēn proseuchēn dianistasthai, hōs mē en hypnǭ kai koitę̄ hypo tēs hēmeras katalēphthēnai, kata ton eiponta; Proephthasan hoi ophthalmoi mou pros orthron tou meletąn ta logia sou. Hōn oudena chrē kairon tois epitetērēmenōs eis doxan Theou kai tou Christou autou proairoumenois zę̄n parorasthai. Chrē-. simeuein de logizomai tēn en tais proseuchais kai psalmǭdiais kata tas epikekrimenas hōras diaphoran te kai poikilian, kai kat᾿ ekeino, hoti en men tę̄ homalotēti pollakis pou kai akēdią hē psychē, kai apometeōrizetai; en de tę̄ enallagę̄ kai tǭ poikilǭ tēs psalmǭdias kai tou peri hekastēs hōras logou nearopoieitai autēs hē epithymia kai anakainizetai to nēphalion.

Whether one should neglect work on the pretext of prayers and psalmody; and what times are suitable for prayer; and first, whether one must work.

Answer. Since our Lord Jesus Christ says, “Worthy,” not simply everyone, nor anyone at random, but “the worker is worthy of his food”; and the Apostle commands us to labour and work with our own hands what is good, so that we may have something to share with anyone in need; that one must work diligently is clear from this alone. For we must not consider the aim of godliness a pretext for idleness or an escape from labour, but an occasion of contest, of more abundant labours, and of endurance in afflictions, so that we too may say: “In toil and hardship, in watchings more abundantly, in hunger and thirst.” [Such hardship] is useful to us not only for the pommelling of the body, [but also for] love of neighbour, so that through us God may provide sufficiency for the weak among the brothers too, after the pattern given by the Apostle in the Acts, who said, “In all things I have shown you that by labouring like this we must help the weak”; and again, “so that you may have something to share with anyone in need”; that we may be counted worthy to hear: “Come, you who are blessed by my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world. For I was hungry and you gave me food; I was thirsty and you gave me drink.” And how great an evil idleness is, what need is there to say, since the Apostle plainly commands that one who does not work should not eat either? As daily food is necessary for each, so also is work according to one's strength. Not in vain did Solomon write in praise: “She did not eat the bread of idleness.” And again the Apostle says of himself: “Nor did we eat anyone's bread without paying, but with toil and hardship we worked night and day”; though, as one preaching the Gospel, he had the right to live by the Gospel. And the Lord joined sloth to wickedness, saying: “You wicked and slothful servant.” The wise Solomon too not only praises the worker in the words already mentioned, but also rebukes the sluggard by comparison with the smallest of creatures, saying: “Go to the ant, O sluggard.” So we must fear lest this be brought against us on the day of judgment, when he who gave us the strength to work requires work in proportion to the strength. “For to whom they have entrusted much,” he says, “of him they will demand the more.”

But since some excuse themselves from work on the pretext of prayers and psalmody, we must know that for some other things each has its own proper time, according to the Preacher, who said, “There is a time for every matter”; but for prayer and psalmody, as for many other things, every time is suitable, so that, while moving our hands at our tasks, we may praise God, sometimes with the tongue too, when this is possible, or rather useful for building up faith; and if not, with the heart, “in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs,” as it is written; and fulfil prayer in the midst of work, giving thanks to him who gave both strength of hands for work and wisdom of mind for acquiring skill, and who granted the material, both that in the tools and that which the crafts work on, whatever we happen to be working at; and praying that the works of our hands may be directed to the goal of pleasing God. So we also achieve freedom from distraction for the soul, when at each action we ask from God the success of the work, render thanks to him who gave us the power to act, and keep the goal of pleasing him, as has been said. For if things are not so, how can the Apostle's sayings agree with one another, “Pray without ceasing” and “working night and day”?

Yet because thanksgiving at every time has been commanded by law and shown to be necessary to our life both by nature and by reason, we must not therefore neglect the times of prayer appointed in the brotherhoods, which we have necessarily chosen, each holding its own reminder of the good things from God. Early morning, so that the first movements of the soul and mind may be offerings to God, and that we may take up nothing else into our care before we have rejoiced in the thought of God, as it is written, “I remembered God and was glad”; nor move the body to work before we have done what was said, “To you will I pray, O Lord; in the morning you will hear my voice; in the morning I will stand before you and watch.” Again, at the third hour, we must rise to prayer and gather the brotherhood, even if they happen to be divided among different tasks; and remembering the gift of the Spirit given to the apostles at the third hour, all should worship with one accord, that they too may become worthy to receive his sanctification, and ask his guidance and teaching toward what is profitable, according to him who said, “Create in me a clean heart, O God, and renew a right spirit within me. Cast me not away from your presence, and take not your Holy Spirit from me. Restore to me the joy of your salvation, and uphold me with a guiding spirit”; and elsewhere, “Your good Spirit will lead me in a level land”; and so return again to their work. And if some are left behind farther off because of the nature of their work or of the places, they must necessarily fulfil there everything that has been decided in common, without hesitation, for “where two or three are gathered,” says the Lord, “in my name, there I am in the midst of them.” At the sixth hour we have judged prayer necessary in imitation of the saints who say, “Evening and morning and at noon I will tell and declare, and he will hear my voice”; and so as to be delivered from mishap and the noonday demon, the ninetieth psalm is also said. The ninth hour has been handed down to us as necessary for prayer by the apostles themselves in the Acts, which relate that “Peter and John were going up to the temple at the hour of prayer, the ninth.” When the day is completed, there is thanksgiving for what has been given us or done rightly by us during it, and confession of what has been left undone, whether a fault has been committed willingly or unwillingly, or even unnoticed, in words or deeds or in the heart itself, as we propitiate God through prayer for them all. For the review of what is past is a great help toward not falling into the same things again. Therefore he says, “What you say in your hearts, be pierced with sorrow for it on your beds.” And again, at the beginning of the night, there is the request that our rest may be without offence and free from fantasies; at this hour too the ninetieth psalm is necessarily said. Paul and Silas have handed down midnight to us as necessary for prayer, as the history of the Acts shows, saying, “About midnight Paul and Silas were singing hymns to God”; and the psalmist, saying, “At midnight I rose to give thanks to you for your righteous judgments.” And again we must rise to prayer before the dawn, so as not to be overtaken by the day in sleep and in bed, according to him who said, “My eyes anticipated the dawn, that I might meditate on your words.” None of these times should be neglected by those who have chosen to live watchfully for the glory of God and of his Christ. I reckon that the difference and variety of the prayers and psalmody at the appointed hours is useful also for this reason, that in sameness the soul often grows weary and distracted, but by change and variety in the psalmody and in what is said at each hour its desire is made fresh and its sobriety renewed.

Chapter 38

38PG 31:1015

Δείξαντος ἱκανῶς τοῦ λόγου καὶ τὴν προσευχὴν ἀπαράλειπτον, καὶ τὸ ἐργάζεσθαι ἀναγκαῖον, ἀκόλουθον διδαχθῆναι ἡμᾶς ποῖαι τέχναι τῷ ἐπαγγέλματι ἡμῶν ἁρμόζουσιν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἰδικῶς μὲν ἀφορίσαι τέχνας τινὰς οὐκ εὔκολον, διὰ τὸ ἄλλας παρ᾿ ἄλλοις ἐπιζητεῖσθαι κατὰ τὴν ἰδιότητα τῶν τόπων καὶ τὴν ἐπιτηδειότητα τῶν ἐν ἑκάστῃ χώρᾳ πραγματειῶν· κοινῷ δὲ λόγῳ τὴν ἐκλογὴν τούτων ὑποτυπώσασθαι δυνατὸν, ὅσαι τὸ εἰρηνικὸν καὶ τὸ ἀθόρυβον τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν συντηροῦσι, μήτε πολλῆς πραγματείας εἰς τὸν πορισμὸν τῆς οἰκείας ὕλης δεόμεναι, μήτε πολλοῦ τοῦ ἀγῶνος πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀπεργασθέντων διάπρασιν, μήτε ὅσαι συντυχίας ἡμῖν ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν ἀπρεπεῖς ἢ βλαβερὰς προξενοῦσιν· ἀλλ᾽ ἐν παντὶ σκοπὸν οἰκεῖον ἡμῖν προκεῖσθαι νομίζειν χρὴ τὴν λιτότητα, καὶ τὴν εὐτέλειαν, φεύγοντας τὸ ὑπηρετεῖν ἐπιθυμίαις ἀνθρώπων ἀνοήτοις καὶ βλαβεραῖς, διὰ τοῦ τὰ ἐπιζητούμενα παρ' αὐτῶν ἐξεργάζεσθαι. ᾿Αλλ' ἐν μὲν τῇ ὑφαντικῇ, τὸ ἐμπολιτευόμενον τῇ συνηθείᾳ τοῦ βίου, οὐ τὸ πρὸς ἄγραν καὶ παγίδα τῶν νέων ὑπὸ τῶν ἀκολάστων ἐπινοούμενον, παραδεκτέον ἡμῖν. Ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ σκυτοτομικῆς τοῖς τὰ ἀναγκαῖα τῆς χρείας ἐπιζητοῦσι διὰ τῆς τέχνης ὑπηρετήσωμεν. Οἰκοδομικὴ δὲ, καὶ τεκτονικὴ, καὶ χαλκευτική, καὶ γεωργία, αὐταὶ μὲν καθ' ἑαυτὰς ἀναγκαῖαι τῷ βίῳ, καὶ πολὺ τὸ χρήσιμον παρεχόμεναι, καὶ τῷ οἰκείῳ λόγῳ οὐκ ἀπόβλητοι ἡμῖν· πλὴν ὅταν ποτὲ ἢ θορύβους ἡμῖν ἐμποιῶσιν, ἢ τὸ ἡνωμένον τῆς ζωῆς τῶν ἀδελφῶν διασπῶσι, τότε αὐτὰς ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἐκκλίνωμεν· προτιμῶντες τὰς τέχνας τὰς διατηρούσας ἡμῖν τὴν ἀπερίσπαστον ζωὴν καὶ εὐπάρεδρον τῷ Κυρίῳ, καὶ μήτε καιροῦ ψαλμῳδίας, μήτε προσευχῆς, μήτε τῆς λοιπῆς εὐταξίας ἀφελκούσας τοὺς τῇ ἀσκήσει τῆς εὐσεβείας προσκαρτεροῦντας. Ἐπεὶ, ὅταν γε μηδὲν ὑπάρχῃ παρ᾿ αὐτῶν εἰς τὴν προηγουμένην ζωὴν καταβλάπτεσθαι, πολλῶν εἰσι προτιμότεραι, καὶ μάλιστα ἡ γεωργία, αὐτόθεν ἔχουσα τῶν ἀναγκαίων τὸν πορισμὸν, καὶ τῆς ἐπὶ πολὺ πλάνης, καὶ ἄνω καὶ κάτω διαδρομῆς ῥυομένη τοὺς γεωργοῦντας, μόνον εἰ, καθ᾽ ἂν εἴπομεν τρόπον, μήτε ἀπὸ γειτόνων μήτε ἀπὸ συνοίκων θορύβους ἡμῖν ἐπάγει καὶ ταραχάς.

Deixantos hikanōs tou logou kai tēn proseuchēn aparaleipton, kai to ergazesthai anankaion, akolouthon didachthēnai hēmas poiai technai tǭ epangelmati hēmōn harmozousin. APOKRISIS. Idikōs men aphorisai technas tinas ouk eukolon, dia to allas par᾿ allois epizēteisthai kata tēn idiotēta tōn topōn kai tēn epitēdeiotēta tōn en hekastę̄ chōrą pragmateiōn; koinǭ de logǭ tēn eklogēn toutōn hypotypōsasthai dynaton, hosai to eirēnikon kai to athorybon tēs zōēs hēmōn syntērousi, mēte pollēs pragmateias eis ton porismon tēs oikeias hylēs deomenai, mēte pollou tou agōnos pros tēn tōn apergasthentōn diaprasin, mēte hosai syntychias hēmin andrōn ē gynaikōn aprepeis ē blaberas proxenousin; all᾽ en panti skopon oikeion hēmin prokeisthai nomizein chrē tēn litotēta, kai tēn euteleian, pheugontas to hypēretein epithymiais anthrōpōn anoētois kai blaberais, dia tou ta epizētoumena par' autōn exergazesthai. ᾿All' en men tę̄ hyphantikę̄, to empoliteuomenon tę̄ synētheią tou biou, ou to pros agran kai pagida tōn neōn hypo tōn akolastōn epinooumenon, paradekteon hēmin. Homoiōs de kai epi skytotomikēs tois ta anankaia tēs chreias epizētousi dia tēs technēs hypēretēsōmen. Oikodomikē de, kai tektonikē, kai chalkeutikē, kai geōrgia, autai men kath' heautas anankaiai tǭ biǭ, kai poly to chrēsimon parechomenai, kai tǭ oikeiǭ logǭ ouk apoblētoi hēmin; plēn hotan pote ē thorybous hēmin empoiōsin, ē to hēnōmenon tēs zōēs tōn adelphōn diaspōsi, tote autas ex anankēs ekklinōmen; protimōntes tas technas tas diatērousas hēmin tēn aperispaston zōēn kai euparedron tǭ Kyriǭ, kai mēte kairou psalmǭdias, mēte proseuchēs, mēte tēs loipēs eutaxias aphelkousas tous tę̄ askēsei tēs eusebeias proskarterountas. Epei, hotan ge mēden hyparchę̄ par᾿ autōn eis tēn proēgoumenēn zōēn katablaptesthai, pollōn eisi protimoterai, kai malista hē geōrgia, autothen echousa tōn anankaiōn ton porismon, kai tēs epi poly planēs, kai anō kai katō diadromēs rhyomenē tous geōrgountas, monon ei, kath᾽ an eipomen tropon, mēte apo geitonōn mēte apo synoikōn thorybous hēmin epagei kai tarachas.

Question. Since the argument has sufficiently shown both that prayer must not be omitted and that work is necessary, it follows that we be taught which crafts suit our profession.

Answer. It is not easy to define particular crafts, because different ones are sought in different places, according to the character of the places and the suitability of the trades in each region. But in general terms one can outline the choice of them: those that preserve the peace and quiet of our life, needing neither much business to procure their materials nor much struggle to sell what has been made, nor such as bring about unfitting or harmful meetings with men or women. In everything we must consider plainness and cheapness the goal proper to us, avoiding serving the foolish and harmful desires of men by making what they seek. In weaving, we should accept what belongs to the ordinary usage of life, not what the licentious devise for the snaring and trapping of the young. Likewise in shoemaking, let us serve by our craft those who seek what is necessary for use. Building, carpentry, smithing, and farming are in themselves necessary to life, of great use, and by their own nature not to be rejected by us; except that whenever they cause us disturbance or tear apart the united life of the brothers, then we must of necessity avoid them, preferring the crafts that keep our life undistracted and devoted to the Lord, and that do not draw those who persevere in the discipline of godliness away from the time of psalmody or prayer or the rest of the good order. When nothing is likely to be harmed by them in the principal life, they are to be preferred to many others, and especially farming, which supplies necessities from the place itself and saves those who farm from much wandering and running up and down, provided only that, as we said, it does not bring us disturbances and troubles from neighbours or those living near us.

Chapter 39

39PG 31:1017

Πῶς χρὴ ποιεῖσθαι τῶν ἐκ τῆς ἐργασίας τὴν διάπρασιν, καὶ πῶς ἀποδημεῖν ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Χρὴ δὲ σπουδάζειν καὶ τὰ ἐκ τῶν ἐργασιῶν μὴ μακράν που διατίθεσθαι, μήτε δημοσιεύειν ἑαυτοὺς τῆς πράσεως ἕνεκεν. Εὐπρεπεστέρα γὰρ ἡ ἐφ᾽ ἑνὸς τόπου διαγωγή, καὶ ὠφελιμωτέρα πρός τε τὴν οἰκοδομὴν ἀλλήλων καὶ ἀκριβῆ συντήρησιν τοῦ καθ' ἡμέραν βίου, ὥστε αἱρεῖσθαι μᾶλλον καὶ ὑφαιρεῖν τι τῆς ἀξίας, ἢ ὑπὲρ ὀλίγου κέρδους ὑπερορίους ἀποδημεῖν. Ἐὰν δὲ τοῦτο ἀδύνατον ἡ πεῖρα δείξῃ, ἐκλέγεσθαι καὶ τόπους καὶ πόλεις ἀνδρῶν εὐλαβῶν, ὡς μὴ ἄκαρπον ἡμῖν τὴν ἀποδημίαν γίνεσθαι, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἀποδεδειγμέναις πανηγύρεσι πλείονας ὁμοῦ συνδραμεῖν τῶν ἀδελφῶν, ἕκαστον τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκείας ἐργασίας ἐπιφερόμενον. Καὶ κοινὴν μὲν τὴν ἀποδημίαν στέλλεσθαι, ὡς καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν μετὰ ψαλμῶν καὶ προσευχῶν καὶ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις οἰκοδομῆς ἐκτελεῖν· καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον δὲ γενομένους, τὰς αὐτὰς αἱρεῖσθαι καταγωγὰς τῆς τε ἀλλήλων φυλακῆς ἕνεκεν, καὶ τοῦ μηδένα καιρὸν προσευχῆς, μήτε ἡμερινὸν μήτε νυκτερινὸν, ἡμᾶς διαφεύγειν, καὶ τὰς τῶν δυσσυναλλάκτων καὶ πλεονεκτικῶν συντυχίας ἀβλαβέστερον διαβῆναι μετὰ πλειόνων ὄντα ἢ καθ' ἑαυτόν. Παραιτοῦνται γὰρ πολλοὺς ἔχειν τὰς ἀδικίας μάρτυρας καὶ οἱ βιαιότατοι.

Pōs chrē poieisthai tōn ek tēs ergasias tēn diaprasin, kai pōs apodēmein APOKRISIS. Chrē de spoudazein kai ta ek tōn ergasiōn mē makran pou diatithesthai, mēte dēmosieuein heautous tēs praseōs heneken. Euprepestera gar hē eph᾽ henos topou diagōgē, kai ōphelimōtera pros te tēn oikodomēn allēlōn kai akribē syntērēsin tou kath' hēmeran biou, hōste haireisthai mallon kai hyphairein ti tēs axias, ē hyper oligou kerdous hyperorious apodēmein. Ean de touto adynaton hē peira deixę̄, eklegesthai kai topous kai poleis andrōn eulabōn, hōs mē akarpon hēmin tēn apodēmian ginesthai, kai en tais apodedeigmenais panēgyresi pleionas homou syndramein tōn adelphōn, hekaston ta ek tēs oikeias ergasias epipheromenon. Kai koinēn men tēn apodēmian stellesthai, hōs kai tēn hodon meta psalmōn kai proseuchōn kai tēs en allēlois oikodomēs ektelein; kai epi ton topon de genomenous, tas autas haireisthai katagōgas tēs te allēlōn phylakēs heneken, kai tou mēdena kairon proseuchēs, mēte hēmerinon mēte nykterinon, hēmas diapheugein, kai tas tōn dyssynallaktōn kai pleonektikōn syntychias ablabesteron diabēnai meta pleionōn onta ē kath' heauton. Paraitountai gar pollous echein tas adikias martyras kai hoi biaiotatoi.

How one should sell the products of one's work, and how one should travel.

Answer. We should take care not to dispose of the products of our work far away, nor to expose ourselves in public for the sake of selling. Staying in one place is more seemly and more useful both for building one another up and for the exact keeping of the daily life; so that we should rather choose even to lower the price somewhat than for a little gain to travel abroad. But if experience shows this to be impossible, we should choose places and cities of devout men, so that our journey may not be fruitless for us; and at the appointed festivals several of the brothers should go together, each bringing the products of his own work. The journey should be made in company, so as to complete the road with psalms and prayers and the building up of one another; and when they arrive at the place they should choose the same lodgings, both to keep watch over one another and so that no time of prayer, by day or by night, may escape us, and so that one may pass through dealings with hard-bargaining and grasping people with less harm, being with several rather than by himself. For even the most violent shrink from having many witnesses of their wrongs.

Chapter 40

40PG 31:1019

Περὶ τῶν ἐν συνόδοις πραγματειῶν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ τὰς ἐν τοῖς μαρτυρίοις γινομένας ἀγορασίας οἰκείας ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος δείκνυσιν. Οὐ γὰρ ἄλλου τινὸς ἕνεκεν ἐν τοῖς μαρτυρίοις ἢ ἐν τοῖς περὶ αὐτὰ τόποις φαίνεσθαι ἐπιβάλλει Χριστιανοῖς, ἢ προσευχῆς ἕνεκεν καὶ τοῦ εἰς ὑπόμνησιν ἐλθόντας τῆς τῶν ἁγίων ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας μέχρι θανάτου ἐνστάσεως πρὸς τὸν ζῆλον τὸν ὅμοιον προτραπῆναι· μεμνημένους τῆς φοβερωτάτης ὀργῆς τοῦ Κυρίου, ὅτι, καίπερ πάντοτε καὶ πανταχοῦ πραῦς ὢν, καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ, καθὼς γέγραπται, μόνοις τοῖς περὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πωλοῦσι καὶ ἀγοράζουσι τὴν μάστιγα ἐπανετείνατο, ὡς τῆς ἐμπορίας τὸν οἶκον τῆς προσευχῆς μεταποιούσης εἰς σπήλαιον λῃστῶν. Οὐ μὴν, ἐπειδὴ ἕτεροι προλαβόντες παρέφθειραν τὴν κεκρατηκυῖαν ἐπὶ τῶν ἁγίων συνήθειαν, καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ προσεύχεσθαι ὑπὲρ ἀλλήλων, καὶ μετὰ πλειόνων προσκυνεῖν καὶ προσκλαίειν τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ ἐξιλάσκεσθαι μὲν αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν, εὐχαριστεῖν δὲ ὑπὲρ τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν, οἰκοδομεῖν δὲ διὰ τοῦ λόγου τῆς παρακλήσεως, ὅπερ ἔτι καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας μνήμης τηρούμενον ἔγνωμεν, ἀντὶ τούτων ἀγορὰν, καὶ πανήγυριν, καὶ κοινὸν ἐμπόριον τὸν τε καιρὸν καὶ τὸν τόπον ποιοῦνται, ἤδη καὶ ἡμᾶς ἀκολουθεῖν αὐτοῖς προσῆκε, καὶ βεβαιοῦν τὰ ἄτοπα τῇ κοινωνίᾳ τοῦ πράγματος· ἀλλὰ μιμεῖχὴν ἔχει, ἀποκάλυψιν ἔχει, γλῶσσαν ἔχει, έρμηνείαν ἔχει· πάντα πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν γινέσθω.

Peri tōn en synodois pragmateiōn. APOKRISIS. All᾿ oude tas en tois martyriois ginomenas agorasias oikeias hēmin ho logos deiknysin. Ou gar allou tinos heneken en tois martyriois ē en tois peri auta topois phainesthai epiballei Christianois, ē proseuchēs heneken kai tou eis hypomnēsin elthontas tēs tōn hagiōn hyper eusebeias mechri thanatou enstaseōs pros ton zēlon ton homoion protrapēnai; memnēmenous tēs phoberōtatēs orgēs tou Kyriou, hoti, kaiper pantote kai pantachou praus ōn, kai tapeinos tę̄ kardią, kathōs gegraptai, monois tois peri to hieron pōlousi kai agorazousi tēn mastiga epaneteinato, hōs tēs emporias ton oikon tēs proseuchēs metapoiousēs eis spēlaion lę̄stōn. Ou mēn, epeidē heteroi prolabontes parephtheiran tēn kekratēkuian epi tōn hagiōn synētheian, kai anti tou proseuchesthai hyper allēlōn, kai meta pleionōn proskynein kai prosklaiein tǭ Theǭ, kai exilaskesthai men auton hyper tōn hamartiōn, eucharistein de hyper tōn euergesiōn, oikodomein de dia tou logou tēs paraklēseōs, hoper eti kai epi tēs hēmeteras mnēmēs tēroumenon egnōmen, anti toutōn agoran, kai panēgyrin, kai koinon emporion ton te kairon kai ton topon poiountai, ēdē kai hēmas akolouthein autois prosēke, kai bebaioun ta atopa tę̄ koinōnią tou pragmatos; alla mimeichēn echei, apokalypsin echei, glōssan echei, ermēneian echei; panta pros oikodomēn ginesthō.

On trading at gatherings.

Answer. Nor does the word show that the markets held at the martyrs' shrines are fitting for us. For it does not befit Christians to appear at the martyrs' shrines or in the places around them for any other reason than for prayer, and, coming to remember the saints' steadfastness for godliness even to death, to be stirred to the same zeal; remembering the most fearful wrath of the Lord, who, though always and everywhere meek and lowly in heart, as it is written, raised the whip against those alone who sold and bought in the temple, since trade was turning the house of prayer into a den of robbers. Nor, because others before us have corrupted the custom that prevailed among the saints, and instead of praying for one another, worshipping and weeping before God together with many, propitiating him for sins and giving thanks for benefits, and building up by the word of exhortation (which we know was still kept even within our memory), make the time and the place instead a market, a fair, and a common trading place, does it now follow that we should follow them and confirm what is wrong by taking part in it. But imitate … [each one] has [a lesson], has a revelation, has a tongue, has an interpretation; let all things be done for building up.

Chapter 41

41PG 31:1021

Περὶ αὐθεντίας καὶ ὑπακοῆς. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐν αὐταῖς μέντοι ταῖς συγκεχωρημέναις τέχναις οὐχ ἕκαστος ἣν ἔχει, ἢ βούλεται μαθεῖν, ἐπιτρέπεσθαι ὀφείλει, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς ἣν ἂν δοκιμασθῇ ἐπιτήδειος εἶναι. Ὁ γὰρ ἀρνησάμενος ἑαυτὸν, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἑαυτοῦ θελήματα ἀποθέμενος, οὐχὶ ὁ βούλεται ποιεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ διδάσκεται. Οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ ἐκλέγεσθαι τὸ συμφέρον συγχωρεῖ ὁ λόγος τῷ ἅπαξ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ οἰκονομίαν ἐπιτρέψαντι ἑτέροις, οἳ πρὸς ὅπερ ἂν καταμάθωσιν ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου ἐπιτήδειον, εἰς ἐκεῖνο αὐτὸν τάξουσιν· ἐπεὶ ὅ γε κατ᾿ ἰδίαν ἐπιθυμίαν ἐκλεγόμενος ἔργον κατηγορίαν ἑαυτοῦ ἐκφέρει, πρῶτον μὲν αὐταρεσκείας, ἔπειτα, ὅτι ἡ διὰ δόξαν κοσμικὴν, ἢ διὰ κέρδους ἐλπίδα, ἢ διά τι τοιοὔτον προσπέπονθε τῷ ἐπιτηδεύματι, ἢ δι᾿ ὄκνον καὶ ῥαθυμίαν προτιμᾷ τὸ κουφότερον. Τὸ δὲ ἐν τούτοις εἶναι ἀπόδειξίς ἐστι τοῦ μήπω ἀπηλλάχθαι τῆς τῶν παθῶν κακίας. Οὔτε δὲ ἠρνήσατο ἑαυτὸν ὁ ἰδίας ὁρμὰς ἐκτελεῖν θέλων, οὔτε ἀπετάξατο τοῖς τοῦ κόσμου πράγμασιν, εἴπερ ἔτι πρὸς κέρδος καὶ πρὸς δόξαν ἐπτόηται. Οὐδὲ μὴν ἐνέκρωσεν αὐτοῦ τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὁ τὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις κόπον μὴ ὑπομένων· ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐθαδείας δεῖγμα καθ' ἑαυτοῦ ἐκφέρει, ἀκριβεστέραν οἰόμενος εἶναι τὴν ἰδίαν ἑαυτοῦ κρίσιν τῆς τῶν πλειόνων δοκιμασίας. Εἴτε οὖν ἔχει τις τέχνην μὴ κατεγνωσμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ κοινοῦ, ἀποπηδᾷν αὐτῆς οὐκ ὀφείλει· ἀστάτου γὰρ γνώμης, καὶ προαιρέσεως ἀβεβαίου, ἐξουθενεῖν τὰ παρόντα· εἴτε μὴ ἔχει, μὴ ἑαυτῷ λαμβανέτω· ἀλλὰ τὸ παρὰ τῶν μειζόνων δοκιμασθὲν ὑποδεχέσθω, ἵνα ἐν παντὶ τὸ εὐπειθὲς διασώζῃ. Ὡς δὲ τὸ ἑαυτῷ ἐπιτρέπειν ἀπρεπὲς ἀπεδείχθη, οὕτω καὶ τὸ παρ' ἑτέρων ἐγκριθὲν μὴ καταδέχεσθαι, κατεγνωσμένον ἐστίν. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ ἐὰν ἔχῃ τις τέχνην, μὴ ἀρέσκῃ δὲ αὐτῆς ἡ χρῆσις τῇ ἀδελφότητι, ἑτοίμως αὐτὴν ἀποῤῥιπτέτω, δεικνὺς, ὅτι πρὸς οὐδὲν τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἐμπαθῶς διάκειται. Διότι τὸ μὲν ποιεῖν τὰ θελήματα τῶν διανοιῶν τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντός ἐστιν ἐλπίδα, κατὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου· τὸ δὲ ἐν παντὶ εὐπειθὲς ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιον, τοῦ αὐτοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου ἐπαινοῦντός τινας, ὅτι ἑαυτοὺς ἔδωκαν πρῶτον τῷ Κυρίῳ, ἔπειτα καὶ ἡμῖν διὰ θελήματος Θεοῦ. Ἕκαστον μέντοι χρη τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐργασία προσέχειν, καὶ ταύτης ἐπιθυμητικῶς φροντίζειν, καὶ ὡς Θεοῦ ἐφορῶντος, ἐν σπουδῇ ἀόκνῳ καὶ ἐπιμελείᾳ προσεχεστέρᾳ ἀμέμπτως ταύτην ἀποπληροῦν, ἵνα ἔχῃ παῤῥησίαν λέγειν ἀεὶ τὸ· Ἰδοὺ ὡς οφθαλμοὶ δούλων εἰς χεῖρας τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν, οὕτως οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν πρὸς Κύριον τὸν Θεὸν ἡμῶν· καὶ μὴ ἄλλοτε εἰς ἄλλο ἀποπηδᾷν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἡ φύσις ἡμῶν πολλὰ ὁμοῦ κατορθοῦν ἐπιτηδεύματα δύναται· καὶ τὸ μίαν φιλοπόνως ἐκτελεῖν τοῦ πολλῶν ἀτελῶς ἐφάπτεσθαι χρησιμώτερον. Ὁ γὰρ εἰς πλείονα μερισμὸς, καὶ ἡ ἄλλοτε ἐπ᾿ ἄλλο μετάβασις πρὸς τὸ μηδὲν τελειοῦν τῶν ἔργων, ἔτι καὶ ἤθους ἐλαφρίαν ἢ προὑπάρχουσαν ἐλέγχει, ἢ καὶ μὴ οὖσαν ἐμποιεῖ. Ἐὰν δέ ποτε χρεία καταλάβῃ, ἐπιβοηθεῖν καὶ ἄλλαις τέχναις τὸν ἐπιτηδείως ἔχοντα ἀκόλουθον. Καὶ οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ· ἀλλ᾽ εἴ ποτε προσκληθείη, οὐ προηγουμένως ἡμῶν ποιούντων τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ κατὰ περίστασιν· ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν μελῶν τοῦ σώματος, ὅταν, ὀκλάσαντος τοῦ ποδὸς, ἐπιστηριζώμεθα τῇ χειρί. Καὶ πάλιν, ὥσπερ τὸ ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ ἐπιπηδᾷν ἀσύμφορον, οὕτω τὸ προσταχθὲν μὴ καταδέχεσθαι κατηγορίας ἄξιον, ἵνα μήτε πάθος αὐθαδείας τρέφηται, μήτε ὁ τῆς ὑπακοῆς καὶ εὐπειθείας ὅρος διαλύηται. Καὶ ἡ τῶν ἐργαλείων δὲ φροντὶς διαφέρει μὲν προηγουμένως τῷ ἑκάστης ἐργασίας τεχνί τῃ ἐὰν δὲ ἄρα ποτὲ παροφθῆναι συμβαίη τι, ὡς κοινὸν πάντων κτῆμα, οὕτω τῆς προσηκούσης προνοίας ἀξιούσθω ὑπὸ τῶν πρώτως θεασαμένων. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἡ χρῆσις αὐτῶν ἰδιάζουσα, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐξ αὐτῶν χρήσιμον κοινόν. Τὸ γὰρ ὡς οὐδὲν προσηκόντων τῶν ἐκ τῆς ἄλλης τέχνης καταφρονεῖν ἀλλοτριώσεως ἀπόδειξιν ἔχει. Οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ τοὺς μεταχειριζομένους τὰς τέχνας δεσποτείαν ἐκδικεῖν τῶν ἐργαλείων προσήκει, ὡς ἢ τῷ προεστῶτι τῆς ἀδελφότητος μὴ συγχωρεῖν αὐτοῖς κεχρῆσθαι πρὸς ὅπερ ἂν θέλῃ, ἢ ἑαυτοῖς ἐπιτρέπειν πωλεῖν αὐτὰ ἢ διαμείβειν, ἢ κατὰ ἄλλον τινὰ τρόπον προΐεσθαι· ἢ καὶ προσκτᾶσθαι τοῖς οὖσιν ἔτερα· ὁ γὰρ ἅπαξ κρίνας μηδὲ τῶν χειρῶν εἶναι τῶν ἑαυτοῦ κύριος, ἀλλ᾽ ἑτέρῳ τὴν ἐνέργειαν αὐτῶν οἰκονομεῖν ἐπιτρέψας, πῶς ἂν ὁ τοιοῦ τος ἀκόλουθα πράσσοι, τοῖς ἐργαλείοις τῆς τέχνης ἐναυθεντῶν, καὶ δεσποτείας ἀξιώματι ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν κεχρημένος;

Peri authentias kai hypakoēs. APOKRISIS. En autais mentoi tais synkechōrēmenais technais ouch hekastos hēn echei, ē bouletai mathein, epitrepesthai opheilei, all᾽ eis hēn an dokimasthę̄ epitēdeios einai. Ho gar arnēsamenos heauton, kai panta ta heautou thelēmata apothemenos, ouchi ho bouletai poiei, all᾽ ho didasketai. Ou mēn oude aph' heautou eklegesthai to sympheron synchōrei ho logos tǭ hapax tēn heautou oikonomian epitrepsanti heterois, hoi pros hoper an katamathōsin en onomati Kyriou epitēdeion, eis ekeino auton taxousin; epei ho ge kat᾿ idian epithymian eklegomenos ergon katēgorian heautou ekpherei, prōton men autareskeias, epeita, hoti hē dia doxan kosmikēn, ē dia kerdous elpida, ē dia ti toiouton prospeponthe tǭ epitēdeumati, ē di᾿ oknon kai rhathymian protimą to kouphoteron. To de en toutois einai apodeixis esti tou mēpō apēllachthai tēs tōn pathōn kakias. Oute de ērnēsato heauton ho idias hormas ektelein thelōn, oute apetaxato tois tou kosmou pragmasin, eiper eti pros kerdos kai pros doxan eptoētai. Oude mēn enekrōsen autou ta melē ta epi tēs gēs ho ton en tois ergois kopon mē hypomenōn; alla kai authadeias deigma kath' heautou ekpherei, akribesteran oiomenos einai tēn idian heautou krisin tēs tōn pleionōn dokimasias. Eite oun echei tis technēn mē kategnōsmenēn hypo tou koinou, apopēdąn autēs ouk opheilei; astatou gar gnōmēs, kai proaireseōs abebaiou, exouthenein ta paronta; eite mē echei, mē heautǭ lambanetō; alla to para tōn meizonōn dokimasthen hypodechesthō, hina en panti to eupeithes diasōzę̄. Hōs de to heautǭ epitrepein aprepes apedeichthē, houtō kai to par' heterōn enkrithen mē katadechesthai, kategnōsmenon estin. ᾿Alla kai ean echę̄ tis technēn, mē areskę̄ de autēs hē chrēsis tę̄ adelphotēti, hetoimōs autēn aporrhiptetō, deiknys, hoti pros ouden tōn en tǭ kosmǭ empathōs diakeitai. Dioti to men poiein ta thelēmata tōn dianoiōn tou mē echontos estin elpida, kata ton logon tou ᾿Apostolou; to de en panti eupeithes apodochēs axion, tou autou ᾿Apostolou epainountos tinas, hoti heautous edōkan prōton tǭ Kyriǭ, epeita kai hēmin dia thelēmatos Theou. Hekaston mentoi chrē tę̄ idią ergasia prosechein, kai tautēs epithymētikōs phrontizein, kai hōs Theou ephorōntos, en spoudę̄ aoknǭ kai epimeleią prosechesterą amemptōs tautēn apoplēroun, hina echę̄ parrhēsian legein aei to; Idou hōs ophthalmoi doulōn eis cheiras tōn kyriōn autōn, houtōs hoi ophthalmoi hēmōn pros Kyrion ton Theon hēmōn; kai mē allote eis allo apopēdąn. Oude gar hē physis hēmōn polla homou katorthoun epitēdeumata dynatai; kai to mian philoponōs ektelein tou pollōn atelōs ephaptesthai chrēsimōteron. Ho gar eis pleiona merismos, kai hē allote ep᾿ allo metabasis pros to mēden teleioun tōn ergōn, eti kai ēthous elaphrian ē prouparchousan elenchei, ē kai mē ousan empoiei. Ean de pote chreia katalabę̄, epiboēthein kai allais technais ton epitēdeiōs echonta akolouthon. Kai oude touto aph' heautou; all᾽ ei pote prosklētheiē, ou proēgoumenōs hēmōn poiountōn touto, alla kata peristasin; hōs kai epi tōn melōn tou sōmatos, hotan, oklasantos tou podos, epistērizōmetha tę̄ cheiri. Kai palin, hōsper to aph' heautou epipēdąn asymphoron, houtō to prostachthen mē katadechesthai katēgorias axion, hina mēte pathos authadeias trephētai, mēte ho tēs hypakoēs kai eupeitheias horos dialyētai. Kai hē tōn ergaleiōn de phrontis diapherei men proēgoumenōs tǭ hekastēs ergasias techni tę̄ ean de ara pote parophthēnai symbaiē ti, hōs koinon pantōn ktēma, houtō tēs prosēkousēs pronoias axiousthō hypo tōn prōtōs theasamenōn. Ei gar kai hē chrēsis autōn idiazousa, alla to ex autōn chrēsimon koinon. To gar hōs ouden prosēkontōn tōn ek tēs allēs technēs kataphronein allotriōseōs apodeixin echei. Ou mēn oude tous metacheirizomenous tas technas despoteian ekdikein tōn ergaleiōn prosēkei, hōs ē tǭ proestōti tēs adelphotētos mē synchōrein autois kechrēsthai pros hoper an thelę̄, ē heautois epitrepein pōlein auta ē diameibein, ē kata allon tina tropon proïesthai; ē kai prosktasthai tois ousin etera; ho gar hapax krinas mēde tōn cheirōn einai tōn heautou kyrios, all᾽ heterǭ tēn energeian autōn oikonomein epitrepsas, pōs an ho toiou tos akoloutha prassoi, tois ergaleiois tēs technēs enauthentōn, kai despoteias axiōmati ep᾿ autōn kechrēmenos?

On authority and obedience.

Answer. Even within the permitted crafts, each one should not be allowed the craft he has or wishes to learn, but the one for which he is judged suitable. For the one who has denied himself and put away all his own wishes does not do what he wishes but what he is taught. Nor does the word allow one who has once entrusted the management of himself to others to choose what is profitable on his own; they will appoint him to whatever they learn, in the name of the Lord, to be suitable. For the one who chooses a work by his own desire brings a charge against himself: first of self-satisfaction; then, that he has become attached to the occupation for worldly glory, or hope of gain, or some such reason; or that through sluggishness and sloth he prefers the lighter task. Being in these is proof that he has not yet been freed from the evil of the passions. The one who wishes to carry out his own impulses has not denied himself, nor has he renounced the affairs of the world, if he is still excited by gain and glory. Nor has the one who does not endure the toil of work put to death his members that are on earth; rather he brings against himself proof of self-will too, thinking his own judgment more exact than the examination of the many.

If, then, someone has a craft not condemned by the community, he ought not to spring away from it; for to despise what one has belongs to an unstable mind and an uncertain will. If he has none, let him not take one for himself, but accept what is approved by those over him, so as to keep obedience in everything. As it has been shown unfitting to entrust oneself to oneself, so also not to accept what others have approved is to be condemned. And if someone has a craft, but its practice does not please the brotherhood, let him readily throw it aside, showing that he is passionately attached to nothing in the world. For to do the wishes of the mind belongs to one who has no hope, according to the word of the Apostle; but obedience in everything is worthy of acceptance, since the same Apostle praises some because they gave themselves first to the Lord and then to us by the will of God.

Each one, however, should attend to his own work, care for it eagerly, and, as though God were watching, carry it out blamelessly with unflagging zeal and closer diligence, so that he may have boldness always to say, “Behold, as the eyes of servants look to the hands of their masters, so our eyes look to the Lord our God”; and he should not leap from one thing to another. For our nature cannot achieve many pursuits at once, and to carry out one diligently is more useful than to touch many incompletely. For dividing oneself among many things and passing from one to another, besides achieving none of the works, also exposes a lightness of character that was already there, or produces it where it was not. If ever need arises, it is fitting for one who is suited to help in other crafts too; and not even this on his own initiative, but only if he is called on, since we do this not as a principal task but as the circumstances require; as with the members of the body, when the foot gives way, we support ourselves on the hand. And again, just as springing to a task on one's own initiative is unprofitable, so not accepting what one is commanded deserves blame, so that neither the passion of self-will may be nourished nor the limit of obedience and compliance be dissolved.

The care of the tools belongs principally to the craftsman of each work; but if ever something should happen to be overlooked, let it receive fitting attention from those who first see it, as the common property of all. For even if their use is particular, the benefit from them is common. To despise the things of another craft as no concern of one's own is proof of estrangement. Nor is it fitting for those who handle the crafts to claim ownership of the tools, so as either not to allow the superior of the brotherhood to use them for whatever he wishes, or to permit themselves to sell or exchange them or part with them in any other way, or to acquire others in addition to those they have. For how would one who has once decided not to be master even of his own hands, but has entrusted the management of their working to another, act consistently if he lords it over the tools of his craft and uses the dignity of ownership over them?

Chapter 42

42PG 31:1023

Ποίῳ σκοπῷ καὶ ποίᾳ διαθέσει ἐργάζεσθαι δεῖ ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐκεῖνο μέντοι εἰδέναι χρὴ, ὅτι ὁ ἐργαζόμενος, οὐχ ἵνα ταῖς ἑαυτοῦ χρείαις ὑπηρετῇ διὰ τῶν ἔργων, ἐργάζεσθαι ὀφείλει, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου πληρώσῃ, τοῦ εἰπόντος· Ἐπείνασα, καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Τὸ γὰρ ὑπὲρ ἑαυτοῦ μεριμνᾶν παντάπασίν ἐστιν ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου κεκωλυμένον, εἰπόντος· Μὴ μεριμνᾶτε τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν τί φάγητε, μηδὲ τῷ σώματι ὑμῶν τὶ ἐνδύσησθε καὶ ἐπενεγκόντος· Ταῦτα γὰρ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐπιζητεῖ. Σκοπὸς οὖν ἑκάστῳ προκεῖσθαι ὀφείλει ἐν τῷ ἔργῳ ἡ ὑπηρεσία τῶν δεομένων, οὐχὶ ἡ ἰδία αὐτοῦ χρεία. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τῆς φιλαυτίας τὸ ἔγκλημα φεύξεται, καὶ τῆς φιλαδελφίας τὴν εὐλογίαν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου λήψεται, λέγοντος· Ἐφ' ὅσον ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου τῶν ἐλαχίστων ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. Καὶ μηδεὶς τοῦ Ἀποστόλου ἐναντιοῦσθαι ἡμῶν τῷ λόγῳ νομιζέτω, εἰπόντος· Ἵνα ἐργαζόμενοι τὸν ἑαυτῶν ἄρτον ἐσθίωσι. Τοῦτο γὰρ πρὸς τοὺς ἀτάκτους καὶ ἀργοὺς εἴρηται· ὡς αἱρετώτερον τῆς ἐν ἀργίᾳ ζωῆς τὸ ἑαυτῷ γοῦν ὑπηρετεῖν ἕκαστον, καὶ μὴ ἄλλοις ἐπιβαρῆ γίνεσθαι· ᾿Ακούομεν γὰρ, φησὶ, τινὰς ἀτάκτως περιπατοῦντας ἐν ὑμῖν, μηδὲν ἐργαζομένους, ἀλλὰ περιεργαζομένους· τοῖς οὖν τοιούτοις, φησὶ, παραγγέλλομεν, καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν, ἵνα μετὰ ἡσυχίας ἐργαζόμενοι τὸν ἑαυτῶν ἄρτον ἐσθίωσι. Καὶ τὸ, Νύκτα δὲ καὶ ημέραν ἐργαζόμενοι πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί τινα, εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν φέρει νοῦν· τοῦ Ἀποστόλου διὰ φιλαδελφίαν εἰς ἐκκοπὴν τῶν ἀτάκτων ἑαυτὸν τοῖς ὑπὲρ τὸ διατεταγμένον αὐτῷ πόνοις ὑποβάλλοντος. Τοῦ δὲ πρὸς τὴν τελείωσιν σπεύδοντός ἐστι νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργάζεσθαι, ἵνα ἔχῃ μεταδιδόναι τῷ χρείαν ἔχοντι. Ἐπεὶ ὅ γε ἑαυτῷ, ἢ καὶ τῷ τὴν φροντίδα τῶν χρειῶν ἀναδεδεγμένῳ ἐλπίζων, καὶ ἢ τὴν οἰκείαν ἢ τὴν τοῦ συνόντος ἐργασίαν ἱκανὴν ἀφορμὴν πρὸς τὸ ζῇν τιθέμενος, καθόσον ἐπ᾿ ἄνθρωπον τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔθετο, κίνδυνον ἔχει ὑποπεσεῖν τῇ κατάρᾳ τῇ λεγούσῃ· Ἐπικατάρατος ἄνθρωπος ὃς τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχει ἐπ᾿ ἄνθρωπον, καὶ στηρίξει σάρκα βραχίονος αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀπὸ Κυρίου ἀποσταίη ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ· τοῦ λόγου διὰ μὲν τοῦ, Ὃς τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχει ἐπ᾿ ἄνθρωπον, τῷ ἑτέρῳ ἐπελπίζειν· διὰ δὲ τοῦ, Καὶ στηρίξει σάρκα βραχίονος αὐτοῦ, τὸ ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῷ πεποιθέναι ἀπαγορεύοντος· ἑκάτερον δὲ αὐτῶν ἀποστασίαν ἀπὸ Κυρίου ὀνομάζοντος, καὶ τὸ τέλος άμφοτέρων ἐπάγοντος, Ὅτι ἔσται ὡς ἡ ἀγριομυρίκη ἡ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ· καὶ οὐκ ὄψεται ὅταν ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά· δεικνύντος τοῦ λόγου, ὅτι τὸ ἑαυτῷ ἡ ἄλλῳ τινὶ ἐπελπίζειν ἀποστῆναί ἐστιν ἀπὸ Κυρίου.

Poiǭ skopǭ kai poią diathesei ergazesthai dei APOKRISIS. Ekeino mentoi eidenai chrē, hoti ho ergazomenos, ouch hina tais heautou chreiais hypēretę̄ dia tōn ergōn, ergazesthai opheilei, all᾽ hina tēn entolēn tou Kyriou plērōsę̄, tou eipontos; Epeinasa, kai edōkate moi phagein, kai ta hexēs. To gar hyper heautou merimnan pantapasin estin hypo tou Kyriou kekōlymenon, eipontos; Mē merimnate tę̄ psychę̄ hymōn ti phagēte, mēde tǭ sōmati hymōn ti endysēsthe kai epenenkontos; Tauta gar panta ta ethnē epizētei. Skopos oun hekastǭ prokeisthai opheilei en tǭ ergǭ hē hypēresia tōn deomenōn, ouchi hē idia autou chreia. Houtō gar kai tēs philautias to enklēma pheuxetai, kai tēs philadelphias tēn eulogian para tou Kyriou lēpsetai, legontos; Eph' hoson epoiēsate heni toutōn tōn adelphōn mou tōn elachistōn emoi epoiēsate. Kai mēdeis tou Apostolou enantiousthai hēmōn tǭ logǭ nomizetō, eipontos; Hina ergazomenoi ton heautōn arton esthiōsi. Touto gar pros tous ataktous kai argous eirētai; hōs hairetōteron tēs en argią zōēs to heautǭ goun hypēretein hekaston, kai mē allois epibarē ginesthai; ᾿Akouomen gar, phēsi, tinas ataktōs peripatountas en hymin, mēden ergazomenous, alla periergazomenous; tois oun toioutois, phēsi, parangellomen, kai parakaloumen, hina meta hēsychias ergazomenoi ton heautōn arton esthiōsi. Kai to, Nykta de kai ēmeran ergazomenoi pros to mē epibarēsai tina, eis ton auton pherei noun; tou Apostolou dia philadelphian eis ekkopēn tōn ataktōn heauton tois hyper to diatetagmenon autǭ ponois hypoballontos. Tou de pros tēn teleiōsin speudontos esti nyktos kai hēmeras ergazesthai, hina echę̄ metadidonai tǭ chreian echonti. Epei ho ge heautǭ, ē kai tǭ tēn phrontida tōn chreiōn anadedegmenǭ elpizōn, kai ē tēn oikeian ē tēn tou synontos ergasian hikanēn aphormēn pros to zę̄n tithemenos, kathoson ep᾿ anthrōpon tēn elpida etheto, kindynon echei hypopesein tę̄ katarą tę̄ legousę̄; Epikataratos anthrōpos hos tēn elpida echei ep᾿ anthrōpon, kai stērixei sarka brachionos autou, kai apo Kyriou apostaiē hē psychē autou; tou logou dia men tou, Hos tēn elpida echei ep᾿ anthrōpon, tǭ heterǭ epelpizein; dia de tou, Kai stērixei sarka brachionos autou, to eph᾽ heautǭ pepoithenai apagoreuontos; hekateron de autōn apostasian apo Kyriou onomazontos, kai to telos amphoterōn epagontos, Hoti estai hōs hē agriomyrikē hē en tę̄ erēmǭ; kai ouk opsetai hotan elthę̄ ta agatha; deiknyntos tou logou, hoti to heautǭ hē allǭ tini epelpizein apostēnai estin apo Kyriou.

With what aim and what disposition one should work.

Answer. We must know this: that the one who works ought to work not in order to serve his own needs by his work, but to fulfil the commandment of the Lord, who said, “I was hungry and you gave me food,” and so on. For anxiety for oneself has been altogether forbidden by the Lord, who said, “Do not be anxious about your life, what you will eat, nor about your body, what you will put on,” and added, “For the Gentiles seek all these things.” So the goal set before each in his work should be the service of those in need, not his own need. For so he will escape the charge of self-love and receive from the Lord the blessing for brotherly love, who says, “As you did it to one of the least of these my brothers, you did it to me.” And let no one think that the Apostle contradicts what we say when he says, “that by working they may eat their own bread.” For this was said to the disorderly and idle: that it is preferable to an idle life for each at least to serve himself and not be a burden to others. “For we hear,” he says, “that some among you walk in idleness, not doing any work, but being busybodies. Such persons,” he says, “we command and urge to work quietly and to eat their own bread.” And the saying, “working night and day, that we might not be a burden to any,” bears the same meaning, since the Apostle, out of brotherly love, submitted himself to labours beyond what was required of him in order to cut off the disorderly. But it belongs to one who is hastening to perfection to work night and day so that he may have something to share with anyone in need.

For the one who puts his hope in himself, or in the one who has undertaken the care of his needs, and who reckons his own work or that of his companion a sufficient means of living, in so far as he has set his hope on a man, is in danger of falling under the curse which says, “Cursed is the man who has his hope in man, and will make flesh his arm, and whose soul turns away from the Lord.” By “who has his hope in man” the word forbids hoping in another; by “will make flesh his arm,” trusting in oneself; and it calls each of them apostasy from the Lord and adds the end of both: “For he will be like the wild tamarisk in the desert, and will not see when good comes”; the word showing that to hope in oneself or in anyone else is to turn away from the Lord.

Chapter 43

43PG 31:1027

Ὁ μὲν περὶ τῶν ἐργασιῶν τρόπος ἀρκούντως ἡμῖν παραδέδοται· πλὴν ἐὰν μὴ τι ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων προσεξευρεῖν διδαχθῶμεν. Τοὺς δὲ προεστῶτας τῆς ἀδελφότητος ὁποίους εἶναι χρὴ, ἢ πῶς ἄγειν τοὺς συνόντας, τοῦτο διευκρινηθῆναι δεόμεθα. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Εἴρηται μὲν, ὡς ἐν κεφαλαίῳ, καὶ περὶ τοῦ μέρους τούτου· πλὴν ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ καλῶς ποιοῦντες ἐπὶ πλεῖον τρανωθῆναι τὸ μέρος τοῦτο βούλεσθε (διότι οἷον ἐὰν ᾗ τὸ ἐπιστατοῦν καὶ ἄρχον, τοιοῦτον, ὡς τὰ πολλὰ, γίνεσθαι φιλεῖ καὶ τὸ ἀρχόμενον), ἀναγκαῖον μὴ παρέργως αὐτὸ παρελθεῖν. Χρὴ τοίνυν τὸν προεστῶτα μεμνημένον τῆς τοῦ Ἀποστόλου παραγγελίας λέγοντος, Τύπος γίνου τῶν πιστῶν, πάσης ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου ἐναργὲς ὑπόδειγμα τὸν ἑαυτοῦ βίον παρέχειν, ὡς μηδεμίαν τοῖς διδασκομένοις ἀφορμὴν καταλιμπάνειν πρὸς τὸ ἀδύνατον ἡ εὐκαταφρόνητον ἡγεῖσθαι τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου. Πρῶτον μὲν οὖν, ὁ πρῶτόν ἐστιν, ἐν ἀγάπῃ Χριστοῦ τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην οὕτω χρὴ παρ' αὐτοῦ κατορθοῦσθαι, ὡς καὶ σιωπῶντος αὐτοῦ τὸ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ὑπόδειγμα παντὸς λόγου ἰσχυρότερον εἰς διδασκαλίαν προκεῖσθαι. Εἰ γὰρ οὗτος ὅρος Χριστιανισμοῦ, μίμησις Χριστοῦ ἐν τῷ μέτρῳ τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως, κατὰ τὸ ἐπιβάλλον τῇ ἑκάστου κλήσει, οἱ τὴν ὁδηγίαν τῶν πολλῶν πεπιστευμένοι τοὺς ἔτι ἀσθενεστέρους διὰ τῆς ἑαυτῶν μεσιτείας προβιβάζειν ὀφείλουσι τῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐξομοιώσει, κατὰ τὸν μακάριον Παῦλον λέγοντα· Μιμηταί μου γίνεσθε, καθὼς κἀγὼ Χριστοῦ. Πρώτους οὖν αὐτοὺς, τὸ παραδοθὲν τῆς ταπεινοφροσύνης μέτρον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ κατορθοῦντας, ὑπογραμμὸν ἀκριβῆ προσήκει γίνεσθαι. Μάθετε γὰρ, φησὶν, ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι πρᾶές εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ. Πραότης οὖν τρόπου καὶ καρδίας ταπείνωσις χαρακτηριζέτω τὸν προϊστάμενον. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος τὴν διακονίαν τῶν ἰδίων δούλων οὐκ ἐπῃσχύνθη, ἀλλὰ κατεδέξατο ὑπηρέτης εἶναι τῆς γῆς καὶ τοῦ πηλοῦ, ὂν αὐτὸς ἔπλασε, καὶ εἰς ἄνθρωπον διεμόρφωσεν (Ἐγὼ γὰρ εἰμὶ, φησὶν, ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν ὡς ὁ διακονῶν)· τί χρή ποιοῦντας ἡμᾶς τοῖς ὁμοτίμοις νομίζειν αὐτοῦ τῆς μιμήσεως ἐφικνεῖσθαι; Ἕν μὲν δὴ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ὑπάρχειν δεῖ τῷ προεστῶτι. Ἔπειτα εὔσπλαγχνον καὶ μακροθύμως ἀνεχόμενον τῶν ἐξ ἀπειρίας ἐλλιμπανόντων τι τῶν καθηκόντων, οὐχ ὑποσιωπῶντα τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν, ἀλλὰ πράως ἀνεχόμενον τῶν ἀφηνιαζόντων καὶ τὰς ἰατρείας αὐτοῖς ἐν πάσῃ εὐσπλαγχνίᾳ καὶ συμμετρίᾳ προσάγοντα. Ἱκανὸν δὲ τρόπον τῆς θεραπείας τῷ πάθει οἰκεῖον ἐξευρεῖν, οὐ μετὰ αὐθαδείας ἐπιτιμῶντα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν πραότητι νουθετοῦντα καὶ παιδεύοντα, καθὼς γέγραπται, νηφάλιον ἐν τοῖς παροῦσι, προορατικὸν τῶν μελλόντων, ἱκανὸν μὲν τοῖς ἰσχυροῖς συναθλεῖν, τῶν δὲ ἀδυνάτων βαστάζειν τὰ ἀσθενήματα, καὶ πάντα ποιεῖν καὶ λέγειν δυνάμενον πρὸς καταρτισμὸν τῶν συνόντων· μὴ ἑαυτῷ λαμβάνοντα τὴν προστασίαν, ἀλλ' ἐγκριθέντα τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις ἀδελφότησι προεχόντων, καὶ ἱκανὴν πεῖραν τοῦ τρόπου ἐν τῷ παρελθόντι βίῳ δεδωκότα. Καὶ οὗτοι γὰρ, φησὶ, δοκιμαζέσθωσαν πρῶτον, εἶτα διακονείτωσαν, ἀνέγκλητοι ὄντες. Οὕτω καὶ ὁ τοιοῦτος ἐπιτρεπέσθω τὴν προστασίαν, καὶ τὴν εὐταξίαν ὁριζέτω τῇ ἀδελφότητι, τὴν διανομὴν τῶν ἔργων, καθ' ὁ ἕκαστος ἐπιτηδείως ἔχει, ποιούμενος.

Ho men peri tōn ergasiōn tropos arkountōs hēmin paradedotai; plēn ean mē ti hyp᾿ autōn tōn pragmatōn prosexeurein didachthōmen. Tous de proestōtas tēs adelphotētos hopoious einai chrē, ē pōs agein tous synontas, touto dieukrinēthēnai deometha. APOKRISIS Eirētai men, hōs en kephalaiǭ, kai peri tou merous toutou; plēn all᾽ epeidē kalōs poiountes epi pleion tranōthēnai to meros touto boulesthe (dioti hoion ean hę̄ to epistatoun kai archon, toiouton, hōs ta polla, ginesthai philei kai to archomenon), anankaion mē parergōs auto parelthein. Chrē toinyn ton proestōta memnēmenon tēs tou Apostolou parangelias legontos, Typos ginou tōn pistōn, pasēs entolēs tou Kyriou enarges hypodeigma ton heautou bion parechein, hōs mēdemian tois didaskomenois aphormēn katalimpanein pros to adynaton hē eukataphronēton hēgeisthai tēn entolēn tou Kyriou. Prōton men oun, ho prōton estin, en agapę̄ Christou tēn tapeinophrosynēn houtō chrē par' autou katorthousthai, hōs kai siōpōntos autou to ek tōn ergōn hypodeigma pantos logou ischyroteron eis didaskalian prokeisthai. Ei gar houtos horos Christianismou, mimēsis Christou en tǭ metrǭ tēs enanthrōpēseōs, kata to epiballon tę̄ hekastou klēsei, hoi tēn hodēgian tōn pollōn pepisteumenoi tous eti asthenesterous dia tēs heautōn mesiteias probibazein opheilousi tę̄ tou Christou exomoiōsei, kata ton makarion Paulon legonta; Mimētai mou ginesthe, kathōs kagō Christou. Prōtous oun autous, to paradothen tēs tapeinophrosynēs metron para tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou katorthountas, hypogrammon akribē prosēkei ginesthai. Mathete gar, phēsin, ap᾿ emou, hoti praes eimi kai tapeinos tę̄ kardią. Praotēs oun tropou kai kardias tapeinōsis charaktērizetō ton proïstamenon. Ei gar ho Kyrios tēn diakonian tōn idiōn doulōn ouk epę̄schynthē, alla katedexato hypēretēs einai tēs gēs kai tou pēlou, on autos eplase, kai eis anthrōpon diemorphōsen (Egō gar eimi, phēsin, en mesǭ hymōn hōs ho diakonōn); ti chrē poiountas hēmas tois homotimois nomizein autou tēs mimēseōs ephikneisthai? Hen men dē touto epi tosouton hyparchein dei tǭ proestōti. Epeita eusplanchnon kai makrothymōs anechomenon tōn ex apeirias ellimpanontōn ti tōn kathēkontōn, ouch hyposiōpōnta tois hamartēmasin, alla praōs anechomenon tōn aphēniazontōn kai tas iatreias autois en pasę̄ eusplanchnią kai symmetrią prosagonta. Hikanon de tropon tēs therapeias tǭ pathei oikeion exeurein, ou meta authadeias epitimōnta, all᾽ en praotēti nouthetounta kai paideuonta, kathōs gegraptai, nēphalion en tois parousi, prooratikon tōn mellontōn, hikanon men tois ischyrois synathlein, tōn de adynatōn bastazein ta asthenēmata, kai panta poiein kai legein dynamenon pros katartismon tōn synontōn; mē heautǭ lambanonta tēn prostasian, all' enkrithenta tōn en tais allais adelphotēsi proechontōn, kai hikanēn peiran tou tropou en tǭ parelthonti biǭ dedōkota. Kai houtoi gar, phēsi, dokimazesthōsan prōton, eita diakoneitōsan, anenklētoi ontes. Houtō kai ho toioutos epitrepesthō tēn prostasian, kai tēn eutaxian horizetō tę̄ adelphotēti, tēn dianomēn tōn ergōn, kath' ho hekastos epitēdeiōs echei, poioumenos.

Question. The manner of our work has been sufficiently handed down to us, unless we are taught by the circumstances themselves to discover something further. But what kind of men the superiors of the brotherhood should be, and how they should lead those with them, we need to have made clear.

Answer. This part too has been spoken of in summary. But since you rightly wish it to be made clearer (for as is the one who presides and rules, so for the most part the ruled tend to become), it is necessary not to pass it over lightly. The superior, then, remembering the Apostle's command, “Be an example to the believers,” must make his own life a clear pattern of every commandment of the Lord, so as to leave those he teaches no occasion to think the Lord's commandment impossible or contemptible. First, then, as is first, he must so achieve humility in the love of Christ that even when he is silent, the example of his works may stand before them for teaching more powerfully than any word. For if this is the definition of Christianity, the imitation of Christ in the measure of his becoming man, according to what befits each one's calling, those entrusted with the guidance of the many ought, through their own mediation, to lead the still weaker forward to likeness to Christ, according to blessed Paul, who says, “Be imitators of me, as I am of Christ.” It is fitting, then, that they themselves first, achieving the measure of humility handed down by our Lord Jesus Christ, should become an exact pattern. “For learn from me,” he says, “for I am meek and lowly in heart.” Let meekness of manner, then, and lowliness of heart mark the one who presides. For if the Lord was not ashamed to serve his own servants, but consented to be the servant of the earth and clay that he himself had formed and shaped into a human being (“For I am among you,” he says, “as one who serves”), what must we do for our equals to think that we attain to the imitation of him?

This one thing, then, the superior must have in such measure. Next, he must be compassionate, bearing patiently with those who through inexperience fall short in any of their duties; not passing over sins in silence, but bearing meekly with the refractory and applying remedies to them with all compassion and moderation; able to find a way of treatment suited to the disorder, not rebuking with harshness but admonishing and correcting with meekness, as it is written; sober in present matters, far-seeing of what is to come, able to contend alongside the strong and to bear the infirmities of the weak, and able to do and say everything for the strengthening of those with him; not taking the office of superior on himself, but chosen by those who are foremost in the other brotherhoods, having given sufficient proof of his character in his past life. “Let these also,” he says, “be tested first; then let them serve, being blameless.” So let such a one be entrusted with the office of superior, and let him define good order for the brotherhood, making the distribution of the works according to each one's aptitude.

Chapter 44

44PG 31:1029

Τίσιν ἐπιτρέπειν χρὴ τὰς ἀποδημιας· καὶ πῶς ἐπανιόντας αὐτοὺς ἀνακρίνειν ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὴν μὲν ἀποδημίαν ἐπιτρεπέτω τῷ δυναμένῳ ἀβλαβῶς τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῇ καὶ ὠφελίμως τοῖς συντυγχάνουσιν αὐτὴν ἐκτελεῖν. Ὡς ἐὰν μὴ παρῇ ὁ ἐπιτήδειος, βέλτιον ἐν ἐνδείᾳ τῶν ἀναγκαίων πᾶσαν θλίψιν καὶ στενοχωρίαν μέχρι καὶ θανάτου ὑπενεγκεῖν, ἢ παραμυθίας ἕνεκεν σωματικῆς βλάβην ψυχῆς ὁμολογουμένην περιορᾷν. Καλὸν γάρ μοι, φησὶν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, μᾶλλον ἀποθανεῖν, ἢ τὸ καύχημά μου ἵνα τις κενώσῃ· καὶ τοῦτο ἐν τοῖς ἐπ᾿ ἐξουσίας· πόσῳ οὖν μᾶλλον ἐν τοῖς κατ' ἐντολὴν; Καίτοιγε οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἀπαραμύθητον ὁ τῆς ἀγάπης νόμος ἀφίησιν. Ἐὰν γὰρ συμβῇ μὴ παρεῖναι μιᾷ ἀδελφότητι τὸν ἐπιτηδείως ἀποστελλόμενον, οἱ σύνεγγυς τὸ λεῖπον ἀναπληρώσουσι, κοινὰς τὰς ἀποδημίας καὶ ἀχωρίστους ἀλλήλων ποιούμενοι, ὡς τοὺς τε κατὰ ψυχὴν ἀσθενεῖς, ἢ καὶ κατὰ τὸ σῶμα σαθροὺς ἐν τῇ τοιαύτῃ κοινωνίᾳ τοῖς ἰσχυροτέροις συνδιασώζεσθαι, πόῤῥωθεν καὶ τοῦτο τοῦ πεπιστευμένου προκαθιστῶντος, ὡς μὴ παρ' αὐτὰ ἐπὶ τῆς χρείας ἄπορον ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ τῆς στενοχωρίας τὴν παραμυθίαν εὑρίσκεσθαι. Μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἐπάνοδον ἀνακρινέτω τὸν ἀπόδημον, τίνες αἱ πράξεις, ποταπῶν ἀνδρῶν αἱ συντυχίαι αὐτῷ γεγόνασιν· οἱ λόγοι τίνες, οὓς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐποιήσατο· ποῖα τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ διανοήματα· εἰ πᾶσαν ἡμέραν καὶ πᾶσαν νύκτα τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ συζῶν ἐξετέλεσεν, ἤ που παρετράπῃ, καὶ παρεκίνησε τι τῶν δεδογμένων, ή ταῖς ἔξωθεν περιστάσεσιν ἐνδοὺς, ἢ τῇ οἰκείᾳ ῥαθυμία παραῤῥυείς. Καὶ τὸ μὲν ὀρθῶς ἐπιτελεσθὲν ἀποδοχῇ βεβαιούτω· τὸ δὲ ἐσφαλμένον τῇ ἐμμελεῖ καὶ ἐπιστημο νικῇ διδασκαλίᾳ διορθούσθω. Οὕτω γὰρ νηφαλιώτεροί τε οἱ ὁδεύοντες ἔσονται τῇ φροντίδι τῆς ἀποδόσεως τοῦ λόγου, καὶ ἡμεῖς δόξομεν μήτε ἐν καιρῷ τοῦ χωρισμοῦ ἀμελεῖν αὐτῶν τῆς ζωῆς. Καὶ τοῖς ἁγίοις δὲ τοῦτο εἶναι σύνηθες ἡ ἰστορία τῶν Πράξεων παραδίδωσι, διδάσκουσα ἡμᾶς ὅπως μὲν Πέτρος τὸν λόγον τῆς τῶν ἐθνῶν κοινωνίας, ἐπανελθὼν εἰς τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα, τοῖς ἐκεῖ ἀποδίδωσιν· ὅπως δὲ Παῦλος καὶ Βαρνάβας παραγενόμενοι, καὶ συναγαγόντες τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, ἀνήγγειλαν ὅσα ὁ Θεὸς ἐποίησε μετ᾿ αὐτῶν· καὶ πάλιν, ὅτι ἐσιώπησεν ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος, καὶ ἤκουον Βαρνάβα καὶ Παύλου ἐξηγουμένων ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεός. Ἐκεῖνο μέντοι εἰδέναι χρὴ, ὅτι τὰς περιδρομὰς καὶ πραγματείας καὶ τὰ καπηλικά κέρδη παντὶ τρόπῳ φευκτέον ταῖς ἀδελφότησι.

Tisin epitrepein chrē tas apodēmias; kai pōs epaniontas autous anakrinein APOKRISIS. Tēn men apodēmian epitrepetō tǭ dynamenǭ ablabōs tę̄ heautou psychę̄ kai ōphelimōs tois syntynchanousin autēn ektelein. Hōs ean mē parę̄ ho epitēdeios, beltion en endeią tōn anankaiōn pasan thlipsin kai stenochōrian mechri kai thanatou hypenenkein, ē paramythias heneken sōmatikēs blabēn psychēs homologoumenēn periorąn. Kalon gar moi, phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, mallon apothanein, ē to kauchēma mou hina tis kenōsę̄; kai touto en tois ep᾿ exousias; posǭ oun mallon en tois kat' entolēn? Kaitoige oude touto aparamythēton ho tēs agapēs nomos aphiēsin. Ean gar symbę̄ mē pareinai mią adelphotēti ton epitēdeiōs apostellomenon, hoi synengys to leipon anaplērōsousi, koinas tas apodēmias kai achōristous allēlōn poioumenoi, hōs tous te kata psychēn astheneis, ē kai kata to sōma sathrous en tę̄ toiautę̄ koinōnią tois ischyroterois syndiasōzesthai, porrhōthen kai touto tou pepisteumenou prokathistōntos, hōs mē par' auta epi tēs chreias aporon ek tou kairou tēs stenochōrias tēn paramythian heuriskesthai. Meta de tēn epanodon anakrinetō ton apodēmon, tines hai praxeis, potapōn andrōn hai syntychiai autǭ gegonasin; hoi logoi tines, hous pros autous epoiēsato; poia ta tēs psychēs autou dianoēmata; ei pasan hēmeran kai pasan nykta tǭ phobǭ tou Theou syzōn exetelesen, ē pou paretrapę̄, kai parekinēse ti tōn dedogmenōn, ē tais exōthen peristasesin endous, ē tę̄ oikeią rhathymia pararrhyeis. Kai to men orthōs epitelesthen apodochę̄ bebaioutō; to de esphalmenon tę̄ emmelei kai epistēmo nikę̄ didaskalią diorthousthō. Houtō gar nēphaliōteroi te hoi hodeuontes esontai tę̄ phrontidi tēs apodoseōs tou logou, kai hēmeis doxomen mēte en kairǭ tou chōrismou amelein autōn tēs zōēs. Kai tois hagiois de touto einai synēthes hē istoria tōn Praxeōn paradidōsi, didaskousa hēmas hopōs men Petros ton logon tēs tōn ethnōn koinōnias, epanelthōn eis ta Hierosolyma, tois ekei apodidōsin; hopōs de Paulos kai Barnabas paragenomenoi, kai synagagontes tēn Ekklēsian, anēngeilan hosa ho Theos epoiēse met᾿ autōn; kai palin, hoti esiōpēsen hapan to plēthos, kai ēkouon Barnaba kai Paulou exēgoumenōn hosa epoiēsen ho Theos. Ekeino mentoi eidenai chrē, hoti tas peridromas kai pragmateias kai ta kapēlika kerdē panti tropǭ pheukteon tais adelphotēsi.

To whom journeys should be permitted, and how those returning should be examined.

Answer. Let the superior permit a journey to one who can carry it out without harm to his own soul and with benefit to those he meets. If no suitable person is at hand, it is better to bear every affliction and hardship in want of necessities, even to death, than for the sake of bodily relief to disregard plain harm to the soul. “For it would be better for me,” says the Apostle, “to die than that anyone should make my boast empty”; and this in matters within his own right; how much more in matters of commandment! Yet the law of love does not leave even this without relief. For if it happens that one brotherhood has no one suitable to send, those nearby will make up the lack, making their journeys in common and inseparable from one another, so that those weak in soul, or even infirm in body, may be kept safe together with the stronger in such fellowship; the one entrusted with this arranging it well in advance, so that relief may not be hard to find at the moment of need through the pressure of the time.

After his return, let the superior examine the traveller: what he did, with what kind of men he had meetings, what words he spoke to them, what thoughts his soul had; whether he spent every day and every night living with the fear of God, or turned aside somewhere and disturbed any of the things decided, either yielding to outside circumstances or slipping through his own sloth. What has been done rightly, let him confirm by approval; what has gone wrong, let him correct by careful and skilful teaching. For so those who travel will be more watchful through concern to give an account, and we shall be seen not to neglect their life even in time of separation. The history of the Acts shows that this was customary for the saints too, teaching us how Peter, on returning to Jerusalem, gave account to those there of fellowship with the Gentiles; and how Paul and Barnabas, when they arrived and had gathered the church, reported all that God had done with them; and again that all the multitude fell silent and listened to Barnabas and Paul relating all that God had done. We must know this, however: that running about, business dealings, and huckster's gains must in every way be avoided by the brotherhoods.

Chapter 45

45PG 31:1031

"Οτι χρὴ μετὰ τὸν προεστῶτα καὶ ἄλλον εἶναί τινα τὸν δυνάμενον ἐν ἀπουσίᾳ ἢ ἀσχολία ἐκείνου τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐπιμελεῖσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐπειδὴ συμβαίνει πολλάκις ἢ δι' ἀσθένειαν σώματος, ἢ ἀποδημίας ἀνάγκην, ἢ κατά τινα ἄλλην περίστασιν, χωρίζεσθαι τῆς ἀδελφότητος τὸν προεστῶτα, ἔστω τις καὶ ἕτερος μετὰ δοκιμασίας αὐτοῦ τε καὶ ἄλλων τῶν ἱκανῶν δοκιμάζειν, εἰς τοῦτο ἐξειλεγμένος, εἰς τὸ, ἀπόντος ἐκείνου, διαδέχεσθαι τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τῶν ἀδελφῶν, ὥστε καὶ τοῖς παροῦσι παρ' ἑνὸς γίνεσθαι τὰς παρακλήσεις τοῦ λόγου ἀλλὰ μὴ ἐν τῇ ἀποδημίᾳ τοῦ προεστῶτος δημοκρατικόν τι σχῆμα μεταλαμβάνειν τὴν ἀδελφότητα ἐπὶ διαλύσει τοῦ κανόνος καὶ τῆς παραδεδομένης εὐταξίας· φυλάσσεσθαι δὲ τὰ μετὰ δοκιμασίας ἐγκριθέντα εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ, καὶ τοῖς ἐπιδημοῦσι δὲ τῶν ξένων εἶναι τὸν ἀποκρινόμενον συνετῶς, ἵνα οἵ τε τὸν λόγον ἐπιζητοῦντες οἰκοδομῶνται τῆς ὑποθέσεως ἐπαξίως, καὶ τὸ κοινὸν τῆς ἀδελφότητος μὴ καταισχύνηται. Τὸ γὰρ πάντας ὁμοίως ἐπιπηδᾶν τῷ λόγῳ, θορύβου αἴτιον, καὶ ἀταξίας σημεῖον· τοῦ Ἀποστόλου μηδὲ τοὺς κατηξιωμένους τοῦ χαρίσματος τῆς διδασκαλίας πλείους ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ λαλεῖν συγχωρήσαντος, δι' ὧν φησιν· Ἐὰν δὲ ἄλλῳ ἀποκαλυφθῇ, ὁ πρῶτος σιγάτω· καὶ πάλιν τὸ ἄτοπον τῆς τοιαύτης ἀταξίας διελέγχοντος ἐν τῷ λέγειν· Ἐὰν οὖν συνέλθῃ ἡ ᾿Εκκλησία ὅλη ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ, καὶ πάντες λαλῶσι γλώσσαις, εἰσέλθωσι δὲ ἰδιῶται ἢ ἄπιστοι, οὐκ ἐροῦσιν, ὅτι μαίνεσθε Καὶ ἐὰν ὑπὸ ἀγνοίας δὲ ἄλλῳ προσαγάγῃ τὰς ἐπερωτήσεις ὁ ξένος, κἂν ἔχῃ ἀποκρίνεσθαι ἀνενδεῶς ὁ παρὰ πρόσωπον ἐπερωτηθεὶς, ὅμως τῆς εὐταξίας ἕνεκεν αὐτὸς μὲν σιωπάτω, ὑποδεικνύτω δὲ τὸν τὸ μέρος τοῦτο πεπιστευμένον, ὡς ἐποίησαν οἱ ἀπόστολοι ἐπὶ τοῦ Κυρίου, ὥστε εὔτακτον καὶ εὐσχήμονα τὴν χρῆσιν τοῦ λόγου γίνεσθαι. Εἰ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς σωμάτων θεραπείας οὔτε σιδήρῳ παντός ἐστι χρήσασθαι ἐπὶ τῶν ἀσθενούντων, ἀλλὰ τοῦ τέχνην ἀνειληφότος, καὶ χρόνῳ μακρῷ, καὶ πείρᾳ, καὶ μελέτῃ τῶν ἔργων, καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ τῶν ἐπιστημόνων· τίνα ἔχει λόγον τῇ διὰ τοῦ λόγου θεραπείᾳ τοὺς τυχόντας ἐπιπηδᾷν; Ἐν ᾧ καὶ τὸ μικρότατον παροφθὲν μεγίστην φέρει τὴν ζημίαν. Παρ' οἷς γὰρ οὐδὲ ἄρτου μετάδοσις τοῖς τυχοῦσιν ἐφίεται, ἀλλ᾽ ἑνὶ προσήκει ἡ τοιαύτη διακονία, τῷ μετὰ δοκιμασίας πεπιστευμένῳ, παρὰ τούτοις πῶς οὐχὶ πολὺ πλέον τὴν πνευματικὴν τροφὴν ἐξειλεγμένως καὶ παρατετηρημένως ὑφ᾽ ἑνὸς τῶν δυνατωτέρων προσἀγεσθαι χρὴ τοῖς αὐτοῦσιν; Ὥστε οὐ τῆς τυχούσης αὐθαδείας τὸν ἐπερωτηθέντα κρίμα Θεοῦ, ἀδεῶς οὕτω καὶ ὡς ἔτυχε κατατολμᾷν τῆς ἀποκρίσεως, ἀλλὰ μὴ ὑποδεικνύειν τὸν ἐγκεχειρισμένον τὴν τοῦ λόγου οἰκονομίαν, ὃς, διὰ τὸ πιστὸς εἶναι πάντως καὶ φρόνιμος οἰκονόμος, ἐπελέγη εἰς τὸ διαδιδόναι μὲν ἐν καιρῷ τὴν πνευματικὴν τροφὴν, οἰκονομεῖν δὲ τοὺς λόγους αὐτοῦ ἐν κρίσει, καθὼς γέγραπται. Κἂν διαφεύγῃ δὲ τι τὸν ὀφείλοντα ἀποκρίνεσθαι, καὶ ἄλλος ἐξεύρῃ, μὴ τῷ ἐλέγχῳ εὐθὺς ἐπιπηδάτω, ἀλλ᾿ ἰδίᾳ ὑποβαλλέτω τὸ παραστάν. Ἐπάρσεως γὰρ ἀφορμὴ ἐκ τούτου κατὰ τῶν προεχόντων τοῖς ὑποδεεστέροις γίνεται, ὥστε, κἂν χρησίμως ἀποκριθῇ τις, μὴ καθηκόντως δὲ, ἔνοχός ἐστι τοῖς τῆς ἀταξίας ἐπιτιμίοις.

"Oti chrē meta ton proestōta kai allon einai tina ton dynamenon en apousią ē ascholia ekeinou tōn adelphōn epimeleisthai. APOKRISIS. Epeidē symbainei pollakis ē di' astheneian sōmatos, ē apodēmias anankēn, ē kata tina allēn peristasin, chōrizesthai tēs adelphotētos ton proestōta, estō tis kai heteros meta dokimasias autou te kai allōn tōn hikanōn dokimazein, eis touto exeilegmenos, eis to, apontos ekeinou, diadechesthai tēn epimeleian tōn adelphōn, hōste kai tois parousi par' henos ginesthai tas paraklēseis tou logou alla mē en tę̄ apodēmią tou proestōtos dēmokratikon ti schēma metalambanein tēn adelphotēta epi dialysei tou kanonos kai tēs paradedomenēs eutaxias; phylassesthai de ta meta dokimasias enkrithenta eis doxan Theou, kai tois epidēmousi de tōn xenōn einai ton apokrinomenon synetōs, hina hoi te ton logon epizētountes oikodomōntai tēs hypotheseōs epaxiōs, kai to koinon tēs adelphotētos mē kataischynētai. To gar pantas homoiōs epipēdan tǭ logǭ, thorybou aition, kai ataxias sēmeion; tou Apostolou mēde tous katēxiōmenous tou charismatos tēs didaskalias pleious epi to auto lalein synchōrēsantos, di' hōn phēsin; Ean de allǭ apokalyphthę̄, ho prōtos sigatō; kai palin to atopon tēs toiautēs ataxias dielenchontos en tǭ legein; Ean oun synelthę̄ hē ᾿Ekklēsia holē epi to auto, kai pantes lalōsi glōssais, eiselthōsi de idiōtai ē apistoi, ouk erousin, hoti mainesthe Kai ean hypo agnoias de allǭ prosagagę̄ tas eperōtēseis ho xenos, kan echę̄ apokrinesthai anendeōs ho para prosōpon eperōtētheis, homōs tēs eutaxias heneken autos men siōpatō, hypodeiknytō de ton to meros touto pepisteumenon, hōs epoiēsan hoi apostoloi epi tou Kyriou, hōste eutakton kai euschēmona tēn chrēsin tou logou ginesthai. Ei gar epi tēs sōmatōn therapeias oute sidērǭ pantos esti chrēsasthai epi tōn asthenountōn, alla tou technēn aneilēphotos, kai chronǭ makrǭ, kai peirą, kai meletę̄ tōn ergōn, kai didaskalią tōn epistēmonōn; tina echei logon tę̄ dia tou logou therapeią tous tychontas epipēdąn? En hǭ kai to mikrotaton parophthen megistēn pherei tēn zēmian. Par' hois gar oude artou metadosis tois tychousin ephietai, all᾽ heni prosēkei hē toiautē diakonia, tǭ meta dokimasias pepisteumenǭ, para toutois pōs ouchi poly pleon tēn pneumatikēn trophēn exeilegmenōs kai paratetērēmenōs hyph᾽ henos tōn dynatōterōn prosagesthai chrē tois autousin? Hōste ou tēs tychousēs authadeias ton eperōtēthenta krima Theou, adeōs houtō kai hōs etyche katatolmąn tēs apokriseōs, alla mē hypodeiknyein ton enkecheirismenon tēn tou logou oikonomian, hos, dia to pistos einai pantōs kai phronimos oikonomos, epelegē eis to diadidonai men en kairǭ tēn pneumatikēn trophēn, oikonomein de tous logous autou en krisei, kathōs gegraptai. Kan diapheugę̄ de ti ton opheilonta apokrinesthai, kai allos exeurę̄, mē tǭ elenchǭ euthys epipēdatō, all᾿ idią hypoballetō to parastan. Eparseōs gar aphormē ek toutou kata tōn proechontōn tois hypodeesterois ginetai, hōste, kan chrēsimōs apokrithę̄ tis, mē kathēkontōs de, enochos esti tois tēs ataxias epitimiois.

That after the superior there must be another able to take care of the brothers in his absence or when he is occupied.

Answer. Since it often happens that the superior is separated from the brotherhood through bodily illness, or the necessity of a journey, or some other circumstance, let there be another, chosen for this after testing by him and by others able to test, to take over the care of the brothers in his absence; so that those present may receive the encouragements of the word from one person, and the brotherhood may not, in the superior's absence, take on some democratic form to the dissolving of the rule and of the good order handed down, but that what has been approved after testing may be kept to the glory of God. And there should be someone to answer guests who arrive with understanding, so that those who seek the word may be built up in a manner worthy of the subject, and the community of the brotherhood may not be put to shame. For for all alike to leap at speaking causes disturbance and is a sign of disorder; since the Apostle did not allow even those counted worthy of the gift of teaching to speak several at once, when he says, “If a revelation is made to another, let the first be silent”; and again he exposes the impropriety of such disorder when he says, “If, then, the whole church comes together and all speak in tongues, and outsiders or unbelievers enter, will they not say that you are mad?” And if the guest through ignorance directs his questions to another, even if the one questioned face to face is fully able to answer, let him nevertheless keep silent for the sake of good order and point out the one entrusted with this part, as the apostles did in the Lord's time, so that the use of speech may be orderly and seemly.

For if in the treatment of bodies it is not for everyone to use the knife on the sick, but for one who has acquired the art by long time, experience, practice of the works, and the teaching of experts, what reason is there for anyone at random to leap at the treatment that is done by the word, in which even the smallest oversight brings the greatest loss? Among those with whom not even the distribution of bread is permitted to anyone at random, but such a service belongs to one, entrusted after testing, how is it not much more necessary that spiritual food be offered to those who ask for it by one of the more capable, chosen and watched with care? So it is no ordinary self-will for one questioned about a judgment of God to venture on an answer so fearlessly and at random, instead of pointing out the one entrusted with the stewardship of the word, who, as being surely a faithful and wise steward, has been chosen to distribute the spiritual food in due season and to order his words with judgment, as it is written. And if something escapes the one who ought to answer and another discovers it, let him not leap at once to correct him, but suggest what occurred to him privately. For from this an occasion of pride against their superiors arises for the lesser; so that even if someone answers usefully, but not fittingly, he is liable to the penalties for disorder.

Chapter 46

46PG 31:1035

Περὶ τοῦ μὴ συγκρύπτειν ἁμαρτήματα ἀδελφῷ ἢ ἑαυτῷ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Πᾶν δὲ ἁμάρτημα ἀναφέρεσθαι δει τῳ προεστῶτι, ἢ παρ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἡμαρτηκότος, ἢ παρὰ τῶν συνεγνωκότων, ἐὰν αὐτοὶ θεραπεῦσαι μὴ δυνηθῶσι, κατὰ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου προστεταγμένον. Κακία γὰρ σιωπηθεῖσα νόσος ὕπουλός ἐστιν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ. Ὡς οὖν οὐκ ἂν εἴποιμεν εὐεργέτην τὸν ἐγκατακλείοντα τῷ σώματι τὰ ὀλέθρια, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον τὸν διὰ ὀδύνης καὶ ἀμύξεως εἰς τὸ φανερὸν ἕλκοντα, ὥστε ἢ διὰ ἐμέτου ἀποῤῥίψαι τὸ βλάπτον, ἢ καθόλου διὰ τῆς τοῦ πάθους φανερώσεως εὔγνωστον ὑπάρξαι τὸν τρόπον τῆς θεραπείας· οὕτω, δηλονότι, καὶ τὸ κρύπτειν ἁμαρτίαν συγκατασκευάζειν ἐστὶ τῷ νοσοῦντι τὸν θάνατον. Κέντρον γὰρ, φησὶ, τοῦ θανάτου ἡ ἁμαρτία. Κρείσσους δὲ ἔλεγχοι μετὰ παῤῥησίας κρυπτομένης φιλίας. Μήτε οὖν ἄλλος ἄλλῳ συγκρυπτέτω, ἵνα μὴ ἀδελφοκτόνος ἀντὶ φιλαδέλφου γένηται, μήτε αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ. Ὁ γὰρ μὴ ἰώμενος, φησὶν, ἑαυτὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ ἀδελφός ἐστι τοῦ λυμαινομένου ἑαυτόν.

Peri tou mē synkryptein hamartēmata adelphǭ ē heautǭ. APOKRISIS Pan de hamartēma anapheresthai dei tǭ proestōti, ē par' autou tou hēmartēkotos, ē para tōn synegnōkotōn, ean autoi therapeusai mē dynēthōsi, kata to hypo tou Kyriou prostetagmenon. Kakia gar siōpētheisa nosos hypoulos estin en tę̄ psychę̄. Hōs oun ouk an eipoimen euergetēn ton enkatakleionta tǭ sōmati ta olethria, alla mallon ton dia odynēs kai amyxeōs eis to phaneron helkonta, hōste ē dia emetou aporrhipsai to blapton, ē katholou dia tēs tou pathous phanerōseōs eugnōston hyparxai ton tropon tēs therapeias; houtō, dēlonoti, kai to kryptein hamartian synkataskeuazein esti tǭ nosounti ton thanaton. Kentron gar, phēsi, tou thanatou hē hamartia. Kreissous de elenchoi meta parrhēsias kryptomenēs philias. Mēte oun allos allǭ synkryptetō, hina mē adelphoktonos anti philadelphou genētai, mēte autos heautǭ. Ho gar mē iōmenos, phēsin, heauton en tois ergois autou adelphos esti tou lymainomenou heauton.

On not concealing the sins of a brother or of oneself.

Answer. Every sin must be reported to the superior, either by the sinner himself or by those who know of it, if they themselves cannot heal it, according to what the Lord commanded. For vice kept silent is a festering disease in the soul. Just as we would not call a benefactor the one who shuts deadly things up in the body, but rather the one who draws them out into the open through pain and lancing, so that the harmful thing may be thrown off by vomiting, or at least the manner of treatment may become clear through the disclosure of the disorder, so plainly to hide sin is to help prepare death for the sick man. “For the sting of death,” he says, “is sin.” “And open rebukes are better than hidden friendship.” Let no one, then, conceal for another, lest he become a fratricide instead of a lover of his brother; nor for himself. “For he who does not heal himself,” he says, “in his works is brother to him who destroys himself.”

Chapter 47

47PG 31:1035

Περὶ τῶν μὴ καταδεχομένων τὰ παρὰ τοῦ προεστῶτος τυπούμενα. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Τὸν δὲ μὴ καταδεχόμενον τὰ παρὰ τοῦ προεστῶτος ἐγκριθέντα χρὴ φανερῶς ἢ ἰδίᾳ αὐτῷ ἀντιλέγειν, εἴ τινα ἔχοι λόγον ἰσχυρὸν κατὰ τὸ βούλημα τῶν Γραφῶν, ἢ σιωπήσαντα τὸ προστεταγμένον ποιεῖν. Εἰ δὲ αὐτὸς αἰσχύνοιτο, ἄλλοις τισὶ μεσίταις πρὸς τοῦτο χρησάσθω, ἵνα, εἰ μὲν παρὰ τὴν Γραφὴν εἴη ἡ διαταγή, ἐξέληται καὶ αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς βλάβης· εἰ δὲ δειχθείη κατὰ λόγον τὸν προσήκοντα γενομένη, καὶ ἑαυτὸν διακρίσεως ματαίας καὶ ἐπικινδύνου ἐλευθερώσῃ. Ὁ γὰρ διακρινόμενος, φησὶν, ἐὰν φάγῃ, κατακέκριται· ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως· καὶ τοῖς ἁπλουστέροις μηδένα δυσπειθείας ὅλισθον ἐμποιήσῃ. Συμφέρει γὰρ, φησὶν ὁ Κύριος, ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔῤῥιπται εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ἢ ἵνα σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων. Ἐὰν δέ τινες ἐπιμένωσι τῇ ἀπειθείᾳ, λάθρα μὲν καταμεμφόμενοι, μὴ δημοσιεύοντες δὲ τὴν λύπην, ὡς καὶ διακρίσεως αἴτιοι τῇ ἀδελφότητι, καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὰς ἐντολὰς πληροφορίαν διασαλεύοντες, καὶ δυσπειθείας καὶ παρακοῆς διδάσκαλοι, ἐκβαλλέσθωσαν τῆς ἀδελφότητος. Ἔκβαλε γὰρ, φησί, λοιμὸν ἐκ συνεδρίου, καὶ συνεξελεύσεται αὐτῷ νεῖκος· καὶ πάλιν· Ἐξάρατε τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν. Διότι μικρὰ ζύμη ὅλον τὸ φύραμα ζυμοῖ.

Peri tōn mē katadechomenōn ta para tou proestōtos typoumena. APOKRISIS Ton de mē katadechomenon ta para tou proestōtos enkrithenta chrē phanerōs ē idią autǭ antilegein, ei tina echoi logon ischyron kata to boulēma tōn Graphōn, ē siōpēsanta to prostetagmenon poiein. Ei de autos aischynoito, allois tisi mesitais pros touto chrēsasthō, hina, ei men para tēn Graphēn eiē hē diatagē, exelētai kai autos heauton kai tous adelphous blabēs; ei de deichtheiē kata logon ton prosēkonta genomenē, kai heauton diakriseōs mataias kai epikindynou eleutherōsę̄. Ho gar diakrinomenos, phēsin, ean phagę̄, katakekritai; hoti ouk ek pisteōs; kai tois haplousterois mēdena dyspeitheias holisthon empoiēsę̄. Sympherei gar, phēsin ho Kyrios, hina kremasthę̄ mylos onikos peri ton trachēlon autou, kai errhiptai eis tēn thalassan, ē hina skandalisę̄ hena tōn mikrōn toutōn. Ean de tines epimenōsi tę̄ apeitheią, lathra men katamemphomenoi, mē dēmosieuontes de tēn lypēn, hōs kai diakriseōs aitioi tę̄ adelphotēti, kai tēn pros tas entolas plērophorian diasaleuontes, kai dyspeitheias kai parakoēs didaskaloi, ekballesthōsan tēs adelphotētos. Ekbale gar, phēsi, loimon ek synedriou, kai synexeleusetai autǭ neikos; kai palin; Exarate ton ponēron ex hymōn autōn. Dioti mikra zymē holon to phyrama zymoi.

On those who do not accept what the superior lays down.

Answer. The one who does not accept what the superior has approved should contradict him openly or privately, if he has some strong argument in accordance with the will of the Scriptures, or else keep silent and do what was commanded. If he is ashamed himself, let him use some others as mediators for this, so that, if the order is against Scripture, he may rescue both himself and the brothers from harm; but if it is shown to have been made on proper grounds, he may also free himself from vain and dangerous doubt (“For he who doubts is condemned if he eats, because it is not from faith”) and not cause the simpler to slip into disobedience. “For it would be better for him,” says the Lord, “to have a millstone hung around his neck and be thrown into the sea, than that he should cause one of these little ones to stumble.” But if some persist in disobedience, finding fault in secret without making their grievance public, as being a cause of doubt to the brotherhood, shaking its assurance toward the commandments, and teachers of disobedience and insubordination, let them be cast out of the brotherhood. “For drive out a pestilence from the council,” he says, “and strife will go out with it”; and again, “Remove the evil one from among you.” “For a little leaven leavens the whole lump.”

Chapter 48

48PG 31:1037

῞Οτι οὐ δεῖ περιεργάζεσθαι τὰς οἰκονομίας τοῦ προεστῶτος, τῷ δὲ ἰδίῳ προσέχειν ἔργῳ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦ μὴ ῥᾳδίως τινὰ τῷ τοιούτῳ πάθει τῆς διακρίσεως εἰς βλάβην ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τῶν ἑτέρων περιπίπτειν, ἐκεῖνο καθόλου παραφυλακτέον ἐν ἀδελφότητι, τὸ τὴν ἀρχὴν μηδένα τὰς τοῦ προεστῶτος οἰκονομίας περιεργάζεσθαι, μηδὲ πολυπραγμονεῖν τὰ γινόμενα ἐκτὸς τῶν ἐγγυτέρων τοῦ προεστῶτος καὶ βαθμῷ καὶ συνέσει· οὓς καὶ εἰς τὴν περὶ τῶν κοινῶν βουλήν τε καὶ σκέψιν ἀναγκαίως παραλήψεται πειθόμενος τῇ παραινέσει τοῦ εἰπόντος· Μετὰ βουλῆς πάντα ποίει. Εἰ γὰρ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν ἐπετρέψαμεν αὐτῷ τὴν οἰκονομίαν, ὡς Θεῷ τὸν λόγον δώσοντι, ἀλόγιστον παντελῶς περὶ τῶν εὐτελεστάτων ἀπιστεῖν, καὶ ὑποψιῶν ἀτόπων κατὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτόν τε πληροῦσθαι, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀφορμὴν παρέχειν. Διόπερ, ἵνα μὴ τοῦτο συμβαίνῃ, ἕκαστος ἐν ᾧ ἐκλήθη, ἐν τούτῳ μενέτω· καὶ τῇ φροντίδι τῶν αὐτῷ ἐπιβαλλόντων ὅλον ἑαυτὸν ἀποδοὺς, μηδὲν τὰς ἄλλας οἰκονομίας περιεργαζέσθω, μιμούμενος τοὺς ἁγίους μαθητὰς τοῦ Κυρίου, ἐφ᾽ ὧν, καίτοι τοῦ πράγματος τοῦ κατὰ τὴν Σαμαρεῖτιν εἰς ὑποψίαν ἀγαγεῖν δυναμένου, ὅμως Οὐδεὶς, φησὶν, εἶπε· Τί ζητεῖς, ἢ τί λαλεῖς μετ' αὐτῆς;

῾Oti ou dei periergazesthai tas oikonomias tou proestōtos, tǭ de idiǭ prosechein ergǭ. APOKRISIS. Hyper de tou mē rhądiōs tina tǭ toioutǭ pathei tēs diakriseōs eis blabēn heautou kai tōn heterōn peripiptein, ekeino katholou paraphylakteon en adelphotēti, to tēn archēn mēdena tas tou proestōtos oikonomias periergazesthai, mēde polypragmonein ta ginomena ektos tōn engyterōn tou proestōtos kai bathmǭ kai synesei; hous kai eis tēn peri tōn koinōn boulēn te kai skepsin anankaiōs paralēpsetai peithomenos tę̄ parainesei tou eipontos; Meta boulēs panta poiei. Ei gar tōn psychōn hēmōn epetrepsamen autǭ tēn oikonomian, hōs Theǭ ton logon dōsonti, alogiston pantelōs peri tōn eutelestatōn apistein, kai hypopsiōn atopōn kata tou adelphou auton te plērousthai, kai tois allois aphormēn parechein. Dioper, hina mē touto symbainę̄, hekastos en hǭ eklēthē, en toutǭ menetō; kai tę̄ phrontidi tōn autǭ epiballontōn holon heauton apodous, mēden tas allas oikonomias periergazesthō, mimoumenos tous hagious mathētas tou Kyriou, eph᾽ hōn, kaitoi tou pragmatos tou kata tēn Samareitin eis hypopsian agagein dynamenou, homōs Oudeis, phēsin, eipe; Ti zēteis, ē ti laleis met' autēs?

That one must not meddle with the superior's arrangements, but attend to one's own work.

Answer. So that no one may easily fall into such a passion of doubt, to the harm of himself and others, this must be guarded against in general in a brotherhood: that no one at all should meddle with the superior's arrangements or busy himself with what is being done, except those nearest the superior in rank and understanding, whom he will necessarily take into counsel and consideration about common affairs, obeying the exhortation of him who said, “Do everything with counsel.” For if we have entrusted to him the management of our souls, as one who will give account to God, it is wholly unreasonable to distrust him about the most trivial things, and both to be filled oneself with unfitting suspicions against the brother and to give occasion for them to others. Therefore, so that this may not happen, let each remain in that to which he was called; and having given himself wholly to the care of what falls to him, let him not meddle at all with the other arrangements, imitating the Lord's holy disciples, among whom, although the matter of the Samaritan woman could have led to suspicion, nevertheless “no one,” it says, “said, What do you seek? or, Why are you talking with her?”

Chapter 49

49PG 31:1037

Περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων ἐν τῇ ἀδελφότητι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Περὶ δὲ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων ἐν τῇ ἀδελφότητι, ὅταν ἀσύμφωνοί τινες ὦσι περί τινος πράγματος, οὐ χρὴ φιλονείκως ἀλλήλοις ἀντιτείνειν, ἀλλὰ ταμιεύεσθαι τοῖς δυνατωτέροις τὴν ἐπίκρισιν. "Ωστε δὲ μήτε τὴν τάξιν συγχεῖσθαι, πάντων ἐπερωτώντων, καὶ πάντοτε, μήτε ἀφορμὴν ἐρεσχελίας καὶ φλυαρίας ἐγγίνεσθαι, ἕνα τινὰ εἶναι χρὴ τὸν δοκιμασθέντα, δυνατῶς ἔχειν ἢ εἰς κοινὴν ἐπίσκεψιν προτιθέναι τῇ ἀδελφότητι τὰ παρά τισιν ἀμφιβαλλόμενα, ἢ τῷ προέχοντι ἀνατίθεσθαι. Ακολουθοτέρα γὰρ καὶ ἐπιστημονικωτέρα ἡ διάσκεψις οὕτω τῶν ζητουμένων γενήσεται. Εἰ γὰρ ἑκάστῳ πράγματι ἐπιστήμης καὶ ἐμπειρίας χρεία, πολλῷ πλέον ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις. Καὶ εἰ ἐργαλείων χρῆσιν οὐκ ἄν τις ἐπιτρέψειεν ἀπείροις, πολλῷ μᾶλλον χρὴ τὴν τῶν λόγων μεταχείρισιν τοῖς δυνατοῖς συγχωρεῖν· οἱ καὶ τόπον καὶ καιρὸν καὶ τρόπον τῶν ἐπερωτήσεων ἱκανοὶ ἔσόνται διαγινώσκειν, ἀφιλονείκως τε καὶ φρονίμως ἀντιθέντες, καὶ συνετῶς ἀκούοντες, ἀκριβῶς φυλάσσειν τῶν ἐπιζητηθέντων τὰς λύσεις πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ κοινοῦ.

Peri tōn amphisbētoumenōn en tę̄ adelphotēti. APOKRISIS. Peri de tōn amphisbētoumenōn en tę̄ adelphotēti, hotan asymphōnoi tines ōsi peri tinos pragmatos, ou chrē philoneikōs allēlois antiteinein, alla tamieuesthai tois dynatōterois tēn epikrisin. "Ōste de mēte tēn taxin syncheisthai, pantōn eperōtōntōn, kai pantote, mēte aphormēn ereschelias kai phlyarias enginesthai, hena tina einai chrē ton dokimasthenta, dynatōs echein ē eis koinēn episkepsin protithenai tę̄ adelphotēti ta para tisin amphiballomena, ē tǭ proechonti anatithesthai. Akolouthotera gar kai epistēmonikōtera hē diaskepsis houtō tōn zētoumenōn genēsetai. Ei gar hekastǭ pragmati epistēmēs kai empeirias chreia, pollǭ pleon en tois toioutois. Kai ei ergaleiōn chrēsin ouk an tis epitrepseien apeirois, pollǭ mallon chrē tēn tōn logōn metacheirisin tois dynatois synchōrein; hoi kai topon kai kairon kai tropon tōn eperōtēseōn hikanoi esontai diaginōskein, aphiloneikōs te kai phronimōs antithentes, kai synetōs akouontes, akribōs phylassein tōn epizētēthentōn tas lyseis pros oikodomēn tou koinou.

On disputed matters in the brotherhood.

Answer. About disputed matters in the brotherhood, when some disagree about something, they should not contend against one another contentiously, but reserve the decision for those more capable. So that order may not be confused, with everyone asking questions at all times, and no occasion for wrangling and idle talk may arise, there must be one person, tested and capable, either to put before the brotherhood for common examination what some are in doubt about, or to refer it to the one in charge. For in this way the consideration of what is sought will be more orderly and more skilful. For if every matter needs knowledge and experience, much more do such matters. And if one would not entrust the use of tools to the inexperienced, much more should the handling of words be left to the capable, who will be able to discern the place, time, and manner of questions, setting out objections without contentiousness and with prudence, listening with understanding, and carefully keeping the solutions of what was asked for the building up of the community.

Chapter 50

50PG 31:1039

Πῶς χρὴ ἐπιτιμᾶν τὸν προεστῶτα. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἐπιτιμήσεις μὴ ἐμπαθῶς τοῖς ἡμαρτηκόσιν ὁ προεστὼς προσαγέτω. Τὸ γὰρ μετὰ θυμοῦ καὶ ὀργῆς ἐλέγχειν τὸν ἀδελφὸν οὐχὶ ἐκεῖνὸν ἐστιν ἁμαρτίας ἐλευθερῶσαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἑαυτὸν περιβαλεῖν πλημμελήμασι. Διόπερ φησίν· Ἐν πραότητι παιδεύοντα τοὺς ἀντιδιατιθεμένους· μηδὲ ἐν οἷς μὲν ἂν αὐτὸς παροφθῇ, σφοδρὸν εἶναι, ἐν οἷς δὲ ἂν ἄλλον καταφρονούμενον ἴδῃ, τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἡμαρτηκότα χρηστότητα ἐπιδείκνυσθαι· ἀλλὰ καὶ μᾶλλον δυσχεραίνειν ἐπὶ τῷ κακῷ τότε. Οὕτω γὰρ τῆς τε φιλαυτίας τὴν ὑποψίαν ἐκφεύξεται, καὶ ἀπόδειξιν δώσει τοῦ μὴ τὸν ἡμαρτηκότα μισεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀποστρέφεσθαι, τῇ διαφορᾷ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον. Διαφορὰν δὲ ἀγανακτήσεως ποιούμενος, μὴ τὴν εἰρημένην, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐναντίαν, φανερός ἐστιν ὅτι οὔτε διὰ τὸν Θεὸν οὔτε διὰ τὸν κίνδυνον τοῦ ἡμαρτηκότος, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φιλοδοξίαν ἢ φιλαρχίαν ἀγανακτεῖ. Χρὴ γὰρ, ζῆλον μὲν ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ δόξης ἀτιμαζομένου ἐν τῇ τῆς ἐντολῆς παραβάσει ἐπιδεικνύμενον, εὐσπλαγχνίαν δὲ φιλαδελφίας ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σωτηρίας ἔχοντα κινδυνεύοντος ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ (ὅτι Ἡ ψυχὴ ἡ ἁμαρτάνουσα, αὐτὴ ἀποθανεῖται), ἐπὶ παντὸς ἁμαρτήματος ὡς κατὰ ἁμαρτήματος κινεῖσθαι, καὶ τῇ σφοδρότητι τῆς ἐκδικήσεως δεικνύειν τὸ διάπυρον τῆς διαθέσεως

Pōs chrē epitiman ton proestōta. APOKRISIS. Alla kai tas epitimēseis mē empathōs tois hēmartēkosin ho proestōs prosagetō. To gar meta thymou kai orgēs elenchein ton adelphon ouchi ekeinon estin hamartias eleutherōsai, all᾽ heauton peribalein plēmmelēmasi. Dioper phēsin; En praotēti paideuonta tous antidiatithemenous; mēde en hois men an autos parophthę̄, sphodron einai, en hois de an allon kataphronoumenon idę̄, tēn pros ton hēmartēkota chrēstotēta epideiknysthai; alla kai mallon dyscherainein epi tǭ kakǭ tote. Houtō gar tēs te philautias tēn hypopsian ekpheuxetai, kai apodeixin dōsei tou mē ton hēmartēkota misein, alla tēn hamartian apostrephesthai, tę̄ diaphorą tę̄ heautou pros ton heteron. Diaphoran de aganaktēseōs poioumenos, mē tēn eirēmenēn, alla tēn enantian, phaneros estin hoti oute dia ton Theon oute dia ton kindynon tou hēmartēkotos, alla dia tēn heautou philodoxian ē philarchian aganaktei. Chrē gar, zēlon men hyper tēs tou Theou doxēs atimazomenou en tę̄ tēs entolēs parabasei epideiknymenon, eusplanchnian de philadelphias hyper tēs tou adelphou sōtērias echonta kindyneuontos en tę̄ hamartią (hoti Hē psychē hē hamartanousa, autē apothaneitai), epi pantos hamartēmatos hōs kata hamartēmatos kineisthai, kai tę̄ sphodrotēti tēs ekdikēseōs deiknyein to diapyron tēs diatheseōs

How the superior should rebuke.

Answer. Let the superior apply rebukes to those who have sinned without passion. For to reprove a brother with wrath and anger is not to free him from sin, but to involve oneself in faults. Therefore he says, “correcting opponents with meekness.” Nor should he be severe in matters where he himself is slighted, and show kindness toward the sinner in matters where he sees another despised; rather he should then be all the more indignant at the evil. For so he will escape the suspicion of self-love and give proof, by the difference between his treatment of himself and of the other, that he does not hate the sinner but turns away from the sin. But if he makes the difference in his indignation not as described but the opposite, it is plain that he is indignant neither for God's sake nor for the danger of the one who has sinned, but for his own love of glory or love of rule. For he must show zeal for the glory of God, which is dishonoured by the transgression of the commandment, and have the compassion of brotherly love for the salvation of the brother endangered by sin (since “the soul that sins shall die”); and at every sin he must be moved as against sin, and show the ardour of his disposition by the vehemence of his punishment.

Chapter 51

51PG 31:1039

Ποίῳ τρόπῳ δεῖ διορθοῦσθαι τὸ πλημμέλημα τοῦ ἡμαρτηκότος. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Καὶ τὰς διορθώσεις δὲ κατὰ τὸν τῆς ἰατρείας λόγον προσαγέτω τοῖς ἐμπαθέσι, μὴ ὀργιζόμενος τοῖς ἀργολογίαν τῇ σιωπῇ· ὕπνον ἅμετρον διὰ τῆς ἐν προσευχαῖς ἀγρυπνίας· ἀργίαν σώματος διὰ τῶν κόπων· βρῶσιν ἀπρεπῆ διὰ τῆς ἀσιτίας· γογγυσμὸν διὰ τοῦ ἀφορισμοῦ, ὥστε μήτε συνεργάζεσθαι αὐτῷ τινα τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἑλέσθαι, μήτε τὸ παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἔργον ἀναμιγνύναι τοῖς ἄλλων, καθὰ προείρηται, πλὴν εἰ μὴ ἄρα διὰ τῆς ἀνεπαισχύντου μετανοίας ἀπαλλαγεὶς τοῦ πάθους φανείη. Καὶ τότε τὴν ἐν τῷ γογγυσμῷ γενομένην ἐργασίαν προσδέχεσθαι· μηδὲ οὕτως εἰς ὑπηρεσίαν τῆς τῶν ἀδελφῶν χρήσεως, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς ἑτέραν χρείαν οἰκονομοῦντας. Καὶ τούτων ὁ λόγος ἀρκούντως προαποδέδεικται.

Poiǭ tropǭ dei diorthousthai to plēmmelēma tou hēmartēkotos. APOKRISIS. Kai tas diorthōseis de kata ton tēs iatreias logon prosagetō tois empathesi, mē orgizomenos tois argologian tę̄ siōpę̄; hypnon hametron dia tēs en proseuchais agrypnias; argian sōmatos dia tōn kopōn; brōsin aprepē dia tēs asitias; gongysmon dia tou aphorismou, hōste mēte synergazesthai autǭ tina tōn adelphōn helesthai, mēte to par᾿ autou ergon anamignynai tois allōn, katha proeirētai, plēn ei mē ara dia tēs anepaischyntou metanoias apallageis tou pathous phaneiē. Kai tote tēn en tǭ gongysmǭ genomenēn ergasian prosdechesthai; mēde houtōs eis hypēresian tēs tōn adelphōn chrēseōs, all᾽ eis heteran chreian oikonomountas. Kai toutōn ho logos arkountōs proapodedeiktai.

In what way the fault of one who has sinned should be corrected.

Answer. Let the superior apply corrections to those subject to passions according to the principle of medicine, not being angry with those who … idle talk by silence; immoderate sleep by watching in prayer; bodily idleness by labours; unbecoming eating by fasting; grumbling by separation, so that none of the brothers will choose to work with him, nor will his work be mixed with that of the others, as has been said before, unless by repentance without shame he is seen to have been freed from the passion. And then the work done in grumbling may be accepted, yet not even then for the use of the brothers, but disposed of for some other need. The reason for these things has been sufficiently shown before.

Chapter 52

52PG 31:1041

Μετὰ ποίας διαθέσεως καταδέχεσθαι δεῖ τὰ ἐπιτίμια. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Ὥσπερ δὲ τὸν προεστῶτα εἴπομεν χρῆναι ἀπαθῶς προσάγειν τὰς θεραπείας τοῖς ἀσθενοῦσιν, οὕτω πάλιν χρὴ τοὺς θεραπευομένους μὴ πρὸς ἔχθραν δέχεσθαι τὰ ἐπιτίμια, μηδὲ τυραννίδα νομίζειν τὴν ἀπὸ εὐσπλαγχνίας ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ψυχῆς προσαγομένην αὐτῷ ἐπιμέλειαν. Αἰσχρὸν γὰρ τοὺς μὲν τὰ σώματα νοσοῦντας τοσοῦτον τοῖς ἰατροῖς καταπιστεύειν, ὥστε, κἂν τέμνωσι, κἂν καίωσι, καὶ πικροῖς τοῖς φαρμάκοις ἀνιῶσιν, εὐεργέτας λογίζεσθαι· ἡμᾶς δὲ πρὸς τοὺς τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν θεραπευτάς, ὅταν δι᾽ ἐπιπόνου ἀγωγῆς τὴν σωτηρίαν ἡμῖν κατεργάζωνται, μὴ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχειν διάθεσιν, τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου λέγοντος· Καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ εὐφραίνων με εἰ μὴ ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ; καὶ πάλιν· Ἰδοὺ γὰρ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ κατὰ Θεὸν λυπηθῆναι ὑμᾶς πόσην κατειργάσατο ἐν ὑμῖν σπουδήν. Ὥστε, πρὸς τὸ τέλος ἀποβλέποντα, εὐεργέτην προσήκει κρίνειν τὸν τὴν κατὰ Θεὸν λύπην ἡμῖν ἐμποιοῦντα.

Meta poias diatheseōs katadechesthai dei ta epitimia. APOKRISIS Hōsper de ton proestōta eipomen chrēnai apathōs prosagein tas therapeias tois asthenousin, houtō palin chrē tous therapeuomenous mē pros echthran dechesthai ta epitimia, mēde tyrannida nomizein tēn apo eusplanchnias epi sōtērią tēs psychēs prosagomenēn autǭ epimeleian. Aischron gar tous men ta sōmata nosountas tosouton tois iatrois katapisteuein, hōste, kan temnōsi, kan kaiōsi, kai pikrois tois pharmakois aniōsin, euergetas logizesthai; hēmas de pros tous tōn psychōn hēmōn therapeutas, hotan di᾽ epiponou agōgēs tēn sōtērian hēmin katergazōntai, mē tēn autēn echein diathesin, tou ᾿Apostolou legontos; Kai tis estin ho euphrainōn me ei mē ho lypoumenos ex emou? kai palin; Idou gar auto touto to kata Theon lypēthēnai hymas posēn kateirgasato en hymin spoudēn. Hōste, pros to telos apobleponta, euergetēn prosēkei krinein ton tēn kata Theon lypēn hēmin empoiounta.

With what disposition penalties should be accepted.

Answer. Just as we said that the superior must apply treatments to the sick without passion, so in turn those being treated must not receive penalties in enmity, nor consider as tyranny the care offered them out of compassion for the salvation of the soul. For it is shameful that those sick in body should trust physicians so much that, even if they cut or burn or pain them with bitter medicines, they consider them benefactors, while we do not have the same disposition toward the physicians of our souls when they work our salvation by a painful regimen; since the Apostle says, “And who is there to make me glad but the one whom I have grieved?” and again, “For see what earnestness this very thing, your being grieved according to God, has produced in you.” So, looking to the end, we should judge as our benefactor the one who causes us godly grief.

Chapter 53

53PG 31:1041

Πῶς οἱ τῶν τεχνῶν διδάσκαλοι διορθώσονται τοὺς παῖδας πταίοντας. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. τῶν ἐκδιδασκόντων τὰς τέχνας τοὺς καταγνωσθέντας τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ προεστῶτος ἐλέγχεσθαι, ὥστε αὐτὸν ὁρίζειν τὸ πρέπον ἑκάστῳ ἁμαρτήματι ἐπιτίται τὸν ἐπὶ τῶν πλειόνων ἔλεγχον αἰσχυνόμενος, καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἀσφαλέστεροι πρὸς τὸ μὴ περιπίπτειν τοῖς ὁμοίοις, καὶ ἡ κατάλληλος θεραπεία παρὰ τοῦ ἐμπειροτέρου μᾶλλον προσαχθῆναι δυνήσεται. Α μία περὶ τὰ ἔργα, ἢ ἀργολογία, ἢ ψεῦδος, ἢ ἄλλο τι τῶν τοιούτων ἀπειρημένων τοῖς εὐσεβέσιν, ἐπὶ τὸν ἔφορον τῆς κοινῆς εὐταξίας ἄγοντας δεῖ ἐλέγχειν, ὥστε παρ' αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ μέτρον καὶ τὸν τρόπον τῆς ἰάσεως τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἐπινοεῖσθαι. Εἰ γὰρ ἰατρεία ψυχῆς ἐστιν ἡ ἐπιτίμησις, οὐ παντός ἐστιν ἐπιτιμᾶν, ὡς οὐδὲ τὸ ἰατρεύειν, πλὴν ἐὰν μὴ τινι αὐτὸς ὁ προεστὼς ἐπιτρέψῃ μετὰ δοκιμασίας πλείονος.

Pōs hoi tōn technōn didaskaloi diorthōsontai tous paidas ptaiontas. APOKRISIS. tōn ekdidaskontōn tas technas tous katagnōsthentas tōn adelphōn epi tou proestōtos elenchesthai, hōste auton horizein to prepon hekastǭ hamartēmati epititai ton epi tōn pleionōn elenchon aischynomenos, kai hoi loipoi asphalesteroi pros to mē peripiptein tois homoiois, kai hē katallēlos therapeia para tou empeiroterou mallon prosachthēnai dynēsetai. A mia peri ta erga, ē argologia, ē pseudos, ē allo ti tōn toioutōn apeirēmenōn tois eusebesin, epi ton ephoron tēs koinēs eutaxias agontas dei elenchein, hōste par' autou kai to metron kai ton tropon tēs iaseōs tōn hamartēmatōn epinoeisthai. Ei gar iatreia psychēs estin hē epitimēsis, ou pantos estin epitiman, hōs oude to iatreuein, plēn ean mē tini autos ho proestōs epitrepsę̄ meta dokimasias pleionos.

How the teachers of crafts should correct the boys when they err.

Answer. … [Those] of the brothers who are found at fault by those teaching the crafts [should be brought] before the superior to be reproved, so that he may determine the penalty fitting each sin; … [for so the offender will be corrected,] being ashamed of being reproved before many, the rest will be safer from falling into the like, and fitting treatment can be applied rather by the more experienced. [Sloth] in work, or idle talk, or a lie, or anything else of the kind forbidden to the godly, they must bring before the overseer of the common good order and reprove there, so that the measure and manner of healing the sins may be devised by him. For if rebuke is the healing of the soul, it is not for everyone to rebuke, as it is not for everyone to heal, unless the superior himself entrusts it to someone after much testing.

Chapter 54

54PG 31:1043

Περὶ τοῦ δεῖν τοὺς προεστῶτας τῆς ἀδελφότητος ἀλλήλοις τὰ καθ' ἑαυτοὺς ἀνατίθεσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἀγαθὸν δὲ ποτε καὶ συνέδριον κατά τινας ὡρισμένους καιροὺς καὶ τόπους τῶν ἐπιτεταγμένων ταῖς ἀδελφότησι γίνεσθαι· καθ' οὓς τὰ τε παρὰ λόγον ἀπαντήσαντα πράγματα, καὶ τῶν ἠθῶν τὰ δυσμεταχείριστα, καὶ ὅπως διέθηκαν ἕκαστον, ἀναθήσονται ἀλλήλοις, ὥστε καὶ τὸ ἐσφαλμένως ποτὲ γενόμενόν τινι τῇ κρίσει τῶν πολλῶν ἀξιοπίστως ἀποκαλυφθῆναι, καὶ τὸ κατορθωθὲν τῇ μαρτυρίᾳ τῶν πλειόνων βεβαιωθῆναι

Peri tou dein tous proestōtas tēs adelphotētos allēlois ta kath' heautous anatithesthai. APOKRISIS. Agathon de pote kai synedrion kata tinas hōrismenous kairous kai topous tōn epitetagmenōn tais adelphotēsi ginesthai; kath' hous ta te para logon apantēsanta pragmata, kai tōn ēthōn ta dysmetacheirista, kai hopōs diethēkan hekaston, anathēsontai allēlois, hōste kai to esphalmenōs pote genomenon tini tę̄ krisei tōn pollōn axiopistōs apokalyphthēnai, kai to katorthōthen tę̄ martyrią tōn pleionōn bebaiōthēnai

That the superiors of the brotherhoods should refer their affairs to one another.

Answer. It is good also for a meeting of those set over the brotherhoods to take place at certain appointed times and places, at which they may lay before one another the matters that have turned out unexpectedly, the characters that are hard to handle, and how they dealt with each; so that whatever has sometimes been done wrongly by someone may be reliably brought to light by the judgment of many, and what has been done rightly may be confirmed by the witness of the many.

Chapter 55

55PG 31:1043

Εἰ τοῖς ἐκ τῆς ἰατρικῆς κεχρῆσθαι κατὰ σκοπόν ἐστι τῆς εὐσεβείας ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ωσπερ ἑκάστη τῶν τεχνῶν βοήθεια ἡμῖν πρὸς τὸ τῆς φύσεως ἀσθενὲς ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ κεχάρισται, οἷον γεωργία μὲν, ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐξαρκεῖ τὰ αὐτομάτως ἐκ τῆς γῆς φυόμενα πρὸς τὴν τῶν χρειῶν παραμυθίαν· ὑφαντικὴ δὲ, ἐπειδὴ ἀναγκαία ἡ τῶν σκεπασμάτων χρεία πρός τε τὸ εὔσχημον καὶ τὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀέρος βλάβας, καὶ οἰκοδομικὴ ὁμοίως· οὕτω καὶ ἰατρική. Ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἐμπαθὲς ἡμῶν σῶμα ποικίλαις βλάβαις, ταῖς τε ἔξωθεν προσπιπτούσαις καὶ ταῖς ἔνδοθεν ἀπὸ τροφῶν συνισταμέναις, ὑπόκειται, καὶ πλεονασμοῖς καὶ ἐλλείψεσι καταπονεῖται, ἡ ἰατρικὴ τέχνη εἰς τύπον τῆς κατὰ ψυχὴν θεραπείας τὴν ἀπόθεσιν τοῦ περισσοῦ, καὶ τὴν τοῦ λείποντος πρόσθεσιν ὑποτιθεμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ πᾶσαν ἡμῖν τὴν ζωὴν οἰκονομοῦντος Θεοῦ συγκεχώρηται. "Ωσπερ γὰρ, εἰ ἦμεν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ τῆς τρυφῆς, οὐδὲν ἂν ἐπινοίας καὶ μόχθου γεωργικοῦ ἐπεδεήθημεν· οὕτω καὶ εἰ ἐν ἀπαθείᾳ ἡμεν κατὰ τὸ πρὸ τοῦ παραπτώματος ἐν τῇ δημιουργίᾳ χάρισμα, οὐδενὸς ἂν τῶν ἐξ ἰατρικῆς πρὸς παραμυθίαν ἐχρήζομεν. Ἀλλ᾿ ὥσπερ μετὰ τὸ ἐξορισθῆναι εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦτον, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι τὸ, Ἐν ἱδρῶτι τοῦ προσώπου σου φαγῇ τὸν ἄρτον σου, τότε τῇ μακρᾷ πείρᾳ καὶ τῇ περὶ τὴν γῆν ταλαιπωρίᾳ τῆς γεωργίας τὴν τέχνην συνεστησάμεθα εις παραμυθίαν τῶν ἐκ τῆς κατάρας λυπηρῶν, τὴν σύνεσιν ἡμῖν καὶ κατάληψιν τῆς τέχνης ταύτης τοῦ Θεοῦ χαρισαμένου· οὕτω καὶ ἐπειδὴ ἐκελεύσθημεν εἰς τὴν γῆν πάλιν ἀποστραφῆναι, ἀφ' ἧς ἐλήφθημεν, καὶ ὀδυνηρᾷ σαρκὶ συνεζεύχθημεν εἰς φθορὰν καταδεδικασμένῃ διὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τοῖς πάθεσι τούτοις ὑποβληθείση, παρεσχέθη ἡμῖν καὶ ἡ ἐκ τῆς ἰατρικῆς προσαγομένη τοῖς κάμνουσι, κατὰ τὸ ποσὸν γοῦν, ἐπικουρία. Οὔτε γὰρ αὐτομάτως ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐβλάστησαν αἱ βοτάναι, αἱ πρὸς ἕκαστον τῶν παθῶν οἰκείως έχουσαι· ἀλλὰ, δηλονότι, τῷ βουλήματι τοῦ δημιουργοῦ πρὸς τὸν τῆς ἡμετέρας ὠφελείας σκοπὸν ἐξηνέχθησαν. Ἡ μὲν οὖν ἐν ταῖς ῥίζαις, καὶ τοῖς ἄνθεσιν, ἢ φύλλοις, ἢ καρποῖς, ἢ ὁποῖς φύσις, ἢ ὅσα ἀπὸ μετάλλων, ἢ ὅσα ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης πρὸς τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς ὠφέλειαν οἰκείως ἔχειν ἐξεύρηται, ὅμοιά ἐστι τῆς τῶν ἐσθιομένων καὶ πινομένων εὑρέσεως τὸ δὲ περινενοημένον καὶ περίεργον, καὶ ἀσχολίαν πολλὴν ἐμποιοῦν, καὶ οἱονεὶ πᾶσαν ἡμῶν τὴν ζωὴν εἰς τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς ἐπιμέλειαν περιστρέφον, παραιτητέον Χριστιανοῖς· καὶ σπουδαστέον οὕτω κεχρῆσθαι τῇ τέχνῃ, εἴποτε δέοι, ὡς μὴ ἐν αὐτῇ τὴν πᾶσαν αἰτίαν τοῦ ὑγιαίνειν ἢ νοσεῖν τίθεσθαι, ἀλλ' ὡς εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ καὶ τύπον τῆς τῶν ψυχῶν ἐπιμελείας τὴν χρῆσιν τῶν ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς παραλαμβάνειν. Ἐν έρημίᾳ δὲ τῶν ἐξ ἰατρικῆς βοηθημάτων μὴ πᾶσαν ἔχειν τὴν ἐλπίδα πρὸς τὴν τῶν λυπηρῶν παραμυθίαν ἐν τῇ τέχνῃ ταύτῃ, ἀλλ᾽ εἰδέναι, ὅτι ἢ οὐκ ἐάσει ἡμᾶς πειρασθῆναι ὑπὲρ ὁ δυνάμεθα ὑπενεγκεῖν, ἢ ὥσπερ τότε ὁ Κύριος, ποτὲ μὲν πηλὸν ποιῶν, ἐπέχριε, καὶ νίψασθαι προσέτασσεν εἰς τὸν Σιλωάμ, ποτὲ δὲ ἠρκεῖτο τῷ βουλήματι μόνῳ, λέγων, Θέλω, καθαρίσθητι· τινὰς δὲ καὶ ἐναθλεῖν τοῖς ἐπιπόνοις ἀφῆκε, δοκιμωτέρους αὐτοὺς διὰ τῆς πείρας παρασκευάζων· οὕτω καὶ ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν, ὁτὲ μὲν ἀοράτως ἐκ τοῦ ἀφανοῦς ἐφαπτόμενος, ὅταν τοῦτο συμφέρον ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡμῶν καταμάθῃ, ὅτὲ δὲ καὶ ὑλικαῖς κεχρῆσθαι βοηθείαις ἐπὶ τῶν παθῶν ἡμῶν εὐδοκεῖ, τῇ παρατάσει τῆς θεραπείας ἔμμονον τὴν μνήμην τῆς χάριτος ἐμποιῶν, ἢ καὶ τύπον τινὰ πρὸς τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν, ὡς εἶπον, τῆς ψυχῆς παρεχόμενος. Ὡς γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς σαρκὸς ἢ τε τοῦ ἀλλοτρίου ἀπόθεσις ἀναγκαία, καὶ ἡ πρόσθεσις τοῦ ἐνδέοντος· οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμῶν ἀποικονομεῖσθαι μὲν τὸ ἀλλότριον, προσλαμβάνειν δὲ τὸ κατὰ φύσιν προσῆκον. Ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἐποίησε τὸν ἄνθρωπον εὐθῆ· καὶ ἔκτισεν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς, ἵνα ἐν αὐτοῖς περιπατήσωμεν. Καὶ ὥσπερ ἐκεῖ τομῶν, καὶ καύσεων, καὶ πικρῶν φαρμάκων μεταλήψεως ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ σώματος θεραπείας ἀνεχόμεθα· οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὰ τμητικὰ τοῦ ἐλεγκτικοῦ λόγου, καὶ τὰ πικρὰ τῶν ἐπιτιμήσεων φάρμακα ὑπὲρ τῆς κατὰ ψυχὴν θεραπείας καταδέχεσθαι χρή. Ὅπερ τοῖς μὴ παιδευθεῖσιν ὁ προφητικὸς λόγος ἐπονειδίζων φησί Μὴ ῥητίνη οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν Γαλαάδ; ἢ ἰατρὸς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκεῖ; Διὰ τί οὐκ ἀνέβη ἴασις θυγατρὸς λαοῦ μου; Καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ τῶν χρονίων δὲ παθῶν διὰ μακροῦ χρόνου καὶ διὰ βοηθημάτων ἀλγεινῶν τε ὁμοῦ καὶ ποικίλων τὴν ἴασιν ἀναμένειν, ἔνδειγμά ἐστι τοῦ καὶ τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς ἁμαρτήματα διὰ φιλοπόνου δεήσεως καὶ πολυχρονίου μετανοίας καὶ ἀγωγῆς ἐπιπόνου, ἣν ἂν ὁ λόγος ἡμῖν αὐτάρκη πρὸς ἴασιν ὑποβάλῃ, ὀφείλειν ἡμᾶς ἐπανορθοῦσθαι. Οὐ τοίνυν, ἐπειδή τινες οὐ καλῶς χρῶνται τῇ τέχνῃ τῇ ἰατρικῇ, φευκτέον ἡμῖν πᾶσαν τὴν ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς ὠφέλειαν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ, ἐπειδὴ μαγειρικῇ πρὸς τρυφῆς ἐπίνοιαν οἱ περὶ τὰς ἡδονὰς ἀκόλαστοι κέχρηνται, ἢ τῇ ἀρτοποιίᾳ, ἢ τῇ ὑφαντικῇ, ὑπερβαίνοντες τὸν ὅρον τῶν ἀναγκαίων, ἤδη ἡμᾶς πάσας ὁμοῦ χρὴ παραιτεῖσθαι τὰς τέχνας τὸ ἐναντίον μὲν οὖν, ἐκ τῆς ὀρθῆς αὐτῶν χρήσεως τὸ ὑπ᾿ ἐκείνων παραφθειρόμενον διελέγχειν. Οὕτω δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἰατρικῆς τὴν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ χάριν πονηρᾷ διαβάλλειν χρήσει οὐκ εὔλογον. Τὸ τε γὰρ ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ τῶν ἰατρῶν τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχειν τῆς ἑαυτῶν ὑγείας κτηνῶδες· ὅπερ πάσχοντάς τινας τῶν ἀθλίων ὁρῶμεν, οἳ καὶ σωτῆρας αὐτοὺς ὀνομάζειν οὐ παραιτοῦνται τὸ τε πάντη τὰς ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς ὠφελείας ἀποφεύγειν φιλόνεικον. ᾿Αλλ' ὥσπερ ὁ Ἐζεκίας τὴν παλάθην τῶν σύκων οὐχὶ πρῶτον αἴτιον ὑγείας ἡγεῖτο, οὐδὲ τούτῳ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς ἰάσεως τοῦ σώματος ἐλογίζετο, προσετίθει δὲ τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τῇ κτίσει τῶν σύκων εὐχαριστίαν· οὕτω καὶ ἡμεῖς, παρὰ τοῦ ἀγαθῶς καὶ φρονίμως οἰκονομοῦντος τὴν ζωὴν ἡμῶν Θεοῦ δεχόμενοι τὰς πληγὰς, παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ πρῶτον μὲν αἰτοῦμεν τὴν γνῶσιν τοῦ λόγου καθ᾿ ὄν ἐπάγει τὰς μάστιγας, ἔπειτα δὲ τὴν τε ἀπαλλαγὴν τῶν ὀδυνηρῶν καὶ τὴν ὑπομονὴν, πρὸς τὸ σὺν τῷ πειρασμῷ παρασχεῖν καὶ τὴν ἔκβασιν, τοῦ δύνασθαι ἡμᾶς ὑπενεγκεῖν. Δοθεῖσαν δὲ ἡμῖν τῆς ἰάσεως τὴν χάριν, ἢ διὰ τοῦ οἰνελαίου, ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος εἰς τοὺς λῃστὰς, ἢ διὰ τῶν σύκων, ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἐζεκίου, εὐχαρίστως ὑποδεχόμεθα. Καὶ οὐδὲν διοισόμεθα, εἴτε ἐκ τοῦ ἀφανοῦς γένοιτο ἡμῖν ἡ ἐπιμέλεια τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἴτε καὶ διά τινος τῶν σωματικῶν· ἃ πολλάκις ἐνεργέστερον ἡμᾶς ἄγει εἰς συναίσθησιν τῆς παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου χά ριτος. Πολλάκις δὲ καὶ πρὸς παιδείαν περιπεσόντες ταῖς νόσοις, μέρος τῆς παιδεύσεως καὶ τὴν διὰ τῶν ἐπιπόνων θεραπείαν ὑποστῆναι κατεδικάσθημεν. Οὔτε οὖν τομὰς, οὔτε καύσεις, οὔτε διὰ τῶν δριμέων καὶ ἐπιπόνων φαρμάκων ἀλγήματα, οὔτε ἀσιτίας, οὔτε διαίτης ἀκριβῆ μέτρα, οὔτε ἀποχὴν τῶν φθειρόντων παραιτεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς ὁ ὀρθὸς λόγος ὑπαγορεύει· σωζομένου (πάλιν λέγω) τοῦ σκοποῦ τῆς κατὰ ψυχὴν ὠφελείας, ὡς ἐν ὑποδείγματος λόγῳ τὴν ἑαυτῆς ἐπιμέλειαν παιδευομένης. Κίνδυνος δὲ οὐχ ὁ τυχὼν εἰς μετεωρισμὸν τὴν διάνοιαν ἐκπεσεῖν, ὡς παντὸς πάθους τῶν ἐξ ἰατρικῆς βοηθημάτων προσδεομένου. Οὐ γὰρ πάντα φύσεώς εἰσιν ἀῤῥωστήματα, οὐδὲ ἐκ πλημμελοῦς διαίτης ἡμῖν, ἢ τινων ἄλλων σωματικῶν ἀρχῶν προσγινόμενα, πρὸς ἅπερ ἐνίοτε ὁρῶμεν τὴν ἰατρικὴν χρησιμεύουσαν. Πολλάκις γὰρ καὶ μάστιγες ἁμαρτημάτων εἰσὶ τὰ ἀῤῥωστήματα, εἰς ἐπιστροφὴν προσαγόμενα. "Ὃν γὰρ, φησὶν, ἀγαπᾷ Κύριος, παιδεύει· καὶ, Διὰ τοῦτο ἐν ὑμῖν πολλοὶ ἀσθενεῖς καὶ ἄῤῥωστοι, καὶ κοιμῶνται ἱκανοί. Εἰ γὰρ ἑαυτοὺς διεκρίνομεν, οὐκ ἂν ἐκρινόμεθα. Κρινόμενοι δὲ ὑπὸ Κυρίου, παιδευόμεθα, ἵνα μὴ σὺν τῷ κόσμῳ κατακριθώμεν. Τοὺς οὖν τοιούτους ἡσυχάζοντας, καὶ ἀφεμένους τῶν ἰατρικῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων, ὑπομένειν χρὴ τὰ ἐπαγόμενα, ὅταν γνωρίσωμεν ἑαυτῶν τὰ πλημμελήματα, κατὰ τὸν εἰπόντα· Ὀργὴν Κυρίου ὑποίσω, ὅτι ἥμαρτον αὐτῷ· καὶ τὴν διόρθωσιν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι, διὰ τοῦ ποιεῖν καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας, καὶ μεμνῆσθαι τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Ἴδε, ὑγιὴς γέγονας· μηκέτι ἁμάρτανε, ἵνα μὴ χεῖρὸν τί σοι γένηται. Γίνεται δέ ποτε καὶ κατὰ ἐξαίτησιν τοῦ πονηροῦ, ὥσπερ ἀγωνιστὴν μέγαν, συγκαθιέντος αὐτῷ εἰς τὸν ἀγῶνα τοῦ φιλανθρώπου Δεσπότου, καὶ τὴν μεγαλαυχίαν αὐτοῦ διὰ τῆς εἰς ἄκρον ὑπομονῆς τῶν δούλων ἑαυτοῦ καθαιροῦντος· ὅπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰὼβ γενόμενον μεμαθήκαμεν. Ἢ καὶ εἰς ὑπόδειγμα τοῖς ἀφερεπόνοις παράγονται ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ οἱ δυνάμενοι μέχρι θανάτου ἐγκαρτερῆσαι τοῖς ἀλγεινοῖς· ὡς ὁ Λάζαρος, ὃς, τοιούτοις ἕλκεσι συνεχόμενος, οὐδαμοῦ γέγραπται οὔτε αἰτήσας τι τὸν πλούσιον, οὔτε δυσαρεστηθεὶς τοῖς παροῦσι· διὸ καὶ ἔτυχε τῆς ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ἀναπαύσεως, ὡς ἀπολαβὼν τὰ κακὰ ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ. Εὔρομεν δὲ καὶ ἄλλην αἰτίαν ἀῤῥωστημάτων τοῖς ἁγίοις συμβαίνουσαν, ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἁποστόλου. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ δόξῃ ὑπερβαίνειν τὸν ὅρον τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως, καὶ μή τις αὐτὸν λογίσηται ἐν τῇ φυσικῇ κατασκευῇ ἔχειν τι περισσὸν (ὅπερ ἔπαθον οἱ Λυκάονες, στέμματα καὶ ταύρους προσάγοντες), εἰς παράστασιν τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως, τῇ ἀῤῥωστίᾳ συνῆν διαρκῶς. Τί οὖν τοῖς τοιούτοις παρα τῆς ἰατρικῆς γένοιτο κέρδος; καὶ οὐχὶ μᾶλλον κίνδυνος, μετεωριζομένοις ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀρθοῦ λόγου εἰς τὴν τοῦ σώματος ἐπιμέλειαν; Τοῖς γε μὴν ἐκ πονηρᾶς διαίτης τὴν ἀῤῥωστίαν ἑαυτοῖς συναθροίσασιν οἷον τύπῳ τινὶ καὶ ὑπογραμμῷ χρηστέον τῇ τοῦ σώματος θεραπείᾳ πρὸς τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιμέλειαν, καθὰ πρότερον είρηται. Ἡ γὰρ ἀποχὴ τῶν βλαπτόντων κατὰ τὸν ἰατρικὸν λόγον καὶ ἡμῖν ἐστιν ὠφέλιμος, ἡ ἐκλογὴ τῶν χρησίμων, ἡ φυλακὴ τῶν παραγγελμάτων. Καὶ αὐτὴ δὲ ἡ τῆς σαρκὸς ἀπὸ ἀῤῥωστίας πρὸς εὐεξίαν μεταβολή παραμυθία γινέσθω πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἀπογινώσκειν ἡμᾶς τῆς ψυχῆς, ὡς οὐ δυναμένης ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων πρὸς τὴν οἰκείαν πάλιν ὁλοκληρίαν διὰ τῆς μετανοίας ἐπανελθεῖν. Οὔτε οὖν φευκτέον πάντη τὴν τέχνην, οὔτε ἐπ' αὐτῇ πάσας τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχειν ἀκόλουθον. Ἀλλ᾿ ὡς κεχρήμεθα μὲν τῇ γεωργικῇ, αἰτούμεθα δὲ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοὺς καρπούς· καὶ τῷ κυβερνήτῃ μὲν τὸ ἐκ τοῦ πελάγους ἀποσωθῆναι οὕτω καὶ ἰατρὸν εἰσάγοντες, ὅτε λόγος συγχωρεῖ, τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν ἐλπίδος οὐκ ἀφιστάμεθα. Ἐμοὶ δὲ καὶ πρὸς ἐγκράτειαν οὐ μικρὸν συντελεῖν ἡ τέχνη φαίνεται. Ὁρῶ γὰρ, ὅτι καὶ τρυφὰς ἀποκόπτει, καὶ πλησμονὴν διαβάλλει, καὶ ποικιλίαν διαίτης, καὶ περίεργον ἀρτυμάτων ἐπίνοιαν, ὡς ἀσύμφορον, ἀποπέμπεται· καὶ τὸ σύμπαν, τὴν ἔνδειαν μητέρα τῆς ὑγείας ἀποκαλεῖ, ὥστε καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἄχρηστος ἡμῖν ἡ παρ᾿ αὐτῆς συμβουλή. Εἴτε οὖν χρώμεθά ποτε τοῖς τῆς ἰατρικῆς παραγγέλμασιν, εἴτε παραιτούμεθα, κατά τινα τῶν προαποδεδομένων λόγων, ὁ σκοπὸς τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν εὐαρεστήσεως σωζέσθω, καὶ ἡ ὠφέλεια τῆς ψυχῆς οἰκονομείσθω, καὶ τὸ πρόσταγμα τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου πληρούσθω, εἰπόντος· Εἴτε οὖν ἐσθίετε, εἴτε πίνετε, εἴτε τι ποιεῖτε, πάντα εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ

Ei tois ek tēs iatrikēs kechrēsthai kata skopon esti tēs eusebeias APOKRISIS. Ōsper hekastē tōn technōn boētheia hēmin pros to tēs physeōs asthenes hypo tou Theou kecharistai, hoion geōrgia men, epeidē ouk exarkei ta automatōs ek tēs gēs phyomena pros tēn tōn chreiōn paramythian; hyphantikē de, epeidē anankaia hē tōn skepasmatōn chreia pros te to euschēmon kai tas apo tou aeros blabas, kai oikodomikē homoiōs; houtō kai iatrikē. Epeidē to empathes hēmōn sōma poikilais blabais, tais te exōthen prospiptousais kai tais endothen apo trophōn synistamenais, hypokeitai, kai pleonasmois kai elleipsesi kataponeitai, hē iatrikē technē eis typon tēs kata psychēn therapeias tēn apothesin tou perissou, kai tēn tou leipontos prosthesin hypotithemenē hypo tou pasan hēmin tēn zōēn oikonomountos Theou synkechōrētai. "Ōsper gar, ei ēmen en tǭ paradeisǭ tēs tryphēs, ouden an epinoias kai mochthou geōrgikou epedeēthēmen; houtō kai ei en apatheią hēmen kata to pro tou paraptōmatos en tę̄ dēmiourgią charisma, oudenos an tōn ex iatrikēs pros paramythian echrēzomen. All᾿ hōsper meta to exoristhēnai eis ton topon touton, kai akousai to, En hidrōti tou prosōpou sou phagę̄ ton arton sou, tote tę̄ makrą peirą kai tę̄ peri tēn gēn talaipōrią tēs geōrgias tēn technēn synestēsametha eis paramythian tōn ek tēs kataras lypērōn, tēn synesin hēmin kai katalēpsin tēs technēs tautēs tou Theou charisamenou; houtō kai epeidē ekeleusthēmen eis tēn gēn palin apostraphēnai, aph' hēs elēphthēmen, kai odynērą sarki synezeuchthēmen eis phthoran katadedikasmenę̄ dia tēn hamartian, kai dia touto tois pathesi toutois hypoblētheisē, pareschethē hēmin kai hē ek tēs iatrikēs prosagomenē tois kamnousi, kata to poson goun, epikouria. Oute gar automatōs ek tēs gēs eblastēsan hai botanai, hai pros hekaston tōn pathōn oikeiōs echousai; alla, dēlonoti, tǭ boulēmati tou dēmiourgou pros ton tēs hēmeteras ōpheleias skopon exēnechthēsan. Hē men oun en tais rhizais, kai tois anthesin, ē phyllois, ē karpois, ē hopois physis, ē hosa apo metallōn, ē hosa ek tēs thalassēs pros tēn tēs sarkos ōpheleian oikeiōs echein exeurētai, homoia esti tēs tōn esthiomenōn kai pinomenōn heureseōs to de perinenoēmenon kai periergon, kai ascholian pollēn empoioun, kai hoionei pasan hēmōn tēn zōēn eis tēn tēs sarkos epimeleian peristrephon, paraitēteon Christianois; kai spoudasteon houtō kechrēsthai tę̄ technę̄, eipote deoi, hōs mē en autę̄ tēn pasan aitian tou hygiainein ē nosein tithesthai, all' hōs eis doxan Theou kai typon tēs tōn psychōn epimeleias tēn chrēsin tōn ap᾿ autēs paralambanein. En erēmią de tōn ex iatrikēs boēthēmatōn mē pasan echein tēn elpida pros tēn tōn lypērōn paramythian en tę̄ technę̄ tautę̄, all᾽ eidenai, hoti ē ouk easei hēmas peirasthēnai hyper ho dynametha hypenenkein, ē hōsper tote ho Kyrios, pote men pēlon poiōn, epechrie, kai nipsasthai prosetassen eis ton Silōam, pote de ērkeito tǭ boulēmati monǭ, legōn, Thelō, katharisthēti; tinas de kai enathlein tois epiponois aphēke, dokimōterous autous dia tēs peiras paraskeuazōn; houtō kai eph᾽ hēmōn, hote men aoratōs ek tou aphanous ephaptomenos, hotan touto sympheron tais psychais hēmōn katamathę̄, hote de kai hylikais kechrēsthai boētheiais epi tōn pathōn hēmōn eudokei, tę̄ paratasei tēs therapeias emmonon tēn mnēmēn tēs charitos empoiōn, ē kai typon tina pros tēn epimeleian, hōs eipon, tēs psychēs parechomenos. Hōs gar epi tēs sarkos ē te tou allotriou apothesis anankaia, kai hē prosthesis tou endeontos; houtō kai epi tēs psychēs hēmōn apoikonomeisthai men to allotrion, proslambanein de to kata physin prosēkon. Hoti ho Theos epoiēse ton anthrōpon euthē; kai ektisen hēmas epi ergois agathois, hina en autois peripatēsōmen. Kai hōsper ekei tomōn, kai kauseōn, kai pikrōn pharmakōn metalēpseōs hyper tēs tou sōmatos therapeias anechometha; houtō kai entautha ta tmētika tou elenktikou logou, kai ta pikra tōn epitimēseōn pharmaka hyper tēs kata psychēn therapeias katadechesthai chrē. Hoper tois mē paideutheisin ho prophētikos logos eponeidizōn phēsi Mē rhētinē ouk estin en Galaad? ē iatros ouk estin ekei? Dia ti ouk anebē iasis thygatros laou mou? Kai to epi tōn chroniōn de pathōn dia makrou chronou kai dia boēthēmatōn algeinōn te homou kai poikilōn tēn iasin anamenein, endeigma esti tou kai ta tēs psychēs hamartēmata dia philoponou deēseōs kai polychroniou metanoias kai agōgēs epiponou, hēn an ho logos hēmin autarkē pros iasin hypobalę̄, opheilein hēmas epanorthousthai. Ou toinyn, epeidē tines ou kalōs chrōntai tę̄ technę̄ tę̄ iatrikę̄, pheukteon hēmin pasan tēn ap᾿ autēs ōpheleian. Oude gar, epeidē mageirikę̄ pros tryphēs epinoian hoi peri tas hēdonas akolastoi kechrēntai, ē tę̄ artopoiią, ē tę̄ hyphantikę̄, hyperbainontes ton horon tōn anankaiōn, ēdē hēmas pasas homou chrē paraiteisthai tas technas to enantion men oun, ek tēs orthēs autōn chrēseōs to hyp᾿ ekeinōn paraphtheiromenon dielenchein. Houtō de kai epi tēs iatrikēs tēn para tou Theou charin ponērą diaballein chrēsei ouk eulogon. To te gar en tais chersi tōn iatrōn tēn elpida echein tēs heautōn hygeias ktēnōdes; hoper paschontas tinas tōn athliōn horōmen, hoi kai sōtēras autous onomazein ou paraitountai to te pantē tas ap᾿ autēs ōpheleias apopheugein philoneikon. ᾿All' hōsper ho Ezekias tēn palathēn tōn sykōn ouchi prōton aition hygeias hēgeito, oude toutǭ tēn aitian tēs iaseōs tou sōmatos elogizeto, prosetithei de tę̄ doxę̄ tou Theou kai tēn epi tę̄ ktisei tōn sykōn eucharistian; houtō kai hēmeis, para tou agathōs kai phronimōs oikonomountos tēn zōēn hēmōn Theou dechomenoi tas plēgas, par᾿ autou prōton men aitoumen tēn gnōsin tou logou kath᾿ on epagei tas mastigas, epeita de tēn te apallagēn tōn odynērōn kai tēn hypomonēn, pros to syn tǭ peirasmǭ paraschein kai tēn ekbasin, tou dynasthai hēmas hypenenkein. Dotheisan de hēmin tēs iaseōs tēn charin, ē dia tou oinelaiou, hōs epi tou empesontos eis tous lę̄stas, ē dia tōn sykōn, hōs epi tou Ezekiou, eucharistōs hypodechometha. Kai ouden dioisometha, eite ek tou aphanous genoito hēmin hē epimeleia tou Theou, eite kai dia tinos tōn sōmatikōn; ha pollakis energesteron hēmas agei eis synaisthēsin tēs para tou Kyriou cha ritos. Pollakis de kai pros paideian peripesontes tais nosois, meros tēs paideuseōs kai tēn dia tōn epiponōn therapeian hypostēnai katedikasthēmen. Oute oun tomas, oute kauseis, oute dia tōn drimeōn kai epiponōn pharmakōn algēmata, oute asitias, oute diaitēs akribē metra, oute apochēn tōn phtheirontōn paraiteisthai hēmas ho orthos logos hypagoreuei; sōzomenou (palin legō) tou skopou tēs kata psychēn ōpheleias, hōs en hypodeigmatos logǭ tēn heautēs epimeleian paideuomenēs. Kindynos de ouch ho tychōn eis meteōrismon tēn dianoian ekpesein, hōs pantos pathous tōn ex iatrikēs boēthēmatōn prosdeomenou. Ou gar panta physeōs eisin arrhōstēmata, oude ek plēmmelous diaitēs hēmin, ē tinōn allōn sōmatikōn archōn prosginomena, pros haper eniote horōmen tēn iatrikēn chrēsimeuousan. Pollakis gar kai mastiges hamartēmatōn eisi ta arrhōstēmata, eis epistrophēn prosagomena. "Hon gar, phēsin, agapą Kyrios, paideuei; kai, Dia touto en hymin polloi astheneis kai arrhōstoi, kai koimōntai hikanoi. Ei gar heautous diekrinomen, ouk an ekrinometha. Krinomenoi de hypo Kyriou, paideuometha, hina mē syn tǭ kosmǭ katakrithōmen. Tous oun toioutous hēsychazontas, kai aphemenous tōn iatrikōn epitēdeumatōn, hypomenein chrē ta epagomena, hotan gnōrisōmen heautōn ta plēmmelēmata, kata ton eiponta; Orgēn Kyriou hypoisō, hoti hēmarton autǭ; kai tēn diorthōsin epideiknysthai, dia tou poiein karpous axious tēs metanoias, kai memnēsthai tou Kyriou eipontos; Ide, hygiēs gegonas; mēketi hamartane, hina mē cheiron ti soi genētai. Ginetai de pote kai kata exaitēsin tou ponērou, hōsper agōnistēn megan, synkathientos autǭ eis ton agōna tou philanthrōpou Despotou, kai tēn megalauchian autou dia tēs eis akron hypomonēs tōn doulōn heautou kathairountos; hoper epi tou Iōb genomenon memathēkamen. Ē kai eis hypodeigma tois aphereponois paragontai hypo tou Theou hoi dynamenoi mechri thanatou enkarterēsai tois algeinois; hōs ho Lazaros, hos, toioutois helkesi synechomenos, oudamou gegraptai oute aitēsas ti ton plousion, oute dysarestētheis tois parousi; dio kai etyche tēs en tǭ kolpǭ tou Abraam anapauseōs, hōs apolabōn ta kaka en tę̄ zōę̄ autou. Euromen de kai allēn aitian arrhōstēmatōn tois hagiois symbainousan, hōs epi tou Hapostolou. Hina gar mē doxę̄ hyperbainein ton horon tēs anthrōpinēs physeōs, kai mē tis auton logisētai en tę̄ physikę̄ kataskeuę̄ echein ti perisson (hoper epathon hoi Lykaones, stemmata kai taurous prosagontes), eis parastasin tēs anthrōpinēs physeōs, tę̄ arrhōstią synēn diarkōs. Ti oun tois toioutois para tēs iatrikēs genoito kerdos? kai ouchi mallon kindynos, meteōrizomenois apo tou orthou logou eis tēn tou sōmatos epimeleian? Tois ge mēn ek ponēras diaitēs tēn arrhōstian heautois synathroisasin hoion typǭ tini kai hypogrammǭ chrēsteon tę̄ tou sōmatos therapeią pros tēn tēs psychēs epimeleian, katha proteron eirētai. Hē gar apochē tōn blaptontōn kata ton iatrikon logon kai hēmin estin ōphelimos, hē eklogē tōn chrēsimōn, hē phylakē tōn parangelmatōn. Kai autē de hē tēs sarkos apo arrhōstias pros euexian metabolē paramythia ginesthō pros to mē apoginōskein hēmas tēs psychēs, hōs ou dynamenēs ek tōn hamartēmatōn pros tēn oikeian palin holoklērian dia tēs metanoias epanelthein. Oute oun pheukteon pantē tēn technēn, oute ep' autę̄ pasas tas elpidas echein akolouthon. All᾿ hōs kechrēmetha men tę̄ geōrgikę̄, aitoumetha de para tou Theou tous karpous; kai tǭ kybernētę̄ men to ek tou pelagous aposōthēnai houtō kai iatron eisagontes, hote logos synchōrei, tēs pros Theon elpidos ouk aphistametha. Emoi de kai pros enkrateian ou mikron syntelein hē technē phainetai. Horō gar, hoti kai tryphas apokoptei, kai plēsmonēn diaballei, kai poikilian diaitēs, kai periergon artymatōn epinoian, hōs asymphoron, apopempetai; kai to sympan, tēn endeian mētera tēs hygeias apokalei, hōste kai kata touto ouk achrēstos hēmin hē par᾿ autēs symboulē. Eite oun chrōmetha pote tois tēs iatrikēs parangelmasin, eite paraitoumetha, kata tina tōn proapodedomenōn logōn, ho skopos tēs pros Theon euarestēseōs sōzesthō, kai hē ōpheleia tēs psychēs oikonomeisthō, kai to prostagma tou ᾿Apostolou plērousthō, eipontos; Eite oun esthiete, eite pinete, eite ti poieite, panta eis doxan Theou

Whether using the remedies of medicine is in keeping with the aim of godliness.

Answer. Each of the crafts has been granted to us by God as a help for the weakness of our nature: farming, for example, since what grows of itself from the earth does not suffice to relieve our needs; weaving, since the use of coverings is necessary both for decency and against harm from the weather; and building likewise. So also medicine. Since our body, subject to suffering, is exposed to various harms, both those that befall it from outside and those that arise within from food, and is distressed by excess and deficiency, the art of medicine, prescribing the removal of what is superfluous and the addition of what is lacking, has been granted by God, who orders our whole life, as a pattern of the healing of the soul. For just as, if we were in the paradise of delight, we would have needed no device and toil of farming, so also, if we were free from suffering according to the gift at creation before the transgression, we would need nothing from medicine for relief. But just as, after being banished to this place and hearing, “In the sweat of your face you shall eat your bread,” we then established the art of farming by long experience and hardship on the land, as a relief of the pains that came from the curse, God granting us understanding and grasp of this art; so too, since we were commanded to return again to the earth from which we were taken, and were joined to a painful flesh condemned to corruption because of sin and for this reason subjected to these sufferings, the help applied by medicine to the sick has been given us as well, at least in some measure. For the herbs suited to each disease did not spring up from the earth by chance; plainly they were brought forth by the will of the Creator for the purpose of our benefit. The natural property in roots, flowers, leaves, fruits, or juices, and whatever from metals or from the sea has been found suitable for the benefit of the flesh, is like the discovery of what is eaten and drunk. But what is far-fetched and elaborate, and causes much preoccupation, and as it were turns our whole life about the care of the flesh, must be refused by Christians.

We must take care to use the art, if ever we must, in such a way as not to place in it the whole cause of health or sickness, but to take the use of its remedies for the glory of God and as a pattern of the care of souls. When medical help is lacking, we must not place all our hope for relief from pains in this art, but know that he will not let us be tempted beyond what we can bear; or that, just as the Lord then sometimes made clay, anointed with it, and commanded washing in Siloam, and at other times was content with his will alone, saying, “I will; be clean,” while some he left to struggle with their sufferings, making them more approved by the trial; so too with us, he sometimes touches us invisibly and unseen, when he knows this to be profitable to our souls, and at other times is pleased that we use material helps for our diseases, by the length of the treatment producing a lasting remembrance of his grace, or also providing, as I said, a pattern for the care of the soul. For as with the flesh the removal of what is foreign and the addition of what is lacking are necessary, so with our soul we must get rid of what is foreign and take in what belongs to it by nature. For “God made man upright,” and “created us for good works, that we should walk in them.” And just as there we bear cuttings, burnings, and the taking of bitter medicines for the healing of the body, so here we must accept the cutting power of the word of reproof and the bitter medicines of rebukes for the healing of the soul. The prophetic word, reproaching those who were not instructed, says: “Is there no balm in Gilead? Or is there no physician there? Why then has the healing of the daughter of my people not come?” And to wait for healing in chronic diseases through a long time and through remedies both painful and varied is a sign that we too ought to correct the sins of the soul by laborious prayer, long repentance, and the painful regimen that the word may suggest to us as sufficient for healing.

So, because some do not use the art of medicine well, we must not shun all the benefit that comes from it. For because those who are undisciplined in pleasures use cookery to devise luxury, or baking, or weaving, going beyond the limit of necessities, it does not follow that we must refuse all the crafts together; on the contrary, by their right use we expose what has been corrupted by those people. So too with medicine, it is unreasonable to slander the grace of God because of evil use. For to have the hope of one's health in the hands of physicians is brutish, as we see some wretched people do, who do not even refuse to call them saviours; but to shun its benefits altogether is contentious. But just as Hezekiah did not consider the cake of figs the first cause of his health, nor reckon it the cause of the body's healing, but added to the glory of God thanksgiving also for the creation of figs; so we too, receiving the blows from God, who orders our life with goodness and wisdom, ask him first for knowledge of the reason for which he brings the scourges, and then for release from the pains and for endurance, that with the temptation he may also provide the way of escape, that we may be able to bear it. And when the grace of healing is given us, whether through wine and oil, as with the man who fell among robbers, or through figs, as with Hezekiah, we receive it with thanksgiving. And it will make no difference to us whether God's care for us comes unseen or through something bodily, which often leads us more effectively to awareness of the Lord's grace. Often too, having fallen into diseases for our correction, we have been sentenced to undergo painful treatment as part of the correction. Right reason, then, does not tell us to refuse cuttings, or burnings, or the pains caused by sharp and painful medicines, or fasting, or exact measures of diet, or abstinence from what is harmful; provided (I say again) that the aim of the soul's benefit is kept, the soul being trained by way of example in the care of itself.

But there is no small danger of the mind falling into distraction, as though every ailment needed the help of medicine. For not all ailments come from nature, or arise in us from a faulty diet or other bodily causes, for which we sometimes see medicine to be useful. Often ailments are also scourges for sins, applied to bring us to conversion. “For the Lord disciplines the one he loves,” he says; and: “That is why many among you are weak and ill, and some have fallen asleep. But if we judged ourselves, we would not be judged. But when we are judged by the Lord, we are disciplined, so that we may not be condemned along with the world.” Such people, then, when we recognize our faults, must keep quiet, leave aside medical practices, and endure what is brought upon them, according to him who said, “I will bear the wrath of the Lord, because I have sinned against him”; and show their amendment by bearing fruits worthy of repentance, and remember the Lord who said, “See, you are well! Sin no more, that nothing worse may happen to you.” Sometimes it happens also at the evil one's demand, when the Master, the lover of mankind, lets him down into the contest as against a great champion, and overthrows his boasting by the utmost endurance of his servants; as we have learned happened in the case of Job. Or those who can persevere in pains even to death are set forth by God as an example to the fainthearted, like Lazarus, who, though afflicted with such sores, is nowhere written to have asked anything of the rich man or to have been displeased with his lot; therefore he obtained rest in Abraham's bosom, as one who had received evil things in his life. We have found also another cause of ailments that befalls the saints, as with the Apostle. So that he might not seem to pass the limit of human nature, and that no one might think him to have something beyond the natural constitution (as the Lycaonians thought, bringing garlands and bulls), illness was constantly with him, as a demonstration of human nature. What gain, then, could come to such people from medicine? And is there not rather danger of their being distracted from right reason to the care of the body?

But those who have brought illness on themselves by a bad diet must use the treatment of the body as a pattern and model for the care of the soul, as has been said before. For abstinence from what harms, according to the principle of medicine, is beneficial to us too, as is the choice of what is useful and the keeping of the prescriptions. And the very change of the flesh from illness to good health should be a comfort to us, so that we do not despair of the soul, as though it could not return from sins to its own soundness through repentance. So we should neither shun the art altogether, nor is it fitting to place all our hopes in it. But just as we use farming but ask God for the fruits, and [entrust the helm] to the pilot [but pray God] to be brought safe out of the sea, so too, when we call in a physician, as reason permits, we do not give up our hope in God. To me the art seems also to contribute not a little to self-control. For I see that it cuts off luxuries, condemns surfeit, and rejects variety of diet and elaborate devising of seasonings as unprofitable; and in sum, it calls want the mother of health, so that in this respect too its advice is not useless to us. Whether, then, we sometimes use the prescriptions of medicine or refuse them, for any of the reasons given above, let the aim of pleasing God be kept, let the benefit of the soul be provided for, and let the command of the Apostle be fulfilled, who said: “Whether you eat or drink, or whatever you do, do all to the glory of God.”